TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 24, 2018
File No.            ​
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or (g) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Wisconsin
39-1435359
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
402 North 8 th Street
Manitowoc, Wisconsin
54220
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (920) 652-3100
Copies to:
Kelly Dvorak
General Counsel
Bank First National Corporation
402 North 8th Street
Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220
(920) 652-3100
Mark C. Kanaly
David S. Park
Alston & Bird LLP
One Atlantic Center
1201 West Peachtree Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(404) 881-7000
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
to be so registered
Name of each exchange on which
each class is to be registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒

TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
4
18
40
81
82
83
93
96
97
98
99
100
103
104
227
228
229
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements contained in this registration statement may be considered forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our projected growth, anticipated future financial performance, financial condition, credit quality and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations from expected developments or events, our business, growth and strategies. These statements, which are based on certain assumptions and estimates and describe our future plans, results, strategies and expectations, can generally be identified by the use of the words and phrases “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “goal,” “plan,” “potential,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target,” “aim,” “predict,” “continue,” “seek,” “projection” and other variations of such words and phrases and similar expressions.
We have made the forward-looking statements in this registration statement based on assumptions and estimates that we believe to be reasonable in light of the information available to us at this time. However, these forward-looking statements are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and could be affected by many factors. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects can be found in the “Risk factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this registration statement and elsewhere in this registration statement. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

business and economic conditions nationally, regionally and in our target markets, particularly in Wisconsin and the geographic areas in which we operate;

concentration of our loan portfolio in real estate loans and changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of commercial and residential real estate;

the concentration of our business within our geographic areas of operation in Wisconsin;

credit and lending risks associated with our commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and construction and development portfolios;

disruptions to the credit and financial markets, either nationally or globally;

increased competition in the banking and mortgage banking industry, nationally, regionally or locally;

our ability to execute our business strategy to achieve profitable growth;

the dependence of our operating model on our ability to attract and retain experienced and talented bankers in each of our markets;

risks that our cost of funding could increase, in the event we are unable to continue to attract stable, low-cost deposits and reduce our cost of deposits;

our ability to increase our operating efficiency;

failure to keep pace with technological change or difficulties when implementing new technologies;

weakness in the real estate market, including the secondary residential mortgage market, which can affect, among other things, the value of collateral securing mortgage loans, mortgage loan originations and delinquencies, profits on sales of mortgage loans, and the value of mortgage servicing rights;

our ability to attract and maintain business banking relationships with well-qualified businesses, real estate developers and investors with proven track records in our market areas;

our ability to attract sufficient loans that meet prudent credit standards, including in our commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial real estate loan categories;

failure to maintain adequate liquidity and regulatory capital and comply with evolving federal and state banking regulations;
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

inability of our risk management framework to effectively mitigate credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, price risk, compliance risk, operational risk, strategic risk and reputational risk;

develop new, and grow our existing, streams of noninterest income;

oversee the performance of third party service providers that provide material services to our business;

maintain expenses in line with their current projections;

our dependence on our management team and our ability to motivate and retain our management team;

risks related to our acquisition of Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc.;

risks related to any future acquisitions, including failure to realize anticipated benefits from future acquisitions;

inability to find acquisition candidates that will be accretive to our financial condition and results of operations;

system failures, data security breaches, including as a result of cyber-attacks, or failures to prevent breaches of our network security or that of our data processing subsidiary UFS, LLC;

data processing system failures and errors;

fraudulent and negligent acts by our clients, employees or vendors;

our financial reporting controls and procedures’ ability to prevent or detect all errors or fraud;

fluctuations in the market value and its impact in the securities held in our securities portfolio;

the adequacy of our reserves (including allowance for loan losses (“ALL”)) and the appropriateness of our methodology for calculating such reserves;

increased loan losses or impairment of goodwill and other intangibles;

the makeup of our asset mix and investments;

our focus on small and mid-sized businesses;

an inability to raise necessary capital to fund our growth strategy, operations or to meet increased minimum regulatory capital levels;

the sufficiency of our capital, including sources of such capital and the extent to which capital may be used or required;

interest rate shifts and its impact on our financial condition and results of operation;

the expenses that we will incur to operate as a public company and our inexperience complying with the requirements of being a public company;

the institution and outcome of litigation and other legal proceeding against us or to which we become subject;

changes in our accounting standards;

the impact of recent and future legislative and regulatory changes, including the adoption and implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act;

examinations by our regulatory authorities, including the possibility that the regulatory authorities may, among other things, require us to increase our ALL or write-down assets or otherwise impose restrictions or conditions on our operations, including, but not limited to, our ability to acquire or be acquired;

governmental monetary and fiscal policies;
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

changes in the scope and cost of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance and other coverage; and

other factors and risks described under the “Risk factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections herein.
Because of these risks and other uncertainties, our actual results, performance or achievement, or industry results, may be materially different from the anticipated or estimated results discussed in the forward-looking statements in this registration statement. Our past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our future results. You should not rely on any forward-looking statements, which represent our beliefs, assumptions and estimates only as of the dates on which they were made, as predictions of future events. We undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, even though circumstances may change in the future, except as required under federal securities law. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
Explanatory Note
Bank First National Corporation is filing this General Form for Registration of Securities on Form 10 to register Bank First National Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). Once this registration statement is deemed effective, Bank First National Corporation will be required to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and to comply with all other obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this registration statement to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Bank First National Corporation and our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Bank First National, a national banking association, except that in the discussion of our capital stock and related matters, these terms refer solely to Bank First National Corporation and not to Bank First National. All references to the “Company” refer to Bank First National Corporation only, and all references to the “Bank” refer to Bank First National only.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS
General Overview
Bank First National Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that was organized in April 1982 to serve as the holding company for Bank First National, a national banking association founded in 1894. The Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company and the Bank are headquartered in Manitowoc, Wisconsin, and the Bank is a member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). The Bank has eighteen (18) offices, including its headquarters, in Manitowoc, Outagamie, Brown, Winnebago, Sheboygan, Waupaca, and Barron counties in the State of Wisconsin. We serve businesses, professionals and consumers with a wide variety of financial services, including retail and commercial banking. Some of the products that we offer include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, cash management accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, construction and development loans, residential mortgages, consumer loans, credit cards, online banking, telephone banking and mobile banking.
The Bank has three subsidiaries: UFS, LLC, Bank First Investments, Inc. and TVG Holdings, Inc. UFS, LLC is a Wisconsin limited liability company organized in 1991, in which the Bank is a 49.8% member. UFS, LLC provides core data processing and information technology services to the Bank and many other community banks in and around Wisconsin. Bank First Investments, Inc. is a Wisconsin corporation organized in 2011, and is wholly-owned by the Bank. Bank First Investments, Inc.’s purpose is to provide investment and safekeeping services to the Bank. TVG Holdings, Inc. is a Wisconsin corporation organized in 2009. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank, and its purpose is to hold the Bank’s 30% ownership interest in Ansay & Associates, LLC. Ansay & Associates, LLC is one of the nation’s largest independent insurance providers, and the Bank’s minority ownership of Ansay & Associates, LLC allows the Bank to provide diversified services to our customers without the risk and expense of an in-house insurance department. Aside from the Bank, the Company also has another wholly-owned subsidiary, Veritas Asset Holdings, LLC, a troubled asset liquidation company.
As of June 30, 2018, we had total consolidated assets of  $1.7 billion, total loans of  $1.4 billion, total deposits of  $1.5 billion and total stockholders’ equity of  $165.2 million. The Bank employs approximately 248 full-time equivalent employees (“FTE”), and has an assets-to-FTE ratio of approximately $7.4 million. For more information, see the Bank’s website at www.bankfirstnational.com.
Waupaca Acquisition
On October 27, 2017, the Company completed a merger with Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. (“Waupaca”), a bank holding company headquartered in Waupaca, Wisconsin, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Bank Merger, dated as of May 11, 2017 and as amended on July 20, 2017, by and among the Company, BFNC Merger Sub, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Waupaca, whereby Waupaca merged with and into the Company, and First National Bank, Waupaca’s wholly-owned banking subsidiary, was merged with and into the Bank. Waupaca’s principal activity was the ownership and operation of First National Bank, a national banking institution that operated eight (8) branches in Wisconsin at the time of closing. The merger consideration totaled approximately $78,060,000, 70% of which was distributed in cash and 30% of which was distributed in the form of Company common stock.
Strategic Plan
The Bank is a relationship-based community bank focused on providing innovative products and services that are value driven. The Bank’s culture celebrates diversity, creativity, and responsiveness, with the highest ethical standards. Employees are encouraged and empowered to develop their careers and always do the right thing. We maintain a strong credit culture as a foundation of sound asset quality, and we embrace innovation and provide the solutions our customers need and expect. The Bank’s vision is to remain an independent community bank and plans to sustain its independence by remaining one of the top-performing provider of financial services in Wisconsin. The Bank focuses on creating value for the communities and customers it serves to provide exceptional return for our shareholders, and also growing
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
relationship deposits and lending those funds to invest in and support the communities the Bank serves, ultimately yielding superior growth in earnings per share.
Our strategic priorities are organized around the CAMELS ratings, including Capital, Asset Quality, Management, Earnings, Liquidity, and Sensitivity to Market Rates. Under the heading of Capital, our priorities include review of our capital strategy, reducing problem loans to enhance capital, exploring contingency capital options, and listing on the NASDAQ to enhance liquidity and currency for future potential mergers and acquisitions. Under the heading of Asset Quality, our priorities include infusing our credit culture in our Western Region, developing a current expected credit loss model, restructuring our credit department, restructuring our commercial loan operations department, and continuing to leverage investments in the special assets group to reduce the level of non-performing assets. Under the heading of Management, our priorities are to restructure the compliance department, restructure the information technology function with a focus on cybersecurity, to consistently improve our employee experience and engagement throughout the organization, to improve role clarity within the senior management team, and to add depth to the succession plan. Under the Earnings heading, our priorities are to grow deeper and wider relationships with our existing customers, to develop a strategy to develop our millennial customer base, to continue exploring opportunities for mergers and acquisitions and de novo growth, and to build our agriculture banking department. Under the Liquidity heading, our priorities are to maintain stable core deposits, with an emphasis on demand deposit accounts, to expand our treasury management capabilities, and to explore additional liquidity options. Finally, under the heading of Sensitivity to Market Rates, our priorities include continuing to emphasize relationship-based banking, developing asset liability management strategies, and continuing to adjust our investment portfolio model to eliminate optionality.
Our strategic plan includes the following measures of long-term success: (i) earnings per share growth; (ii) return on assets; (iii) total risk-based ratio; (iv) assets to FTE ratio; (v) core deposit growth; and (vi) classified assets to total risk-based capital ratio.
Our Market Area
Our market areas cover primarily mid-east Wisconsin, with one office in western Wisconsin. The counties in our market areas include: Barron, Brown, Manitowoc, Outagamie, Sheboygan, Waupaca and Winnebago. Our main office is located at 402 N. 8 th Street, Manitowoc, Wisconsin.
The seven counties in which the Bank has offices have an estimated aggregate population of 886,925, based on 2010 U.S. Census data, and total deposits of approximately $18.4 billion as of June 30, 2017, according to the most recent data published by the FDIC. Manitowoc County, which is home to six (6) of the Bank’s eighteen (18) offices, has a population of 81,442 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $1.9 billion as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $538.2 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 28.3% of the market share, were located in Manitowoc County. Sheboygan County, home to two (2) of the Bank’s offices, has a population of 115,507 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $1.9 billion as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $370 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 19.5% of the market share, were located in Sheboygan County. Waupaca County, home to four (4) of the Bank’s branches, has a population of 52,410 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $906 million as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $239 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 26.4% of the market share, were located in Waupaca County. Brown County, home to two (2) of the Bank’s branches, has a population of 248,007 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $7.0 billion as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $144 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 2.1% of the market share, were located in Brown County. Outagamie County, home to two (2) of the Bank’s branches, has a population of 176,695 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $3.6 billion as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $76 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 2.1% of the market share, were located in Outagamie County. Winnebago County, home to one (1) Bank office, has a population of 166,994 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $2.0 billion as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $69.26 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 3.5% of the market share, were located in Winnebago County. Finally, Barron County, home to one (1) Bank office, has a population of 45,870 (according to 2010 U.S. Census data), and total deposits of about $975 million, as of June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2018, approximately $35 million of the Bank’s total deposits, or 3.7% of the market share, were located in Barron County.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The economies of our primary markets in Manitowoc, Sheboygan, and Waupaca counties are largely driven by the food service, manufacturing, insurance, and healthcare industries. Companies with their headquarters in this area include Lakeside Foods, Point Beach Nuclear Plant, Acuity Insurance, Kohler Co., Johnsonville Sausage, Bemis, and Sargento Foods. In addition, Brown County is home to Green Bay, a major Wisconsin city, with a thriving tourism industry. The region also includes a number of higher education centers, including state universities and technical colleges.
Competition
The banking business is highly competitive, and we face competition in our market areas from many other local, regional, and national financial institutions. Competition among financial institutions is based on interest rates offered on deposit accounts, interest rates charged on loans, other credit and service charges relating to loans, the quality and scope of the services rendered, the convenience of banking facilities, and, in the case of loans to commercial borrowers, relative lending limits. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other mutual funds, as well as regional and national financial institutions that operate offices in our market areas and elsewhere. The competing major commercial banks have greater resources that may provide them a competitive advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous branch offices, mount extensive advertising campaigns and invest in new technologies. The increasingly competitive environment is the result of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, additional financial service providers, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers.
The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems.
Some of our non-banking competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. In addition, some of our competitors have assets, capital and lending limits greater than that of the Bank, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader range of products and services than the Bank. These institutions may have the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and may also be able to offer lower rates on loans and higher rates on deposits than we can offer. Some of these institutions offer services, such as international banking, which we do not directly offer, except for a limited suite of services such as international wires and currency exchange.
We compete with these institutions by focusing on our position as an independent, community bank and rely upon local promotional activities, personal relationships established by our officers, directors, and employees with our customers, and specialized services tailored to meet the needs of the communities served. We provide innovative products to our customers that are value-driven. We actively cultivate relationships with our customers that extend beyond a single loan to a full suite of products that serve the needs of our retail and commercial customers. Our goal is to develop long-standing connections with our customers and the communities that we serve. While our position varies by market, our management believes that it can compete effectively as a result of local market knowledge, local decision making, and awareness of customer needs.
Our Business
General
We emphasize a range of lending services, including commercial and residential real estate loans, construction and development loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans. Our customers are generally individuals and small to medium-sized businesses and professional firms that are located in or conduct a substantial portion of their business in our market areas. At June 30, 2018, we had total loans receivable of  $1.43 billion, representing approximately 82.4% of our total earning assets. As of
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
June 30, 2018, we had 82 nonaccrual loans totaling approximately $19.43 million, or 1.35% of total loans. For additional discussion related to nonperforming loans, see the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this registration statement as well as the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Loan Approval
Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans. These include prepayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to our comprehensive and robust internal credit policies and procedures. These policies and procedures include officer and customer lending limits, with approval process for larger loans, documentation examination, and follow-up procedures for any exceptions to credit policies. Our loan approval policies provide for various levels of officer lending authority. The Bank currently employs both a signature process through the line of business as well as credit administration and a committee process which involves the Bank’s board of directors each month. Both approvals and reviews of the credit action are underwritten by an independent set of credit analysts who report to credit administration. For our loan commitments, a serial sign-off process is utilized up to $3,000,000, requiring multiple signatures for a loan approval. This process ensures that the necessary parties at all authority levels are aware of and approve the commitment. The Bank’s board of directors is involved in credits above this level. We do not make any loans to any director, executive officer of the Bank, or the related interests of each, unless the loan is approved by the full board of directors of the Bank and is on terms not more favorable than would be available to a person not affiliated with the Bank.
Credit Administration and Loan Review
Our loan review consists of both commercial and retail review where loan files are reviewed and risk ratings are validated. Both have been partially outsourced in 2018 to a firm that specializes in file review and risk rating. The commercial review consists currently of documentation review of credits the third party has reviewed. This function will grow as the year progresses. This position is currently being evaluated with the help of our compliance department. Prior to our loan review being partially outsourced, our policy for reviewing commercial credit files consisted of selecting a percentage of specific files on an annual basis, and reviewing them for risk rating and policy compliance. Our retail review consisted of reviews done on an exception basis, which continues to be our process today.
Lending Limits
Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by federal law. In general, the Bank is subject to a legal limit on loans to a single borrower equal to 15% of the Bank’s capital and unimpaired surplus. This legal lending limit will increase or decrease as the Bank’s level of capital increases or decreases. In addition to the legal lending, management and the board of directors have established a more conservative, internal lending limit. The Bank’s legal and internal lending limits are a safety and soundness measure intended to prevent one person or a relatively small and economically related group of persons from borrowing an unduly large amount of the Bank’s funds. It is also intended to safeguard the Bank’s depositors by diversifying the risk of loan losses among a relatively large number of creditworthy borrowers engaged in various types of businesses. Based upon the capitalization of the Bank at June 30, 2018, the Bank’s legal lending limit was $26 million and the Bank’s internal lending limit was $21 million. Our board of directors will adjust the internal lending limit as deemed necessary to continue to mitigate risk and serve the Bank’s clients. We are also able to sell participations in our larger loans to other financial institutions, which allow us to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of our clients requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits.
Real Estate Loans
The principal component of our loan portfolio is loans secured by real estate. Real estate loans are subject to the same general risks as other loans and are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in the value of real estate. Fluctuations in the value of real estate and rising interest rates, as well as other factors arising
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
after a loan has been made, could negatively affect a borrower’s cash flow, creditworthiness, and ability to repay the loan. We obtain a security interest in real estate whenever possible, in addition to any other available collateral, in order to increase the likelihood of the ultimate repayment of the loan.
As of June 30, 2018, loans secured by real estate made up approximately $1.01 billion, or 70%, of our loan portfolio. These loans generally will fall into one of two categories:

Commercial Real Estate.    Commercial real estate loans generally have terms of 20 years or less, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis. We evaluate each borrower on an individual basis and attempt to determine their business risks and credit profile. We attempt to reduce credit risk in the commercial real estate portfolio by emphasizing loans on owner-occupied industrial, office, and retail buildings where the loan-to-value ratio, established by independent appraisals, does not exceed 85% of cost or appraised value. We also generally require that a borrower’s cash flow exceed 110% of monthly debt service obligations. In order to ensure secondary sources of payment and liquidity to support a loan request, we typically review all of the personal financial statements of the principal owners and require their personal guarantees. Commercial real estate loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. They are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans and depend on cash flows from the owner’s business or the property to service the debt. Because our loan portfolio contains a number of commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in our levels of nonperforming assets. As of June 30, 2018, commercial real estate loans made up approximately $641.4 million or 45% of our loan portfolio.

Residential Mortgage Loans and Home Equity Loans.    We originate and hold short-term and long-term first mortgages and traditional second mortgage residential real estate loans. Generally, we limit the loan-to-value ratio on our residential real estate loans to 90%. We offer fixed and adjustable rate residential real estate loans with terms of up to 30 years. We also offer a variety of lot loan options to consumers to purchase the lot on which they intend build their home. The options available depend on whether the borrower intends to begin building within 36 months of the lot purchase or at an undetermined future date. We also offer traditional home equity loans and lines of credit. Our underwriting criteria for, and the risks associated with, home equity loans and lines of credit are generally the same as those for first mortgage loans. Home equity loans typically have terms of 20 years or less. We generally limit the extension of credit to 90% of the available equity of each property. As of June 30, 2018, residential mortgage loans and home equity loans made up approximately $365.7 million or 26% of our loan portfolio.
Commercial and Industrial Loans
We have significant expertise in small to middle market commercial and industrial lending. Our success is the result of our product and market expertise, and our focus on delivering high-quality, customized and quick turnaround service for our clients due to our focus on maintaining an appropriate balance between prudent, disciplined underwriting, on the one hand, and flexibility in our decision making and responsiveness to our clients, on the other hand, which has allowed us to grow our commercial and industrial loan portfolio while maintaining strong asset quality. As of June 30, 2018, commercial and industrial loans made up approximately $313.8 million or 22% of our loan portfolio.
We provide a mix of variable and fixed rate commercial and industrial loans. The loans are typically made to small- and medium-sized businesses involved in professional services, accommodation and food services, health care, wholesale trade, financial institutions, manufacturing, distribution, retailing and non-profits. We extend commercial business loans for working capital, accounts receivable and inventory financing and other business purposes. Generally, short-term loans have maturities ranging from 3 months to 1 year, and “term loans” have maturities ranging from 3 to 20 years. Loans are generally intended to finance current transactions and typically provide for periodic principal payments, with interest payable monthly. Term loans generally provide for floating interest rates, with monthly payments of both principal and interest.
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Repayment of commercial loans depends substantially on the borrower’s underlying business, financial condition and cash flows, as well as the sufficiency of the collateral. Compared to real estate, the collateral may be more difficult to monitor, evaluate and sell. Where the borrower is a corporation, partnership or other entity, we typically require personal guarantees from significant equity holders. Our maximum loan-to-value ratio for commercial and industrial loans is 85%.
Construction and Development Loans
We offer fixed and adjustable rate residential and commercial construction loan financing to builders and developers and to consumers who wish to build their own home. The term of construction and development loans generally is limited to 9 to 24 months, although payments may be structured on a longer amortization basis. Most loans will mature and require payment in full upon the sale of the property. We believe that construction and development loans generally carry a higher degree of risk than long-term financing of stabilized, rented, and owner-occupied properties because repayment depends on the ultimate completion of the project and usually on the subsequent sale of the property. Specific risks include:

cost overruns;

mismanaged construction;

inferior or improper construction techniques;

economic changes or downturns during construction;

a downturn in the real estate market;

rising interest rates which may prevent sale of the property; and

failure to sell or stabilize completed projects in a timely manner.
We attempt to reduce risk associated with construction and development loans by obtaining personal guaranties and by keeping the maximum loan-to-value ratio at or below 80%-90% of the lesser of cost or appraised value, depending on the project type. Generally, we do not have interest reserves built into loan commitments but require periodic cash payments for interest from the borrower’s cash flow. As of June 30, 2018, construction and development loans made up approximately $67.5 million or 5.0% of our loan portfolio.
Consumer Loans
We make a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment loans and revolving lines of credit. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the borrower’s income, current debt level, past credit history, and the availability and value of collateral. Consumer rates are both fixed and variable, with negotiable terms. Our installment loans typically amortize over periods up to five years. Although we typically require monthly payments of interest and a portion of the principal on our loan products, we will offer consumer loans with a single maturity date when a specific source of repayment is available. Consumer loans are generally considered to have greater risk than first or second mortgages on real estate because they may be unsecured, or, if they are secured, the value of the collateral may be difficult to assess and more likely to decrease in value than real estate. As of June 30, 2018, consumer loans made up approximately $40.3 million or 3.0% of our loan portfolio.
Mortgage Banking Activities
As of June 30, 2018, roughly 31.6% of our loans were classified as retail mortgage loans. Our mortgage banking operations include correspondent or secondary market lending, and in-house mortgage lending. We conduct secondary market lending through Fannie Mae, Franklin American Mortgage Company, and the Wisconsin Housing and Economic Development Authority (WHEDA). We also offer a number of in-house mortgage products, including (1) adjustable rate mortgages at three, five, seven, ten, and fifteen years, and (2) fixed rate mortgages at up to seven, ten, fifteen, and twenty years. We also offer a nine-month construction loan, and a twelve-month bridge loan.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Deposit Products
We offer a full range of traditional deposit services through our branch network in our market areas that are typically available in most banks and savings institutions, including checking accounts, commercial accounts, savings accounts and other time deposits of various types, ranging from money market accounts to long-term certificates of deposit. Transaction accounts and time deposits are tailored to and offered at rates competitive to those offered in our primary market areas. We also offer retirement accounts and health savings accounts. Our customers include individuals, businesses, associations, organizations and governmental authorities. We believe that our branch infrastructure will assist us in obtaining deposits from local customers in the future. Our retail customer deposits were $940 million as of June 30, 2018, or 67.2% of our total deposits. Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to statutory limits.
Securities
We manage our securities portfolio and cash to maintain adequate liquidity and to ensure the safety and preservation of invested principal, with a secondary focus on yield and returns. Specific goals of our investment portfolio are as follows:

provide a ready source of balance sheet liquidity, ensuring adequate availability of funds to meet fluctuations in loan demand, deposit balances and other changes in balance sheet volumes and composition;

serve as a means for diversification of our assets with respect to credit quality, maturity and other attributes;

serve as a tool for modifying our interest rate risk profile pursuant to our established policies; and

provide collateral to secure municipal and business deposits.
Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of U.S. government securities, mortgage-backed securities backed by government-sponsored entities, and taxable and tax exempt municipal securities.
Our investment policy is reviewed annually by our board of directors. Overall investment goals are established by our board, CEO, and members of our Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”). Our board of directors has delegated the responsibility of monitoring our investment activities to our ALCO. Day-to-day activities pertaining to the securities portfolio are conducted under the supervision of our CEO. We actively monitor our investments on an ongoing basis to identify any material changes in the securities. We also review our securities for potential other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an emerging growth company as that term is used in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

reduced disclosure about the emerging growth company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.
We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of  (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period. We have elected to adopt the reduced disclosure requirements described above regarding our executive compensation arrangements for purposes of this registration statement. In addition, we expect to take advantage of certain of the reduced reporting and other requirements of the JOBS Act with respect to the periodic reports we will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and proxy statements that we use to solicit proxies from our shareholders.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected not to take advantage of this extended transition period.
Employees
As of June 30, 2018, we had 248 FTEs. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining unit or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due to labor disagreements.
General Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 402 N. 8 th Street, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220, and our telephone number at that address is (920) 652-3100. Additional information can be found on our website: www.bankfirstnational.com. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this registration statement.
Public Information
Persons interested in obtaining information on the Company may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
Supervision and Regulation
Set forth below is an explanation of the major pieces of legislation and regulation affecting the banking industry and how that legislation and regulation affects our business. The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed. Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on the business and prospects of the Company or the Bank, and legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities may significantly affect their operations. We cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, or new federal or state legislation or regulation may have on the future business and earnings of the Company or the Bank.
Uncertainty remains as to the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which could have a material adverse impact on the financial services industry as a whole or on the Company’s and the Bank’s business, results of operations, and financial condition. Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are in the process of being implemented while other aspects remain subject to further rulemaking. These regulations are scheduled to take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company and the Bank, its customers or the financial industry more generally. Congress continues to consider legislation that would make significant changes to the law and courts are addressing significant litigation arising under the Dodd-Frank Act, making it difficult to predict the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on the business of the Company and the Bank. However, full implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act would likely increase the regulatory burden and compliance costs for the Company and the Bank. Some of the rules that have been adopted to comply with the Dodd-Frank Act’s mandates are discussed below.
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Regulation of the Company
Because the Company owns all of the capital stock of the Bank, it is a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). As a result, the Company is primarily subject to the supervision, examination, and reporting requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company located in Wisconsin, the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions also regulates and monitors all significant aspects of the Company’s operations.
Acquisitions of Banks.    The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before:

acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the bank’s voting shares;

acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or

merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company.
Additionally, the Bank Holding Company Act provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any of these transactions if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly, substantially lessen competition, or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks involved in the transaction and the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve’s consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed below.
Change in Bank Control.    Subject to various exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended (“CIBCA”), together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company. Control is generally presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities of the bank holding company, but the regulations set forth certain circumstances in which this presumption does not apply, and the regulations also provide a procedure for challenging rebuttable presumptions of control.
Permitted Activities.    The Bank Holding Company Act has generally prohibited a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than banking or managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries and from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company to engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance, advisory and security activities. The Company is not a financial holding company, and currently has no plans to make a financial holding company election.
Bank holding companies and their non-banking subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in unsafe and unsound banking practices. For example, under certain circumstances the Federal Reserve’s Regulation Y requires a bank holding company to give the Federal Reserve prior notice of any redemption or repurchase of its own equity securities if the consideration to be paid, together with the consideration paid for any repurchases in the preceding year, is equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may oppose the transaction if it believes that the transaction would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate a regulation. As another example, a bank holding company is prohibited from impairing its subsidiary bank’s soundness by causing the bank to make funds available to non-banking subsidiaries or their customers if the Federal Reserve Board believes it not prudent to do so.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Federal Reserve has the power to assess civil money penalties for knowing or reckless violations, if the activities leading to a violation caused a substantial loss to a depository institution. Potential penalties are as high as $1,000,000 for each day such activity continues.
Annual Reporting & Examinations.    The Company is required to file annual and periodic reports with the Federal Reserve, and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require. The Federal Reserve may examine a bank holding company and any of its subsidiaries, and charge the Company for the cost of such an examination.
Capital Adequacy.    The Company is subject to capital requirements applied on a consolidated basis, which are substantially similar to those required of the Bank, which are summarized under “Regulation of the Bank” below.
Imposition of Liability for Undercapitalized Subsidiaries.    Pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) federal banking agencies are required to take “prompt corrective action” should an insured depository institution fail to meet certain capital adequacy standards. In the event an institution becomes “undercapitalized,” it must submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company “having control of” the undercapitalized institution “guarantees” the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan until it becomes “adequately capitalized.” For purposes of this statute, the Company has control of the Bank. Under the FDIA, the aggregate liability of all companies controlling a particular institution is limited to the lesser of 5% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became undercapitalized or the amount necessary to bring the institution into compliance with applicable capital standards. FDIA grants greater powers to bank regulators in situations where an institution becomes “significantly” or “critically” undercapitalized or fails to submit a capital restoration plan. For example, a bank holding company controlling such an institution can be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval of proposed distributions, or might be required to consent to a merger or to divest the troubled institution or other affiliates. See “Prompt Corrective Action” below .
Dividend Restrictions.    Under Federal Reserve policies, bank holding companies may pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition and if the organization is not in danger of not meeting its minimum regulatory capital requirements. Federal Reserve policy also provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries.
Source of Strength.    In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, the holding company is expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Bank. Section 616 of the Dodd-Frank Act codifies the requirement that bank holding companies serve as a source of financial strength to their subsidiary depository institutions. Under this policy, the holding company is expected to commit resources to support its bank subsidiary, including at times when the holding company may not be in a financial position to provide it. As discussed below, the holding company could be required to guarantee the capital plan of the Bank if it becomes undercapitalized for purposes of banking regulations. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. The Bank Holding Company Act provides that, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.
Regulation of the Bank
Because the Bank is chartered as a national bank, it is primarily subject to the supervision, examination, and reporting requirements of the National Bank Act and the regulations of the Office of the OCC. The OCC regularly examines the Bank’s operations and has the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The OCC also has the power to prohibit the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. Because the Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law, it is also
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
subject to certain FDIC regulations and the FDIC also has examination authority and back-up enforcement power over the Bank. The Bank is also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect the Company, its business, activities, and operations.
Branching.    National banks are required by the National Bank Act to adhere to branching laws applicable to state banks in the states in which they are located. Under Wisconsin law and the Dodd-Frank Act, and with the prior approval of the OCC, the Bank may open branch offices within or outside of Wisconsin, provided that a state bank chartered by the state in which the branch is to be located would also be permitted to establish a branch. In addition, with prior regulatory approval, the Bank may acquire branches of existing banks located in Wisconsin or other states.
Capital Adequacy.    Banks and bank holding companies, as regulated institutions, are required to maintain minimum levels of capital. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have adopted minimum risk-based capital requirements (Tier 1 capital, common equity Tier 1 capital (“CET1”) and total capital) and leverage capital requirements, as well as guidelines that define components of the calculation of capital and the level of risk associated with various types of assets. Financial institutions are expected to maintain a level of capital commensurate with the risk profile assigned to their assets in accordance with the guidelines.
In addition to the minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, banking organizations must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of CET1 in an amount equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets in order to avoid restrictions on their ability to make capital distributions and to pay certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. In order to avoid those restrictions, the capital conservation buffer effectively increases the minimum CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, and total capital ratios for U.S. banking organizations to 7.0%, 8.5%, and 10.5%, respectively. Banking organizations with capital levels that fall within the buffer will be required to limit dividends, share repurchases or redemptions (unless replaced within the same calendar quarter by capital instruments of equal or higher quality), and discretionary bonus payments. The capital conservation buffer will be fully phased in on January 1, 2019.
The following table presents the risk-based and leverage capital requirements applicable to the Bank:
Adequately Capitalized
Requirement
Well-Capitalized
Requirement
Well-Capitalized
with Buffer, fully
phased in 2019
Leverage
4.0 % 5.0 % 5.0 %
CET1
4.5 % 6.5 % 7.0 %
Tier 1
6.0 % 8.0 % 8.5 %
Total Capital
8.0 % 10.0 % 10.5 %
The capital rules require that goodwill and other intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing assets), net of associated deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”), be deducted from CET1 capital. Additionally, deferred tax assets (“DTAs”) that arise from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, net of associated DTLs and valuation allowances, are fully deducted from CET1 capital. However, DTAs arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks, along with mortgage servicing assets and “significant” (defined as greater than 10% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the unconsolidated financial institution) investments in the common stock of unconsolidated “financial institutions” are partially includible in CET1 capital, subject to deductions defined in the rules.
The OCC also considers interest rate risk (arising when the interest rate sensitivity of the Bank’s assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position) in the evaluation of the bank’s capital adequacy. Banks with excessive interest rate risk exposure are required to hold additional amounts of capital against their exposure to losses resulting from that risk. Through the risk-weighting of assets, the regulators also require banks to incorporate market risk components into their risk-based capital. Under these market risk requirements, capital is allocated to support the amount of market risk related to a bank’s lending and trading activities.
The Bank’s capital categories are determined primarily for the purpose of applying the “prompt corrective action” rules described below and they are not necessarily an accurate representation of its overall financial condition or prospects for other purposes. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and certain other restrictions on its business. See “Prompt Corrective Action” below.
Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, in which all institutions are placed. The federal banking agencies have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each category.
A “well-capitalized” bank is one that is not required to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure pursuant to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive, and has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a CET1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. Generally, a classification as well capitalized will place a bank outside of the regulatory zone for purposes of prompt corrective action. However, a well-capitalized bank may be reclassified as “adequately capitalized” based on criteria other than capital, if the federal regulator determines that a bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, which requires certain remedial action.
As of December 31, 2017, the Bank satisfied the requirements of  “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. See Note 18 “Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, for the Company and the Bank regulatory capital ratios.
If a bank’s capital position deteriorates, federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories: undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.
FDIC Insurance Assessments.    The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC up to the maximum amount permitted by law, which was permanently increased to $250,000 by the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC uses the Deposit Insurance Fund to protect against the loss of insured deposits if an FDIC-insured bank or savings association fails. The Bank is thus subject to FDIC deposit premium assessments. The cost of premium assessments are impacted by, among other things, a bank’s capital category under the prompt corrective action system.
Commercial Real Estate Lending.    The federal banking regulators have issued the following guidance to help identify institutions that are potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate lending risk and may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny:

total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s total capital, or

total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more.
At December 31, 2017 the Bank’s commercial real estate lending levels are below the guidance levels noted above.
Enforcement Powers.    The Financial Institution Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act expanded and increased civil and criminal penalties available for use by the federal regulatory agencies against depository institutions and certain “institution-affiliated parties.” Institution-affiliated parties primarily include management, employees, and agents of a financial institution, as well as independent contractors and consultants such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
institution’s affairs. These practices can include the failure of an institution to timely file required reports or the filing of false or misleading information or the submission of inaccurate reports. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,963,870 per day for such violations. Criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes have been increased to 20 years.
Community Reinvestment Act.    The Community Reinvestment Act requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their respective jurisdictions, the federal banking agencies evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions, and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on the Bank. Additionally, the Bank must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements.
Payment of Dividends.    Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to the Bank’s payment of dividends to the Company. If, in the opinion of the OCC, the Bank were engaged in or about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, the OCC could require that the Bank stop or refrain from engaging in the practice. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.
The Bank is required by federal law to obtain prior approval of the OCC for payments of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any year will exceed (1) the total of the Bank’s net profits for that year, plus (2) the Bank’s retained net profits of the preceding two years. The payment of dividends may also be affected by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines or any conditions or restrictions that may be imposed by regulatory authorities.
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.    The Bank is subject to the provisions of Regulation W promulgated by the Federal Reserve, which implements Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Regulation W places limits and conditions on the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates. Regulation W also prohibits, among other things, an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. Federal law also places restrictions on the Bank’s ability to extend credit to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and their related interests. These extensions of credit must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated third parties; and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.
The Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act.    A major focus of U.S. government policy regarding financial institutions in recent years has been combating money laundering, terrorist financing and other illegal payments. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) and related legislation substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and penalties, specifically related to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, and expanded the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the U.S. government in this area. These laws, and regulations promulgated thereunder, require financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) has recently promulgated new due diligence and customer identification rules (which became effective on May 11, 2018) that require financial institutions to increase their customer identification efforts to identify beneficial owners of  “legal entity” customers. In addition, the USA PATRIOT Act encourages cooperation among financial institutions, regulatory authorities and law enforcement authorities with respect to individuals, entities and organizations engaged in, or reasonably suspected of engaging in, terrorist acts or money laundering activities.
Customer Protection.    The Bank is also subject to consumer laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in transactions with depository institutions, as well as other laws or regulations affecting customers of financial institutions generally. While the list set forth herein is not exhaustive, these laws and
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement and Procedures Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Federal Trade Commission Act, among others. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits or making loans to such customers.
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.    The Dodd-Frank Act centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection including implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws with the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”). Depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are not subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB but will continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes.
Office of Foreign Assets Control.    The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for administering and enforcing economic and trade sanctions against specified foreign parties, including countries and regimes, foreign individuals and other foreign organizations and entities. OFAC publishes lists of prohibited parties that are regularly consulted by the Bank in the conduct of its business in order to assure compliance. The Bank is responsible for, among other things, blocking accounts of, and transactions with, prohibited parties identified by OFAC, avoiding unlicensed trade and financial transactions with such parties and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with OFAC requirements could have serious legal, financial and reputational consequences for the Bank.
UDAP and UDAAP.    Bank regulatory agencies, along with the CFPB, have increasingly used a general consumer protection statute to address “unethical” or otherwise “bad” business practices that may not necessarily fall directly under the purview of a specific banking or consumer finance law. The law of choice for enforcement against such business practices has been Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act — the primary federal law that prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or practices and unfair methods of competition in or affecting commerce (“UDAP” or “FTC Act”). “Unjustified consumer injury” is the principal focus of the FTC Act. Prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, there was little formal guidance to provide insight to the parameters for compliance with the UDAP law. However, the UDAP provisions have been expanded under the Dodd-Frank Act to apply to “unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices” (“UDAAP”). The CFPB has brought a variety of enforcement actions for violations of UDAAP provisions and CFPB guidance continues to evolve.
Mortgage Reform.    The CFPB has adopted final rules implementing minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including standards regarding a customer’s ability to repay, restricting variable-rate lending by requiring that the ability to repay variable-rate loans be determined by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of a variable-rate loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to certain risks, including those described below. If any of the events described in the following risk factors actually occurs then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. More detailed information concerning these risks is contained in other sections of this registration statement, including “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Risks related to our business
Our business concentration in Wisconsin imposes risks resulting from any regional or local economic downturn affecting Wisconsin, and if we do not effectively manage our asset quality and credit risk, we would experience loan losses which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.
We conduct our banking operations primarily in Wisconsin as a significant majority of the loans in our loan portfolios as of June 30, 2018 were secured by properties and collateral located in Wisconsin. Likewise, as of such date, approximately 95% of the loans in our loan portfolio were made to borrowers who live and/or primarily conduct business in Wisconsin. This geographic concentration imposes risks from lack of geographic diversification, as adverse economic developments in Wisconsin, among other things, could affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of nonperforming assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of our loans and loan servicing portfolio. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects Wisconsin or existing or prospective borrowers or property values in such areas may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than our competitors whose operations are less geographically concentrated.
In addition, making any loan involves risk, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and cash flows available to service debt, and risks resulting from changes in economic and market conditions. Our credit risk approval and monitoring procedures may fail to identify or reduce these credit risks, and they cannot completely eliminate all credit risks related to our loan portfolio. If the overall economic climate, including employment rates, real estate markets, interest rates and general economic growth, in the United States, generally, or Wisconsin, specifically, experiences material disruption, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, the collateral we hold may decrease in value or become illiquid, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require additional provisions for loan losses, which would cause our net income and return on equity to decrease.
Because a significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity could impair the value of collateral securing our real estate loans and result in loan and other losses.
As of June 30, 2018, approximately 70% of our loan portfolio was comprised of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. This includes collateral consisting of income producing and residential construction properties, which properties tend to be more sensitive to general economic conditions and downturns in real estate markets. As a result, adverse developments affecting real estate values in our market areas could increase the credit risk associated with our real estate loan portfolio. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the area in which the real estate is located. Adverse changes affecting real estate values and the liquidity of real estate in one or more of our markets could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, and could result in losses that would adversely affect credit quality, financial condition, and results of operation. Negative changes in the economy affecting real estate values and liquidity in our market areas could significantly impair the value of property pledged as collateral on loans and affect our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure without a loss or additional losses. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and growth prospects. If real estate values decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our ALL, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We are exposed to higher credit risk by commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction and development based lending as well as relationship exposure with a number of large borrowers.
Commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and construction and development based lending usually involve higher credit risks than 1-4 family residential real estate lending. As of June 30, 2018, the following loan types accounted for the stated percentages of our loan portfolio: commercial real estate (both owner-occupied and non-owner occupied) — 45%; commercial and industrial — 22%; and construction and development — 5%. These types of loans also involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. These higher credit risks are further heightened when the loans are concentrated in a small number of larger borrowers leading to relationship exposure. As of June 30, 2018, we had ten (10) relationships with over $10 million of outstanding borrowings with us. While we are not dependent on any of these relationships and while none of these large relationships have directly impacted our ALL, a deterioration of any of these large credits could require us to increase our ALL or result in significant losses to us.
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers’ ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, in addition to the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.
The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.
Commercial and industrial loans and owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are typically based on the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. In addition, the assets securing the loans have the following characteristics: (i) they depreciate over time, (ii) they are difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (iii) they fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.
Risk of loss on a construction and development loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction or development (including interest), the availability of permanent take-out financing and the builder’s ability to ultimately sell the property. During the construction or development phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.
Additionally, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and construction and development loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.
We also make both secured and unsecured loans to our commercial clients. Secured commercial loans are generally collateralized by real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower or may include a personal guaranty of the business owner. Unsecured loans generally involve a higher degree of risk of loss than do secure loans because, without collateral, repayment is wholly dependent upon the success of the borrowers’ businesses. Because of this lack of collateral, we are limited in our ability to collect on defaulted unsecured loans. Furthermore, the collateral that secures our secured commercial and industrial loans typically includes inventory, accounts receivable and equipment, which if the business is unsuccessful, usually has a value that is insufficient to satisfy the loan without a loss.
In addition, in recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. In the future, we could become subject to claims based on this or other evolving legal theories.
Our success is largely dependent upon our ability to successfully execute our business strategy and if we are unable to successfully execute our business strategy, our business, growth prospectus, financial results and operations could be materially and adversely impaired.
Our success, including our ability to achieve our growth and profitability goals, is dependent on the ability of our management team to execute on our long-term business strategy, which requires them to, among other things:

attract and retain experienced and talented bankers in each of our markets;

maintain adequate funding sources, including by continuing to attract stable, low-cost deposits;

enhance our market penetration in our metropolitan markets and maintain our leadership position in our community markets;

increase our operating efficiency;

implement new technologies to enhance the client experience, keep pace with our competitors and improve efficiency;

attract and maintain commercial banking relationships with well-qualified businesses, real estate developers and investors with proven track records in our market areas;

attract sufficient loans that meet prudent credit standards, including in our commercial and industrial and owner-occupied commercial real estate loan categories;

originate conforming residential mortgage loans for resale into secondary market to provide mortgage banking income;

maintain adequate liquidity and regulatory capital and comply with applicable federal and state banking regulations;

obtain federal and state regulatory approvals;

manage our credit, interest rate and liquidity risks;

develop new, and grow our existing, streams of noninterest income;

oversee the performance of third-party service providers that provide material services to our business; and

maintain expenses in line with their current projections.
Failure to achieve these strategic goals could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategies and could negatively impact our business, growth prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if we do not manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be negatively affected, and we may not be able to continue to implement our business strategy and successfully conduct our operations.
The success of our operating model depends on our ability to attract and retain talented bankers and associates in each of our markets. If we are unable to attract and retain talented bankers in our markets, our business, growth prospects and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.
The success of our operating model depends on our ability to attract and retain talented bankers and associates in each of our markets. We strive to attract and retain these bankers by fostering an entrepreneurial environment, empowering them with local decision making authority and providing them with sufficient infrastructure and resources to support their growth while also providing management with appropriate oversight. However, the competition for bankers in each of our markets is intense. We compete for talent with both smaller banks that may be able to offer bankers with more responsibility, autonomy and local relationships and larger banks that may be able to offer bankers with higher compensation, resources
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and support. As a result, we may not be able to effectively compete for talent across our markets. Furthermore, our bankers may leave us to work for our competitors and, in some instances, may take important banking and lending relationships with them to our competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain talented bankers in our markets, our business, growth prospects and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.
We depend on our executive officers and other key individuals to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services and our inability to make up for such loss with qualified replacements.
We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other key individuals. The loss of any of their service could reduce our ability to successfully implement our long-term business strategy, our business could suffer and the value of our common stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership changes will occur from time to time and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. We believe our management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships would be very difficult to replicate. Our success also depends on the experience of our market presidents, bankers and lending officers and on their relationships with the clients and communities they serve. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified and talented personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.
We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services.
We conduct our banking operations primarily in Wisconsin. Many of our competitors offer the same, or a wider variety of, banking services within our market areas. These competitors include banks with nationwide operations, regional banks and community banks. In many instances these national and regional banks have greater resources than we do and the smaller community banks may have stronger ties in local markets than we do, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In addition, a number of out-of-state financial institutions have opened production offices, or otherwise solicit deposits and loans, in our market areas. Increased competition in our markets may result in reduced loans and deposits, as well as reduced net interest margin and profitability. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain banking clients, we may be unable to continue to grow our loan and deposit portfolios, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

the ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on service quality, high ethical standards and reputation;

the ability to expand our market position;

the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

the rate at which we introduce new products, services and technologies relative to its competitors;

customer satisfaction with our level of service;

industry and general economic trends; and

the ability to attract and retain talented employees.
Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We follow a relationship-based operating model and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.
We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining bankers and other associates who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our clients and caring about our clients and associates. Furthermore, maintaining our reputation also depends on our ability to protect our brand name and associated trademarks.
However, reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding us and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.
If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our associates or otherwise, our business and operating results may be materially adversely affected.
Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings are significantly dependent on our net interest income, the principal component of our earnings, which is the difference between interest earned by us from our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this “gap” will negatively impact our earnings. The impact on earnings is more adverse when the slope of the yield curve flattens, that is, when short-term interest rates increase more than long-term interest rates or when long-term interest rates decrease more than short-term interest rates. Many factors impact interest rates, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.
Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increase the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the property securing a loan may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on loans as borrowers refinance their loans at lower rates.
Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans, securities and other assets. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases interest income. At the same time, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income.
If short-term interest rates remain at their historically low levels for a prolonged period, and assuming longer term interest rates fall further, we could experience net interest margin compression as our interest earning assets would continue to re-price downward while our interest-bearing liability rates could fail to decline in tandem. Such an occurrence would have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and our results of operations.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Although management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to mitigate the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on our results of operations, any substantial or unexpected change in, or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Decreased residential mortgage origination, volume and pricing decisions of competitors may adversely affect our profitability.
Our mortgage operation originates and sells residential mortgage loans and services residential mortgage loans. Changes in interest rates, housing prices, regulations by the applicable governmental authorities and pricing decisions by our loan competitors may adversely affect demand for our residential mortgage loan products, the revenue realized on the sale of loans, revenues received from servicing such loans for others, and ultimately reduce our net income. New regulations, increased regulatory reviews, and/or changes in the structure of the secondary mortgage markets which we would utilize to sell mortgage loans may be introduced and may increase costs and make it more difficult to operate a residential mortgage origination business.
If we are unable to grow our noninterest income, our growth prospects will be impaired.
Taking advantage of opportunities to develop new, and expand existing, streams of noninterest income is a part of our long-term growth strategy. These lines of business that generate noninterest income are heavily regulated and as a bank holding company we may be prohibited from entering into new lines of business or may be unable to operate these lines of business profitably. Specifically, we expect a decline in our mortgage revenues in the future due to expected higher prevailing interest rates, increased competition, seasonality and increased regulation. If we are unsuccessful in our attempts to grow our noninterest income, especially in light of the expected decline in mortgage revenues given the expectation of higher prevailing interest rates in the following years, our long-term growth will be impaired. Furthermore, focusing on these noninterest income streams may divert management’s attention and resources away from our core banking business, which could impair our core business, financial condition and operating results.
Our decisions regarding credit risk and reserves for loan losses may materially and adversely affect our business.
Making loans and other extensions of credit is an essential element of our business. Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific underwriting practices, our loans and other extensions of credit may not be repaid. The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of factors, including:

the duration of the credit;

credit risks of a particular customer;

changes in economic and industry conditions; and

in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral.
We attempt to maintain an appropriate ALL to provide for potential losses in our loan portfolio. We periodically determine the amount of the allowance based on consideration of several factors, including:

an ongoing review of the quality, mix, and size of our overall loan portfolio;

our historical loan loss experience;

evaluation of economic conditions;

regular reviews of loan delinquencies and loan portfolio quality; and

the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
There is no precise method of predicting credit losses; therefore, we face the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed our ALL and that additional increases in the ALL will be required. Additions to the ALL would result in a decrease of our net income, and possibly our capital.
Federal regulators periodically review our ALL and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of our management. Any increase in the amount of our provision or loans charged-off as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on our operating results.
Our ALL losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We establish our ALL and maintain it at a level considered adequate by management, consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and supervisory guidance, to absorb probable loan losses based on our analysis of our portfolio, market environment and historical loss experience. The ALL represents our estimate of probable losses in the portfolio at each balance sheet date and is based upon relevant information available to us. The allowance contains provisions for probable losses that have been identified relating to specific borrowing relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and credit undertakings that are not specifically identified. Additions to the ALL, which are charged to earnings through the provision for loan losses, are determined based on a variety of factors, including an analysis of the loan portfolio, historical loss experience and an evaluation of current economic conditions in our market areas. The actual amount of loan losses is affected by changes in economic, operating and other conditions within our markets, as well as changes in the financial condition, cash flows, and operations of our borrowers, all of which are beyond our control, and such losses may exceed current estimates.
As of June 30, 2018, our ALL as a percentage of total loans was 0.91% and as a percentage of total nonperforming loans was 63.66%. We may be required to take additional provisions for loan losses in the future to further supplement the ALL, either due to management’s decision to do so or requirements by our banking regulators. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our ALL and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to recognize future charge-offs. These adjustments may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
An increase in our nonperforming assets would adversely impact our earnings.
At June 30, 2018, we had total nonperforming assets of  $23.0 million, or 1.32% of total assets, compared to $24.9 million, or 1.42% of total assets, at December 31, 2017 and $2.2 million, or 0.16% of total assets, at December 31, 2016. The recent increase in our nonperforming assets was primarily due to the Waupaca acquisition, and our nonperforming assets may increase in future periods. Nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or investments or on real estate owned. We must establish an ALL that reserves for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable through current period provisions for loan losses, which are recorded as a charge to income. From time to time, we also write down the other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to the other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from our overall supervision of operations and other income-producing activities.
Our focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit risk.
Most of our commercial business and commercial real estate loans are made to small business or middle market customers. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities, have a heightened vulnerability to economic conditions and greater customer concentration risk. If general economic conditions in the markets in which we operate negatively impact this important customer sector, our results of operations and financial condition and the value of our common stock may be adversely affected. Moreover, a portion of these loans have been made by us in
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
recent years and the borrowers may not have experienced a complete business or economic cycle. Furthermore, the deterioration of our borrowers’ businesses may hinder their ability to repay their loans with us, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our current asset mix and our current investments may not be indicative of our future asset mix and investments, which may make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating performance.
Certain factors make it difficult to predict our future financial and operating performance including, among others: (i) our current asset mix may not be representative of our anticipated future asset mix and may change as we continue to execute on our plans for organic loan origination and banking activities and potentially grow through future acquisitions; (ii) our significant liquid securities portfolio may not necessarily be representative of our future liquid securities position; and (iii) our cost structure and capital expenditure requirements during the periods for which financial information is available may not be reflective of our anticipated cost structure and capital spending as we continue to realize efficiencies in our business, integrate future acquisitions and continue to grow our organic banking platform.
Our deposit portfolio includes significant concentrations and a large percentage of our deposits are attributable to a relatively small number of clients.
As a commercial bank, we provide services to a number of clients whose deposit levels vary considerably and have some seasonality. Our 10 largest depositor relationships accounted for approximately 9.8% of our deposits at June 30, 2018. Our largest depositor relationship accounted for approximately 2.2% of our deposits at June 30, 2018. These deposits can and do fluctuate substantially. The depositors are not concentrated in any industry or business. The loss of any combination of these depositors, or a significant decline in the deposit balances due to ordinary course fluctuations related to these customers’ businesses, would adversely affect our liquidity and require us to raise deposit rates to attract new deposits, purchase federal funds or borrow funds on a short-term basis to replace such deposits. Depending on the interest rate environment and competitive factors, low cost deposits may need to be replaced with higher cost funding, resulting in a decrease in net interest income and net income. While these events could have a material impact on our results, we expect, in the ordinary course of business, that these deposits will fluctuate and believe we are capable of mitigating this risk, as well as the risk of losing one of these depositors, through additional liquidity, and business generation in the future. However, should a significant number of these customers leave, it could have a material adverse impact on us.
Our funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits and support our future growth.
Deposits and investment securities for sale are the primary source of funds for our lending activities and general business purposes. However, from time to time we also obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”), purchase federal funds, and engage in overnight borrowing from the Federal Reserve, correspondent banks, and enter into client purchase agreements. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, we may not be able to replace such funds in the future if our financial condition, the financial condition of FHLB or market conditions were to change. While we believe our current funding sources to be adequate, our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are unable to successfully maintain and grow our low-cost deposits, our cost of funding will increase. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our profitability would be adversely affected.
FHLB borrowings and other current sources of liquidity may not be available or, if available, sufficient to provide adequate funding for operations. Furthermore, our own actions could result in a loss of adequate funding. For example, our availability at FHLB could be reduced if we are deemed to have poor documentation or processes. Accordingly, we may seek additional higher-cost borrowings in the future to achieve our long-term business objectives. Additional borrowings, if sought, may not be available to us or, if available, may not be available on favorable terms. If additional financing sources are unavailable or are not available on reasonable terms, our growth and future prospects could be adversely affected.
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
A lack of liquidity could adversely affect our operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of our investment securities, FHLB advances, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds consists of deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when clients perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If clients move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.
Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, including from our investment maturities and sales of investment securities. Additional liquidity is provided by the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB. We also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions, or issue equity or debt securities to investors in the future. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities, or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Our liquidity may also be adversely impacted if there is a decline in our mortgage revenues from the expected higher prevailing interest rates in the following years.
Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our shareholders, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and if we fail to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain compliance with regulatory capital requirements, would be adversely affected.
We face significant capital and other regulatory requirements as a financial institution. In addition, the Company, on a consolidated basis, and the Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, which could include the possibility of financing acquisitions. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
We could recognize losses on securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.
While we attempt to invest a significant percentage of our assets in loans (our loan to deposit ratio was 96% as of June 30, 2018), we also invest a percentage of our total assets (approximately 9% as of June 30, 2018) in investment securities as part of our overall liquidity strategy. As of June 30, 2018, the fair value of our securities portfolio was approximately $162.8 million and consisted primarily of U.S. Government securities, municipal securities and mortgage-based securities. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. For example, fixed-rate securities are generally subject to decreases in market value when market interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual borrowers with respect to the underlying securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause an other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting market interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating risks and/or losses to us.
Our risk management framework is comprised of various processes, systems and strategies, and is designed to manage the types of risk to which we are subject, including, among others, credit, market, liquidity, interest rate and compliance. Our framework also includes financial or other modeling methodologies that involve management assumptions and judgment. Our risk management framework may not be effective under all circumstances and may not adequately mitigate any risk or loss to us. If our framework is not effective, we could suffer unexpected losses and our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected. We may also be subject to potentially adverse regulatory consequences, such as formal or informal enforcement actions, civil money penalties and potential criminal penalties.
We may pursue acquisitions in the future, which would expose us to financial, execution and operational risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
We may pursue acquisitions of other financial institutions, bank branches and or mortgage operations in target markets. Such an acquisition strategy will involve significant risks, including the following:

finding suitable markets for expansion;

finding suitable candidates for acquisition;

finding suitable financing sources to fund acquisitions;

maintaining asset quality;

attracting and retaining qualified management;

maintaining adequate regulatory capital;

obtaining federal and state regulatory approvals; and

consummating suitable acquisitions on terms that are favorable to us.
Acquisitions of financial institutions also involve operational risks and uncertainties, and acquired companies may have unknown or contingent liabilities with no available manner of recourse that we are not able to discover during the course of our due diligence, exposure to unexpected asset quality problems, key employee and client retention problems and other problems that could negatively affect our organization. We may not be able to complete future acquisitions or, if completed, we may not be able to realize the anticipated cost savings or successfully integrate the operations, management, products and services of the entities that we acquire and eliminate redundancies. The integration process may also require significant time and attention from our management that they would otherwise direct toward servicing existing business and developing new business. Moreover, undiscovered liabilities as a result of an acquisition could bring civil, criminal and financial liabilities against us, our management and the management of the institutions we acquire. We also may not possess the requisite knowledge or relationships to be successful as we enter into new markets. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values and, therefore, some dilution of our tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, we may issue additional shares of our common stock to finance our acquisitions, which could result in dilution to our existing shareholders, or incur debt to finance our acquisitions or terms that may not be favorable to us. Failure to successfully integrate the entities we acquire into our existing operations may increase our operating costs significantly and adversely affect our business and earnings.
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
System failure or breaches of our network security, or the security of our data processing subsidiary, including as a result of cyber-attacks or data security breaches, could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.
The computer systems and network infrastructure we use may be vulnerable to physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes breakdowns or disruptions in our client relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of client business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny for failure to comply with required information security standards, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties. Our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. In addition, to access our products and services, our clients may use personal smartphones, tablet PC’s, and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems. Although we believe we have robust information security procedures and controls, our technologies, systems, networks, and our clients’ devices may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of the Bank’s or our clients’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt the Bank’s or our clients’ or other third parties’ business operations. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.
The Bank is under continuous threat of loss due to hacking and cyber-attacks especially as we continue to expand client capabilities to utilize internet and other remote channels to transact business. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive client data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cybercriminals breach and extract funds directly from client or our accounts. Attempts to breach sensitive client data, such as account numbers and social security numbers, are less frequent but would present significant reputational, legal and/or regulatory costs to us if successful. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of the evolving nature and complexity of these threats from cybercriminals and hackers, our plans to continue to provide internet banking and mobile banking channels, and our plans to develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our clients. While we are not aware of any successful hacking or cyber attacks into our computer or other IT systems, or those of our data processing subsidiary, there can be no assurance that we will not be the victim of successful hacking or cyber attacks in the future that could cause us to suffer material losses. The occurrence of any cyber-attack or information security breach could result in potential liability to clients, reputational damage and the disruption of our operations, and regulatory concerns, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes and, as a result, we have a continuing need to stay current with those changes to compete effectively and increase our efficiencies. We may not have the resources to implement new technology to stay current with these changes.
The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving clients, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience as well as to provide secure electronic environments and create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market area. In connection with implementing new technology enhancements or products in the future, we may experience certain operational challenges (e.g. human error, system error, incompatibility, etc.) which could result in us not fully realizing the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements and have invested significantly more than us in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or more convenient products compared to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our clients, which could impair our growth and profitability.
We rely on third parties to provide key components of its business infrastructure.
We rely on third parties to provide key components for our business operations, such as data processing and storage, recording and monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections, and network access. While we select these third-party vendors carefully, it does not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including those resulting from breakdowns or other disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor, failure of a vendor to handle current or higher volumes, cyber-attacks and security breaches at a vendor, failure of a vendor to provide services for any reason, or poor performance of services by a vendor, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise conduct our business. Financial or operational difficulties of a third-party vendor could also hurt our operations if those difficulties interfere with the vendor’s ability to serve us. Replacing these third party vendors could create significant delays and expense that adversely affect our business and performance.
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, client or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.
Employee errors and employee and client misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our clients or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.
We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and client or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, we rely heavily upon information supplied by third parties, including the information contained in credit applications, property appraisals, title information, equipment pricing and valuation and employment and income documentation, in deciding which loans we will originate, as well as the terms of those loans. If any of the information upon which we rely is misrepresented, either fraudulently or inadvertently, and the misrepresentation is not detected prior to asset funding, the value of the asset may be significantly lower than expected, or we may fund a loan that we would not have funded or on terms we would not have extended. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the applicant or another third party, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. A loan subject to a material misrepresentation is typically unsellable or subject to repurchase if it is sold prior to detection of the misrepresentation. The sources of the misrepresentations are often difficult to locate, and it is often difficult to recover any of the monetary losses we may suffer.
The Company is exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we obtain title.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate. In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. The Company may be held liable to a government entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation and remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, if we are the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. These costs and claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.
We may be adversely affected by the lack of soundness of other financial institutions or market utilities.
Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions or market utilities, or the financial services industry generally, may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.
The borrowing needs of our clients may be unpredictable, especially during a challenging economic environment. We may not be able to meet our unfunded credit commitments, or adequately reserve for losses associated with our unfunded credit commitments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.
A commitment to extend credit is a formal agreement to lend funds to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established under the agreement. The actual borrowing needs of our clients under these credit commitments have historically been lower than the contractual amount of the commitments. A significant portion of these commitments expire without being drawn upon. Because of the credit profile of our clients, we typically have a substantial amount of total unfunded credit commitments, which is reflected off our balance sheet. Actual borrowing needs of our clients may exceed our expected funding requirements, especially during a challenging economic environment when our client companies may be more dependent on our credit commitments due to the lack of available credit elsewhere, the increasing costs of credit, or the limited availability of financings from venture firms. In addition, limited partner investors of our venture capital clients may fail to meet their underlying investment commitments due to liquidity or other financing issues, which may increase our clients’ borrowing needs. Any failure to meet our unfunded credit commitments in accordance with the actual borrowing needs of our clients may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation.
Our financial condition may be affected negatively by the costs of litigation.
We may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation, investigations or similar matters arising out of our business. In many cases, we may seek reimbursement from our insurance carriers to cover such costs and expenses. Our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation or investigation significantly exceed our insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with the introduction or expansion of lines of business or new products and services within existing lines of business.
From time to time, the Company may implement new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services, the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove attainable. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make certain activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.
We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will increase the costs of our director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.
As a result of disclosure of information in this registration statement and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements.
From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators or outside auditors) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements.
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Risks related to our common stock
Applicable laws and regulations restrict both the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company and the ability of the Company to pay dividends to our shareholders.
Both the Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory restrictions relating to the payment of dividends. In addition, the Federal Reserve has the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from engaging in unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their business. These federal and state laws, regulations and policies are described in greater detail in “Business: Supervision and Regulation: Regulation of the Company: Dividend Restrictions” and “Business: Supervision and Regulation: Regulation of the Bank: Payment of Dividends,” but generally look to factors such as previous results and net income, capital needs, asset quality, existence of enforcement or remediation proceedings, and overall financial condition.
For the foreseeable future, the majority, if not all, of the Company’s revenue will be from any dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends also depends on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us. Furthermore, the present and future dividend policy of the Bank is subject to the discretion of its board of directors.
We cannot guarantee that the Company or the Bank will be permitted by financial condition or applicable regulatory restrictions to pay dividends, that the board of directors of the Bank will elect to pay dividends to us, nor can we guarantee the timing or amount of any dividend actually paid.
There are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies.
We are a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. Subject to certain exceptions, CIBCA and its implementing regulations require that any individual or company acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company, either directly or indirectly, give the Federal Reserve 60 days’ prior written notice of the proposed acquisition. If within that time period the Federal Reserve has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition, extended the period for an additional period up to 90 days or requested additional information, the acquisition may proceed. An acquisition may be made before expiration of the disapproval period if the Federal Reserve issues written notice that it intends not to disapprove the acquisition. Acquisition of 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities constitutes control, and it is generally presumed for purposes of the CIBCA that the acquisition of 10 percent or more of any class of voting securities would constitute the acquisition of control, although such a presumption of control may be rebutted.
Also, under the CIBCA, the shareholdings of individuals and companies that are deemed to be “acting in concert” would be aggregated for purposes of determining whether such holders “control” a bank or bank holding company. “Acting in concert” under the CIBCA generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a bank holding company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. The manner in which this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary and cannot always be predicted with certainty. Many factors can lead to a rebuttable presumption of acting in concert, including where: (i) the shareholders are commonly controlled or managed; (ii) the shareholders are parties to an oral or written agreement or understanding regarding the acquisition, voting or transfer of control of voting securities of a bank or bank holding company; (iii) the shareholders are immediate family members; or (iv) both a shareholder and a controlling shareholder, partner, trustee or management official of such shareholder own equity in the bank or bank holding company.
Furthermore, under the Bank Holding Company Act and its implementing regulations, and subject to certain exceptions, any company would be required to obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to obtaining control of a bank or bank holding company. Control under the Bank Holding Company Act exists where a company acquires 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities, has the ability to elect a majority of a bank holding company’s directors, is found to exercise a “controlling influence” over a bank or bank holding company’s management and policies, and in certain other circumstances. There is a presumption of non-control for any holder of less than 5% of any class of voting securities. In addition, in 2008 the Federal Reserve issued a policy statement on equity investments in banks and bank holding companies, which sets out circumstances under which a minority investor would not be deemed to control a bank or bank holding
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
company for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act. Among other things, the 2008 policy statement permits a minority investor to hold up to 24.9% (or 33.3% under certain circumstances) of the total equity (voting and non-voting combined) and have at least one representative on the company’s board of directors (with two directors permitted under certain circumstances).
Regulatory determination of  “control” of a depository institution or holding company, under either the Bank Holding Company Act or CIBCA, is based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. Potential investors are advised to consult with their legal counsel regarding the applicable regulations and requirements.
We have the ability to incur debt and pledge our assets, including our stock in the Bank, to secure that debt.
We have the ability to incur debt and pledge our assets to secure that debt. Absent special and unusual circumstances, a holder of indebtedness for borrowed money has rights that are superior to those of holders of common stock. For example, interest must be paid to the lender before dividends can be paid to the shareholders, and loans must be paid off before any assets can be distributed to shareholders if we were to liquidate. Furthermore, we would have to make principal and interest payments on our indebtedness, which could reduce our profitability or result in net losses on a consolidated basis even if the Bank were profitable.
Our stock price may be volatile, which could result in losses to our investors and litigation against us.
Several factors could cause our stock price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include but are not limited to: actual or anticipated variations in earnings, changes in analysts’ recommendations or projections, our announcement of developments related to our businesses, operations and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers, new technology used or services offered by traditional and non-traditional competitors, news reports of trends, irrational exuberance on the part of investors, new federal banking regulations, our limited number of shares and shareholders, and other issues related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, especially in the financial institutions sector, could adversely affect the price of our common stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Moreover, in the past, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against some companies following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We could in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our normal business.
If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they do publish such reports but issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock could be affected by whether and to what extent equity research analysts publish research or reports about us and our business. We cannot predict at this time how many research analysts will cover us and our common stock or how many will publish research and reports on us. If one or more equity analysts cover us and publish research reports about our common stock, the price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us.
If any of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade their recommendation with respect to our common stock, our stock price could decline rapidly. If any of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Economic and other circumstances may require us to raise capital at times or in amounts that are unfavorable to us. If we have to issue shares of common stock, they will dilute the percentage ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock and adversely affect the terms on which we may obtain additional capital.
We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments or to strengthen our capital position. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. We cannot provide assurance that such financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all, or if we do raise additional capital that it will not be dilutive to existing shareholders.
If we determine, for any reason, that we need to raise capital, our board generally has the authority, without action by or vote of the shareholders, to issue all or part of any authorized but unissued shares of stock for any corporate purpose, including issuance of equity-based incentives under or outside of our equity compensation plans. Additionally, we are not restricted from issuing additional common stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar securities. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of common stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market or from the perception that such sales could occur. Any issuance of additional shares of stock will dilute the percentage ownership interest of our shareholders and may dilute the book value per share of our common stock. Shares we issue in connection with any such offering will increase the total number of shares and may dilute the economic and voting ownership interest of our existing shareholders.
Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock that would adversely affect the rights of our common shareholders.
Our authorized capital stock includes 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock of which no preferred shares are issued and outstanding. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may designate and issue one or more series of preferred stock from the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. Subject to limitations imposed by law or our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is empowered to determine:

the designation of, and the number of, shares constituting each series of preferred stock;

the dividend rate for each series;

the terms and conditions of any voting, conversion and exchange rights for each series;

the amounts payable on each series on redemption or our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up;

the provisions of any sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of any series; and

the preferences and the relative rights among the series of preferred stock.
We could issue preferred stock with voting and conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power of the shares of our common stock and with preferences over the common stock with respect to dividends and in liquidation.
The accuracy of our financial statements and related disclosures could be affected if the judgments, assumptions or estimates used in our critical accounting policies are inaccurate.
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosure in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Our critical accounting policies, which are included in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition”, describe those significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that we consider “critical” because they require judgments, assumptions and estimates that materially affect our consolidated financial
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
statements and related disclosures. As a result, if future events differ significantly from the judgments, assumptions and estimates in our critical accounting policies, those events or assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our management may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could impair our ability to accurately report our financials and have a significant and adverse effect on our business, reputation and the market price of our common stock.
As a public company, our management will be responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on that system of internal control. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We are currently in the process of enhancing our internal controls over financial reporting to enable us to comply with our obligations under the federal securities laws and other applicable legal requirements. We are not currently required to comply with SEC rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; however, we are required to comply with certain OCC rules that implement certain requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. When evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
Furthermore, as we transition to a public company, we intend to continue to improve the effectiveness of our internal controls by hiring additional personnel, utilizing outside consultants and accountants to supplement our internal staff as needed, improving our IT systems, and implementing additional policies and procedures. We anticipate incurring costs in connection with these improvements to our internal control system. If we are unsuccessful in implementing these improvements, we may not be able to accurately and timely report our financial results, conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective controls over financial reporting or prevent a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, each of which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business, reputation and the market price of our common stock.
We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company. Under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, without limitation, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory shareholder vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved, exemption from the requirement of auditor attestation in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting and exemption from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about our audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis). As a result of the foregoing, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than what is available with respect to other public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our status as an emerging growth company, there may be less liquidity for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of  (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second fiscal quarter, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (iv) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.
Our securities are not FDIC insured.
Our securities, including our common stock, are not savings or deposit accounts or other obligations of the Bank, are not insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund, the FDIC or any other governmental agency and are subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal.
Risks related to the business environment and our industry
The Company is subject to extensive government regulation and supervision, which may interfere with our ability to conduct our business and may negatively impact our financial results.
The Company, primarily through the Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries, are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds and the safety and soundness of the banking system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect the Bank’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company and/or the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Company and/or the Bank to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company and/or the Bank may offer, and/or limit the pricing the Company and/or the Bank may charge on certain banking services, among other things. Compliance personnel and resources may increase our costs of operations and adversely impact our earnings.
Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. See “Business: Supervision and Regulation”.
Federal regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the OCC, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including for compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect our business.
Federal regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the OCC, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, an agency were to determine that the financial, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or violates any law or regulation, such agency may take certain remedial or enforcement actions it deems appropriate to correct any deficiency. Remedial or enforcement actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced against a bank, to direct an increase in the bank’s capital, to restrict the bank’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against a bank’s officers or directors, and to remove officers and directors. The CFPB also has authority to take enforcement actions, including cease-and desist orders or civil monetary penalties, if it finds that we offer consumer financial products and services in violation of federal consumer financial protection laws.
If we were unable to comply with future regulatory directives, or if we were unable to comply with the terms of any future supervisory requirements to which we may become subject, then we could become subject to a variety of supervisory actions and orders, including cease and desist orders, prompt corrective
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
actions, memoranda of understanding and other regulatory enforcement actions. Such supervisory actions could, among other things, impose greater restrictions on our business, as well as our ability to develop any new business. We could also be required to raise additional capital, or dispose of certain assets and liabilities within a prescribed time period, or both. Failure to implement remedial measures as required by financial regulatory agencies could result in additional orders or penalties from federal and state regulators, which could trigger one or more of the remedial actions described above. The terms of any supervisory action and associated consequences with any failure to comply with any supervisory action could have a material negative effect on our business, operating flexibility and overall financial condition.
We have a concentration in commercial real estate lending which could cause our regulators to restrict our ability to grow.
As a part of their regulatory oversight, the federal regulators have issued the Commercial Real Estate (CRE) Concentration Guidance on sound risk management practices with respect to a financial institution’s concentrations in commercial real estate lending activities. These guidelines were issued in response to the agencies’ concerns that rising CRE concentrations might expose financial institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in the commercial real estate market. Existing guidance reinforces and enhances existing regulations and guidelines for safe and sound real estate lending by providing supervisory criteria, including numerical indicators to assist in identifying institutions with potentially significant commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny. The guidance does not limit banks’ commercial real estate lending, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. The CRE Concentration Guidance identifies certain concentration levels that, if exceeded, will expose the institution to additional supervisory analysis with regard to the institution’s CRE concentration risk. The CRE Concentration Guidance is designed to promote appropriate levels of capital and sound loan and risk management practices for financial institutions with a concentration of CRE loans. In general, the CRE Concentration Guidance establishes the following supervisory criteria as preliminary indications of possible CRE concentration risk: (1) the institution’s total construction, land development and other land loans represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total CRE loans as defined in the regulatory guidelines represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital, and the institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36-month period. Pursuant to the CRE Concentration Guidelines, loans secured by owner occupied commercial real estate are not included for purposes of CRE Concentration calculation. We believe that the CRE Concentration Guidance is applicable to us. As of June 30, 2018, our CRE loans represented 369% of our total risk-based capital, as compared to 375%, 356% and 341% as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Although we are actively working to manage our CRE concentration and believe that our underwriting policies, management information systems, independent credit administration process, and monitoring of real estate loan concentrations are currently sufficient to address the CRE Concentration Guidance, the FDIC or other federal regulators could become concerned about our CRE loan concentrations, and they could limit our ability to grow by, among other things, restricting their approvals for the establishment or acquisition of branches, or approvals of mergers or other acquisition opportunities.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.
The Federal Reserve, which examines us and the Bank, requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under these requirements, in the future, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if it experiences financial distress.
A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it, and therefore we may be required to borrow the funds. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Any future action by the U.S. Congress lowering the federal corporate income tax rate and/or eliminating the federal corporate alternative minimum tax could result in the reduction of the net DTAs and a corresponding charge against earnings.
The DTAs reported on the Company’s balance sheet represents the net amount of income taxes expected to be received upon the reversal of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities as measured by enacted tax laws, and their bases as reported in the financial statements. The President of the United States and members of Congress have lowered the federal corporate income tax rate from its past level of 35% to 21%, which requires the Company’s net DTAs to be re-measured. This has resulted in a reduction of the DTAs in the period of the law change and a corresponding charge against earnings, and there is no assurance that we will be able to continue to recognize any, or all, of the DTAs for regulatory capital purposes.
The Company may be subject to more stringent capital requirements.
The Bank and the Company are each subject to capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital which each of the Bank and the Company must maintain. From time to time, the regulators implement changes to these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition would be materially and adversely affected. In light of proposed changes to regulatory capital requirements contained in the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulatory accords on international banking institutions formulated by the Basel Committee and implemented by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, we may be required to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards. The ultimate impact of the revised capital and liquidity standards on us cannot be determined at this time and will depend on a number of factors, including the treatment and implementation by the U.S. banking regulators. These requirements, however, and any other new regulations, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or could require us to reduce business levels or to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Our deposit insurance premiums could be substantially higher in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our future earnings.
The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC-insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, up to applicable limits. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk-based assessment system. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to its
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
regulators. Past market developments and bank failures significantly depleted the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. As a result of recent economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, banks are now assessed deposit insurance premiums based on the bank’s average consolidated total assets, and the FDIC has modified certain risk-based adjustments, which increase or decrease a bank’s overall assessment rate. This has resulted in increases to the deposit insurance assessment rates and thus raised deposit premiums for many insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the Deposit Insurance Fund to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional bank or financial institution failures, we may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums could reduce our profitability, may limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities or otherwise negatively impact our operations.
We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.
Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, CFPB and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our rating under the Community Reinvestment Act and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
We could face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, the USA PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. FinCEN, established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and engages in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and IRS. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by OFAC related to U.S. sanctions regimes. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. See “Business: Supervision and Regulation: The Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act.”
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 2.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
The following table sets forth summarized historical consolidated financial information for each of the periods indicated. This information should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below and with the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement. The selected historical financial information indicated as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. The selected historical financial information indicated as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement. The selected historical financial information indicated as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this registration statement. Historical results set forth below and elsewhere in this registration statement are not necessarily indicative of future performance.
Six Months Ended
June 30,
December 31,
2018
2017
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(dollars in thousands, except per share and other data)
Operating Data
Interest Income
$ 38,682 $ 23,414 $ 53,472 $ 44,726 $ 41,062 $ 39,709 $ 38,986
Interest Expense
6,632 3,437 7,732 5,932 5,063 4,783 4,879
Net interest and dividend Income 
32,050 19,977 45,740 38,794 35,999 34,926 34,107
Provision for Loan Losses
1,385 380 1,055 320 1,008 2,030 1,475
Non-Interest Income
6,470 5,713 9,848 9,244 7,463 7,893 6,668
Non-Interest Expense
20,041 13,001 30,394 25,099 22,305 21,910 22,798
Income Before Taxes
17,094 12,309 24,139 22,619 20,149 18,879 16,502
Income Taxes
3,631 4,105 8,826 7,706 6,754 6,259 4,939
Net Income
$ 13,463 $ 8,204 $ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395 $ 12,620 $ 11,563
Average shares outstanding, basic
6,692,523 6,188,829 6,285,901 6,220,694 6,291,319 6,338,077 6,463,823
Average shares outstanding, diluted
6,692,523 6,188,829 6,285,901 6,220,694 6,291,319 6,338,077 6,463,823
Total shares outstanding
6,662,292 6,161,499 6,805,684 6,210,892 6,267,660 6,259,535 6,384,432
Basic Earnings per share
$ 2.01 $ 1.33 $ 2.44 $ 2.40 $ 2.13 $ 1.99 $ 1.79
Diluted Earnings Per Share
$ 2.01 $ 1.33 $ 2.44 $ 2.40 $ 2.13 $ 1.99 $ 1.79
Dividends Declared Per Share
$ 0.32 $ 0.32 $ 0.64 $ 0.59 $ 0.51 $ 0.46 $ 0.22
Dividend payout ratio (1)
16 % 24 % 26 % 25 % 24 % 23 % 12 %
Financial Condition Data
Total Assets
$ 1,741,874 $ 1,308,375 $ 1,753,404 $ 1,315,997 $ 1,237,675 $ 1,105,008 $ 1,060,887
Total Deposits
1,495,424 1,147,446 1,506,642 1,127,020 1,062,575 954,742 919,486
Total Loans
1,434,504 1,076,392 1,397,547 1,026,257 956,637 873,058 823,144
Shareholders’ equity
165,200 132,647 161,728 127,523 118,928 109,062 101,568
Book Value Per Share
$ 24.80 $ 21.53 $ 23.76 $ 20.53 $ 18.97 $ 17.42 $ 15.91
Performance Ratios
Return on Average Assets
1.50 % 1.19 % 1.04 % 1.13 % 1.14 % 1.17 % 1.15 %
Return on Average Shareholders’
equity
16.61 % 12.59 % 11.17 % 12.01 % 11.65 % 11.84 % 11.60 %
Equity to assets
9.48 % 10.14 % 9.22 % 9.69 % 9.61 % 9.87 % 9.57 %
Interest rate spread (2)
3.64 % 3.02 % 3.22 % 3.08 % 3.32 % 3.47 % 3.66 %
Net Interest Margin, taxable equivalent (3)
3.95 % 3.23 % 3.45 % 3.26 % 3.48 % 3.64 % 3.82 %
Efficiency ratio (4)
51.36 % 49.36 % 53.28 % 50.81 % 49.92 % 49.72 % 54.14 %
Asset Quality
Non-Performing Loans
$ 20,497 $ 1,091 $ 20,613 $ 602 $ 1,625 $ 2,756 $ 2,617
Non-Performing Loans/Total
Loans
1.43 % 0.10 % 1.47 % 0.06 % 0.17 % 0.32 % 0.32 %
Net (Recoveries)/Charge-Offs
$ (50 ) $ 44 $ 171 $ (397 ) $ 255 $ 1,527 $ 670
Allowance/Total Loans
0.91 % 1.03 % 0.83 % 1.05 % 1.06 % 1.07 % 1.08 %
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Six Months Ended
June 30,
December 31,
2018
2017
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(dollars in thousands, except per share and other data)
Capital Ratios (5)
Total capital
10.94 % 11.27 % 10.80 % 11.69 % 10.86 % 12.64 % 12.46 %
Tier 1 capital
9.39 % 10.34 % 9.29 % 10.72 % 9.95 % 11.56 % 11.38 %
CET1
9.39 % 10.34 % 9.29 % 10.72 % 9.95 % N/A N/A
Tier 1 leverage capital
8.34 % 8.92 % 8.47 % 8.94 % 8.85 % 9.09 % 9.10 %
Other Data
Number of full service offices
18 12 18 12 12 11 12
Full time equivalent employees 
248 178 249 173 161 155 154
(1)
Dividend payout ratio represents per share dividends declared divided by diluted earnings per share.
(2)
The interest rate spread represents the difference between the fully taxable equivalent weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(3)
The net interest margin represents fully taxable equivalent net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(4)
The efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense as a percentage of the sum of net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis and noninterest income.
(5)
Capital ratios are for Bank First National Corporation.
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Historical results of operations and the percentage relationships among any amounts included, and any trends that may appear, may not indicate trends in operations or results of operations for any future periods. We are a bank holding company and we conduct all of our material business operations through the Bank. As a result, the discussion and analysis above relates to activities primarily conducted at the Bank level.
We have made, and will continue to make, various forward-looking statements with respect to financial and business matters. Comments regarding our business that are not historical facts are considered forward-looking statements that involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements. For additional information regarding our cautionary disclosures, see the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this registration statement.
OVERVIEW
Bank First National Corporation is a Wisconsin corporation that was organized primarily to serve as the holding company for Bank First National. Bank First National, which was incorporated in 1894, is a nationally-chartered bank headquartered in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. It is a member of the Federal Reserve, and is regulated by the OCC. Including its headquarters in Manitowoc, Wisconsin, the Bank has 18 banking locations in Manitowoc, Outagamie, Brown, Winnebago, Sheboygan, Waupaca and Barron counties in Wisconsin. The Bank offers loan, deposit and treasury management products at each of its banking locations.
As with most community banks, the Bank derives a significant portion of its income from interest received on loans and investments. The Bank’s primary source of funding is deposits, both interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing. In order to maximize the Bank’s net interest income, or the difference between the income on interest-earning assets and the expense of interest-bearing liabilities, the Bank must not only manage the volume of these balance sheet items, but also the yields earned on interest-earning assets and the rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. To account for credit risk inherent in all loans, the Bank maintains an ALL to absorb possible losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. The Bank establishes and maintains this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against operating earnings. Beyond its net interest income, the Bank further receives income through the net gain on sale of loans held for sale as well as servicing income which is retained on those sold loans. In order to maintain its operations and bank locations, the Bank incurs various operating expenses which are further described within the “Results of Operations” later in this section.
The Bank is a 49.8% member of a data processing subsidiary, UFS, LLC which provides core data processing, endpoint management cloud services, cyber security and digital banking solutions for over 50 Midwest banks. The Bank, through its 100% owned subsidiary TVG Holdings, Inc., also holds a 30% ownership interest in Ansay & Associates, LLC, an insurance agency providing clients throughout the Midwest with insurance and risk management solutions. These unconsolidated subsidiary interests contribute noninterest income to the Bank through their underlying annual earnings.
On October 27, 2017, the Company consummated its merger with Waupaca pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Bank Merger, dated as of May 11, 2017 and as amended on July 20, 2017, by and among the Company, BFNC Merger Sub, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Waupaca, whereby Waupaca was merged with and into the Company, and First National Bank, Waupaca’s wholly owned banking subsidiary, was merged with and into the Bank. The system integration was completed, and six branches of First National Bank opened on October 30, 2017 as branches of the Bank, expanding the Bank’s presence into Barron and Waupaca counties.
As of June 30, 2018, the Company had total consolidated assets of  $1.7 billion, total loans of $1.4 billion, total deposits of  $1.5 billion and total stockholders’ equity of  $165.2 million. The Company employs approximately 248 full-time equivalent employees and has an assets-to-FTE ratio of approximately $7.4 million. For more information, see the Company’s website at www.bankfirstnational.com.
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to GAAP in the United States and general practices within the financial institution industry. Significant accounting and reporting policies are summarized below.
Business Combinations
We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805). We recognize the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and immediately expense transaction costs. There is no separate recognition of the acquired ALL on the acquirer’s balance sheet as credit related factors are incorporated directly into the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. If the amount of consideration exceeds the fair value of assets purchased less the fair value of liabilities assumed, goodwill is recorded. Alternatively, if the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid, a gain (bargain purchase gain) is recorded. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Results of operations of the acquired business are included in the statement of income from the effective date of the acquisition.
ALL — Originated
ALL is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense as losses are estimated to have occurred. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
Management regularly evaluates ALL using general economic conditions, our past loan loss experience, composition of the portfolio, credit worthiness of the borrowers, the estimated value of the underlying collateral, the assumptions about cash flow, determination of loss factors for estimating credit losses and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective since it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.
The ALL consists of specific reserves for certain impaired loans and general reserves for non-impaired loans. Specific reserves reflect estimated losses on impaired loans from management’s analyses developed through specific credit allocations. The specific credit reserves are based on regular analyses of impaired non-homogenous loans. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows and collateral values. The general reserve is based on our historical loss experience which is updated quarterly. The general reserve portion of the ALL also includes consideration of certain qualitative factors such as (1) changes in lending policies and/or underwriting practices, (2) national and local economic conditions, (3) changes in portfolio volume and nature, (4) experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, (5) levels of and trends in past-due and nonaccrual loans and quality, (6) changes in loan review and oversight, (7) impact and effects of concentrations and (8) other issues deemed relevant.
Management believes that the current ALL is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the ALL. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.
ALL — Acquired
ALL for acquired loans is calculated using a methodology similar to that described for originated loans. Performing acquired loans are subsequently evaluated for any required allowance at each reporting date. Such required allowance for each loan pool is compared to the remaining fair value discount for that pool. If greater, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If less than the discount, no additional allowance is recorded. Charge-offs and losses first reduce any remaining fair value discount for the loan pool and once the discount is depleted, losses are applied against the allowance established for that pool.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For purchase credit impaired loans after an acquisition, cash flows expected to be collected are recast for each loan periodically as determined appropriate by management. If the present value of expected cash flows for a loan is less than its carrying value, impairment is reflected by an increase in the ALL and a charge to the provision for loan losses. If the present value of the expected cash flows for a loan is greater than its carrying value, any previously established ALL is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Loans which were considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) by the acquired institution prior to the acquisition are not required to be classified as TDRs in our consolidated financial statements unless or until such loans would subsequently meet our criteria to be classified as such, since acquired loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at the time of the acquisition.
Impaired Investment Securities
Unrealized gains or losses considered temporary and the noncredit portion of unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary are reported as an increase or decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit related portion of unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary is recorded in current period earnings. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings. We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. As part of such monitoring, the credit quality of individual securities and their issuers are assessed. In addition, management considers the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and that the Company does not have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Adjustments to market value that are considered temporary are recorded as a separate component of equity, net of tax. If an impairment of security is identified as other-than-temporary based on information available such as the decline in the credit worthiness of the issuer, external market ratings or the anticipated or realized elimination of associated dividends, such impairments are further analyzed to determine if a credit loss exists. If there is a credit loss, it will be recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the period of identification.
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets consist of the value of core deposits and mortgage servicing assets and the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets (“goodwill”). Core deposits are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized on a sum of the years digits basis over a period of one to ten years.
Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of mortgage loans with servicing retained. Servicing rights acquired through sale of financial assets are recorded based on the fair value of the servicing right. The determination of fair value is based on a valuation model and includes stratifying the mortgage servicing rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms, and estimating the fair value of each stratum based on the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as costs to service, a discount rate, and prepayment speeds. Changes in fair value are recorded as an adjustment to earnings.
We perform a “qualitative” assessment of goodwill to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary on at least an annual basis. If it is determined, as a result of performing a qualitative assessment over goodwill, that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, management will perform an impairment test to determine if the carrying value of goodwill is realizable.
Deferred Tax Assets
DTAs and liabilities are determined using the liability method. DTAs and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and the current enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Provision (benefit) for deferred taxes is the result of changes in the DTAs and liabilities. Deferred taxes are reviewed quarterly and would be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based upon the information available, it is more likely than not that some or all of the DTAs will not be realized.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Recent Accounting Developments
In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (ASU 2015-14) was issued in August 2015 which defers adoption to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. The timing of the Company’s revenue recognition is not expected to materially change. Our largest portions of revenue, interest and fees on loans and gain on sales of loans, are specifically excluded from the scope of the guidance, and we currently recognize the majority of the remaining revenue sources in a manner that management believes is consistent with the new guidance. Because of this, management believes that revenue recognized under the new guidance will generally approximate revenue recognized under current GAAP. These observations are subject to change as the evaluation is completed.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (ASU 2016-01). This guidance changes how entities account for equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Entities will be required to measure these investments at fair value at the end of each reporting period and recognize changes in fair value in net income. A practicability exception will be available for equity investments that do not have readily determinable fair values; however, the exception requires the Company to adjust the carrying amount for impairment and observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. This guidance also changes certain disclosure requirements and other aspects of current GAAP. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for only one of the six amendments. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02). The new guidance establishes the principles to report transparent and economically neutral information about the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. Entities will be required to recognize the lease assets and lease liabilities that arise from leases in the statement of financial position and to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about lease transactions, such as information about variable lease payments and options to renew and terminate leases. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to determine the potential impact it will have on our consolidated financial statements. Our assets and liabilities will increase based on the present value of the remaining lease payments for leases in place at the adoption date; however, this is not expected to be material to our results of operations due to the immaterial nature of lease agreements in existence.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2016-09). The new guidance simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Entities will be required to recognize the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The main objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in the ASU replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This ASU is effective for the Company for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within this fiscal year. We are currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 on the consolidated financial statements, although the general expectation in the banking industry is that the implementation of this standard will result in higher required balances in the ALL.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323). The amendments in the ASU add and amend SEC paragraphs pursuant to the SEC staff announcement at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016, Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) meetings. The September announcement is about the disclosure of the impact that recently issued accounting standards will have on the financial statements of a registrant when such standards are adopted in a future period. The announcement applies to ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842); and ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and to any subsequent amendments to these ASUs that are issued prior to their adoption. The November announcement made amendments to conform the SEC Observer comment on accounting for tax benefits resulting from investments in qualified affordable housing projects to the guidance issued in Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-01, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323); Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. This ASU is intended to improve transparency and is effective upon issuance. The adoption of this ASU is not anticipated to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements other than to enhance the disclosures on the effects of new accounting pronouncements as they move closer to adoption in future periods.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU were issued to address concerns over the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test and resulted in the removal of the second step of the test. The amendments require an entity to apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. This ASU is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test and is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for testing performed after January 1, 2017. Upon adoption, the amendments should be applied on a prospective basis and the entity is required to disclose the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle upon transition. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The amendments in this ASU shorten the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium. Specifically, the amendments require the premium to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amendments do not require an accounting change for securities held at a discount as discounts continue to be accreted to maturity. This ASU is intended to more closely align the amortization period of premiums and discounts to expectations incorporated in market pricing on the underlying securities. In most cases, market participants price securities to the call date that produces the worst yield when the coupon is above current market rates and prices securities to maturity when the coupon is below market rates. As a result, the amendments more closely align interest income recorded on bonds held at a premium or a discount with the economics of the underlying instrument. This ASU is intended to reduce diversity in practice and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the amendments should be applied using a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Additionally, in the period of adoption, an
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
entity should provide disclosures about a change in accounting principles. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The amendments in this ASU provide clarity about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The ASU is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The implementation of this new standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments of this ASU better align an entity’s accounting and financial reporting for hedging activities with the economic objectives of those activities. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are evaluating the impact this new standard with have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Certain Income Tax Effects within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this ASU allow entities to release the income tax effects from other comprehensive income that resulted from H.R.1, An Act to Provide for Reconciliation Pursuant to Titles II and V of the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2018 (Tax Cuts and Jobs Act). We have elected, as allowed under this amendment, to reclassify the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, totaling $161,000, from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings during the year ended December 31, 2017.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Stock Compensation — Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies several aspects of the account for nonemployee share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods or services from nonemployees. The amendment is effective for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years , with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
PUBLIC COMPANY COSTS
Following the effectiveness of this registration statement, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect that these costs will include legal, regulatory, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. Sarbanes-Oxley, as well as rules adopted by the SEC, the FDIC and national securities exchanges requires public companies to implement specified corporate governance practices that are currently inapplicable to us as a private company. In addition, due to regulatory changes in the banking industry and the implementation of new laws, rules and regulations, we will be subject to higher regulatory compliance costs. These additional rules and regulations will increase our legal, regulatory, accounting and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017
General.    Net income increased $5.3 million to $13.5 million for six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to $8.2 million for the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to the increased scale of the Bank’s operations as a result of the Waupaca acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2017 as well as the lower corporate tax rates enacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Net Interest Income.    The management of interest income and expense is fundamental to our financial performance. Net interest income, the difference between interest income and interest expense, is the largest component of the Company’s total revenue. Management closely monitors both total net interest income and the net interest margin (net interest income divided by average earning assets). We seek to maximize net
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
interest income without exposing the Company to an excessive level of interest rate risk through our asset and liability policies. Interest rate risk is managed by monitoring the pricing, maturity and repricing options of all classes of interest-bearing assets and liabilities. Our net interest margin is also adversely impacted by the reversal of interest on nonaccrual loans and the reinvestment of loan payoffs into lower yielding investment securities and other short-term investments.
Net interest and dividend income after the provision for loan losses increased by $11.1 million to $30.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to $19.6 million for 6 months ended June 30, 2017. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to the increased scale of the Bank’s loan portfolio as a result of the Waupaca acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2017, and to a lesser extent the result of an increasing interest rate environment. Net interest income on loans increased by $14.3 million, or 67.3%, during the same period. Total average interest-earning assets increased to $1.7 billion for the six-months ended June 30, 2018, up from $1.3 billion for the same period in 2017. Our net interest margin increased 72 basis points to 3.95% for the six-months ended June 30, 2018, up from 3.23% for the same period in 2017. Net interest margin and net interest income are influenced by internal and external factors. Internal factors include balance sheet changes on both volume and mix and pricing decisions, and external factors include changes in market interest rates, competition and the shape of the interest rate yield curve.
Interest Income.    Total interest income increased $15.3 million, or 65.4%, to $38.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $23.4 million for the same period in 2017. The increase in total interest income was primarily due to the increased scale of the Bank’s loan portfolio as a result of the Waupaca acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2017, and to a lesser extent the result of an increasing interest rate environment. The average balance of loans increased by $365.5 million during the six-months ended June 30, 2018 compared to the same period in 2017.
Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased $3.2 million, or 93.0%, to $6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $3.4 million for the same period in 2017. The increase in net interest expense was due in part to the increased scale of the Bank’s core deposit base as a result of the acquisition of Waupaca during the fourth quarter of 2017 as well as the result of an increasing interest rate environment.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased by $2.3 million to $5.2 million for the six-months ended June 30, 2018, from $2.9 million for the same period in 2017. This increase was primarily due to the increased scale of the Bank’s deposit portfolio as a result of the Waupaca acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2017, and to a lesser extent the result of an increasing interest rate environment. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.98% for the six-months ended June 30, 2018, compared to 0.72% for the same period in 2017. The average cost of certificates of deposit decreased during the six-months ended June 30, 2018 as compared to the same period in 2017 due to a significant change in duration mix of the certificates acquired in the Waupaca acquisition, leading to a shorter overall duration of lower cost interest-bearing deposits. We experienced an increase in the average cost of checking, savings and money market accounts for the six-months ended June 30, 2018 as compared to the same period in 2017 due to a generally higher interest rate environment.
Provision for Loan Losses.    Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. We establish an ALL through charges to earnings, which are shown in the statements of operations as the provision for loan losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable known losses are promptly charged off against the allowance. The provision for loan losses is determined by conducting a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of our ALL and charging the shortfall or excess, if any, to the current quarter’s expense. This has the effect of creating variability in the amount and frequency of charges to earnings. The provision for loan losses and level of allowance for each period are dependent upon many factors, including loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies, management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio, the valuation of problem loans and the general economic conditions in our market area. The determination of the amount is complex and involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity.
We recorded a provision for loan losses of  $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to $0.4 million for the same period in 2017. We recorded net recoveries of  $50,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2018, compared to net charge offs of  $44,000 for the same period in 2017. The ALL
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
was $13.0 million, or 0.91% of total loans, at June 30, 2018 compared to $11.1 million, or 1.03% of total loans at June 30, 2017. The increase in provision for loan losses was due primarily to establishing an ALL on loans that were a part of the Waupaca acquisition and were initially recorded at fair value under purchase accounting rules which were renewing during the first six months of 2018. The reduction in the ALL to total loans ratio during the first six months of 2018 was a result of loans acquired from Waupaca being recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition, with no related allowance recorded. If these acquired loans are removed from total loans in the calculation of this ratio, the ALL to total loans ratio comes to 1.07%.
Noninterest Income.    Noninterest income is an important component of our total revenues. A significant portion of our noninterest income is associated with service charges and income from the Bank’s subsidiaries, Ansay & Associates, LLC and UFS, LLC. Other sources of noninterest income include loan servicing fees, gains on sales of mortgage loans, and other income from strategic alliances.
Noninterest income increased $0.8 million to $6.5 million for the six month ended June 30, 2018 compared to $5.7 million for the same period in 2017. The primary reason for the increase in noninterest income was stronger fees from service charges during 2018 as a result of the Bank’s added scale from the acquisition of Waupaca during the fourth quarter of 2017. Secondarily, other noninterest income increased due to rent received on three other real estate owned properties which were acquired as part of that same transaction. There was also an increase in income from the minority-owned subsidiaries Ansay & Associates, LLC and UFS, LLC, which increased by approximately $186,000 from the first six months of 2017 to the same period in 2018. The major components of our noninterest income are listed below:
Six Months Ended
June 30
2018
2017
(In thousands)
Noninterest Income
Service Charges
$ 1,631 $ 1,312
Income from Ansay & Associates, LLC
1,759 1,670
Income from UFS, LLC
1,195 1,098
Loan Servicing income
845 740
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
285 393
Noninterest income from strategic alliances
44 45
Other
711 455
Total noninterest income
$ 6,470 $ 5,713
Noninterest Expense.    Noninterest expense increased $7.0 million to $20.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to $13.0 million for the same period in 2017. The significant increase in noninterest expense was nearly entirely attributable to the added scale and implementation costs as a result of the Bank’s acquisition of Waupaca during the fourth quarter of 2017. Salaries, commissions and employee benefits expense for the six months ended June 30, 2018 was $10.8 million compared to $7.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, an increase of  $3.4 million, or 46.7%. This increase was attributable to an increase in the overall number of employees due to the Waupaca acquisition and also what is consistent and necessary to support our continued growth, annual salary adjustments, increased bonus and incentives and increased benefit costs. Net losses from sales and valuations of ORE increased in the first six months of 2018 compared to the same period in 2017 due to the higher level of other real estate owned which was a part of our acquisition of Waupaca in the fourth quarter of 2017. The increase in amortization of intangibles from the first six months of 2017 to the same period in 2018 is the result of amortization of the core deposit intangible which resulted from the same acquisition of Waupaca. The category of other expense contains all other noninterest expenses which occur from operating the Bank. Significant increases from the first six months of 2017 to the same period in 2018 occurred in the areas of costs related to foreclosure and maintenance on other real estate owned, collection activities on loans which have deteriorated credit quality, significant charitable giving to additional organizations during the first six months of 2018 that were not contributed to during the first six months of 2017, and the costs of added scale of six branches acquired in the Waupaca transaction.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The major components of our noninterest expense are listed below:
Six Months Ended
June 30
2018
2017
(In thousands)
Noninterest Expense
Salaries, commissions and employee benefits
$ 10,762 $ 7,337
Occupancy
1,882 1,329
Data Processing
1,864 1,339
Postage, stationary, and supplies
327 176
Net (gain) loss on sales and valuation of ORE
97 (7 )
Net loss on sales of securities
51 9
Advertising
106 70
Outside service fees
1,416 996
Amortization of intangibles
378 3
Other
3,158 1,749
Total noninterest expenses
$ 20,041 $ 13,001
Income Tax Expense.    We recorded a provision for income taxes of  $3.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to a provision of  $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, reflecting effective tax rates of 21.2% and 33.3%, respectively. The effective tax rates were reduced from the statutory federal and state income tax rates largely as a result of tax-exempt interest income produced by certain qualifying loans and investments in the Bank’s portfolios. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2018 as compared to the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2017 was reduced primarily as a result of lower corporate tax rates which were enacted by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016
General.    Net income increased $0.4 million, or 2.7% to $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. There was an increase in net interest income due to the acquisition of Waupaca, offset by costs as a result of the acquisition. Also, the provision for loan losses increased from $0.3 million to $1.1 million from 2016 to 2017.
Net Interest Income.    Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased by $6.2 million to $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $38.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase in net interest income was due to loan growth primarily from the acquisition of loans from Waupaca. Net interest income on loans increased by $8.0 million, or 19.6%, from 2016 to 2017. Total average interest-earning assets increased to $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 from $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016. The Bank’s net interest margin increased 19 basis points to 3.45% for the year ended December 31, 2017, up from 3.26% for the year ended December 31, 2016.
Interest Income.    Total interest income increased $8.8 million, or 19.6%, to $53.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, up from $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. As noted, the increase was primarily due to loan growth from the acquisition of Waupaca. The average balance of loans increased by $134.4 million during 2017. Interest income from Fed Funds Sold increased $0.6 million, increasing from $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased $1.8 million, or 30.3%, to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, up from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The increase was driven by an $80.9 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities as well as an increase in the average cost of interest bearing liabilities, rising 13 basis points from 0.66% to 0.79%. Interest expense from sweep repurchase agreements and borrowed funds increased $202,000 and $617,000 from 2016 to 2017, respectively.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased by $0.9 million to $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily due to a higher interest rate environment along with elevated levels of interest-bearing deposits for the last two months of 2017 as a result of the acquisition of Waupaca. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.76% for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 0.71% for the year ended December 31, 2016. The average cost of certificates of deposits decreased during the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due to a significant change in duration mix of the certificates acquired in the Waupaca acquisition, leading to a shorter overall duration of lower bearing deposits. We experienced an increase in the average cost of checking, savings and money market accounts for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 due to a generally higher interest rate environment.
Provision for Loan Losses.    We recorded a provision for loan losses of  $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. A significant recovery of a previously charged off commercial loan during 2016 led to a net recovery of  $0.4 million during 2016, compared to a net charge-off of  $0.2 million during 2017. The net recovery during 2016 reduced the need to record a provision for loan losses during that year. The provision for loan losses recorded during 2017 was primarily due to the need to establish a reserve against the organic loan growth during that year. The ALL was $11.6 million, or 0.83% of total loans, at December 31, 2017 compared to $10.7 million, or 1.05% of total loans at December 31, 2016. The reduction in the ALL to total loans ratio during 2017 was a result of loans acquired from Waupaca being recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition, with no related allowance recorded. If these acquired loans are removed from total loans in the calculation of this ratio, the ALL to total loans ratio comes to 1.03%.
Noninterest Income.    Noninterest income increased $0.6 million to $9.8 million in 2017 compared to $9.2 million in 2016. The main driver was income from the minority-owned subsidiaries Ansay & Associates, LLC and UFS, LLC, which increased by $0.3 million from 2016 to 2017. Service charge income also increased by $0.2 million from 2016 to 2017. Much of this increase occurred in the final two months of 2017 as a result of adding significant new customer relationships through the Waupaca acquisition. Loan servicing income increased by $0.2 million from 2016 to 2017 primarily due to the revaluation of our mortgage servicing rights asset. Offsetting this, however, was a reduction of  $0.1 million in net gain on sales of mortgage loans from 2016 to 2017 as we experienced the effects of an overall slowdown in mortgage originations during the second half of 2017. The major components of our noninterest income are listed in the table below:
For the Years
Ended December 31,
2017
2016
(In thousands)
Noninterest Income
Service Charges
$ 2,950 $ 2,747
Income from Ansay & Associates, LLC
1,663 1,583
Income from UFS, LLC
2,390 2,133
Loan Servicing income
1,158 1,006
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
895 1,042
Noninterest income from strategic alliances
94 90
Other
698 643
Total noninterest income
$ 9,848 $ 9,244
Noninterest Expense.    Noninterest expense increased $5.3 million to $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, up from $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The primary cause of increases in most areas within noninterest expense from 2016 to 2017 was due to the acquisition of Waupaca which occurred during the fourth quarter of 2017. Salaries, commissions and employee benefits expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $16.6 million compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of  $3.3 million, or 24.6%. This increase was attributable to an increase in the overall number of employees due to the Waupaca acquisition and also what is consistent and necessary to support our continued growth, annual salary adjustments, increased bonus and incentives and
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
increased benefit costs. One-time costs such as significant severance payments to terminated employees of Waupaca ($0.8 million), outside service fees ($1.2 million), data processing costs ($0.3 million) and marketing and customer communications in the new market ($0.2 million) also caused most noninterest expense categories to increase. Many of the offices which were obtained in this acquisition had aging technology requiring significant equipment replacement, leading to an increase of  $0.5 million in occupancy expense from 2016 to 2017. As part of the accounting for the acquisition, a core deposit intangible of  $3.1 million was established. Two months of amortization of this intangible led to the increase in amortization of intangibles from 2016 to 2017. The remainder of the increases are due to the added scale of bank operations from adding six new offices through the acquisition. We did experience a positive variance of  $0.1 million in net gains (losses) on sales of ORE due to several sales of ORE during the first half of 2017 at higher than anticipated values. The major components of our noninterest expense are listed in the table below.
For the Years
Ended December 31,
2017
2016
(In thousands)
Noninterest Expense
Salaries, commissions and employee benefits
$ 16,595 $ 13,314
Occupancy
3,097 2,573
Data Processing
2,939 2,473
Postage, stationary, and supplies
452 362
Net (gain) loss on sales and valuation ORE
(49 ) 31
Net loss on sales of securities
32 225
Advertising
183 201
Outside service fees
3,317 2,670
Amortization of intangibles
132 18
Other
3,696 3,232
Total noninterest expenses
$ 30,394 $ 25,099
Income Tax Expense.    We recorded a provision for income taxes of  $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, reflecting effective tax rates of 36.56% and 34.07%, respectively. On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, reducing the top tier corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. As a result, we recorded a write down to our net DTAs of approximately $0.6 million, resulting in an equivalent increase in tax expense for 2017.
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
General.    Net income increased $1.5 million, or 11.3% to $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in net interest income after the provision for loan loss and a $1.8 million increase in noninterest income, offset by a $2.8 million increase in noninterest expense and a $1.0 million increase in income taxes.
Net Interest Income.    Net interest income after provision for loan losses increased by $3.5 million to $38.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $35.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in net interest income was due to strong loan growth during 2016. Net interest income on loans increased by $2.9 million, or 7.7%, from 2015 to 2016. Total average interest-earning assets increased to $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2016, up from $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our net interest margin decreased 22 basis points to 3.26% for the year ended December 31, 2016, down from 3.48% for the year ended December 31, 2015.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Interest Income.    Total interest income increased $3.7 million, or 8.9%, to $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, up from $41.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a $102.5 million increase in the average balance of loans during 2016 as we were able to leverage our cost effective core deposit base to competitively structure high quality credit opportunities. Interest income from Fed Funds Sold increased $0.3 million, increasing from $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, to $0.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2016.
Interest Expense.    Interest expense increased $0.9 million, or 17.2%, to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, up from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was driven by a $99.5 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities, resulting from strong depository growth in the Fox Valley and Sheboygan markets, combined with a moderately rising depository rate environment.
Interest expense from borrowed funds increased $0.3 million from 2015 to 2016. There was also a slight increase in the average cost of interest bearing liabilities, rising 2 basis points from 0.64% to 0.66%.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits increased by $0.6 million to $5.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, from $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was primarily due to significant growth in money market balances during 2016, while the average rate paid on money market deposits saw a modest increase. The average cost of interest-bearing deposits was 0.71% for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to 0.68% for the year ended December 31, 2015. The average cost of certificates of deposits and savings accounts remained very consistent from 2015 to 2016. We did experience an increase in the average cost of checking accounts for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 due to heightened local competition for this type of deposit.
Provision for Loan Losses.    We recorded a provision for loan losses of  $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. A significant recovery of a previously charged off commercial loan during 2016 led to a net recovery of  $0.4 million during 2016, compared to a net charge-off of  $0.3 during 2015. The net recovery during 2016 reduced the need to record a provision for loan losses during that year. The ALL was $10.7 million, or 1.05% of total loans, at December 31, 2016 compared to $10.0 million, or 1.06% of total loans at December 31, 2015.
Noninterest Income.    Noninterest income increased $1.8 million to $9.2 million in 2016 compared to $7.5 million in 2015. The main driver was income from the minority-owned subsidiary Ansay & Associates, LLC, which increased $1.0 million from 2015 to 2016. Service charges provided $0.5 million more income in 2016 than in 2015, primarily as the result of inflationary increases in our fee structure as well as growing our in-house credit card portfolio. Net gains on sales of mortgage loans provided $0.4 million more income in 2016 than in 2015 due to a strong year in mortgage originations during 2016 which followed a slower year in 2015. Other income saw a decline of  $0.1 million from 2015 to 2016 due to positive settlement of litigation during 2015 which was not repeated during 2016. The major components of our noninterest income are listed in the table below:
For the Years
Ended December 31,
2016
2015
(In thousands)
Noninterest Income
Service Charges
$ 2,747 $ 2,231
Income from Ansay & Associates, LLC
1,583 538
Income from UFS, LLC
2,133 2,165
Loan Servicing income
1,006 991
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
1,042 674
Noninterest income from strategic alliances
90 113
Other
643 751
Total noninterest income
$ 9,244 $ 7,463
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Noninterest Expense.    Noninterest expense increased $2.8 million to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, up from $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $13.3 million compared to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of  $1.1 million, or 9.2%. This increase was attributable to an increase in the overall number of employees consistent and necessary to support our continued growth, annual salary adjustments, increased bonus and incentives and increased benefit costs. Data processing costs increased $0.7 million in 2016 compared to 2015 as we added technology to ensure our fulfilled customer expectations with product offerings. Outside service fees increased by $0.4 million in 2016 compared to 2015 as the Company required more third party assistance in certain strategic initiatives undertaken during 2016. We also experienced a $225,000 loss on sale of securities during 2016, while there was no loss during 2015. The major components of our noninterest expense are listed in the table below.
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2016
2015
(In thousands)
Noninterest Expense
Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits
$ 13,314 $ 12,193
Occupancy
2,573 2,575
Data Processing
2,473 1,777
Postage, stationary, and supplies
362 353
Net (gain) loss on sales and valuation of ORE
31 (3 )
Net loss on sales of securities
225
Advertising
201 177
Outside service fees
2,670 2,225
Amortization of intangibles
18 18
Other
3,232 2,990
Total noninterest expenses
$ 25,099 $ 22,305
Income Tax Expense.    We recorded a provision for income taxes of  $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to a provision of  $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, reflecting effective tax rates of 34.07% and 33.52%, respectively.
NET INTEREST MARGIN
Net interest income represents the difference between interest earned, primarily on loans and investments, and interest paid on funding sources, primarily deposits and borrowings. Interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is the amount of net interest income, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. The average rate earned on earning assets is the amount of annualized taxable equivalent interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets. The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities is equal to annualized interest expense as a percentage of average interest-bearing liabilities.
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following tables set forth the distribution of our average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, and average rates earned or paid on a fully taxable equivalent basis for each of the periods indicated:
Six Months Ended June 30
2018
2017
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/​
Expenses (1)
Rate
Earned/​
Paid (1)
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/​
Expenses (1)
Rate
Earned/​
Paid (1)
(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets
Loans (2)
Taxable
$ 1,329,608 $ 68,395 5.14 % $ 998,577 $ 41,215 4.13 %
Tax-exempt
85,119 4,333 5.09 % 52,622 2,609 4.96 %
Securities
Taxable (available for sale)
72,055 2,152 2.99 % 44,352 1,071 2.41 %
Tax-exempt (available for sale)
56,752 2,054 3.62 % 62,439 2,162 3.46 %
Taxable (held to maturity)
25,955 596 2.30 % 24,976 554 2.22 %
Tax-exempt (held to maturity)
13,733 414 3.01 % 9,657 424 4.39 %
Cash and due from banks
90,520 1,489 1.64 % 108,348 902 0.83 %
Total interest-earning assets
1,673,742 79,433 4.75 % 1,300,971 48,937 3.76 %
Non interest-earning assets
128,665 92,827
Allowance for loan losses
(12,119 ) (10,911 )
Total assets
$ 1,790,288 $ 1,382,887
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits
Checking accounts
$ 113,598 $ 1,156 1.02 % $ 92,907 $ 509 0.55 %
Savings accounts
147,304 377 0.26 % 89,890 178 0.20 %
Money market accounts
440,700 4,085 0.93 % 442,801 2,492 0.56 %
Certificates of deposit
366,789 4,786 1.30 % 183,933 2,669 1.45 %
Brokered deposits
3,128 91 2.91 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
1,071,519 10,495 0.98 % 809,531 5,848 0.72 %
Other borrowed funds
142,239 2,879 2.02 % 127,963 1,068 0.83 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
1,213,758 13,374 1.10 % 937,494 6,916 0.74 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Demand deposits
401,665 305,078
Other liabilities
12,765 10,008
Total liabilities
1,628,188 1,252,580
Shareholders’ equity
162,100 130,307
Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity
$ 1,790,288 $ 1,382,887
Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis
66,059 42,021
Less taxable equivalent adjustment
(1,428 ) (1,767 )
Net interest income
$ 64,631 $ 40,254
Net interest spread (3)
3.64 % 3.02 %
Net interest margin (4)
3.95 % 3.23 %
(1)
Annualized on a fully taxable equivalent basis calculated using a federal tax rate of 21% and 35% for the period ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in average amounts outstanding.
(3)
Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest margin represents net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For the Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
Average
balance
Interest
Income/​
Expenses (1)
Rate
Earned/​
Paid (1)
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/​
Expenses (1)
Rate
Earned/​
Paid (1)
Average
Balance
Interest
Income/​
Expenses (1)
Rate
Earned/​
Paid (1)
(dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
Interest-earning assets
Loans (2)
Taxable
$ 1,070,300 $ 46,871 4.38 % $ 953,555 $ 39,375 4.13 % $ 854,112 $ 36,370 4.26 %
Tax-exempt
59,724 3,018 5.05 % 42,112 2,239 5.32 % 39,036 2,092 5.36 %
Securities
Taxable (available for sale)
46,162 1,153 2.50 % 50,122 1,143 2.28 % 47,527 1,095 2.30 %
Tax-exempt (available for sale)
57,616 2,187 3.80 % 58,883 2.096 3.56 % 43,168 1,868 4.33 %
Taxable (held to maturity)
24,978 563 2.25 % 24,736 524 2.12 % 22,129 469 2.12 %
Tax-exempt (held to maturity)
12,723 499 3.92 % 7,754 461 5.95 % 9,862 552 5.60 %
Cash and due from banks
107,624 1,112 1.03 % 100,159 499 0.50 % 61,941 150 0.24 %
Total interest-earning assets
1,379,127 55,403 4.02 % 1,237,321 46,337 3.74 % 1,109,775 42,596 3.95 %
Non interest-earning assets
100,559 98,749 75,972
Allowance for loan losses
(11,251 ) (10,493 ) (9,548 )
Total assets
$ 1,468,435 $ 1,325,577 $ 1,176,199
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits
Checking accounts
$ 91,828 $ 597 0.65 % $ 74,192 $ 340 0.46 % $ 70,691 $ 243 0.34 %
Savings accounts
101,713 199 0.20 % 82,665 153 0.19 % 76,989 140 0.18 %
Money market accounts
437,162 2,667 0.61 % 430,760 2,340 0.54 % 385,085 1,881 0.49 %
Certificates of deposit
222,176 2,979 1.34 % 189,277 2,672 1.41 % 190,532 2,668 1.40 %
Total interest-bearing
deposits
852,879 6,443 0.76 % 776,894 5,506 0.71 % 723,297 4,932 0.68 %
Other borrowed funds
123,544 1,289 1.04 % 118,743 426 0.36 % 72,875 131 0.18 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
976,423 7,732 0.79 % 895,637 5,932 0.66 % 796,172 5,063 0.64 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
Demand deposits
337,431 290,325 253,084
Other liabilities
19,620 15,576 11,884
Total liabilities
1,332,433 1,201,438 1,061,140
Shareholders’ equity
136,002 124,139 115,059
Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity
$ 1,468,435 $ 1,325,577 $ 1,176,199
Net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis
47,671 40,405 37,533
Less taxable equivalent
adjustment
(1,931 ) (1,611 ) (1,534 )
Net interest income
$ 45,740 $ 38,794 $ 35,999
Net interest spread (3)
3.22 % 3.08 % 3.32 %
Net interest margin (4)
3.45 % 3.26 % 3.48 %
(1)
Annualized on a fully taxable equivalent basis calculated using a federal tax rate of 35%.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans are included in average amounts outstanding.
(3)
Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest margin represents net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following tables describe the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volumes (changes in average balance multiplied by prior year average rate) and (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (change in average interest rate multiplied by prior year average balance), while (iii) changes attributable to the combined impact of volumes and rates have been allocated proportionately to separate volume and rate categories.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018
Compared with
Six Months Ended June 30, 2017
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to Change in
Volume
Rate
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Loans
Taxable
$ 13,663 $ 13,517 $ 27,180
Tax-exempt
1,611 113 1,724
Securities
Taxable (available for sale)
669 412 1,081
Tax-exempt (available for sale)
(197 ) 89 (108 )
Taxable (held to maturity)
22 20 42
Tax-exempt (held to maturity)
179 (189 ) (10 )
Cash and due from banks
(148 ) 735 587
Total interest income
$ 15,798 $ 14,698 $ 30,496
Interest expense
Deposits
Checking accounts
$ 113 $ 534 $ 647
Savings accounts
114 85 199
Money market accounts
608 985 1,593
Certificates of deposit
2,653 (536 ) 2,117
Brokered deposits
91 91
Total interest-bearing deposits
3,579 1,068 4,647
Other borrowed funds
119 1,692 1,811
Total interest expense
3,698 2,760 6,458
Change in net interest income
$ 12,100 $ 11,938 $ 24,038
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017
Compared with
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2016
Compared with
Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to Change in
Increase/(Decrease)
Due to Change in
Volume
Rate
Total
Volume
Rate
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Interest income
Loans
Taxable
$ 4,821 $ 2,675 $ 7,496 $ 4,235 $ (1,230 ) $ 3,005
Tax-exempt
936 (157 ) 779 165 (18 ) 147
Securities
Taxable (available for sale)
(90 ) 100 10 60 (12 ) 48
Tax-exempt (available for sale)
(45 ) 136 91 680 (452 ) 228
Taxable (held to maturity)
5 34 39 55 55
Tax-exempt (held to maturity)
295 (257 ) 38 (118 ) 27 (91 )
Cash and due from banks
37 576 613 93 256 349
Total interest income
$ 5,959 $ 3,107 $ 9,066 $ 5,170 $ (1,429 ) $ 3,741
Interest expense
Deposits
Checking accounts
$ 81 $ 176 $ 257 $ 12 $ 85 $ 97
Savings accounts
35 11 46 10 3 13
Money market accounts
35 292 327 223 236 459
Certificates of deposit
464 (157 ) 307 (17 ) 22 4
Total interest-bearing deposits
615 322 937 228 346 574
Other borrowed funds
17 845 862 82 214 296
Total interest expense
632 1,167 1,799 310 560 870
Change in net interest income
$ 5,327 $ 1,940 $ 7,267 $ 4,860 $ (1,989 ) $ 2,871
CHANGES IN FINANCIAL CONDITION
Total Assets.    Total assets decreased $11.5 million, or 0.7%, to $1.74 billion at June 30, 2018, from $1.75 billion at December 31, 2017.
Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $56.7 million to $45.3 million at June 30, 2018 from $102.0 million at December 31, 2017.
Investment Securities.    The carrying value of total investment securities increased by $3.8 million to $162.8 million at June 30, 2018, from $159.0 million at December 31, 2017.
Loans.    Net loans increased by $35.5 million to $1.42 billion at June 30, 2018 from $1.39 billion at December 31, 2017.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance.    At June 30, 2018, our investment in bank-owned life insurance was $24.0 million, an increase of  $0.3 million from $23.7 million at December 31, 2017.
Deposits.    Deposits decreased $11.2 million, or 0.7%, to $1.50 billion at June 30, 2018 from $1.51 billion at December 31, 2017.
Borrowings.    At June 30, 2018, borrowings consisted of short-term advances from the FHLB of Chicago, as well as notes payable and subordinated debt to other banks. Total FHLB borrowing increased to $40.0 million at June 30, 2018 from no FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2017. Notes payable decreased $4.5 million to $4.0 million at June 30, 2018 from $8.5 million at December 31, 2017. Subordinated debt remained at $11.5 million at June 30, 2018, the same balance as at December 31, 2017.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Stockholders’ Equity.    Total stockholders’ equity increased $3.5 million, or 2.1%, to $165.2 million at June 30, 2018, from $161.7 million at December 31, 2017.
LOANS
Our lending activities are conducted principally in Northeastern Wisconsin. The Bank makes commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans, construction and development loans, residential real estate loans, and a variety of consumer loans and other loans. Much of the loans made by the Bank are secured by real estate collateral. The Bank’s commercial business loans are primarily made based on the cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower, with liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral typically being viewed as the primary source of repayment in the event of borrower default. Although commercial business loans are also often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment. Repayment of the Bank’s residential loans are generally dependent on the health of the employment market in the borrowers’ geographic areas and that of the general economy with liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral being typically viewed as the primary source of repayment in the event of borrower default.
Our loan portfolio is our most significant earning asset, comprising 82.4%, 79.7%, 78.0% and 77.3% of our total assets as of June 30, 2018, December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our strategy is to grow our loan portfolio by originating quality commercial and consumer loans that comply with our credit policies and that produce revenues consistent with our financial objectives. We believe our loan portfolio is well-balanced, which provides us with the opportunity to grow while monitoring our loan concentrations.
Loans increased $37.0 million, or 3.1%, to $1.43 billion as of June 30, 2018 as compared to $1.40 billion as of December 31, 2017. Our loan growth during the six months ended June 30, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 has been comprised of an increase of  $50.3 million or 19.1% in commercial and industrial loans, a decrease of  $2.4 million or 0.4% in commercial real estate loans, a decrease of  $8.4 million or 11.0% in construction and development loans, a decrease of $11.5 million or 2.9% in residential 1-4 family loans and an increase of  $9.0 million or 24.2% in consumer and other loans. The increase in loans during the six months ended June 30, 2018 is attributable to modest organic loan growth, which was offset by a planned reduction of a portion of the loan portfolio acquired from Waupaca. The reduction of a portion of the loan portfolio acquired from Waupaca focused on out of market loans as well as loans of poor asset quality. This reduction occurred without incurring significant losses.
Loans increased $371.3 million, or 36.2%, to $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2017 as compared to $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2016. Our loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to the year ended December 31, 2016 has been comprised of an increase of  $61.3 million or 30.3% in commercial and industrial loans, an increase of  $192.4 million or 42.6% in commercial real estate loans, an increase of  $24.0 million or 46.3% in construction and development loans, an increase of  $93.9 million or 33.1% in residential 1-4 family loans and a decrease of  $0.3 million or 0.8% in consumer and other loans. The increase in loans during the year ended December 31, 2017 is primarily attributable to the Waupaca acquisition as well as modest organic loan growth.
Loans increased $69.6 million, or 7.3%, to $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2016 as compared to $956.6 million as of December 31, 2015. Our loan growth during the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015 has been comprised of a decrease of  $17.0 million or 7.8% in commercial and industrial loans, an increase of  $52.5 million or 13.2% in commercial real estate loans, an increase of  $5.8 million or 12.5% in construction and development loans, an increase of  $24.1 million or 9.3% in residential 1-4 family loans and an increase of  $4.4 million or 13.2% in consumer and other loans. The increase in loans during the year ended December 31, 2016 is attributable to strong organic loan growth in the Sheboygan and Fox Valley markets.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table presents the balance and associated percentage of each major category in our loan portfolio at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
June 30,
December 31,
2018
% of
Total
2017
% of
Total
2016
% of
Total
2015
% of
Total
2014
% of
Total
2013
% of
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial & Industrial
Commercial & industrial
$ 314,087 22 % $ 263,787 19 % $ 202,275 20 % $ 219,416 23 % $ 215,458 25 % $ 210,757 26 %
Deferred costs net of unearned fees
(278 ) % (239 ) 0 % (1 ) 0 % (114 ) 0 % (227 ) 0 % 0 %
Total commercial & industrial
313,809 22 % 263,548 19 % 202,274 20 % 219,302 23 % 215,231 25 % 210,757 26 %
Commercial real estate
Owner Occupied
415,097 29 % 418,928 30 % 280,081 27 % 263,763 28 % 228,699 26 % 231,169 28 %
Non-owner occupied
226,677 16 % 225,290 16 % 171,357 17 % 135,173 14 % 132,021 15 % 109,761 13 %
Deferred costs net of unearned fees
(326 ) % (413 ) 0 % (74 ) 0 % (44 ) 0 % (18 ) 0 % 0 %
Total commercial real estate
641,448 45 % 643,805 46 % 451,364 44 % 398,892 42 % 360,702 41 % 340,930 41 %
Construction & Development
Construction & Development
67,558 5 % 75,907 5 % 51,904 5 % 46,133 5 % 30,730 4 % 31,240 4 %
Deferred costs net of unearned fees
(86 ) % (66 ) 0 % (47 ) 0 % (39 ) 0 % 0 % 0 %
Total construction & development
67,472 5 % 75,841 5 % 51,857 5 % 46,094 5 % 30,730 4 % 31,240 4 %
Residential 1 – 4 family
Residential 1 – 4 family
365,502 26 % 377,141 27 % 283,193 28 % 259,211 27 % 230,024 26 % 206,005 25 %
Deferred costs net of unearned fees
239 % 139 0 % 201 0 % 130 0 % 20 0 % 0 %
Total residential 1 – 4 family
365,741 26 % 377,280 27 % 283,394 28 % 259,341 27 % 230,044 26 % 206,005 25 %
Consumer
Consumer
40,226 3 % 33,471 2 % 28,418 3 % 24,604 3 % 23,842 3 % 21,800 3 %
Deferred costs net of unearned fees
94 % 90 0 % 82 0 % 59 0 % 21 0 % 0 %
Total consumer
40,320 3 % 33,561 2 % 28,500 3 % 24,663 3 % 23,863 3 % 21,800 3 %
Other Loans
Other
5,714 % 3,511 0 % 8,866 1 % 8,341 1 % 12,487 1 % 12,412 2 %
Deferred costs net of unearned fees
% 1 0 % 2 0 % 4 0 % 1 0 % 0 %
Total other loans
5,714 % 3,512 0 % 8,868 1 % 8,345 1 % 12,488 1 % 12,412 2 %
Total loans
$ 1,434,504 100 % $ 1,397,547 100 % $ 1,026,257 100 % $ 956,637 100 % $ 873,058 100 % $ 823,144 100 %
Our directors and officers and their associates are customers of, and have other transactions with, the Bank in the normal course of business. All loans and commitments included in such transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and do not involve more than normal risk of collection or present other unfavorable features. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, total loans outstanding to such directors and officers and their associates were $83.1 million and $65.7 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2018, $43.3 million of additions and $25.9 million of repayments were made to these loans, compared to $28.5 million of additions and $13.0 million of repayments during the year ended December 31, 2017. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, all of the loans to directors and officers were performing according to their original terms.
Loan categories
The principal categories of our loan portfolio are discussed below:
Commercial and Industrial (C&I).    Our C&I portfolio totaled $313.8 million, $263.5 million, $202.3 million, $219.3 million, $215.2 million and $210.8 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and represented 22%, 19%, 20%, 23%, 25% and 26% of our total loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. C&I loans increased 30.3% during 2017 due primarily to the Waupaca acquisition. C&I loans decreased by 7.8% during 2016 due to changing needs of our customers, highlighted by several significant sales of businesses where the acquiring parties did not retain their banking relationship with the Bank.
Our C&I loan customers represent various small and middle-market established businesses involved in professional services, accommodation and food services, health care, financial services, wholesale trade,
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
manufacturing, distribution, retailing and non-profits. Most clients are privately owned with markets that range from local to national in scope. Many of the loans to this segment are secured by liens on corporate assets and the personal guarantees of the principals. The regional economic strength or weakness impacts the relative risks in this loan category. There is little concentration in any one business sector, and loan risks are generally diversified among many borrowers.
Commercial Real Estate (CRE).    Our CRE loan portfolio totaled $641.4 million, $643.8 million, $451.4 million, $398.9 million, $360.7 million and $340.9 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and represented 45%, 46%, 44%, 42%, 41% and 41% of our total loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our CRE loans increased 42.6% during 2017 due primarily to the Waupaca acquisition. Prior to 2017, our CRE loans have steadily increased annually since December 31, 2013 spurred by significant facilities investments by our commercial customers indicative of the overall strong business sentiment in our markets.
Our CRE loans are secured by a variety of property types including multifamily dwellings, retail facilities, office buildings, commercial mixed use, lodging and industrial and warehouse properties. We do not have any specific industry or customer concentrations in our CRE portfolio. Our commercial real estate loans are generally for terms up to ten years, with loan-to-values that generally do not exceed 80%. Amortization schedules are long term and thus a balloon payment is generally due at maturity. Under most circumstances, the Bank will offer to rewrite or otherwise extend the loan at prevailing interest rates.
Construction and Development (C&D).    Our C&D loan portfolio totaled $67.5 million, $75.8 million, $51.9 million, $46.1 million, $30.7 million and $31.2 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and represented 5%, 5%, 5%, 5%, 4% and 4% of our total loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. C&D loans increased 46.3% during 2017 due primarily to the Waupaca acquisition. Prior to 2017, our C&D loans have steadily increased annually since December 31, 2014 spurred by significant facilities investments by our commercial and residential customers.
Our C&D loans are generally for the purpose of creating value out of real estate through construction and development work, and also include loans used to purchase recreational use land. Borrowers typically provide a copy of a construction or development contract which is subject to bank acceptance prior to loan approval. Disbursements are handled by a title company. Borrowers are required to inject their own equity into the project prior to any note proceeds being disbursed. These loans are, by their nature, intended to be short term and are refinanced into other loan types at the end of the construction and development period.
Residential 1 – 4 Family.    Residential 1 – 4 family loans held in portfolio amounted to $365.7 million, $377.3 million, $283.4 million, $259.3 million, $230.0 million and $206.0 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and represented 26%, 27%, 28%, 27%, 26% and 25% of our total loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Residential 1 – 4 family loans increased 33.1% during 2017 due primarily to the Waupaca acquisition. Prior to 2017, our residential 1 – 4 family loans have steadily increased annually since December 31, 2013 due to strong mortgage originations driven by a continued low interest rate environment and an improving local and national economy.
We offer fixed and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans with maturities up to 30 years. One-to-four family residential mortgage loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as “conforming loans.” We generally originate both fixed and adjustable rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency, which is generally $424,100 for one-unit properties. In addition, we also offer loans above conforming lending limits typically referred to as “jumbo” loans. These loans are typically underwritten to the same guidelines as conforming loans; however, we may choose to hold a jumbo loan within its portfolio with underwriting criteria that does not exactly match conforming guidelines.
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We do not offer reverse mortgages nor do we offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as “Option ARM” loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on his loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We also do not offer “subprime loans” (loans that are made with low down payments to borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios) or Alt-A loans (defined as loans having less than full documentation).
Residential real estate loans are originated both for sale to the secondary market as well as for retention in the Bank’s loan portfolio. The decision to sell a loan to the secondary market or retain within the portfolio is determined based on a variety of factors including but not limited to our asset/liability position, the current interest rate environment, and customer preference. Servicing rights are retained on all loans sold to the secondary market.
We were servicing mortgage loans sold to others without recourse of approximately $314.4 million at June 30, 2018 and $316.3 million, $305.6 million, $280.2 million, $279.2 million and $284.8 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
Loans sold with the retention of servicing assets result in the capitalization of servicing rights. Loan servicing rights are included in other assets and are subsequently amortized as an offset to other income over the estimated period of servicing. The net balance of capitalized servicing rights amounted to $3.0 million at June 30, 2018 and $2.6 million, $2.4 million, $2.3 million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Consumer Loans.    Our consumer loan portfolio totaled $40.3 million, $33.6 million, $28.5 million, $24.7 million, $23.9 million and $21.8 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and represented 3%, 2%, 3%, 3%, 3%, and 3% of our total loans at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Consumer loans include secured and unsecured loans, lines of credit and personal installment loans. Our consumer loans have increased 17.8% during 2017 primarily due to the Waupaca acquisition. Prior to 2017, our consumer loans have steadily increased annually since December 31, 2013 due to an increased focus on product offerings in this type of lending by the Bank, as well as an improving local and national economy.
Consumer loans generally have greater risk compared to longer-term loans secured by improved, owner-occupied real estate, particularly consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan repayments are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.
Other Loans.    Our other loans totaled $5.7 million, $3.5 million, $8.9 million, $8.3 million, $12.5 million and $12.4 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are immaterial to the overall loan portfolio. The other loans category consists primarily of overdrafted depository accounts, loans utilized to purchase or carry securities and loans to nonprofit organizations.
Loan Portfolio Maturities.    The following tables summarize the dollar amount of loans maturing in our portfolio based on their loan type and contractual terms to maturity at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments, which can significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As of June 30, 2018
One Year
or Less
One to
Five Years
Over Five
Years
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial & Industrial
$ 97,772 $ 116,119 $ 99,918 $ 313,809
Commercial real estate
114,043 297,058 230,347 641,448
Construction & Development
26,626 22,919 17,927 67,472
Residential 1 – 4 family
36,606 84,163 244,972 365,741
Consumer and other
12,132 27,481 6,421 46,034
Total
$ 287,179 $ 547,740 $ 599,585 $ 1,434,504
As of December 31, 2017
One Year
or Less
One to
Five Years
Over Five
Years
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Commercial & Industrial
$ 82,004 $ 101,396 $ 80,148 $ 263,548
Commercial real estate
110,369 328,962 204,474 643,805
Construction & Development
25,426 15,861 34,554 75,841
Residential 1 – 4 family
39,917 107,826 229,537 377,280
Consumer and other
9,638 22,638 4,797 37,073
Total
$ 267,354 $ 576,683 $ 553,510 $ 1,397,547
The following tables summarize the dollar amount of loans maturing in our portfolio based on whether the loan has a fixed or variable rate of interest and their contractual terms to maturity at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. The tables do not include any estimate of prepayments, which can significantly shorten the average life of all loans and may cause our actual repayment experience to differ from that shown below. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
As of June 30, 2018
One Year
or Less
One to
Five Years
Over Five
Years
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Predetermined interest rates
$ 156,359 $ 427,216 $ 249,578 $ 833,153
Floating or adjustable interest rates
130,820 120,524 350,007 601,351
Total
$ 287,179 $ 547,740 $ 599,585 $ 1,434,504
As of December 31, 2017
One Year
or Less
One to
Five Years
Over Five
Years
Total
(dollars in thousands)
Predetermined interest rates
$ 153,440 $ 449,782 $ 238,229 $ 841,451
Floating or adjustable interest rates
113,914 126,901 315,281 556,096
Total
$ 267,354 $ 576,683 $ 553,510 $ 1,397,547
NONPERFORMING LOANS AND TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS
In order to operate with a sound risk profile, we focus on originating loans that we believe to be of high quality. We have established loan approval policies and procedures to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. When delinquencies in our loans exist, we rigorously monitor the levels of such delinquencies for any negative or adverse trends. From time to time, we may modify loans to extend the term or make other concessions to help a borrower with a deteriorating financial condition stay current on their loan and to avoid foreclosure. We generally do not forgive principal or interest on loans or modify the interest rates on loans to rates that are below market rates. Furthermore, we are committed to collecting on all of our loans and, as a result, at times have lower net charge-offs compared to many of our peer banks. We believe that our commitment to collecting on all of our loans results in higher loan recoveries.
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and foreclosed real estate. Nonperforming loans are those on which the accrual of interest has stopped, as well as loans that are contractually 90 days past due on which interest continues to accrue. The composition of our nonperforming assets is as follows:
June 30,
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(dollars in thousands)
Nonaccruals
$ 19,431 $ 18,127 $ 575 $ 1,348 $ 2,670 $ 2,571
Loans past due > 90 days, but still accruing
1,066 2,486 27 277 86 46
Total nonperforming loans
$ 20,497 $ 20,613 $ 602 $ 1,625 $ 2,756 $ 2,617
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans
$ 182 $ 185 $ 2,718 $ 429 $ 1,108 $ 1,142
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans
1.43 % 1.47 % 0.06 % 0.17 % 0.32 % 0.32 %
Nonperforming loans as a percent of total assets
1.18 % 1.18 % 0.05 % 0.13 % 0.25 % 0.25 %
At June 30, 2018, impaired loans had specific reserves of  $658,000. At December 31, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, impaired loans had specific reserves of  $281,000, $225,000, $360,000, $400,000 and $1,145,000, respectively.
Until 2017, the steady decline in our nonperforming assets was the result of the consistent improvement in our overall credit quality as economic conditions in our markets have continued to improve. Our nonperforming assets have increased during the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily due to the Waupaca acquisition, which included $19.4 million of loans which were considered nonperforming.
Nonaccrual Loans
Loans are typically placed on nonaccrual status when any payment of principal and/or interest is 90 days or more past due, unless the collateral is sufficient to cover both principal and interest and the loan is in the process of collection. Loans are also placed on nonaccrual status when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions, that the principal or interest will not be collectible in the normal course of business. We monitor closely the performance of our loan portfolio. In addition to the monitoring and review of loan performance internally, we have also contracted with an independent organization to review our commercial and retail loan portfolios. The status of delinquent loans, as well as situations identified as potential problems, is reviewed on a regular basis by senior management.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
A troubled debt restructuring includes a loan modification where a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and we grant a concession to that borrower that we would not otherwise consider except for the borrower’s financial difficulties. These concessions may include modifications of the terms of the debt such as deferral of payments, extension of maturity, reduction of principal balance, reduction of the stated interest rate other than normal market rate adjustments, or a combination of these concessions. Debt may be bifurcated with separate terms for each tranche of the restructured debt. Restructuring a loan in lieu of aggressively enforcing the collection of the loan may benefit the Company by increasing the ultimate probability of collection.
A TDR may be either on accrual or nonaccrual status based upon the performance of the borrower and management’s assessment of collectability. If a TDR is placed on nonaccrual status, which would occur based on the same criteria as non-TDR loans, it remains there until a sufficient period of performance under the restructured terms has occurred at which it returned to accrual status, generally 6 months.
We did not have any specific reserves for TDR’s as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, and none of them have subsequently defaulted.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Classified loans
Accounting standards require the Company to identify loans, where full repayment of principal and interest is doubtful, as impaired loans. These standards require that impaired loans be valued at the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or using one of the following methods: the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. We have implemented these standards in our quarterly review of the adequacy of the ALL, and identify and value impaired loans in accordance with guidance on these standards. As part of the review process, we also identify loans classified as watch, which have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention.
Loans totaling $70.7 million were classified substandard under the Bank’s policy at June 30, 2018 and loans totaling $79.0 million were classified substandard under the Bank’s policy as of December 31, 2017. As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, $48.4 million and $55.3 million of substandard loans were acquired with deteriorated credit quality in connection with our acquisition of Waupaca. The following table sets forth information related to the credit quality of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017.
Loan type (in thousands)
Pass
Watch
Substandard
Total
As of June 30, 2018
Commercial & industrial
$ 252,951 $ 47,090 $ 13,768 $ 313,809
Commercial real estate
482,116 106,554 52,778 641,448
Construction & Development
65,061 2,264 147 67,472
Residential 1 – 4 family
354,716 6,974 4,051 365,741
Consumer
40,320 40,320
Other loans
2,353 3,361 5,714
Total loans
$ 1,197,517 $ 166,243 $ 70,744 $ 1,434,504
Loan type (in thousands)
Pass
Watch
Substandard
Total
As of December 31, 2017
Commercial & industrial
$ 211,112 $ 36,225 $ 16,211 $ 263,548
Commercial real estate
489,216 105,261 49,328 643,805
Construction & Development
67,730 1,202 6,909 75,841
Residential 1 – 4 family
363,544 7,278 6,458 377,280
Consumer
33,516 45 33,561
Other loans
50 3,462 3,512
Total loans
$ 1,165,168 $ 153,428 $ 78,951 $ 1,397,547
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
ALL represents management’s estimate of probable and inherent credit losses in the loan portfolio. Estimating the amount of the ALL require the exercise of significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows or impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogenous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of other qualitative factors such as current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset on the consolidated balance sheets. Loan losses are charged off against the ALL, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the ALL. A provision for loan losses is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors.
The ALL consists of specific reserves for certain individually evaluated impaired loans and general reserves for collectively evaluated non-impaired loans. Specific reserves reflect estimated losses on impaired loans from management’s analyses developed through specific credit allocations. The specific reserves are based on regular analyses of impaired, non-homogenous loans greater than $250,000. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific loans, including
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows and collateral values. The general reserve is based in part on the Bank’s historical loss experience which is updated quarterly. The general reserve portion of the ALL also includes consideration of certain qualitative factors such as (1) changes in lending policies and/or underwriting practices, (2) national and local economic conditions, (3) changes in portfolio volume and nature, (4) experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, (5) levels of and trends in past-due and nonaccrual loans and quality, (6) changes in loan review and oversight, (7) impact and effects of concentrations and (8) other issues deemed relevant.
There are many factors affecting ALL; some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. The process for determining the ALL (which management believes adequately considers potential factors which might possibly result in credit losses) includes subjective elements and, therefore, may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provision for loan losses could be required that could adversely affect our earnings or financial position in future periods. Allocations of the ALL may be made for specific loans but the entire ALL is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off or for which an actual loss is realized. As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies review the ALL as well. Such agencies may require that changes in the ALL be recognized when such regulators’ credit evaluations differ from those of management based on information available to the regulators at the time of their examinations.
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table summarizes the changes in our ALL for the years indicated:
Six months
ended
June 30,
2018
Year ended December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(dollars in thousands)
Period-end loans outstanding (net of unearned discount and deferred loan
fees)
$ 1,434,504 $ 1,397,547 $ 1,026,257 $ 956,637 $ 873,058 $ 823,144
Average loans outstanding (net of unearned
discount and deferred loan fees)
$ 1,414,740 $ 1,130,036 $ 978,747 $ 871,720 $ 858,455 $ 783,640
Balance of allowance for loan losses at the beginning of year
$ 11,612 $ 10,728 $ 10,011 $ 9,258 $ 8,755 $ 7,950
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial
0 4 6 2 235 90
Commercial real estate – owner
occupied
17 0 0 113 371 176
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
1 1 0 0 0 0
Construction & Development
83 15 28 19 369 36
Residential 1 – 4 family
81 141 168 162 763 631
Consumer
3 7 12 7 40 28
Other Loans
6 50 24 36 17 36
Total loans charged-off
$ 208 $ 218 $ 238 $ 339 $ 1,795 $ 997
Recovery of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial
1 7 500 17 21 32
Commercial real estate – owner
occupied
58 0 0 5 95 145
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
2 0 0 17 0 0
Construction & Development
0 0 36 20 45 107
Residential 1 – 4 family
188 36 68 15 88 25
Consumer
3 1 20 7 7 14
Other Loans
23 3 11 3 12 4
Total recoveries of loans previously charged-off
258 47 635 84 268 327
Net loan charge-offs (recoveries)
$ (50 ) $ 171 $ (397 ) $ 255 $ 1,527 $ 670
Provision charged to operating expense
1,385 1,055 320 1,008 2,030 1,475
Balance at end of period
$ 13,047 $ 11,612 $ 10,728 $ 10,011 $ 9,258 $ 8,755
Ratio of net charge-offs (recoveries) during the year to average loans outstanding
0.00 % 0.02 % (0.04 )% 0.03 % 0.18 % 0.09 %
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding
0.91 % 0.83 % 1.05 % 1.06 % 1.07 % 1.08 %
The level of charge-offs depends on many factors, including the national and regional economy. Cyclical lagging factors may result in charge-offs being higher than historical levels. The dollar amount of the ALL increased primarily as a result of loan growth and changes in the portfolio composition. Although the allowance is allocated between categories, the entire allowance is available to absorb losses attributable to all loan categories. Management believes that the current ALL is adequate.
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table summarizes an allocation of the ALL and the related percentage of loans outstanding in each category for the periods below.
June 30,
2018
As of December 31,
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
(in thousands, except %)
Amount
% of
Loans
Amount
% of
loans
Amount
% of
loans
Amount
% of
loans
Amount
% of
loans
Amount
% of
loans
Loan Type:
Commercial and industrial
$ 3,405 22 % $ 2,362 19 % $ 1,905 20 % $ 2,064 23 % $ 2,047 25 % $ 1,451 26 %
Commercial real estate – owner
occupied
3,281 29 % 2,855 30 % 2,576 27 % 2,354 28 % 2,120 26 % 1,604 28 %
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
2,165 16 % 1,987 16 % 1.900 17 % 1,399 14 % 1,231 15 % 988 13 %
Construction & Development
878 5 % 945 5 % 727 5 % 314 5 % 203 4 % 792 4 %
Residential 1 – 4 family
2,802 26 % 2,728 27 % 2,685 28 % 2,913 27 % 2,525 26 % 2,225 25 %
Consumer
248 3 % 191 2 % 189 3 % 175 3 % 159 3 % 151 3 %
Other Loans
49 0 % 23 0 % 84 1 % 67 1 % 132 1 % 97 2 %
Unallocated
219 521 662 725 841 1,447
Total allowance
$ 13,047 100 % $ 11,612 100 % $ 10,728 100 % $ 10,011 100 % $ 9,258 100 % $ 8,755 100 %
SOURCES OF FUNDS
General.    Deposits traditionally have been our primary source of funds for our investment and lending activities. We also borrow from the FHLB of Chicago to supplement cash needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management purposes and to manage our cost of funds. Our additional sources of funds are scheduled payments and prepayments of principal and interest on loans and investment securities and fee income and proceeds from the sales of loans and securities.
Deposits.    Our current deposit products include non-interest bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, and certificate of deposits. As of June 30, 2018, deposit liabilities accounted for approximately 85.9% of our total liabilities and equity. We accept deposits primarily from customers in the communities in which our branches and offices are located, as well as from small businesses and other customers throughout our lending area. We rely on our competitive pricing and products, quality customer service, and convenient locations and hours to attract and retain deposits. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current business strategies, market interest rates, liquidity requirements and our deposit growth goals.
Total deposits were $1.50 billion and $1.51 billion, $1.13 billion and $1.06 billion as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Noninterest-bearing deposits at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $410.0 million and $436.6 million, $326.2 million, and $298.2 million, respectively, while interest-bearing deposits were $1.09 billion and $1.07 billion, $800.9 million and $764.3 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our acquisition of Waupaca contributed $325.3 million to the increase in total deposits for the year ended December 31, 2017, $74.7 million to the increase in noninterest-bearing deposits and $250.6 million to the increase in interest-bearing deposits. In addition to the acquisition of Waupaca, the increase in our deposits over the past three years and as of June 30, 2018 can be attributed to strong growth in our Sheboygan and Fox Valley markets as we continue to develop new customer relationships.
At June 30, 2018, we had a total of  $371.5 million in certificates of deposit, including $17.7 million of brokered deposits, of which $2.7 million had remaining maturities of one year or less. Based on historical experience and our current pricing strategy, we believe we will retain a large portion of these accounts upon maturity.
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following tables set forth the average balances of our deposits for the periods indicated:
June 30, 2018
December 31, 2017
Amount
Percent
Weighted
average
rate
Amount
Percent
Weighted
average
rate
(dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$ 401,665 27.3 % N/A $ 337,431 28.3 % N/A
Interest-bearing checking deposits
113,598 7.7 % 1.02 % 91,828 7.7 % 0.65 %
Savings accounts
147,304 10.0 % 0.26 % 101,713 8.5 % 0.20 %
Money market accounts
440,700 29.9 % 0.93 % 437,162 36.7 % 0.61 %
Certificates of depots
366,789 24.9 % 1.30 % 222,176 18.7 % 1.34 %
Brokered deposits
3,128 0.2 % 2.91 %
Total
$ 1,473,184 100 % $ 1,190,310 100.0 %
December 31, 2016
December 31, 2015
Amount
Percent
Weighted
average
rate
Amount
Percent
Weighted
average
rate
(dollars in thousands)
Non-interest bearing demand deposits
$ 290,325 27.2 % N/A $ 253,084 25.9 % N/A
Interest-bearing checking deposits
74,192 7.00 % 0.46 % 70,691 7.2 % 0.34 %
Savings accounts
82,665 7.7 % 0.19 % 76,989 7.9 % 0.18 %
Money market accounts
430,760 40.4 % 0.54 % 385,085 39.4 % 0.49 %
Time deposits
189,277 17.7 % 1.41 % 190,532 19.5 % 1.40 %
Total
$ 1,067,219 100.0 % $ 976,381 100.0 %
Certificates of deposit of  $100,000 or greater by maturity are as follows:
June 30,
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
(dollars in thousands)
Less than 3 months remaining
$ 24,157 $ 40,883 $ 9,451 $ 7,104
Over 3 to 6 months remaining
14,802 23,649 7,528 11,111
Over 6 to 12 months remaining
67,201 35,113 10,301 22,551
Over 12 months or more remaining
67,083 77,034 59,820 60,025
Total
$ 173,243 $ 176,679 $ 87,100 $ 100,791
Retail certificates of deposit of  $100,000 or greater totaled $173.2 million and $176.7 million at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Interest expense on retail certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater was $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2018, and $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The following table sets forth certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated:
June 30,
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest Rate:
Less than 1.00%
$ 5,541 $ 15,688 $ 39,482 $ 54,428
1.00% to 1.99%
241,151 302,212 94,956 77,875
2.00% to 2.99%
123,589 56,022 42,057 60,368
3.00% to 3.99%
18,963 706 2,131
Total
$ 389,244 $ 374,628 $ 176,495 $ 194,802
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Borrowings
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
The Company has securities sold under repurchase agreements which have contractual maturities up to one year from the transaction date with variable and fixed rate terms. The agreements to repurchase require that the Company (seller) repurchase identical securities as those that are sold. The securities underlying the agreements are under the Corporation’s control.
The following table summarizes securities sold under repurchase agreements, and the weighted average interest rates paid:
Six months
ended
June 30,
2018
Year ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2017
2016
2015
Average daily amount of securities sold under repurchase agreements during the period
$ 28,315 $ 26,537 $ 24,646 $ 31,695
Weighted average interest rate on average daily securities sold under repurchase agreements
1.58 % 1.01 % 0.28 % 0.22 %
Maximum outstanding securities sold under repurchase agreements at any month-end
$ 48,010 $ 53,745 $ 50,106 $ 59,560
Securities sold under repurchase agreements at period end
$ 13,433 $ 47,568 $ 50,106 $ 45,617
Weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings at period end
1.97 % 1.44 % 0.69 % 0.20 %
Short-term borrowings
The Company’s short-term borrowing consisted primarily of short-term FHLB of Chicago advances collateralized by blanket pledge agreement on the Company’s FHLB capital stock and retail and commercial loans held in the Company’s portfolio. Short-term FHLB advances totaled $40.0 million as of June 30, 2018. There were no advances outstanding from the FHLB at December 31, 2017, 2016, or 2015. From time to time the Company utilized short-term FHLB advances to fund liquidity during these time periods.
The total loans pledged as collateral were $695.7 million at June 30, 2018, and $564.4 million, $525.8 million, and $452.2 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 respectively. Outstanding letters of credit from the FHLB totaled $20.6 million at June 30, 2018, and $20.7 million, $21.5 million, and $22.3 million at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 respectively.
The following table summarizes short-term borrowings (borrowings with maturities of one year or less), which consist of borrowings from the FHLB, and the weighted average interest rates paid:
Six months
ended
June 30,
2018
Year ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)
2017
2016
2015
Average daily amount of short-term borrowings outstanding
during the period
$ 95,855 $ 95,936 $ 93,785 $ 41,106
Weighted average interest rate on average daily short-term borrowings
1.59 % 1.00 % 0.37 % 0.14 %
Maximum outstanding short-term borrowings outstanding at any month-end
$ 100,000 $ 100,000 $ 100,000 $ 100,000
Short-term borrowings outstanding at period end
$ 40,000 $ $ $
Weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings at period end
2.03 % NA NA NA
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Lines of credit and other borrowings.
We maintain a $5,000,000 line of credit with a commercial bank. At June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had outstanding balances on this note of  $2,000,000, $5,000,000, $-0- and $-0-, respectively. The note requires monthly payments of interest at a variable rate (4.43% at June 30, 2018) with a floor of 3.50%, and is due in full on May 25, 2019.
We also maintain another $5,000,000 line of credit with another commercial bank (reduced from $10,000,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015). There were no outstanding balances on this note at June 30, 2018 or December 31, 2017, 2016 or 2015. Any future borrowings under this note would carry interest at a variable rate with a floor of 3.25%, due in full on May 19, 2019.
During September 2017, the Company entered into a term loan agreement with a commercial bank, where the Company has up to twelve months from entering this agreement to borrow funds up to a maximum availability of  $5,000,000. As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had borrowed $2,000,000 and $3,500,000 under this agreement. Borrowings bear interest at a variable rate (4.75% as of June 30, 2018) and are payable in thirty-six equal quarterly installments beginning with the first quarter after the twelve month draw period, although the Company repaid this entire balance during July 2018.
During September 2017, the Company entered into subordinated note agreements with three separate commercial banks, where the Company has up to twelve months from entering these agreements to borrow funds up to a maximum availability of  $22,500,000. As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the Company had borrowed $11,500,000 under these agreements. These notes were all issued with 10-year maturities, carry interest at a variable rate (5.5% as of June 30, 2018) payable quarterly, are callable on or after the sixth anniversary of their issuance dates, and qualify for Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
Our securities portfolio consists of securities available for sale and securities held to maturity. Securities are classified as held to maturity or available for sale at the time of purchase. Obligations of states and political subdivisions and mortgage-backed securities, all of which are issued by U.S. government agencies or U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, make up the largest components of the securities portfolio. We manage our investment portfolio to provide an adequate level of liquidity as well as to maintain neutral interest rate-sensitive positions, while earning an adequate level of investment income without taking undue or excessive risk.
Securities available for sale consist of U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of states and political subdivision, mortgage-backed securities, and corporate notes. Securities classified as available for sale, which management has the intent and ability to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income. The fair value of securities available for sale totaled $121.6 million and included gross unrealized gains of  $0.8 million and gross unrealized losses of  $1.8 million at June 30, 2018. At December, 31 2017, the fair value of securities available for sale totaled $119.0 million and included gross unrealized gains of  $1.6 million and gross unrealized losses of  $0.5 million.
Securities classified as held to maturity consist of U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of states and political subdivisions. These securities, which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity, are reported at amortized cost. Securities held to maturity as of June 30, 2018 are carried at their amortized cost of  $41.2 million. At December 31, 2017, securities held to maturity totaled $40.0 million.
The Company recognized a net loss on sale of investment securities of  $51,000 for the six-month ended June 30, 2018 and net losses on sale of investment securities of  $32,000, $225,000 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale investment securities, the amortized costs of held to maturity and the percentage distribution at the dates indicated:
June 30,
2018
December 31,
2017
2016
2015
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
Amount
Percent
(dollars in thousands)
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 498 0 % $ 498 0 % $ 0 0 % $ 2,593 3 %
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
52,645 43 % 59,390 50 % 73,454 66 % 52,105 54 %
Mortgage-backed securities
52,085 43 % 42,635 36 % 26,132 23 % 30,845 32 %
Corporate notes
16,322 13 % 16,520 14 % 11,739 11 % 11,815 12 %
Total securities available for
sale
$ 121,550 100 % $ 119,043 100 % $ 111,325 100 % $ 97.358 100 %
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 28,403 69 % $ 25,426 64 % $ 24,982 79 % $ 25,065 73 %
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
12,800 31 % 14,565 36 % 6,576 21 % 9,251 27 %
Total securities held to
maturity
$ 41,203 100 % $ 39,991 100 % $ 31,558 100 % $ 34,316 100 %
Total
$ 162,753 $ 159,034 $ 142,883 $ 131,674
As part of our acquisition of Waupaca, investments with a market value of  $27.9 million were added to the available for sale investment portfolio. As of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, the market value of investments from this acquisition remaining in the available for sale portfolio totaled $27.5 million and $28.0 million, respectively.
The following tables set forth the composition and maturities of investment securities as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
Within One Year
After One, But
Within Five Years
After Five, But
Within Ten Years
After Ten Years
Total
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
(dollars in thousands)
At June 30, 2018
Available for sale securities
U.S Treasury securities
$ 500 1.5 % $ % $ $ $ 500 1.5 %
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
3,695 3.1 % 6,102 3.8 % 11,450 3.5 % 30,818 3.9 % 52,065 3.7 %
Mortgage-backed securities
44 4.5 % 10,819 2.3 % 40,404 2.8 % 2,083 3.2 % 53,350 2.7 %
Corporate notes
% 11,723 3.3 % 4,932 3.3 % % 16,655 3.3 %
Total available for sale securities
$ 4,239 2.9 % $ 28,644 3.0 % $ 56,786 3.0 % $ 32,901 3.8 % $ 122,570 3.2 %
Held to maturity securities
U.S. Treasury Securities
$ 2,498 1.5 % $ 9,953 2.4 % $ 15,952 2.5 % $ % $ 28,403 2.4 %
1,914 3.9 % 3,341 2.3 % 3,765 3.2 % 3,780 3.6 % 12,800 3.2 %
Total held to maturity securities
$ 4,412 2.5 % $ 13,294 2.4 % $ 19,717 2.7 % $ 3,780 3.6 % $ 41,203 2.6 %
Total
$ 8,651 2.7 % $ 41,938 2.8 % $ 76,503 2.9 % $ 36,681 3.8 % $ 163,773 3.1 %
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Within One Year
After One, But
Within Five Years
After Five, But
Within Ten Years
After Ten Years
Total
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
(dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2017
Available for sale securities
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 499 1.5 % $ % $ % $ % $ 499 1.5 %
Obligations of state and political
subdivisions
4,182 3.2 % 7,770 3.8 % 13,088 4.2 % 32,986 4.7 % 58,026 4.3 %
Mortgage-backed securities
38 4.5 % 5,958 2.2 % 33,265 2.6 % 3,539 2.9 % 42,800 2.6 %
Corporate notes
% 11,675 3.2 % 4,927 3.3 % % 16,602 3.2 %
Total available for sale securities
$ 4,719 3.0 % $ 25,403 3.1 % $ 51,280 3.1 % $ 36,525 4.5 % $ 117,927 3.5 %
Held to maturity securities
U.S Treasury securities
$ 2,495 1.5 % $ 9,947 2.4 % $ 12,984 2.4 % $ % $ 25,426 2.3 %
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions
1,233 4.4 % 3,529 3.0 % 6,024 4.2 % 3,779 4.4 % 14,565 3.9 %
Total held to maturity securities
$ 3,728 2.5 % $ 13,476 2.6 % $ 19,008 3.0 % $ 3,779 4.4 % $ 39,991 2.9 %
Total
$ 8,447 2.8 % $ 38,879 2.9 % $ 70,288 3.0 % $ 40,304 4.5 % $ 157,918 3.4 %
(1)
Weighted Average Yield is shown on a fully taxable equivalent basis using a federal tax rate of 34%.
The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to (1) credit quality of individual securities and their issuers are assessed; (2) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; (3) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; and (4) that the Company does not have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the security before recovery of tis cost basis.
As of June 30, 2018, 64 debt securities had gross unrealized losses, with an aggregate depreciation of 1.42% from our amortized cost basis. The largest unrealized loss percentage of any single security was 4.93% (or $121,000) of its amortized cost. The largest unrealized dollar loss of any single security was $174,000 (or 3.52%) of its amortized cost.
As of December 31, 2017, 52 debt securities had gross unrealized losses, with an aggregate depreciation of 0.44% from our amortized cost basis. The largest unrealized loss percentage of any single security was 5.36% (or $55,000) of its amortized cost. This was also the largest unrealized dollar loss of any security. The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose primarily due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY AND ASSETS
Over the past five years, we have consistently improved our profitability as a result of the success of our growth strategies to grow quality loans and low-cost deposits as well as the improving economic conditions in our markets during the periods indicated in the table below. The following table sets forth our ROAA, ROAE, dividend payout ratio and average shareholders’ equity to average assets ratio for the periods indicated:
Six months ended
June 30,
Year ended December 31,
2018
2017
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
Return on average:
Total assets
1.50 % 1.19 % 1.04 % 1.13 % 1.14 % 1.17 % 1.15 %
Shareholders’ equity
16.61 % 12.59 % 11.17 % 12.01 % 11.65 % 11.84 % 11.60 %
Dividend payout ratio
16 % 24 % 26 % 25 % 24 % 23 % 12 %
Average shareholders’ equity to
average assets
9.05 % 9.42 % 9.26 % 9.36 % 9.78 % 9.95 % 9.93 %
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices.    Our consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without consideration of changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than they would on industrial companies.
Liquidity.    Liquidity is defined as the Company’s ability to generate adequate cash to meet its needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity is the risk of potential loss if we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable cost. We are expected to maintain adequate liquidity at the Bank to meet the cash flow requirements of customers who may be either depositors wishing to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs. Our asset and liability management policy is intended to cause the Bank to maintain adequate liquidity and, therefore, enhance our ability to raise funds to support asset growth, meet deposit withdrawals and lending needs, maintain reserve requirements and otherwise sustain our operations.
We continuously monitor our liquidity position to ensure that assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet all of our short-term and long-term cash requirements. We manage our liquidity based on demand and specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. We also monitor our liquidity requirements in light of interest rate trends, changes in the economy and the scheduled maturity and interest rate sensitivity of the investment and loan portfolios and deposits. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to increase earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our liquidity is maintained through investment portfolio, deposits, borrowings from the FHLB, and lines available from correspondent banks. Our highest priority is placed on growing noninterest bearing deposits through strong community involvement in the markets that we serve. Borrowings and brokered deposits are considered short-term supplements to our overall liquidity but are not intended to be relied upon for long-term needs. We believe that our present position is adequate to meet our current and future liquidity needs, and management knows of no trend or event that will have a material impact on the Company’s ability to maintain liquidity at satisfactory levels.
Capital Adequacy.    Total shareholders’ equity was $165.2 million at June 30, 2018, compared to $161.7 million at December 31, 2017, and $127.5 million at December 31, 2016. Our total shareholders’ equity increased during 2017 primarily as a result of the Waupaca acquisition.
Our capital management consists of providing adequate equity to support our current and future operations. We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the OCC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may prompt certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measure of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and the classifications are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulator in regards to components, risk weighting and other factors.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC approved the implementation of the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and issued rules effecting certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act, which we refer to as the Basel III Rules, that call for broad and comprehensive revision of regulatory capital standards for U.S. banking organizations. The Basel III Rules implement a new CET1minimum capital requirement, a higher minimum Tier 1 capital requirement and other items that will affect the calculation of the numerator of a banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios. Additionally, the Basel III Rules apply limits to a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a specified amount of CET1capital in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.
The new CET1 capital ratio includes common equity as defined under GAAP and does not include any other type of non-common equity under GAAP. When the Basel III Rules are fully phased in 2019, banks will be required to have CET1 capital of 4.5% of average assets, Tier 1 capital of 6% of average assets, as compared to the current 4%, and total capital of 8% of risk-weighted assets to be categorized as adequately capitalized. The Basel III Rules do not require the phase-out of trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital of bank holding companies of the Company’s size.
Further, the Basel III Rules changed the agencies’ general risk-based capital requirements for determining risk-weighted assets, which will affect the calculation of the denominator of a banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios. The Basel III Rules have revised the agencies’ rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity and incorporate certain international capital standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision set forth in the standardized approach of the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards: A Revised Framework”.
The calculation of risk-weighted assets in the denominator of the Basel III capital ratios are adjusted to reflect the higher risk nature of certain types of loans. Specifically, as applicable to the Company and the Bank:

Commercial mortgages: Replaces the current 100% risk weight with a 150% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, construction and development loans.

Nonperforming loans: Replaces the current 100% risk weight with a 150% risk weight for loans, other than residential mortgages, that are 90 days past due or on nonaccrual status.

Securities pledged to overnight repurchase agreements.

Unfunded lines of credit one year or less.
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Generally, the new Basel III Rules became effective on January 1, 2015, although parts of the Basel III Rules will be phased in through 2019. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank and the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Also, as of June 30, 2018, the Bank was well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
Federal banking regulators have issued risk-based capital guidelines, which assign risk factors to asset categories and off-balance-sheet items. The following table reflects capital ratios computed utilizing the implemented Basel III regulatory capital framework discussed above:
Actual
Minimum Capital
Required For
Capital Adequacy
Minimum Capital
Required For Capital
Adequacy Plus
Capital Conservation Buffer
Basel III Phase-In Schedule
Minimum Capital
Required For Capital
Adequacy Plus
Capital Conservation Buffer
Basel III Fully Phased In
Minimum To Be
Well-Capitalized
Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(dollars in thousands)
At June 30, 2018
Bank First National Corporation:
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 172,802 10.9 % $ 126,421 8.0 % $ 156,0651 9.88 % $ 165,927 10.5 % N/A N/A
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
148,255 9.4 % 94,816 6.0 % 124,446 7.88 % 134,322 8.5 % N/A N/A
Common equity tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
148,255 9.4 % 71,112 4.5 % 100,742 6.38 % 100,618 7.0 % N/A N/A
Tier I capital (to average assets)
148,255 8.3 % 71,065 4.0 % 71,065 4.00 % 71,065 4.0 % N/A N/A
Bank First National:
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 174,020 11.0 % $ 126,215 8.0 % $ 155,796 9.88 % $ 165,657 10.5 % $ 157,768 10.0 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
160,973 10.2 % 94,661 6.0 % 124,242 7.88 % 134,103 8.5 % 126,215 8.0 %
Common equity tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
160,973 10.2 % 70,996 4.5 % 100,577 6.38 % 110,438 7.0 % 102,549 6.5 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)
160,973 9.1 % 70,953 4.0 % 70,953 4.0 % 70,953 4.0 % 88,692 5.0 %
At December 31, 2017
Bank First National Corporation:
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 165,809 10.8 % $ 122,868 8.0 % $ 142,066 9.25 % $ 161,264 10.5 % N/A N/A
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
142,697 9.3 % 92,151 6.0 % 111,349 7.25 % 130,547 8.5 % N/A N/A
Common equity tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
142,697 9.3 % 69,113 4.5 % 88,311 5.75 % 107,510 7.0 % N/A N/A
Tier I capital (to average assets)
142,697 8.5 % 67,415 4.0 % 67,415 4.00 % 67,415 4.0 % N/A N/A
Bank First National:
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 171,642 11.2 % $ 122,643 8.0 % $ 141,806 9.25 % $ 160,969 10.5 % $ 153,304 10.0 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
160,030 10.4 % 91,982 6.0 % 111,145 7.25 % 130,308 8.5 % 122,643 8.0 %
Common equity tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
160,030 10.4 % 68,987 4.5 % 88,150 5.75 % 107,313 7.0 % 99,647 6.5 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)
160,030 9.6 % 66,984 4.0 % 66,984 4.00 % 66,984 4.0 % 83,780 5.0 %
As previously mentioned, the Company carried $11.5 million of subordinated debt as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 which is included in total capital in the tables above.
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company has entered into contractual obligations and commitments. The following tables summarize the Company’s contractual cash obligations and other commitments by maturity at December 31, 2017:
Payments Due – By Period as of December 31, 2017
C ONTRACTUAL O BLIGATIONS
Total
Less Than
One Year
One to
Three
Years
Three to
Five
Years
After Five
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Certificates of deposit
$ 374,628 $ 226,313 $ 116,009 $ 31,996 $ 310
Subordinate debt
11,500 11,500
Senior debt
3,500 101 670 729 2,000
Line of credit
5,000 5,000
Operating lease obligations
3,386 236 276 289 2,585
Total contractual cash obligations
$ 398,014 $ 231,650 $ 116,955 $ 33,014 $ 16,395
We believe that we will be able to meet our contractual obligations as they come due through the maintenance of adequate cash levels. We expect to maintain adequate cash levels through profitability, loan and securities repayment and maturity activity and continued deposit gathering activities. We have in place various borrowing mechanisms for both short-term and long-term liquidity needs.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK
We are party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments primarily include commitments to originate and sell loans, standby and direct pay letters of credit, unused lines of credit and unadvanced portions of construction and development loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in these particular classes of financial instruments.
Our exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments, standby and direct pay letters of credit and unadvanced portions of construction and development loans is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.    Our significant off-balance-sheet arrangements consist of the following:

Unused lines of credit

Standby and direct pay letters of credit

Credit card arrangements
Off-balance sheet arrangement means any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with the registrant is a party, under which the registrant has (1) any obligation under a guarantee contract, (2) retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement, (3) any obligation, including a contingent obligation, under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, or (4) any obligation, including a contingent obligation, arising out of a variable interest.
Loan commitments are made to accommodate the financial needs of our customers. Standby and direct pay letters of credit commit us to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. Both arrangements have credit risk essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to clients and are subject to our normal credit policies. Collateral (e.g., securities, receivables, inventory, equipment, etc.) is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Loan commitments and standby and direct pay letters of credit do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements because while the borrower has the ability to draw upon these commitments at anytime, these commitments often expire without being drawn upon. Our off-balance sheet arrangements at the dates indicated were as follows:
Amounts of Commitments Expiring – By Period as of December 31, 2017
O THER C OMMITMENTS
Total
Less Than
One Year
One to
Three
Years
Three to
Five
Years
After Five
Years
(dollars in thousands)
Unused lines of credit
$ 304,022 $ 211,735 $ 40,072 $ 39,861 $ 12,354
Standby and direct pay letters of credit
25,904 9,421 8,985 4,343 3,155
Credit card arrangements
5,642 5,642
Total commitments
$ 335,568 $ 221,156 $ 49,057 $ 44,204 $ 21,151
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Our market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending, investment and deposit-taking activities. To that end, management actively monitors and manages its interest rate risk exposure.
Our profitability is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial change in interest rates may adversely impact our earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent or on the same basis. We monitor the impact of changes in interest rates on its net interest income using several tools.
Our primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income and capital, while configuring our asset-liability structure to obtain the maximum yield-cost spread on that structure. We rely primarily on our asset-liability structure to control interest rate risk.
Interest Rate Sensitivity.    Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings and value arising from changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from timing differences in the repricings and maturities of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (repricing risk), changes in the expected maturities of assets and liabilities arising from embedded options, such as borrowers’ ability to prepay home mortgage loans at any time and depositors’ ability to redeem certificates of deposit before maturity (option risk), changes in the shape of the yield curve where interest rates increase or decrease in a nonparallel fashion (yield curve risk), and changes in spread relationships between different yield curves, such as U.S. Treasuries and LIBOR (basis risk).
An asset sensitive position refers to a balance sheet position in which an increase in short-term interest rates is expected to generate higher net interest income, as rates earned on our interest-earning assets would reprice upward more quickly than rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, thus expanding our net interest margin. Conversely, a liability sensitive position refers to a balance sheet position in which an increase in short-term interest rates is expected to generate lower net interest income, as rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities would reprice upward more quickly than rates earned on our interest-earning assets, thus compressing our net interest margin.
The Company actively manages its interest rate sensitivity position. The objectives of interest rate risk management are to control exposure of net interest income to risks associated with interest rate movements and to achieve sustainable growth in net interest income. The Company’s ALCO, using policies and procedures approved by the Company’s board of directors, is responsible for the management of the Company’s interest rate sensitivity position. The Company manages interest rate sensitivity by changing the mix, pricing and re-pricing characteristics of its assets and liabilities, through the management of its investment portfolio, its offerings of loan and selected deposit terms and through wholesale funding. Wholesale funding consists of, but is not limited to, multiple sources including borrowings with the FHLB of Chicago, the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window and certificates of deposit from institutional brokers.
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Company uses several tools to manage its interest rate risk including interest rate sensitivity analysis, or gap analysis, market value of portfolio equity analysis, interest rate simulations under various rate scenarios and net interest margin reports. The results of these reports are compared to limits established by the Company’s ALCO policies and appropriate adjustments are made if the results are outside the established limits.
There are an infinite number of potential interest rate scenarios, each of which can be accompanied by differing economic/political/regulatory climates; can generate multiple differing behavior patterns by markets, borrowers, depositors, etc.; and, can last for varying degrees of time. Therefore, by definition, interest rate risk sensitivity cannot be predicted with certainty. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate risk measurement philosophy focuses on maintaining an appropriate balance between theoretical and practical scenarios; especially given the primary objective of the Company’s overall asset/liability management process is to facilitate meaningful strategy development and implementation.
Therefore, we model a set of interest rate scenarios capturing the financial effects of a range of plausible rate scenarios; the collective impact of which will enable the Company to clearly understand the nature and extent of its sensitivity to interest rate changes. Doing so necessitates an assessment of rate changes over varying time horizons and of varying/sufficient degrees such that the impact of embedded options within the balance sheet are sufficiently examined.
The following tables demonstrate the annualized result of an interest rate simulation and the estimated effect that a parallel interest rate shift, or “shock,” in the yield curve and subjective adjustments in deposit pricing might have on the Company’s projected net interest income over the next 12 months.
This simulation assumes that there is no growth in interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities over the next 12 months. The changes to net interest income shown below are in compliance with the Company’s policy guidelines.
As of June 30, 2018:
Change in Interest
Rates (in Basis Points)
Percentage Change
in Net InterestIncome
+400
1.8
+300
1.6
+200
1.2
+100
0.7
–100
(3.6)
As of December 31, 2017:
Change in Interest
Rates (in Basis Points)
Percentage Change
in Net InterestIncome
+400
(0.2)
+300
0.3
+200
0.5
+100
0.6
–100
(2.7)
Economic Value of Equity Analysis.    We also analyze the sensitivity of the Company’s financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between estimated changes in the present value of the Company’s assets and estimated changes in the present value of the Company’s liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. The Company’s economic value of equity analysis as of June 30, 2018 estimated that, in the event of an instantaneous 200 basis point increase in interest rates, the Company would experience a 0.80% decrease in the economic value of equity. At the same date, our analysis estimated that, in the event of an instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, the Company would experience a 0.18% decrease in the economic value of equity. The estimates of changes in the economic value of our equity require us to make certain
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
assumptions including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, we cannot precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on the economic value of our equity. Although our economic value of equity analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the economic value of our equity and will differ from actual results.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 3.   PROPERTIES
Our main office is located at 402 North 8 th Street, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220. In addition, the Bank operates seventeen (17) additional branches located in seven (7) counties in Wisconsin, which includes the branches that were acquired in connection with the Company’s acquisition of Waupaca and First National Bank. The addresses of these offices are provided below. We believe these premises will be adequate for present and anticipated needs and that we have adequate insurance to cover our owned and leased premises. For each property that we lease, we believe that upon expiration of the lease we will be able to extend the lease on satisfactory terms or relocate to another acceptable location:
Office
Address
City, State, Zip
Lease/Own
Main Office 402 N. 8 th Street
Manitowoc, Wisconsin, 54220
Own
Appleton 4201 W. Wisconsin Avenue Appleton, Wisconsin, 54913 Lease
Ashwaubenon 2865 S. Ridge Road Green Bay, Wisconsin, 54304 Own
Bellevue 2747 Manitowoc Road Green Bay, Wisconsin, 54311 Own
Chetek 621 2 nd Street Chetek, Wisconsin, 54728 Lease
Clintonville 135 S. Main Street
Clintonville, Wisconsin, 54929
Own
Iola 148 N. Main Street Iola, Wisconsin, 54945 Own
Kiel 110 Fremont Street Kiel, Wisconsin, 53042 Own
Custer Street 2915 Custer Street
Manitowoc, Wisconsin, 54220
Own
Mishicot 110 Baugniet Street Mishicot, Wisconsin, 54228 Own
Oshkosh 101 City Center Oshkosh, Wisconsin, 54901 Lease
Plymouth 2700 Eastern Avenue Plymouth, Wisconsin, 53073 Own
Seymour 689 Woodland Plaza Seymour, Wisconsin, 54165 Own
Sheboygan 2600 Kohler Memorial Drive Sheboygan, Wisconsin, 53081 Own
Two Rivers 1703 Lake Street
Two Rivers, Wisconsin, 54241
Own
Valders 167 Lincoln Street Valders, Wisconsin, 54245 Own
Waupaca 111 Jefferson Street Waupaca, Wisconsin, 54981 Own
Weyauwega 101 E. Main Street
Weyauwega, Wisconsin, 54983
Own
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 4.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Under SEC rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares of common stock which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power and any shares of common stock which the person has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of any option, warrant or right, through conversion of any security or pursuant to the automatic termination of a power of attorney or revocation of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement. The following tables set forth certain information as to the number and percentage of shares of common stock beneficially owned as of August 1, 2018, (i) by each person known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, (ii) by each of the Company’s directors and executive officers, and (iii) by all directors and executive officers as a group. As of August 1, 2018, there were 6,662,192 shares of common stock outstanding and percentages are based on such total of shares outstanding.
Name of Beneficial Owner
Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership (1)
Percent of
Shares
Outstanding
Richard S. Molepske
9102 S. Lake Drive, Manitowoc, WI 54220
452,188 6.79 %
(1)
The information contained herein is based on information provided by the respective individual as of August 1, 2018.
Securities Ownership of Officers and Directors
Name
Number
of Shares
Owned (1)(2)(3)
Percent of
Common Stock
Outstanding
Directors:
Michael G. Ansay
85,606 1.28 %
Donald R. Brisch
8,561 **
Michael P. Dempsey
63,243 **
Robert D. Gregorski
20,061 **
Michael B. Molepske
87,455 1.31 %
Katherine M. Reynolds
9,399 **
David R. Sachse
74,479 1.12 %
Peter J. Van Sistine
5,124 **
Robert J. Wagner
43,930 **
Executive Officers other than Directors:
Kevin M. LeMahieu
13,107 **
Directors and executive officers as a group (10 individuals)
410,965 6.17 %
**
less than one percent
(1)
Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are beneficially owned by the respective individuals. Unless otherwise indicated, the mailing address of each beneficial owner is Bank First National Corporation, P.O. Box 10, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54221-0010. Shares of common stock which are subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days of August 1, 2018 are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the amount and percentage of outstanding common stock owned by such person.
(2)
This amount reflects shares allocated to participant accounts within the ESOP. The shares allocated to participant accounts within the ESOP as of August 1, 2018 are as follows: Michael B. Molepske, 32,101 shares; Michael P. Dempsey, 29,699 shares; Kevin M. LeMahieu, 7,646 shares.
(3)
This amount reflects unvested shares of restricted stock, as to which the directors and executive officers have full voting privileges. The shares are as follows: Michael G. Ansay, 185 shares; Donald R. Brisch, 185 shares; Michael P. Dempsey, 8,340 shares; Robert D. Gregorski, 185 shares; Michael B. Molepske, 13,139 shares; Katherine M. Reynolds, 185 shares; David R. Sachse, 185 shares; Peter J. Van Sistine, 124 shares; Robert J. Wagner, 124 shares; Kevin M. LeMahieu, 4,468 shares.
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 5.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Directors and Executive Officers
The names, ages, and positions of the directors and executive officers of the Company, as of June 30, 2018, are set forth below. The directors serve until their respective three-year term expires or until their successors are duly elected and have qualified.
Name
Age
Position
Current
Term Ends
Michael G. Ansay
64
Director; Chairman of the Board
2019
Donald R. Brisch
66
Director; Chairman of Compensation & Retirement Committee
2020
Michael P. Dempsey
66
Director; President of the Bank
2020
Robert D. Gregorski
57
Director
2021
Kevin M. LeMahieu
47
Chief Financial Officer
N/A
Michael B. Molepske
57
Director; Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company; Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
2019
Katherine M. Reynolds
68
Director; Chairwoman of Governance & Nominating Committee
2021
David R. Sachse
64
Director; Chairman of Audit Committee
2020
Peter J. Van Sistine
60
Director
2021
Robert J. Wagner
69
Director
2021
All of our directors are also directors of the Bank, and each of our executive officers are also executive officers of the Bank, although they may serve in different capacities at the Bank level, as described below.
DIRECTORS
The business experience and background of each of our directors is provided below:
Michael G. Ansay
As sitting Chairman of the board of directors of the Company, Mr. Ansay is also the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ansay & Associates, LLC, a second generation independent insurance agency providing integrated insurance, risk management, and benefit solutions to businesses, families, and individuals. In his current role, Mr. Ansay is responsible for developing long-term strategic plans and implementing the mission, vision, and values of the agency to deliver high quality, customer focused solutions. Under Mr. Ansay’s direction, Ansay & Associates, LLC has been recognized as one of the fastest growing companies in Wisconsin, growing from one office to 13 offices, and it manages the insurance and risk needs of over 5,000 businesses and 15,000 individuals. Mr. Ansay began working at Ansay & Associates, Inc. in 1976 and was initially involved in insurance, real estate brokerage, and appraisal work. Mr. Ansay is also a managing member of Ansay Real Estate, Ansay Development Corporation, and Ansay International. Mr. Ansay currently serves on the board of directors for the Independent Insurance Agency of Wisconsin, the Bruce Krier Charitable Foundation, and an Advisory Board Member for Dais Technology. Mr. Ansay has also been knighted by the Grand Duke Henri of Luxembourg and in 2013, was appointed Honorary Consul of Luxembourg for Wisconsin by Luxembourg’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Mr. Ansay graduated from Marquette University in 1976 with a Bachelor of Science in Finance.
Mr. Ansay became a director of the Company and Bank in February 2010, was appointed Vice-Chairman in February 2012, and assumed the role of Chairman in January 2013. Our board of directors determined that Mr. Ansay is qualified to serve as a director and Chairman of our board based on his extensive experience driving growth, crafting and implementing long-term strategic goals, and his proven ability to bring people together and develop a strong team of leaders.
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Donald R. Brisch
Before his retirement in 2009, Mr. Brisch served as the President and Vice President of Operations for Rockwell Lime Co. in Manitowoc, a leading producer of dolomitic lime, chemical grade limestone, and crushed limestone aggregate products for the manufacturing, energy, and construction industries. Mr. Brisch joined Rockwell Lime Co. in 1975 as a General Laborer and was soon promoted to Plant Superintendent in 1976. In this role, Mr. Brisch provided oversight of all production activities, including the preparation of operation schedules and budgets as well as the coordination of resources necessary to ensure production was in line with cost and quality specifications. Mr. Brisch was appointed Vice President of Operations and President of Rockwell Lime Co. in 1982 and 1994, respectively. In these roles, Mr. Brisch led a strategic initiative to install new hydrating, packaging, and milling plants, expanding the organization’s capabilities and competitive edge in the marketplace. Mr. Brisch led an effort to position the company for sale, and in 2006, Rockwell Lime Co. was successfully acquired by Carmeuse Lime & Stone, a family-owned business located in Belgium. Mr. Brisch is active in his community and currently serves on the Board of Holy Family Memorial Hospital in Manitowoc. Mr. Brisch graduated from Saint Mary’s University in 1974 with a Bachelor’s degree in Natural Science.
Mr. Brisch became a director of the Company and Bank in 2006. Mr. Brisch, as former President and Vice President of Operations for Rockwell Lime Co., adds strategic and operational depth to our board of directors.
Michael P. Dempsey
Mr. Dempsey joined the Bank in June 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and currently serves as the President of the Bank since 2015. In this role, he is responsible for driving the Bank to establish, achieve and surpass sales, profitability, and business goals. He also provides leadership and guidance to ensure the mission and core values of the organization are upheld. From 1994 to 2009, Mr. Dempsey served as Executive Vice President, Senior Credit Officer, and Regional President in a regional capacity at Associated Bank, and was a member of Associated Bank’s Corporate Executive Loan Committee, Corporate Pricing Committee, and Corporate Key Leadership Committee. Prior to his tenure at Associated Bank, Mr. Dempsey dedicated seventeen years to Firstar Bank in a variety of capacities, including Senior Credit Officer and Senior Vice President and Manager of the Fox Valley Regional Trust Division. Mr. Dempsey currently serves on the Greater Oshkosh Economic Development Finance Committee, Oshkosh Chamber Economic Development Advisory Board, President of Waterfest, Inc., and is an active EAA AirVenture Volunteer and member among many other Fox Valley community organizations. Mr. Dempsey graduated from the University of Wisconsin Oshkosh with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Political Science and his Master’s Degree in Business Administration.
Mr. Dempsey became a director of the Company and Bank in 2014, and also serves on the Bank’s Senior Management Team. Our board has determined that Mr. Dempsey is qualified to serve as a director based upon his position with the Bank and his many years of experience in banking.
Robert D. Gregorski
Mr. Gregorski is the founder and principal of Gregorski Development, LLC, a commercial real estate development company based in Menasha, Wisconsin. Formed in 2002, the company’s portfolio of properties has grown to include single tenant retail buildings, multi-tenant retail buildings, ground-leased properties, vacant commercial land, and multi-family residential property. In his role as a real estate developer, Mr. Gregorski is involved in all aspects of the sale, purchase, and development of commercial properties, including site identification and acquisition, entitlement, due diligence, financing, construction, and property management. He has formed strategic alliances with many contacts in the industry and focuses on maintaining the utmost integrity with every project. Previously, Mr. Gregorski served as a partner at Alpert & Gregorski, LLP, a personal injury law firm based in Manitowoc which served clients throughout northeastern Wisconsin. Mr. Gregorski received his Bachelor of Arts Degree from the University of Wisconsin, Madison in 1984. He also received his Juris Doctor degree from the University of Wisconsin Law School in 1988.
Mr. Gregorski became a director of the Company and Bank in October 2010. Mr. Gregorski brings to our board of directors extensive experience and expertise in real estate development. The knowledge
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
garnered throughout his tenure with Gregorski Development, LLC positions him to be a valuable asset in a variety of contexts and committee roles, including analyzing the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and assisting in site selection and development of new bank branches.
Michael B. Molepske
Mr. Molepske is currently the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. In these roles, he is responsible for providing strategic leadership by working with the board of directors and the senior management team to establish long-term goals, growth strategies, and policies and procedures for the Company and the Bank. Mr. Molepske’s primary objective is to ensure the Bank’s affairs are carried out competently, ethically, in accordance with the law, and in the best interest of employees, customers, and shareholders. In 2005, Mr. Molepske joined the Bank as the Senior Loan Officer and Regional President. In this role, he was responsible for overseeing and maintaining the integrity of the Bank’s loan portfolio by ensuring proper compliance with all lending policies and procedures. In 2008 and 2010, respectively, Mr. Molepske was appointed to his current roles as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. From 1988 to 2005, Mr. Molepske served as a Credit Analyst, Business Banker, Senior Loan Officer, and Market President at Associated Bank, where he was responsible for overseeing the Lakeshore Region’s commercial banking, private banking, credit administration, and treasury management functions. Mr. Molepske currently serves on the board of directors for RCS Foundation, Rahr-West Museum Foundation, and American Barefoot Club, a division of USA Water Ski. He is a director and treasurer of the Bank’s data processing subsidiary, UFS, LLC. He is also a director and President of TVG Holdings, Inc., the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary that holds the Bank’s investment in Ansay & Associates, LLC. Mr. Molepske also serves as President of Veritas Asset Holdings, LLC, the Company’s troubled asset liquidation subsidiary. Mr. Molepske graduated from the University of Wisconsin, Madison with Bachelor of Science degrees in Finance and Management Information Systems. He later earned his Masters of Business Administration from the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
Mr. Molepske became a director of the Company and Bank in 2008. He is also a member of the Bank’s Senior Management Team. Our board believes Mr. Molepske is qualified to serve as a director as Mr. Molepske is a proven leader with the vision and ability to successfully execute the Bank’s strategic initiatives. His attention to detail and extensive knowledge of the financial sector enables him to anticipate change and quickly adapt in a highly dynamic industry, and under his leadership, Bank First has experienced exceptional growth, strong asset quality, and profitability.
Katherine M. Reynolds
Ms. Reynolds is a partner in the law firm of Michael Best & Friedrich, LLP and has been practicing law for over forty years. Her practice concentrates primarily on wealth planning and local government law, serving clients throughout northeast Wisconsin. As a member of her firm’s Wealth Planning Special Practice Group, she provides strategic advice on wealth preservation for future generations by implementing her clients’ plans for estate planning and probate matters, and trust creation and administration. In addition, Ms. Reynolds has experience representing villages, towns and sanitary districts in northeast Wisconsin, where her representation includes a full complement of municipal services and advice, including ordinance drafting and enforcement, contract negotiation and drafting, zoning and land use issues, and analysis and advice on conflict of interest and ethics matters. She has held a leadership position in her law firm by serving as the Chair of the firm’s Elder and Disability Law Focus Group and as the Manitowoc office representative of the firm’s Community Outreach Committee. Ms. Reynolds’ community activities include serving as a member of the board of directors of the Manitowoc Symphony Orchestra, member and Chair of the Manitowoc County Ethics Committee, and member and Secretary of the St. Francis of Assisi Parish Finance Council. Ms. Reynolds received her Bachelor of Science, magna cum laude, from Saint Mary’s College, Notre Dame, Indiana. She received her Juris Doctor degree from the University of Wisconsin. Ms. Reynolds is a member of the American Bar Association and State Bar of Wisconsin.
Ms. Reynolds has been a director of the Company and Bank since 1992. Ms. Reynolds brings to our board of directors significant legal experience and expertise, having spent her entire professional career in private practice in Manitowoc County. Her legal background and experience and attention to detail add great value to our board of directors, most notably in her role as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee.
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
David R. Sachse
Mr. Sachse is President and Owner of Landmark Consultants, Inc., a consulting, research, and entrepreneurship business formed in 1993. In that role, he has been involved in eight successful entrepreneurial ventures. Additionally, Mr. Sachse serves as minority owner and/or advisor to five successful ventures in eastern Wisconsin, including Nutrients, Milwaukee Forge, Heresite, DRS Central, and Terra Compactor, where he provides financial and operational counsel to these companies. Mr. Sachse also currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Landmark Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary HTT, Inc., a company that designs and manufactures dies and metal stampings. At HTT, Inc., Mr. Sachse directed a strategic acquisition that resulted in significant growth in sales as well as numerous operational efficiencies and capabilities for the company. Mr. Sachse also served as President of Polar Ware/Stoelting from 2002 – 2012. Under his direction, the company became the leading manufacturer of stainless steel ice cream machines, cheese processing equipment, and industrial washers and dryers in North America, reporting over $90 million in annual sales. Mr. Sachse led an effort to position Polar Ware/Stoelting for sale, and in 2012, it was acquired by The Vollrath Company. Mr. Sachse currently serves on the board of directors for the Sheboygan County Economic Development Corporation and is an active member of the Sheboygan County Economics Club. Mr. Sachse also currently serves on the board of directors of Ansay & Associates, LLC, an independent insurance agency in Wisconsin. Mr. Sachse graduated from the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee in 1977 with a Bachelor of Science in Marketing and Finance.
Mr. Sachse became a director of the Company and Bank in June 2010. With his extensive background in financial planning and analysis, internal audit and compliance, and acquisition structuring, Mr. Sachse offers a diverse range of business skills to the Company.
Peter J. Van Sistine
Before his retirement in 2017, Mr. Van Sistine served as the Executive Vice President at FIS, the world’s largest global provider dedicated to financial technology solutions. Mr. Van Sistine joined FIS in 2002 with the company’s acquisition of Metavante Corporation, where he served as the Senior Vice President of Metavante Corporation’s Financial Solutions Group. One of Mr. Van Sistine’s primary concentrations with FIS was maintaining the company’s leadership position in financial services offerings and supporting ongoing initiatives for continued growth in solution offerings. At FIS, Mr. Van Sistine was responsible for creating and executing sales and marketing programs to drive new business and client retention metrics in support of organic growth goals, and strategic acquisition. Prior to his tenure with FIS, Mr. Van Sistine served as Vice President of BISYS from 2000 to 2002, where he was responsible for new strategic business direction for all banking solutions as well as technology planning and implementation. In this role, Mr. Van Sistine garnered a strong understanding of major financial technologies, including: CRM, Electronic Banking, Data Warehousing, and Executive Information Solutions. Mr. Van Sistine has deep roots in community banking, having served as Director of Product and Channel Innovation at Associated Bank and Assistant Vice President of Valley Bank in Appleton, Wisconsin. Mr. Van Sistine also currently serves as Corporate Leader for the American Diabetes Association (ADA), United Way, and is active in the American Heart Association — Heart Ball. Mr. Van Sistine graduated from the University of Wisconsin, Madison in 1980 with a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. He received his Masters of Business Administration from Northwestern University.
Mr. Van Sistine became a director of the Bank in September 2017 and was elected to the Company’s board of directors in 2018. Mr. Van Sistine brings to our board extensive experience and expertise in the financial technology sector as well as a strategic and visionary approach to leadership.
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Robert J. Wagner
Before his retirement, Mr. Wagner formerly served as President of Weyauwega Milk Products and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Trega Foods, a leading cheese maker whose primary products include cheddar, mozzarella, provolone, and dairy ingredients. Mr. Wagner, a third-generation cheese maker, joined the family business Weyauwega Milk Products in 1976 after serving in the United States Army. During his tenure with the company, Mr. Wagner started at the bottom as a General Laborer, and worked his way up to President of the company in 1984, where he served for another 20 years. During his tenure as President, Mr. Wagner grew the company and positioned it for the successful merger of Simons Specialty Cheese in 1998 and the acquisition of Krohn Dairy in 2000. In 2003, the company underwent a name change and became Trega Foods. In 2004, Mr. Wagner was named Chairman of the Board of Directors of Trega Foods. He served in this role until 2008 when the company was sold to Agropur Cheese. Active in his community, Mr. Wagner has served on the board of directors for the International Dairy Foods Association, Wisconsin Dairy Products, and Riverside Medical Center of Waupaca. He also serves on the Trinity Lutheran Church Council. Mr. Wagner received his Bachelor of Arts Degree from Augustane College, Sioux Falls in 1971. He earned his Masters of Science in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin, Madison in 1975 and received his CPA designation in 1981.
Mr. Wagner served on the board of directors of Waupaca from 2012 to 2017. He became a director of the Bank in September 2017 and was elected to the Company’s board of Directors in 2018. With his extensive background in operations, supply chain management, and merger and acquisition structuring, Mr. Wagner adds significant strategic depth to our board of directors.
No director of the Company has been involved in a legal proceeding in the past ten years which would impact his or her ability to serve on our board of directors.
Director qualifications
We believe that our directors should have the highest professional and personal ethics and values, consistent with our longstanding values and standards. They should have broad experience at the policy-making level in business, government or civic organizations. They should be committed to enhancing shareholder value and should have sufficient time to carry out their duties and to provide insight and practical wisdom based on their own unique experience. Each director must represent the interests of all shareholders. When considering potential director candidates, our board of directors also considers the candidate’s independence, character, judgment, diversity, age, skills, including financial literacy, and experience in the context of our needs and those of our board of directors. While we have no formal policy regarding the diversity of our board of directors, our board of directors may consider a broad range of factors relating to the qualifications and background of director nominees, which may include personal characteristics. Our board of director’s priority in selecting board members is the identification of persons who will further the interests of our shareholders through his or her record of professional and personal experiences and expertise relevant to our growth strategy.
Board Leadership Structure
The Company is committed to strong board leadership. Our board of directors meets on a quarterly basis and the Bank’s board of directors meet monthly. Currently, the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer are held by different individuals. Mr. Michael G. Ansay serves as Chairman of the Board, and Mr. Michael B. Molepske serves as Chief Executive Officer and President. It is the Company’s view that structuring the board leadership in this way allows for the most effective communication between the board and senior management, as well as consistent leadership and cohesive strategic planning. From time to time, the board leadership structure will be re-evaluated to ensure that it continues to be the most effective approach in serving the Company’s goals.
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Board Risk Management and Oversight
Our board of directors takes an active role in overseeing all areas of risk to the Company, including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, strategic risk, and operational risk. This oversight is done through various board committees, all of whom report directly to the board of directors. Our board of directors approves policies that set operational standards and risk limits at the Bank, and any changes to the Bank’s risk management program require approval by the Bank’s board of directors. Management is responsible for the implementation, integrity and maintenance of our risk management systems ensuring the directives are implemented and administered in compliance with the approved policy. In addition, as a result of the merger with Waupaca, the Bank has established the role of an Enterprise Risk Manager, who has been charged with forming and leading the Enterprise Risk Management Committee. This new role and committee will assist the Bank and the Company in more effectively assessing and managing risk to all segments of the Bank’s operations, as well as developing and implementing improved processes to reduce identified risks.
EXECUTIVE OFFICER INFORMATION
The following individual is the current executive officer of the Company and/or Bank who is not a director.
Kevin M. LeMahieu
Mr. LeMahieu joined the Company and the Bank in August 2014 as Chief Financial Officer. In this role, he oversees the Bank’s finance and reporting functions. Mr. LeMahieu brings to the Company significant financial expertise, having served his entire professional career in the public accounting and finance fields. During his nine-year tenure with Beene Garter LLP from 1995 to 2004, Mr. LeMahieu was responsible for managing audit and review teams on engagements for clients in a variety of industries. He was also a member of the efficiency task force, a group responsible for analyzing the firm’s audit and review approach and recommending solutions to maximize departmental efficiency. From 2004 to 2014, Mr. LeMahieu served in the capacities of Assurance Services Senior Manager and Director with CliftonLarsonAllen LLP, where he was responsible for managing audit and review teams on engagements for clients, working primarily with financial institutions. He also consulted with clients to provide cost and profit analysis, strategic merger guidance, accounting pronouncement interpretation, and internal control system guidance. Mr. LeMahieu graduated from Calvin College with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accountancy. He currently is a member of the Sheboygan County Economics Club, Wisconsin Bankers Association, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and Wisconsin Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He earned his Certified Public Accountant designation in 1996 and is currently licensed in Wisconsin.
Mr. LeMahieu has not been involved in any legal proceeding in the past ten years which would impact his ability to serve the Bank or the Company as an executive officer or as Chief Financial Officer.
Election of Officers
Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation and retirement committee, a governance and nominating committee, and an executive committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Name
Age
Director
Since
Independent
AC
CC
GN
EC
Michael G. Ansay
64
2010
No
Donald R. Brisch
66
2006
Yes
M
C
M
M
Michael P. Dempsey
66
2014
No
Robert D. Gregorski
57
2010
No
Michael B. Molepske
57
2009
No
Katherine M. Reynolds
68
1992
Yes
M
C
M
David R. Sachse
64
2010
Yes
C
M
Peter J. Van Sistine
60
New
Yes
M
M
Robert J. Wagner
69
New
Yes
M
M
M
AC: Audit Committee                                                       C: Chair          M: Member
CC: Compensation & Retirement Committee
GN: Governance & Nominating Committee
EC: Executive Committee
Committees of the Board and Code of Ethics
In connection with this registration statement, our board of directors will adopt charters for the Audit Committee, the Compensation and Retirement Committee and the Governance and Nominating Committee. The board will also adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors. The copies of the committee charters and the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website at www.bankfirstnational.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act.
Audit Committee
The purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the board of directors in overseeing the quality and integrity of the Company’s financial statements; the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the independent auditor’s qualifications and independence; the performance of the Company’s internal audit function and independent auditors; and other financial matters. Among other things, the Audit Committee has the authority to:

retain, evaluate and, as necessary, terminate the Company’s independent auditors;

review and approve the scope of the annual internal and external audits;

review and pre-approve the engagement of our independent auditors to perform non-audit services and the related fees;

meet independently with our internal auditing staff, independent auditors, and senior management;

review the integrity of our financial reporting process;

review our financial statements and disclosures; and

review disclosures from our independent auditors regarding compliance with the independence standards of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and appropriate banking regulations.
The Audit Committee is authorized to obtain advice and assistance from, and receive appropriate funding from the Company for, independent outside legal, accounting, and other professional advisors as the Audit Committee deems appropriate to fulfill its responsibilities. Our Audit Committee is comprised of
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Mr. David R. Sachse, Mr. Donald R. Brisch and Mr. Robert J. Wagner. Each of the members of the Audit Committee meets the independence requirements of the rules of NASDAQ and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Mr. David R. Sachse serves as the Chair of the Audit Committee, is designated as our audit committee financial expert as defined under the SEC rules and possesses financial sophistication as defined under the rules of NASDAQ. The board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and has sufficient knowledge of financial and auditing matters to serve on the Audit Committee. During 2017, the Audit Committee held at least four (4) meetings, and as of June 30, 2018, the Audit Committee has held two (2) meetings.
Compensation and Retirement Committee
The Compensation and Retirement Committee is primarily responsible for administering the Company’s and Bank’s compensation program. Consequently, the Compensation and Retirement Committee approves all elements of the compensation program including cash compensation, equity compensation, and other benefits. Some of the Compensation and Retirement Committee’s duties include:

overseeing the Company’s and Bank’s compensation philosophy, compensation programs and retirement programs, including making recommendations and proposals concerning employee benefits;

ensuring that a compensation market analysis is completed for the directors and members of senior management by a third-party service provider as the Committee deems necessary, but at least every three (3) years, and making recommendations to the board based on the analysis;

retaining or obtaining the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel, or other advisor, as necessary;

overseeing the Company’s and the Bank’s regulatory and legal compliance with respect to compensation plans;

determining, or recommending to the board of directors for determination, the compensation of non-employee directors;

conducting the formal performance evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Bank;

overseeing the evaluation of the board members;

approving the recommended salaries, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation for senior management; and

approving the corporate goals and metrics, profit sharing contribution, retirement plan match, overall salary compensation and overall bonus compensation, for all Bank employees on an annual basis.
The Committee grants sole discretion for market-based compensation adjustments and long-term incentive stock grants for employees who are not members of senior management to the Chief Executive Officer and Vice President of Human Resources. Our Compensation and Retirement Committee is comprised of Mr. Donald R. Brisch, Ms. Katherine M. Reynolds and Mr. Peter J. Van Sistine. Each of the members of the Compensation and Retirement Committee meets the independence requirements of the rules of NASDAQ and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. During 2017, the Compensation and Retirement Committee held at least four (4) meetings, and as of June 30, 2018, the Compensation and Retirement Committee has held one (1) meeting.
Governance and Nominating Committee
The purpose of the Governance and Nominating Committee is to review candidates for membership on the board, recommend individuals for nomination to the board, and prepare and periodically review with the entire board a list of general criteria for board nominees. In order to be considered for nomination to an additional term on the board, the Committee shall ensure that the individual continues to meet the criteria established for nominees to the board. The Committee is also charged with overseeing the corporate
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
governance of the Company and the Bank, including reviewing our bylaws, reviewing the appropriateness and scope of all Company and Bank policies, and making recommendations concerning policy changes. The primary duties and responsibilities of the Committee include the following:

making recommendations to the board regarding the size and composition of the board;

establishing and recommending to the board criteria for the selection of new directors;

identifying and recruiting board candidates, consistent with criteria approved by the board;

recommending to the board candidates for board membership;

selecting the director nominee(s) for the next annual meeting of shareholders;

determining the appropriate committee structure of the board;

reviewing all Company and Bank policies requiring board approval on an annual basis;

making recommendations to the board concerning policy changes;

overseeing the corporate governance of the Company and the Bank;

reviewing the bylaws of the Company and the Bank as necessary; and

ensuring complete and accurate reporting to the SEC and other regulatory bodies as required by law.
The Governance and Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by (i) any current director, (ii) the Company’s executive officers, and (iii) any shareholder, provided that such shareholder’s recommendations are made in accordance with our bylaws. Shareholder nominees that comply with our bylaws will receive the same consideration that nominees from other sources receive. One or more members of the Governance and Nominating Committee will interview the selected nominees and make recommendations to the board of directors.
When considering and evaluating nominees, the Committee will consider the following factors:

business experience and core competencies;

knowledge of the banking and finance industry;

personal, professional, and financial integrity;

ability and willingness to attend board and committee meetings and actively participate therein;

other board memberships;

community involvement;

any potential conflicts of interest and/or affiliate relationships;

diversity in race, ethnicity, gender, and age; and

diversity in geography, professional experience, and industry.
Our Governance and Nominating Committee is comprised of Mr. Donald R. Brisch, Ms. Katherine M. Reynolds and Mr. Robert J. Wagner. Each of the members of the Governance and Nominating Committee meets the independence requirements of the rules of NASDAQ and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. During 2017, the Governance and Nominating Committee held at least 10 meetings, and as of June 30, 2018, the Governance and Nominating Committee has held 5 meetings.
Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is a forum for discussion of matters of policy, practice, and long-term planning, which includes:

assisting the board in monitoring the Company’s operations and strategic initiatives with respect to all matters not specifically delegated to other board committees;
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

discussing and making decisions related to long-term and strategic planning;

hearing and addressing concerns related to management or executive officers;

discussing matters related to the Company’s and Bank’s subsidiaries;

conducting the annual performance review of the Chief Executive Officer; and

providing a forum for discussion of any Company or Bank-related matter by independent directors.
Our Executive Committee is comprised of Mr. Donald R. Brisch, Ms. Katherine M. Reynolds, Mr. David R. Sachse, Mr. Peter J. Van Sistine, and Mr. Robert J. Wagner. Each of the members of the Executive Committee meets the independence requirements of the rules of NASDAQ and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. During 2017, the Executive Committee held at least two (2) meetings, and as of June 30, 2018, the Executive Committee has held two (2) meetings.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 6.   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This section describes the compensation packages of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the Bank’s President, who were employed by either the Company or the Bank on December 31, 2017 (collectively, the “named executive officers”). The named executive officers and their positions are identified below:

Michael B. Molepske — Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and President of the Company

Michael P. Dempsey — President of the Bank

Kevin M. LeMahieu — Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of the Company
2017 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
Bonus
Stock
Awards (1)
All Other
Compensation (2)
Total
Michael B. Molepske, CEO
2017 $ 413,221 $ 206,611 $ 165,288 $ 61,525 $ 846,645
Michael P. Dempsey, President
2017 $ 288,220 $ 95,013 $ 95,013 $ 36,769 $ 515,015
Kevin M. LeMahieu, CFO
2017 $ 194,750 $ 68,163 $ 68,163 $ 22,153 $ 353,229
(1)
Reflects the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards granted in March 2017 in recognition the performance results of 2016 pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Equity Plan (the “Equity Plan”). These awards vest equally over five years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of the grant. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the fair market value of a share of Company stock on the grant date, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
(2)
Reflects 401(k) matching contributions, profit sharing contributions, year-end holiday cash gift, clothing allowance, fitness reimbursement, life insurance premiums, long-term incentive dividends, business development fees and, with respect to Mr. Molepske only, Company contributions to his excess benefit plan. In 2012, the Compensation and Retirement Committee of the board of directors adopted an excess benefit plan for Mr. Molepske, which was designed solely for the purpose of providing benefits to the Mr. Molepske in excess of the limitations on contributions and benefits imposed by section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Summary of Material Components of Compensation Program
The Company’s executive compensation philosophy is intended to provide a total compensation package that is competitive with market practice while varying awards to recognize Company and individual performance. The objective is to provide competitive pay for achieving performance goals consistent with the Company’s business objectives and its performance compared to the performance of other companies in its industry. The Company’s philosophy is that actual compensation should exceed market when superior performance is achieved and be lower than market when performance falls below expectations.

Base Salaries  — In order to reward and retain its top talent, the Bank’s philosophy is for base salaries to approximate the 50 th  – 75 th percentile of its top performing bank peers. While the Bank takes into consideration other factors in determining total compensation, base salaries, which have a more immediate impact, must be competitive to attract and retain talent.

Short-Term Incentives  — The Bank’s annual bonus program is based on the Bank’s and the executive’s prior year’s performance and requires the executive officer to meet or exceed pre-established annual performance targets, such as return on assets, earnings per FTE and earnings per share.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-Term Incentives  — The purpose of the Equity Plan is to provide financial incentives for selected employees of the Company, thereby promoting long-term growth and financial success by attracting and retaining employees of outstanding ability, strengthening the Company’s capacity to develop, maintain, and direct a competent management team, provide an effective means for selected employees to acquire and maintain ownership of Company stock, motivate employees to achieve long-range performance goals and objectives, and provide incentive compensation opportunities competitive with those of equal peers. The Company provides long-term incentives in the form of restricted common stock, with a five-year vesting schedule, to encourage retention and ownership. The recipients are entitled to receive dividends during their restricted period and have the right to vote such shares of restricted stock. Awards are granted and vest on March 1 st of each year and the Compensation and Retirement Committee has discretion to determine the grant and vesting date changes. If a participant terminates their employment or is terminated for cause, he or she will forfeit their unvested shares. The CEO has the discretion to accelerate vesting upon an employee’s retirement. Shares of restricted stock will become immediately vested upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan  — The Bank offers its senior management team an opportunity to participate in a Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, which is unfunded and unsecured. It allows participating employees to defer a specific percentage or dollar amount of their base salary and/or bonus, up to 100%. Earnings are notional gains or losses credited or debited to the participant’s account based on changes in the value of the Company’s common stock, including dividends paid. Bank First does not contribute to the Deferred Compensation Plan or guarantee any returns on participant contributions.
2017 OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END
The table set forth below contains individual equity awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2017, for the named executive officers.
Stock Awards
Name
Number of Shares
or Units of Stock
That Have
NotVested (1)
Market Value of
Shares or Units of
Stock That Have
NotVested (1)
Michael B. Molepske
14,970 $ 669,159
Michael P. Dempsey
9,694 $ 433,322
Kevin M. LeMahieu
3,952 $ 176,654
(1)
The market value reflects the number of shares of restricted stock multiplied by $44.70, the fair market value of the Company stock on December 31, 2017. Fair Market Value is defined as equal to the mean between the reported high and low prices of the Company stock on December 31, 2017, the last trading day of the year. These restricted stock shares vest equally over five years beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, March 1, 2018.
Additional Information Regarding Stock Awards
Pursuant to the Equity Plan, if a participant’s employment is involuntarily terminated, the CEO may, in his sole discretion, determine to accelerate the vesting of his or her equity awards. Upon a change of control of the Company, outstanding equity awards will become immediately vested. If a participant terminates employment or is terminated for cause, he or she will forfeit their unvested shares. If a participant retires, then his or her equity awards may become vested at the discretion of the CEO.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Director Compensation
Non-employee directors of the Company and the Bank receive both cash and equity compensation as described below. Board compensation is reviewed by comparison to peer institutions using publicly available information, every three years or earlier if requested. Director compensation is designed to attract and retain persons who are well qualified to serve as directors of the Company and the Bank.
Non-employee directors of the Company and Bank First receive cash compensation in the form of a retainer fee for attending board and committee meetings. Directors also receive additional compensation for service as Chair of a Committee.
The base annual retainer for all directors is $32,000. Directors also receive stock awards having a grant date fair value of  $10,000. Annual fees for directors serving as Chair and Committee Chairs of the Company and the Bank during 2017 were paid in cash and were as follows:
Position
Annual Fee
Chair
$ 47,000
Chair Audit Committee
$ 37,000
Chair Compensation and Retirement Committee
$ 37,000
Chair Governance & Nominating Committee
$ 37,000
2017 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Name
Fees Earned
or Paid In Cash
Stock Awards (2)
Total
Michael G. Ansay
$ 47,000 $ 10,000 $ 57,000
Donald R. Brisch
$ 37,000 $ 10,000 $ 47,000
Robert D. Gregorski
$ 32,000 $ 10,000 $ 42,000
Katherine M. Reynolds
$ 37,000 $ 10,000 $ 47,000
David R. Sachse
$ 37,000 $ 10,000 $ 47,000
Peter J. Van Sistine (1)
$ 21,334 $ $ 21,334
Robert J. Wagner (1)
$ 21,334 $ $ 21,334
(1)
Mr. Van Sistine and Mr. Wagner joined the Bank board in August 2017, and their fees were prorated. Neither of Mr. Van Sistine nor Mr. Wagner received a grant of restricted stock in 2017.
(2)
On May 23, 2017, each Director received 286 shares of restricted stock at a fair value price of  $35.05 per share, which shares of restricted stock will vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards is based on the fair market value of a share of stock on the grant date, computed in accordance with FAB ASC Topic 718.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
In 2017, the Compensation and Retirement Committee was comprised entirely of three independent directors, including one Chair. No member of the Compensation and Retirement Committee is a current, or during 2017 was a former, executive officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. During 2017, no member of the Compensation and Retirement Committee had a relationship that must be described under the SEC rules relating to disclosure of related person transactions. In 2017, none of our executive officers served on the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that had one or more of its executive officers serving on the board or the Compensation and Retirement Committee of the Company.
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 7.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Transactions with Related Parties
The Bank has had, and expects to have in the future, loans and other banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors (including our independent directors) and executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, including members of their families or corporations, partnerships or other organizations in which such officers or directors have a controlling interest (collectively referred to as “related parties”). These loans were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons not related to the Bank and did not involve more than the normal risks of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
In addition, the Bank is subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act, which places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates. The Bank is also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in certain transactions with certain affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to such institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.
The aggregate dollar amount of loans outstanding to directors, executive officers, and their controlled entities was approximately $83.1 million at June 30, 2018.
During 2017, the Bank leased its Sheboygan office and Appleton office from FBN Sheboygan, LLC and Gregorski Development, LLC, respectively, which are both solely-owned by Mr. Robert Gregorski, a director of the Company. The lease for the Sheboygan office was entered into in 2006, went into effect as of 2008, and was amended in 2010. The initial lease was for a term of twenty years, and called for payments of approximately $23,120 per month. The Bank purchased the property on February 28, 2018. The lease for the Appleton office was entered into in 2014, for an initial term of forty years. The lease calls for payments of  $6,250 per month. In 2017, the Bank paid approximately $352,440 in lease payments to Mr. Gregorski’s entities for the Sheboygan office and the Appleton office. Management believes that the terms of the lease are no less favorable to the Company or the Bank than would have been achieved with an unaffiliated third party.
In addition, the Bank purchased its director and officer insurance coverage from Ansay & Associates, LLC. in 2017. Mr. Michael G. Ansay, the chairman of the Company, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ansay & Associates, LLC. The purchase price for the insurance coverage was approximately $164,000 during 2017. Management believes that the terms of the insurance coverage purchase are no less favorable to the Bank than would have been achieved with an unaffiliated third party.
We have a written policy that governs the identification, approval, ratification, and monitoring of transactions with related parties. The board of directors of the Company must approve all such transactions under the policy. No member of the board of directors may participate in any review or approval of a transaction with respect to which such member or any of his family members is a related person.
Director Independence
The board of directors annually evaluates the independence of its members based on Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K and NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2). In addition, the board of directors annually evaluates the independence of its audit committee and compensation committee members based on NASDAQ Rules 5605(c)(2) and (d)(2), respectively. Our corporate governance guidelines and principles require that a majority of the board be composed of directors who meet the requirements for independence established by these standards. The board of directors has concluded that the Company has a majority of independent directors and that the board of directors meet the standards of NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2). The board of directors has also concluded that the members of the audit committee meet the standards of NASDAQ Rule 5605(c)(2) and that the members of the compensation committee meet the standards of NASDAQ Rule 5605(d)(2).
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The board of directors has determined that Mr. Brisch, Ms. Reynolds, Mr. Sachse, Mr. Van Sistine, and Mr. Wagner are independent, taking into account the matters discussed above. Mr. Molepske, the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Dempsey, the Bank’s President, are not considered to be independent as they are executive officers of the Company and the Bank, respectively. Mr.  Ansay is not considered to be independent because he is currently the Chief Executive Officer of Ansay & Associates, LLC, an affiliate of the Bank. Mr. Gregorski is also not considered to be independent due to his relationship with the Bank described under “Transactions with Related Parties” above.
ITEM 8.   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to various claims and lawsuits arising in the course of their normal business activities. Although the ultimate outcome of these suits cannot be ascertained at this time, it is the opinion of management that none of these matters, even if it resolved adversely to the Company, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 9.
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information; Holders of Record
Our common stock has been quoted on the OTC Markets Group’s Pink tier under the symbol “BFNC” and upon effectiveness of this registration statement, our common stock will be traded on NASDAQ. The range of high and low bid information and the dividend amount per share for each fiscal quarter during the two most recent fiscal years are set forth below:
High
Low
Dividend
declared per
share
Year ended December 31, 2018
First Quarter
$ 46.25 $ 43.70 $ 0.16
Second Quarter
$ 58.50 $ 45.75 $ 0.16
Third Quarter (to August 1, 2018)
$ 54.25 $ 52.50 $ 0.16
Year ended December 31, 2017
First Quarter
$ 35.50 $ 33.10 $ 0.16
Second Quarter
$ 36.25 $ 34.30 $ 0.16
Third Quarter
$ 38.75 $ 36.05 $ 0.16
Fourth Quarter
$ 44.75 $ 38.50 $ 0.16
Year ended December 31, 2016
First Quarter
$ 28.00 $ 25.00 $ 0.14
Second Quarter
$ 30.00 $ 26.30 $ 0.14
Third Quarter
$ 33.00 $ 28.00 $ 0.15
Fourth Quarter
$ 33.50 $ 29.42 $ 0.16
As of August 1, 2018, the Company’s common stock was quoted at $53.76, there were 7,368,083 shares of common stock issued and 6,662,192 shares of common stock outstanding, 479 shareholders of record and no shares subject to outstanding options or warrants to purchase, or securities convertible into, the Company’s common stock.
Dividends
The Company has historically paid dividends. The continued payment of dividends depends upon our debt and equity structure, earnings, financial condition, need for capital in connection with possible future acquisitions and other factors, including economic conditions, regulatory restrictions and tax considerations. The Company cannot guarantee the payment of dividends or that, if paid, that dividends will not be reduced or eliminated in the future.
The only funds available for the payment of dividends on our capital stock will be cash and cash equivalents held by us, dividends paid to us by the Bank, and borrowings. The Bank will be prohibited from paying cash dividends to us to the extent that any such payment would reduce the Bank’s capital below required capital levels or would impair the liquidation account to be established for the benefit of the Bank’s eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders at the time of the distribution. For more information, please see “Business: Supervision and Regulation: Regulation of the Company: Dividend Restrictions” and “Business: Supervision and Regulation: Regulation of the Bank: Payment of Dividends”.
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 10.   RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
The Company issues from time to time, (i) restricted stock awards under our Equity Plan to certain senior officers and employees, (ii) restricted stock awards under our Equity Plan to our directors, and (iii) shares of our common stock under the Company’s 401(k) plan. A copy of the Equity Incentive Plan is attached to this registration statement as Exhibit 10.1. All transactions disclosed in the table below were exempt from registration in reliance on Rule 701. The following table shows the securities issued by the Company in the foregoing three categories for the years, 2015, 2016 and 2017:
2015
2016
2017
2018 through
June 30,
2018
Restricted Stock under Equity Plan to executive officers and
employees (1)
19,800 (3 ) 19,875 (6 ) 14,545 (9 ) 15,500 (12 )
Restricted Stock under Equity Plan to directors (2)
2,110 (4 ) 1,760 (7 ) 1,430 (10 ) 1,173 (13 )
Common Stock under 401(k)
31,578 (5 ) 15,623 (8 ) 27,749 (11 ) 30,416 (14 )
(1)
The granted shares are subject to incremental vesting over a five-year period (20% of each award vests annually on the first five anniversaries of the grant date).
(2)
The granted shares are subject to a one-year vesting period (100% of the award vests after one year).
(3)
On February 17, 2015, the Company granted 19,800 shares of restricted stock. On December 24, 2015, 2,892 shares of restricted stock were forfeited by the grantee.
(4)
On May 23, 2015, the Company granted 2,110 shares of restricted stock.
(5)
The Company sold to the 401(k) 26,023 shares on March 31, 2015, 2,831 shares on July 1, 2015, 1,438 shares on October 1, 2015 and 1,286 shares on December 31, 2015.
(6)
On March 1, 2016, the Company granted 19,875 shares of restricted stock.
(7)
On May 23, 2016, the Company granted 1,760 shares of restricted stock.
(8)
The Company sold to the 401(k) 869 shares on March 31, 2016, 4,200 shares on July 20, 2016, 2,018 shares on September 30, 2016, and 8,536 shares on December 29, 2016.
(9)
On March 1, 2017 the Company granted 14,545 shares of restricted stock.
(10)
On May 16, 2017, the Company granted 1,430 shares of restricted stock.
(11)
The Company sold to the 401(k) 9,579 shares on March 31, 2017, 3,625 shares on June 30, 2017, 4,902 shares on September 29, 2017, and 9,643 shares on December 28, 2017.
(12)
On March 1, 2018, the Company granted 15,500 shares of restricted stock.
(13)
On May 23, 2018, the Company granted 1,173 shares of restricted stock.
(14)
The Company sold to the 401(k) 22,109 shares on March 29, 2018 and 8,307 shares on June 29, 2018.
Issuance of Shares in the Waupaca Acquisition
On October 27, 2017, Waupaca merged with and into the Company. The merger consideration paid to Waupaca shareholders equaled $78,060,000, consisting of 70% cash and 30% stock. Approximately 653,523 shares of Company common stock were issued to Waupaca shareholders as merger consideration. The offering price for these securities was $37.77 per share, and the conversion factor per share was 177.23 shares of Company common stock for every one (1) share of Waupaca common stock. The securities were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 11.   DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our restated articles of incorporation (the “Articles of Incorporation”) and amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”), which will both be adopted immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, and applicable Wisconsin law.
The Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 25,000,000 shares, of which 20,000,000 shares are common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares are serial preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of August 1, 2018, the Company had 6,662,192 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares outstanding at that date were fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable. The Company’s common stock is quoted on the OTC Markets Group’s Pink tier under the symbol “BFNC.”
The description of our capital stock below is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Incorporation.
Common Stock
General.    Each share of common stock has the same relative rights as, and is identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock.
Voting Rights.    Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of common shareholders, including the election of directors; provided, however, any person that beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, in excess of 20% of the voting power in the election of directors shall be limited to 10% of the full voting power of those shares. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors. All elections of directors are determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by our Articles of Incorporation or by applicable Wisconsin law, all other matters are approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring an action exceed the votes cast opposing such action at a properly called meeting of shareholders.
The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote is required to amend or repeal certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, including those provisions regarding voting shares held in excess of the 20% limit described above, the election and removal of directors, business combinations, and indemnification of directors and officers.
Dividends, Liquidation and Other Rights.    Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if approved by our board of directors from funds legally available for the payment of dividends. Our ability to pay dividends will be dependent on our earnings and financial conditions and subject to certain restrictions imposed by state and federal laws.
Our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, voluntarily or involuntarily, after payment of, or adequate provision for, all of our known debts and liabilities. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any series of our preferred stock that may then be outstanding.
Holders of shares of our common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities. All outstanding shares of our common stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
Certain Ownership Restrictions.    The Company is a bank holding company. A holder of common stock (or group of holders acting in concert) that (i) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote more than 5% of the total voting power of the Company, (ii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 10% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, (iii) directly or indirectly owns, controls or has the power to vote 25% or more of the total equity of the Company, or (iv) is otherwise deemed to “control” the Company under applicable regulatory standards may be subject to important restrictions, such as prior regulatory notice or approval requirements.
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors is authorized, without shareholder approval and subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of preferred stock in series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Wisconsin, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof. Accordingly, our board of directors, without shareholder approval, may authorize the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock and, under certain circumstances, discourage an attempt by others to gain control of the Company. The creation and issuance of any additional series of preferred stock, and the relative rights, designations, and preferences of each such series, if and when established, will depend on, among other things, our future capital needs, then existing market conditions, and other factors that, in the judgment of our board of directors, might warrant the issuance of preferred stock.
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions
General.    Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, contain certain provisions designed to enhance the ability of our board of directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of us. These provisions may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may discourage takeover attempts which have not been approved by the board of directors (including takeovers which certain shareholders may deem to be in their best interest). This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the laws and documents referenced. With respect to our charter documents, while such provisions might be deemed to have some “anti-takeover” effect, the principal effect of these provisions is to protect our shareholders generally and to provide our board and shareholders a reasonable opportunity to evaluate and respond to such unsolicited acquisition proposals.
Authorized but Unissued Stock.    The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future private or public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions, and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved shares of common stock and preferred stock may enable the board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which could render more difficult or discourage any attempt to obtain control of us by means such as a proxy contest, tender offer, or merger, and thereby protect the continuity of the Company’s management.
Number and Classification of Directors.    Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors, but in no event shall the number of directors be less than six (6) nor more than fifteen (15). The board of directors is divided into three classes so that each director serves for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders after their election with each director to hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. The classification of directors, together with the provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws described below that limit the ability of shareholders to remove directors and that permit the remaining directors to fill any vacancies on the board of directors, have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the board of directors. As a result, at least two annual meetings of shareholders may be required for the shareholders to change a majority of the directors, whether or not a change in the board of directors would be beneficial and whether or not a majority of shareholders believe that such a change would be desirable, and three meetings, rather than one, would be required to replace the entire board. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the Company’s annual meeting by the holders of shares present, or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Plurality means that the individuals who receive the largest number of  “FOR” votes will be elected as directors. If, at the annual meeting, a shareholder does not vote for a nominee, or indicates “WITHHOLD” for any nominee on his, her or its proxy card, such vote will not count “FOR” the nominee.
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Removal of Directors and Filling Vacancies.    Our Articles of Incorporation provides that any director may be removed from office by the affirmative vote of 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of such director taken at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose. Our Bylaws provide that all vacancies on the board, including those created by an increase in the number of directors on the board of directors, may be filled by the remaining directors, and the director(s) so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals.    Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures for shareholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting or special meeting of the shareholders, including the nomination of directors. Shareholders at an annual meeting or special meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the shareholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting.
Shareholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations with Interested Shareholders.    Our Articles of Incorporation requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the matter to approve certain business combinations, except in the case where the business combination has been approved a majority of the board of directors.
Transfer Agent
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is EQ Shareowner Services, located at 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, Minnesota 55120.
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 12.   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The following is a summary of the effect of the relevant provisions in our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws, and Wisconsin law with regard to limitation of liability and indemnification of officers, directors and employees of the Company.
Article X of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Article VIII of the Company’s Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by Wisconsin law, each person who may serve or who has served at any time as a director or officer of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries, or who at the request of the Company may serve or at any time has served as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member of any decision-making committee, employee or agent of, or in a similar capacity with, another organization, for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise. The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law provides that the Company shall indemnify a director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party because he or she was a director of the Company against reasonable expenses incurred by him or her in connection with the proceeding.
In cases where a director of officer is not successful on the merits or otherwise, the Company shall indemnify a director or officer against liability incurred by the director or officer in a proceeding to which the director or officer was a party because he or she is a director or officer of the Company, unless liability was incurred because the director or officer breached or failed to perform a duty that he or she owes to the Company and the breach or failure to perform constitutes any of the following: (1) a willful failure to deal fairly with the Company or its shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director or officer has a material conflict of interest; (2) a violation of the criminal law, unless the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; (3) a transaction from which the director or officer derived an improper personal profit; or (4) willful misconduct.
In determining whether indemnification is required, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall select one of the following means for determining his or her right to indemnification:
(1)
by a majority vote of a quorum of the board of directors consisting of directors who are not at the time parties to the same or related proceedings. If a quorum of disinterested directors cannot be obtained, by majority vote of a committee duly appointed by the board of directors and consisting solely of two or more directors who are not at the time parties to the same or related proceedings. Directors who are parties to the same or related proceedings may participate in the designation of members of the committee;
(2)
By independent legal counsel selected by a quorum of the board of directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in paragraph (1) above or, if unable to obtain such a quorum or committee, by a majority vote of the full board of directors, including directors who are parties to the same or related proceedings; or
(3)
By the court conducting the proceedings or another court of competent jurisdiction, either on application by the director or officer for an initial determination or an application for review of an adverse indemnification under paragraph (1) or (2) above.
The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of no contest or an equivalent plea, does not, by itself, create a presumption that indemnification of a director or officer is not required.
Indemnification by the Company includes payment by the Company of reasonable expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt from the person to be indemnified of  (i) a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that he or she has not breached or failed to perform his or her duties to the Company and (ii) a written undertaking, executed personally or on his or her behalf, to repay the allowance and, if required by the Company, to pay reasonable interest on the allowance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that indemnification is not required and that indemnification is not ordered by a court. This undertaking shall be an unlimited general obligation of the director or officer and may be accepted without reference to his or her ability to repay the allowance, and may be secured or unsecured.
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 13.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income
105
Bank First National Corporation Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
108
109
110
111
113
Bank First National Corporation Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
131
132
133
134
135
136
138
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
177
178
179
180
181
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income:
Year Ended December 31, 2017
The following unaudited pro forma combined statement of income is based on the historical consolidated financial statements of Bank First National Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “BFNC” or “we” and similar terms unless the context indicates otherwise) and Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. (“Waupaca”) and are adjusted to give effect to the merger of Waupaca with and into the Company on October 27, 2017 (the “Merger”). The unaudited pro forma combined statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2017 give effect to the Merger as if it had occurred on January 1, 2017.
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of income does not necessarily reflect what the combined companies’ results of operations would have been had the Merger occurred on the date indicated. They also may not be useful in predicting the future results of operations of the combined company. The actual results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of income has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been achieved if BFNC and Waupaca had been a combined company during the period presented. The actual results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of income does not reflect any operating efficiencies and/or cost savings that BFNC may achieve with respect to the combined companies.
These unaudited pro forma combined statement of income should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of BFNC and Waupaca included elsewhere in this Form 10 registration statement.
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
For the year ended December 31, 2017
(in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Historical
Historical
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Pro Forma
Combined
BFNC
Waupaca
INTEREST INCOME
Loans
$ 48,863 $ 15,028 $ 4,682 (1) $ 68,573
Investment securities and other
4,609 1,777 6,386
Total interest income
53,472 16,805 4,682 74,959
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits
6,443 1,934 (450 ) (2) 7,927
Borrowed funds
1,289 1,289
Total interest expense
7,732 1,934 (450 ) 9,216
Net interest income
45,740 14,871 5,132 65,743
Provision for loan losses
1,055 1,055
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
44,685 14,871 5,132 64,688
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Fees and service charges
2,950 601 3,551
Other
6,898 796 7,694
Total non-interest income
9,848 1,397 11,245
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Salaries and employee benefits
16,595 7,502 24,097
Occupancy and equipment
3,097 1,435 (470 ) (3) 4,062
Other operating expense
10,573 7,018 17,591
Amortization of core deposit intangible
129 630 (4) 759
Total non-interest expense
30,394 15,955 160 46,509
Income before provision for income taxes
24,139 313 4,972 29,424
Provision for income taxes
8,826 1,760 (5) 10,586
Net income applicable to common shareholders
$ 15,313 $ 313 $ 3,212 $ 18,838
Basic and diluted earnings per common share
$ 2.44 $ 2.76
Weighted average common shares outstanding
6,285,901 535,352 (6) 6,821,253
See accompanying Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income.
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
Note 1 — Basis of Presentation
The unaudited pro forma combined statement of income included herein has been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and certain footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. However, management believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.
Note 2 — Pro Forma Adjustments
The following pro forma adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of income. All adjustments are based on current assumptions and valuations, which are subject to change:
(1)
Interest income on loans was adjusted to reflect the yield adjustment related to the $14.6 million credit and yield discount recorded on the loans acquired from Waupaca which we expect recognize as an increase in our interest income over the remaining life of the acquired loans.
(2)
Interest expense on deposits was adjusted to reflect the anticipated amortization of the time deposit fair value adjustment over the remaining life of the deposits.
(3)
Adjustment to depreciation expense relating to the fair value of buildings over their estimated useful lives.
(4)
Adjustment reflects the anticipated amortization of core deposit intangible over an estimated seven-year useful life and calculated on a sum of the years digits basis.
(5)
Adjustment reflects the tax impact of the pro forma acquisition accounting adjustments as well as the application of BFNC’s effective tax rate to Waupaca’s S-corporation income.
(6)
Adjustment reflects the issuance of BFNC common stock in conjunction with the merger as though it happened on January 1, 2017
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
June 30, 2018
(Unaudited)
December 31, 2017
(Audited)
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$ 31,975 $ 37,914
Interest-bearing deposits
11,629 15,186
Federal funds sold
1,700 48,877
Cash and cash equivalents
45,304 101,977
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost ($40,730 and $39,808 fair value at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively)
41,203 39,991
Securities available for sale, at fair value
121,550 119,043
Loans held for sale
460
Loans, net
1,421,457 1,385,935
Premises and equipment, net
23,458 18,578
Goodwill
15,024 15,085
Other investments
7,430 7,226
Cash value of life insurance
24,024 23,722
Identifiable intangible assets, net
5,590 5,578
Other real estate owned
5,051 6,270
Investment in minority-owned subsidiaries
23,467 21,515
Other assets
7,856 8,484
TOTAL ASSETS
$ 1,741,874 $ 1,753,404
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deposits
$ 1,495,424 $ 1,506,642
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
13,433 47,568
Notes payable
44,000 8,500
Subordinated notes
11,500 11,500
Other liabilities
12,317 17,466
Total liabilities
1,576,674 1,591,676
Stockholders’ equity:
Serial preferred stock – $0.01 par value Authorized – 5,000,000
shares
Common stock – $0.01 par value Authorized – 20,000,000 shares Issued – 7,368,083 shares as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 Outstanding – 6,662,292 shares at June 30, 2018 and 6,805,684 shares at December 31, 2017
74 74
Additional paid-in capital
27,310 27,528
Retained earnings
157,204 145,879
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
(669 ) 977
Treasury stock at cost, 705,791 shares at June 30, 2018 and 562,399 shares at December 31, 2017
(18,719 ) (12,730 )
Total stockholders’ equity
165,200 161,728
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$ 1,741,874 $ 1,753,404
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2018
(Unaudited)
2017
(Unaudited)
Interest and dividend income:
Loans, including fees
$ 35,614 $ 21,293
Securities:
Taxable
1,416 810
Tax-exempt
914 858
Other
738 453
Total interest and dividend income
38,682 23,414
Interest expense:
Deposits
5,160 2,900
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
224 139
Borrowed funds
1,248 398
Total interest expense
6,632 3,437
Net interest income
32,050 19,977
Provision for loan losses
1,385 380
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
30,665 19,597
Noninterest income:
Service charges
1,631 1,312
Income from Ansay
1,759 1,670
Income from UFS
1,195 1,098
Loan servicing income
845 740
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
285 393
Noninterest income from strategic alliances
44 45
Other
711 455
Total noninterest income
6,470 5,713
Noninterest expense:
Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits
$ 10,762 $ 7,337
Occupancy
1,882 1,329
Data processing
1,864 1,339
Postage, stationery, and supplies
327 176
Net (gain) loss on sales of other real estate owned
97 (7 )
Net loss on sales of securities
51 9
Advertising
106 70
Charitable contributions
695 221
Outside service fees
1,416 996
Amortization of intangibles
378 3
Other
2,463 1,528
Total noninterest expense
20,041 13,001
Income before provision for income taxes
17,094 12,309
Provision for income taxes
3,631 4,105
Net income
$ 13,463 $ 8,204
Earnings per share, basic and diluted
$ 2.01 $ 1.33
Dividends per share
$ 0.32 $ 0.32
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017
(in thousands)
2018
(Unaudited)
2017
(Unaudited)
Net income
$ 13,463 $ 8,204
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period
(2,187 ) 1,710
Amortization of unrealized holding gains on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity
(53 ) (55 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income
51 9
Income tax (benefit) expense
543 (653 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,646 ) 1,011
Comprehensive income
$ 11,817 $ 9,215
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017
(in thousands)
2018
(Unaudited)
2017
(Unaudited)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$ 13,463 $ 8,204
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net
209 361
Depreciation of premises and equipment
579 435
Amortization of intangibles
378 3
Accretion of purchase accounting valuations
(3,698 )
Provision for loan losses
1,385 380
Amortization of stock-based compensation
266 230
Net change in deferred loan fees and costs
(131 ) (21 )
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
(226 ) (107 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans
17,525 26,373
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
(17,864 ) (27,238 )
Gain on sales of mortgage loans
(285 ) (393 )
Loss on sales of investment securities
51 9
Undistributed income of UFS joint venture
(1,195 ) (1,098 )
Undistributed income of Ansay joint venture
(1,759 ) (1,670 )
Loss (gain) on sale of other real estate owned
97 (7 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
(302 ) (270 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Other assets
1,231 (505 )
Other liabilities
(5,149 ) (813 )
Total adjustments
(8,888 ) (4,331 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
4,575 3,873
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales of securities available for sale
3,326 37,152
Maturities, paydowns, and calls of:
Securities available for sale
5,232 3,478
Securities held to maturity
1,732 1,810
Purchases of:
Securities available for sale
(13,490 ) (14,171 )
Securities held to maturity
(2,968 ) (10,852 )
Dividends received from UFS
501 376
Dividends received from Ansay
501 412
Net increase in loans
(34,099 ) (50,158 )
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
1,771 39
Sales (purchases) of other investments
(204 ) 500
Purchases of premises and equipment
(5,459 ) (404 )
Net cash used by investing activities
(43,157 ) (31,818 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
Six Months Ended June 30, 2018 and 2017
(in thousands)
2018
(Unaudited)
2017
(Unaudited)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
$ (10,846 ) $ 20,426
Net decrease in securities sold under repurchase agreements
(34,135 ) (32,366 )
Proceeds from advances of notes payable
687,700 311,500
Repayment of notes payable
(652,200 ) (311,500 )
Dividends paid
(2,138 ) (1,978 )
Proceeds from sales of common stock
1,347 405
Repurchase of common stock
(7,819 ) (2,748 )
Net cash used in financing activities
(18,091 ) (16,261 )
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
(56,673 ) (44,206 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
101,977 80,157
Cash and cash equivalents at end
$ 45,304 $ 35,951
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest
$ 7,453 $ 3,278
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
2,325 3,550
Supplemental schedule of noncash activities:
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
$ 649 $ 10
Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale of loans
164 226
Amortization of unrealized holding gains on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax
(40 ) (33 )
Change in unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale, net of tax
(1,606 ) 1,044
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Basis of Presentation
Bank First National Corporation (the “Company”) provides a variety of financial services to individual and corporate customers through its wholly owned subsidiary, Bank First National (the “Bank”). The Bank operates as a full-service financial institution with a primary market area including, but not limited to, the counties in which the Bank is located. The Bank has eighteen locations located in Manitowoc, Outagamie, Brown, Winnebago, Sheboygan, Waupaca and Barron counties in Wisconsin. The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. All adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods reported have been included in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements, and all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. It is suggested that these interim consolidated financial statements and notes be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this Form 10.
Critical Accounting Policies and Accounting Estimates
The most significant accounting policies (including new accounting pronouncements) are presented in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in the Form 10. Certain accounting policies require management to make significant estimates and assumptions that have a material effect on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities, and these are considered to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions used are based on historical experience and other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions, having a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and on the results of operations for the reporting periods.
Recent Accounting Developments Adopted
In May 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718). ASU 2017-09 applies to entities that change the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award to provide clarity and reduce diversity in practice as well as cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718 to the modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment award. The updated guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2018 with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, to clarify the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets versus businesses. The update narrows the definition of a business by adding three principal clarifications: (1) if substantially all the fair value of the gross assets in the asset group is concentrated in either a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets the transaction does not involve a business, (2) if the asset group does not include a minimum of an input and a substantive process, it does not represent a business, and (3) if the integrated set of activities (including its inputs and processes) does not create, or have the ability to create, goods or services to customers, investment income (e.g., dividends or interest) or other revenue, it is not a business. The overall intention is to provide consistency in applying the guidance and make the definition of a
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
business more operable. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and should be applied prospectively. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2018 with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash to provide guidance on the presentation of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows to reduce diversity in practice. The amendment requires that a statement of cash flow explain the change during the period in the total cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents should be included in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning and end of period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flow. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years and should be applied retrospectively to each period presented. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2018 with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts to address diversity in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The amendments provide guidance on specific cash flow issues, including: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs, contingent consideration payments made after a business combination, proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims, proceeds from the settlement of Corporate-Owned Life Insurance Policies, including Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policies, and distributions received from equity method investees. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2018 with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. This amendment supersedes the guidance to classify equity securities with readily determinable fair values into different categories, requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income, and simplifies the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values. The amendment also requires public business entities that are required to disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet to measure that fair value using the exit price notion. The amendment requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or in the accompanying notes to the financial statements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities are required to apply the amendment by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, with the exception of the amendment related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values, which should be applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption. The Company adopted the updated guidance effective January 1, 2018 with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), with several subsequent updates. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. Topic 606 provides a five-step model to apply to revenue recognition, consisting of the following: (1) identify the contract; (2) identify the performance obligation in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price;
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
(4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the performance obligation is satisfied. The guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. The Company adopted the updated guidance using the modified retrospective approach effective January 1, 2018, with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and potential common shares using the treasury stock method. There were no potential common shares during the periods presented.
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the earnings per common share, which equals the earnings per common share assuming dilution, for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017, are presented below:
2018
2017
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
6,692,523 6,188,829
Net income
$ 13,463 $ 8,204
Basic and diluted earnings per share
$ 2.01 $ 1.33
Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities with gross unrealized gains and losses are summarized as follows:
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
June 30, 2018
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 499 $ $ 1 $ 498
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
52,065 714 134 52,645
Mortgage-backed securities
53,350 77 1,342 52,085
Corporate debt securities
16,655 333 16,322
Total securities available for sale
$ 122,569 $ 791 $ 1,810 $ 121,550
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 28,403 $ 37 $ 518 $ 27,922
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
12,800 8 12,808
Total securities held to maturity
$ 41,203 $ 45 $ 518 $ 40,730
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 499 $ $ 1 $ 498
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
58,026 1,467 103 59,390
Mortgage-backed securities
42,800 157 322 42,635
Corporate debt securities
16,602 82 16,520
Total securities available for sale
$ 117,927 $ 1,624 $ 508 $ 119,043
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 25,426 $ $ 157 $ 25,269
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
14,565 5 31 14,539
Total securities held to maturity
$ 39,991 $ 5 $ 188 $ 39,808
Fair values of securities are estimated based on financial models or prices paid for similar securities. It is possible interest rates could change considerably resulting in a material change in the estimated fair value.
The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses of securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
June 30, 2018
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 498 $ 1 $ $ $ 498 $ 1
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
1,796 101 9,220 33 11,016 134
Mortgage-backed securities
43,790 1,208 4,894 134 48,684 1,342
Corporate debt securities
12,426 333 12,426 333
Total securities available for sale
$ 58,510 $ 1,643 $ 14,114 $ 167 $ 72,624 $ 1,810
Securities held to maturity:
U.S Treasury securities
$ 22,360 $ 518 $ $ $ 22,360 $ 518
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2017
Securities available for sale:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 498 $ 1 $ $ $ 498 $ 1
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
3,700 14 2,765 89 6,465 103
Mortgage-backed securities
29,696 250 4,316 72 34,012 322
Corporate debt securities
12,642 82 12,642 82
Total securities available for sale
$ 46,536 $ 347 $ 7,081 $ 161 $ 53,617 $ 508
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 10,425 $ 50 $ 12,281 $ 107 $ 22,706 $ 157
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
1,609 24 218 7 1,827 31
Total securities held to maturity
$ 12,034 $ 74 $ 12,499 $ 114 $ 24,533 $ 188
At June 30, 2018, 64 debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 1% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. These unrealized losses relate principally to the changes in interest rates and are not due to changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the quality of any underlying assets, or applicable credit enhancements. In analyzing whether unrealized losses on debt securities are other than temporary, management considers whether the securities are issued by a government body or agency, whether a rating agency has downgraded the securities, industry analysts’ reports, the financial condition and performance of the issuer, and the quality of any underlying assets or credit enhancements. Since management has the ability to hold debt securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.
The following is a summary of amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity as of June 30, 2018. Contractual maturities will differ from expected maturities for mortgage-backed securities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties.
Available for Sale
Held to Maturity
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
$ 4,195 $ 4,198 $ 4,412 $ 4,406
Due after one year through five years
17,825 17,758 13,294 13,114
Due after five years through ten years
16,382 16,391 19,717 19,430
Due after ten years
30,817 31,118 3,780 3,780
Subtotal
69,219 69,465 41,203 40,730
Mortgage-backed securities
53,350 52,085
Totals
$ 122,569 $ 121,550 $ 41,203 $ 40,730
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Following is a summary of the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale, as well as gross gains and losses for the six months ended June 30, 2018 and 2017:
2018
2017
Proceeds from sale of securities
$ 3,326 $ 37,152
Gross gains on sales
22 56
Gross losses on sales
73 65
As of June 30, 2018, and December 31, 2017, the carrying values of securities pledged to secure public deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes required or permitted by law was $73,405 and $113,996, respectively.
Loans
The following table presents total loans by portfolio segment and class of loan:
June 30,
2018
December 31,
2017
Commercial/industrial
$ 314,087 $ 263,787
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
415,097 418,928
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
226,677 225,290
Construction and development
67,558 75,907
Residential 1 – 4 family
365,502 377,141
Consumer
40,226 33,471
Other
5,714 3,511
Subtotals
1,434,861 1,398,035
Allowance for loan losses
(13,047 ) (11,612 )
Deferred loan fees and costs
(357 ) (488 )
Loans, net
$ 1,421,457 $ 1,385,935
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan type as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 is as follows:
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Unallocated
Total
Allowance for loan losses –  January 1, 2018
$ 2,362 $ 2,855 $ 1,987 $ 945 $ 2,728 $ 191 $ 23 $ 521 $ 11,612
Charge-offs
(17 ) (1 ) (83 ) (81 ) (3 ) (23 ) (208 )
Recoveries
1 58 2 188 3 6 258
Provision
1,042 385 177 16 (33 ) 57 43 (302 ) 1,385
Allowance for loan losses – June 30,
2018
3,405 3,281 2,165 878 2,802 248 49 219 13,047
ALL ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
498 160 658
ALL ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 3,405 $ 2,783 $ 2,165 $ 878 $ 2,642 $ 248 $ 49 $ 219 $ 12,389
Loans outstanding – June 30,
2018
$ 314,087 $ 415,097 $ 226,677 $ 67,558 $ 365,502 $ 40,226 $ 5,714 $ $ 1,434,861
Loans ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
652 709 1,361
Loans ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 314,087 $ 414,445 $ 226,677 $ 67,558 $ 364,793 $ 40,226 $ 5,714 $ $ 1,433,500
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Unallocated
Total
Allowance for loan losses –  January 1, 2017
$ 1,905 $ 2,576 $ 1,900 $ 727 $ 2,685 $ 189 $ 84 $ 662 $ 10,728
Charge-offs
(4 ) (1 ) (15 ) (141 ) (7 ) (50 ) (218 )
Recoveries
7 36 1 3 47
Provision
454 279 88 233 148 8 (14 ) (141 ) 1,055
Allowance for loan losses –  December 31, 2017
2,362 2,855 1,987 945 2,728 191 23 521 11,612
ALL ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
121 160 281
ALL ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 2,362 $ 2,734 $ 1,987 $ 945 $ 2,568 $ 191 $ 23 $ 521 $ 11,331
Loans outstanding – December 31,
2017
$ 263,787 $ 418,928 $ 225,290 $ 75,907 $ 377,141 $ 33,471 $ 3,511 $ $ 1,398,035
Loans ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
275 709 984
Loans ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 263,787 $ 418,653 $ 225,290 $ 75,907 $ 376,432 $ 33,471 $ 3,511 $ $ 1,397,051
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
A summary of past due loans as of June 30, 2018 are as follows:
30 – 89 Days
Past Due
Accruing
90 Days
or more
Past Due
Non-Accrual
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 305 $ 652 $ 7,891 $ 8,848
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
12,714 58 8,705 21,477
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
61 624 685
Construction and development
319 46 365
Residential 1 – 4 family
943 299 2,132 3,374
Consumer
43 33 76
Other
$ 14,324 $ 1,070 $ 19,431 $ 34,825
A summary of past due loans as of December 31, 2017 are as follows:
30 – 89 Days
Past Due
Accruing
90 Days
or more
Past Due
Non-Accrual
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 740 $ 15 $ 6,473 $ 7,228
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
4,285 2,016 7,253 13,554
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
239 712 951
Construction and development
758 758
Residential 1 – 4 family
1,470 448 2,878 4,796
Consumer
38 7 53 98
Other
$ 6,772 $ 2,486 $ 18,127 $ 27,385
Credit Quality:
We utilize a numerical risk rating system for commercial relationships whose total indebtedness equals $250,000 or more. All other types of relationships (ex: residential, consumer, commercial under $250,000 of indebtedness) are assigned a “Pass” rating, unless they have fallen 90 days past due or more, at which time they receive a rating of 7. The Company uses split ratings for government guaranties on loans. The portion of a loan that is supported by a government guaranty is included with other Pass credits.
The determination of a commercial loan risk rating begins with completion of a matrix, which assigns scores based on the strength of the borrower’s debt service coverage, collateral coverage, balance sheet leverage, industry outlook, and customer concentration. A weighted average is taken of these individual scores to arrive at the overall rating. This rating is subject to adjustment by the loan officer based on facts and circumstances pertaining to the borrower. Risk ratings are subject to independent review.
Commercial borrowers with ratings between 1 and 5 are considered Pass credits, with 1 being most acceptable and 5 being just above the minimum level of acceptance.
Commercial borrowers rated 6 have potential weaknesses which may jeopardize repayment ability.
Borrowers rated 7 have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses such as the inability to demonstrate significant cash flow for debt service based on analysis of the company’s financial information. These loans remain on accrual status provided full collection of principal and interest is reasonably expected. Otherwise they are deemed impaired and placed on nonaccrual status. Borrowers rated 8 are the same as 7 rated credits with one exception: collection or liquidation in full is not probable.
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The breakdown of loans by risk rating as of June 30, 2018 is as follows:
Pass (1 – 5)
6
7
8
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 300,319 $ 350 $ 13,404 $ 14 $ 314,087
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
365,189 1,803 47,478 627 415,097
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
223,807 2,870 226,677
Construction and development
67,411 147 67,558
Residential 1 – 4 family
361,451 598 3,451 2 365,502
Consumer
40,226 40,226
Other
5,714 5,714
$ 1,364,117 $ 2,751 $ 67,350 $ 643 $ 1,434,861
The breakdown of loans by risk rating as of December 31, 2017 is as follows:
Pass (1 – 5)
6
7
8
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 247,576 $ 1,222 $ 14,989 $ $ 263,787
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
373,046 1,113 44,522 247 418,928
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
221,844 1,382 2,064 225,290
Construction and development
68,998 6,909 75,907
Residential 1 – 4 family
370,683 6,456 2 377,141
Consumer
33,426 43 2 33,471
Other
3,511 3,511
$ 1,319,084 $ 3,717 $ 74,983 $ 251 $ 1,398,035
The allowance for loan losses (ALL) represents management’s estimate of probable and inherent credit losses in the loan portfolio. Estimating the amount of the ALL requires the exercise of significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogenous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of other qualitative factors such as current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset on the consolidated balance sheets. Loan losses are charged off against the ALL, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the ALL. A provision for loan losses (PFLL) is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors.
The ALL consists of specific reserves for certain individually evaluated impaired loans and general reserves for collectively evaluated non-impaired loans. Specific reserves reflect estimated losses on impaired loans from management’s analyses developed through specific credit allocations. The specific reserves are based on regular analyses of impaired, non-homogenous loans greater than $250,000. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows and collateral values. The general reserve is based in part on the Bank’s historical loss experience which is updated quarterly. The general reserve portion of the ALL also includes consideration of certain qualitative factors such as 1) changes in lending policies and/or underwriting practices, 2) national and local economic conditions, 3) changes in portfolio volume and nature, 4) experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, 5) levels of and trends in past-due and nonaccrual loans and quality, 6) changes in loan review and oversight, 7) impact and effects of concentrations and 8) other issues deemed relevant.
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
There are many factors affecting ALL; some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. The process for determining the ALL (which management believes adequately considers potential factors which might possibly result in credit losses) includes subjective elements and, therefore, may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses could be required that could adversely affect the Company’s earnings or financial position in future periods. Allocations of the ALL may be made for specific loans but the entire ALL is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off or for which an actual loss is realized. As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies review the ALL as well. Such agencies may require that changes in the ALL be recognized when such regulators’ credit evaluations differ from those of management based on information available to the regulators at the time of their examinations.
A summary of impaired loans individually evaluated as of June 30, 2018 is as follows:
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Total
With an allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ $ 652 $ $ $ 523 $ $ $ 1,175
Unpaid principal balance
652 523 1,175
Related allowance
498 160 658
With no related allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ $ $ $ $ 186 $ $ $ 186
Unpaid principal balance
186 186
Related allowance
Total:
Recorded investment
$ $ 652 $ $ $ 709 $ $ $ 1,361
Unpaid principal balance
652 709 1,361
Related allowance
498 160 658
Average recorded
investment
$ $ 490 $ $ $ 861 $ $ $ 1,353
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
A summary of impaired loans individually evaluated as of December 31, 2017 is as follows:
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Total
With an allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ $ 275 $ $ $ 523 $ $ $ 798
Unpaid principal balance
275 523 798
Related allowance
121 160 281
With no related allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ $ $ $ $ 186 $ $ $ 186
Unpaid principal balance
186 186
Related allowance
Total:
Recorded investment
$ $ 275 $ $ $ 709 $ $ $ 984
Unpaid principal balance
275 709 984
Related allowance
121 160 281
Average recorded investment
$ 946 $ 138 $ $ 13 $ 916 $ $ $ 2,013
The following table presents loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality as of June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017. No loans in this table had a related allowance at either date, and therefore, the below disclosures were not expanded to include loans with and without a related allowance.
June 30, 2018
December 31, 2017
Recorded
Investment
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Recorded
Investment
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Commercial & Industrial
$ 296 $ 297 $ 628 $ 738
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
2,252 2,360 2,609 2,951
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
1,000 1,141 712 1,213
Construction and development
476 502 758 884
Residential 1 – 4 family
2,475 2,848 2,153 3,108
Consumer
9 12 6 16
Other
$ 6,508 $ 7,160 $ 6,866 $ 8,910
Due to the nature of these loan relationships, prepayment expectations have not been considered in the determination of future cash flows. Management regularly monitors these loan relationships, and if information becomes available that indicates expected cash flows will differ from initial expectations, it may necessitate reclassification between accretable and non-accretable components of the original discount calculation.
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The following table represents the change in the accretable and non-accretable components of discounts on loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality for the period ended June 30, 2018:
Accretable
discount
Non-accretable
discount
Balance at beginning of period
$ 583 $ 800
Acquired balance, net
Reclassifications between accretable and non-accretable
14 (14 )
Accretion to loan interest income
(62 )
Disposals of loans
(113 ) (40 )
Balance at end of period
$ 422 $ 746
A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) includes a loan modification where a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and we grant a concession to that borrower that we would not otherwise consider except for the borrower’s financial difficulties. A TDR may be either on accrual or nonaccrual status based upon the performance of the borrower and management’s assessment of collectability. If a TDR is placed on nonaccrual status, it remains there until a sufficient period of performance under the restructured terms has occurred at which time it is returned to accrual status, generally six months. The Company did not have any specific reserves for TDR’s as of June 30, 2018 or December 31, 2017, and none of them have subsequently defaulted.
Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters
The Bank, as a national bank, is subject to the dividend restrictions set forth by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Under such restrictions, the Bank may not, without the prior approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings (as defined) plus the retained earnings (as defined) from the prior two years. The dividends that the Bank could declare without the prior approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency as of December 31, 2017 totaled approximately $34,774,000. The payment of dividends may be further limited because of the need for the Bank to maintain capital ratios satisfactory to applicable regulatory agencies.
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the Bank’s financial statements. These capital requirements were modified in 2013 with the Basel III capital rules, which establish a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Company and Bank became subject to the new rules on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period for many of the new provisions. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measure of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and the classifications are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulator in regards to components, risk weighting and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). It is management’s opinion, as of June 30, 2018, that the Company and the Bank meet all applicable capital adequacy requirements. calculation of regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets.
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The Basel III capital rule requires that banking organizations maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, and a total capital ratio of 8.0% to be considered “adequately capitalized.” The Basel III capital rule also includes a capital conservation buffer requirement above the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements that banking organizations must meet in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions (including dividends and repurchases of any Tier 1 capital instrument, including common and qualifying preferred stock) and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments. The multi-year phase-in of the capital conservation buffer requirement began on January 1, 2016, and, for 2017, banking organizations are required to maintain a CET1 capital ratio of at least 5.125%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.625%, and a total capital ratio of at least 8.625% to avoid limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, banking organizations must maintain a CET1 capital ratio of at least 7.0%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of at least 10.5% to avoid limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments.
As of December 31, 2017, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The minimum amounts required for capital adequacy purposes and to be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions as well as the Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of June 30, 2018 are presented in the following table:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well
Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective
Action
Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company
$ 172,802 10.94 % $ 126,421 8.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 174,020 11.04 % $ 126,215 8.00 % $ 157,768 10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company
$ 148,255 9.39 % $ 94,816 6.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,973 10.21 % $ 94,661 6.00 % $ 126,215 8.00 %
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted
assets):
Company
$ 148,255 9.39 % $ 71,112 4.50 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,973 10.21 % $ 70,996 4.50 % $ 102,549 6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
Company
$ 148,255 8.34 % $ 71,065 4.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,973 9.07 % $ 70,953 4.00 % $ 88,692 5.00 %
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The minimum amounts required for capital adequacy purposes and to be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions as well as the Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2017 are presented in the following table:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well
Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective
Action
Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company
$ 165,809 10.80 % $ 122,868 8.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 171,642 11.20 % $ 122,643 8.00 % $ 153,304 10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Company
$ 142,697 9.29 % $ 92,151 6.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,030 10.44 % $ 91,982 6.00 % $ 122,643 8.00 %
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted
assets):
Company
$ 142,697 9.29 % $ 69,113 4.50 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,030 10.44 % $ 68,987 4.50 % $ 99,647 6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
Company
$ 142,697 8.47 % $ 67,415 4.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,030 9.56 % $ 66,984 4.00 % $ 83,780 5.00 %
Fair Value Measurements
Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.
Level 1:
Quoted prices (unadjusted) or identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2:
Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3:
Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:
Instruments
Measured
At Fair
Value
Quoted
Prices In
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
June 30, 2018
Assets
Securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 498 $ $ 498 $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
52,645 52,145 500
Mortgage-backed securities
52,085 52,085
Corporate debt securities
16,322 16,322
Mortgage servicing rights
3,000 3,000
Liabilities
Salary continuation plan
562 562
December 31, 2017
Assets
Securities available for sale
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 498 $ $ 498 $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
59,390 58,890 500
Mortgage-backed securities
42,635 42,635
Corporate debt securities
16,520 16,520
Mortgage servicing rights
2,610 2,610
Liabilities
Salary continuation plan
602 602
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis is as follows:
Assets
Measured
At Fair
Value
Quoted
Prices In Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
June 30, 2018
Other real estate owned
$ 5,051 $ $ $ 5,051
Impaired Loans, net of impairment reserve
19,698 $ 19,698
$ 24,749 $ $ $ 24,749
December 31, 2017
Other real estate owned
$ 6,270 $ $ $ 6,270
Impaired Loans, net of impairment reserve
18,372 18,372
$ 24,642 $ $ $ 24,642
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used by the Company for the items noted in the table above, including the general classification of such instruments in the fair value hierarchy. For individually evaluated impaired loans, the amount of impairment is based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or the estimated liquidity of the note. For OREO, the fair value is based upon the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral adjusted for the expected costs to sell. The following table shows significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets:
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable
Inputs
Range of
Discounts
Weighted
Average
Discount
As of June 30, 2018
Other real estate owned
Third party appraisals, sales contracts or brokered price options
Collateral discounts and estimated costs
to sell
0% – 40%
22.9%
Impaired loans
Third party appraisals and discounted cash flows
Collateral discounts and discount rates
0% – 100%
8.7%
As of December 31, 2017
Other real estate owned
Third party appraisals, sales contracts or brokered price options
Collateral discounts
and estimated costs
to sell
0% – 100%
15.7%
Impaired loans
Third party appraisals and discounted cash flows
Collateral discounts and discount rates
0% – 100%
6.1%
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company to estimate fair value of financial instruments.
Cash and cash equivalents  — Fair value approximates the carrying amount.
Securities  — The fair value measurement is obtained from an independent pricing service and is based on recent sales of similar securities and other observable market data.
Loans held for sal e — Fair value is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices.
Loans  — Fair value of variable rate loans that reprice frequently are based on carrying value. Fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. Fair value of impaired and other nonperforming loans are estimated using discounted expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral, if applicable.
Other investments  — The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets for other investments approximates the fair value of these assets.
Mortgage servicing rights  — Fair values were determined using the present value of future cash flows.
Cash value of life insurance  — The carrying amount approximates its fair value.
Deposits  — Fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts, by definition, is the amount payable on demand on the reporting date. Fair value of fixed-rate time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flows applying interest rates currently offered on similar time deposits.
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements  — The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements with variable rates or due on demand is the amount payable at the reporting date. The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements with fixed terms is estimated using discounted cash flows with discount rates at interest rates currently offered for securities sold under repurchase agreements of similar remaining values.
Notes payable and Subordinated notes  — Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt. Fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at which similar borrowings would be made. Fair value of borrowed funds due on demand is the amount payable at the reporting date.
Off-balance-sheet instruments —  Fair value is based on quoted market prices of similar financial instruments where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement and the company’s credit standing. Since this amount is immaterial, no amounts for fair value are presented.
The carrying value and estimated fair value of financial instruments at June 30, 2018 and December 31, 2017 follows:
2018
2017
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 45,304 $ 45,304 $ 101,977 $ 101,977
Securities held to maturity
41,203 40,730 39,991 39,808
Securities available for sale
121,550 121,550 119,043 119,043
Loans, net
1,421,457 1,410,238 1,385,935 1,375,864
Other investments, at cost
7,430 7,430 7,226 7,226
Mortgage servicing rights
3,000 3,000 2,610 2,610
Cash surrender value of life insurance
24,024 24,024 23,722 23,722
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
$ 1,495,424 $ 1,404,041 $ 1,506,642 $ 1,454,580
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
13,433 13,433 47,568 47,568
Notes payable
44,000 44,000 8,500 8,500
Subordinated notes
11,500 11,500 11,500 11,500
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Manitowoc, Wisconsin
Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
131
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Balance Sheets
132
Consolidated Statements of Income
133
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
134
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
135
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
136  –  137
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
138  –  176
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_PKM-CYMK.JPG]
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors
Bank First National Corporation
Manitowoc, Wisconsin
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bank First National Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Porter Keadle Moore, LLC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.
Atlanta, Georgia
August 15, 2018
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share data)
December 31
2017
2016
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$ 37,914 $ 29,258
Interest-bearing deposits
15,186 11,048
Federal funds sold
48,877 39,851
Cash and cash equivalents
101,977 80,157
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost ($39,808 and $31,356 fair value at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively)
39,991 31,558
Securities available for sale, at fair value
119,043 111,325
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of  $11,612 and $10,728 at 2017 and 2016, respectively
1,385,935 1,015,529
Premises and equipment, net
18,578 13,323
Goodwill
15,085 7,984
Other investments, at cost
7,226 6,088
Cash value of life insurance
23,722 20,549
Identifiable intangible assets, net
5,578 2,409
Other real estate owned
6,270 1,583
Investment in minority-owned subsidiaries
21,515 19,341
Other assets
8,484 6,151
TOTAL ASSETS
$ 1,753,404 $ 1,315,997
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deposits
$ 1,506,642 $ 1,127,020
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
47,568 50,106
Notes payable
8,500
Subordinated notes
11,500
Other liabilities
17,466 11,348
Total liabilities
1,591,676 1,188,474
Stockholders’ equity:
Serial preferred stock – $0.01 par value Authorized – 5,000,000 shares
Common stock – $0.01 par value Authorized – 20,000,000 shares Issued – 7,368,083 and 6,714,560 in 2017 and 2016, respectively Outstanding – 6,805,684 and 6,210,892 in 2017 and 2016, respectively 
74 67
Additional paid-in capital
27,528 2,828
Retained earnings
145,879 134,773
Treasury stock, at cost – 562,399 and 503,668 shares in 2017 and 2016, respectively
(12,730 ) (10,437 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
977 292
Total stockholders’ equity
161,728 127,523
TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$ 1,753,404 $ 1,315,997
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data)
Years Ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Interest income:
Loans, including fees
$ 48,863 $ 40,853 $ 37,946
Federal funds sold
1,112 499 150
Securities:
Taxable
1,833 1,799 1,686
Tax-exempt
1,664 1,575 1,280
Total interest income
53,472 44,726 41,062
Interest expense:
Deposits
6,443 5,506 4,932
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
272 70 72
Borrowed funds
1,017 356 59
Total interest expense
7,732 5,932 5,063
Net interest income
45,740 38,794 35,999
Provision for loan loss
1,055 320 1,008
Net interest income after provision for loan loss
44,685 38,474 34,991
Other income:
Service charges
2,950 2,747 2,231
Income from Ansay
1,663 1,583 538
Income from UFS
2,390 2,133 2,165
Loan servicing income
1,158 1,006 991
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
895 1,042 674
Noninterest income from strategic alliances
94 90 113
Other
698 643 751
Total other income
9,848 9,244 7,463
Other expenses:
Salaries, commissions, and employee benefits
16,595 13,314 12,193
Occupancy
3,097 2,573 2,575
Data processing
2,939 2,473 1,777
Postage, stationery, and supplies
452 362 353
Net (gain) loss on sales and valuations of other real estate owned
(49 ) 31 (3 )
Net loss on sales of securities
32 225
Advertising
183 201 177
Outside service fees
3,317 2,670 2,225
Amortization of intangibles
132 18 18
Other
3,696 3,232 2,990
Total other expenses
30,394 25,099 22,305
Income before provision for income taxes
24,139 22,619 20,149
Provision for income taxes
8,826 7,706 6,754
Net Income
$ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395
Earnings per share – basic and diluted
$ 2.44 $ 2.40 $ 2.13
Dividends per share
$ 0.64 $ 0.59 $ 0.51
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Net Income
$ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during period
962 (1,578 ) (95 )
Amortization of unrealized holding gains on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity
(131 ) (180 ) (252 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income
32 225
Income tax (benefit) expense
(339 ) 601 136
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
524 (932 ) (211 )
Comprehensive income
$ 15,837 $ 13,981 $ 13,184
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Serial
Preferred
Stock
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2015
$ $ 67 $ 2,606 $ 113,339 $ (8,385 ) $ 1,435 $ 109,062
Net income
13,395 13,395
Other comprehensive loss
(211 ) (211 )
Purchase of treasury stock
(1,442 ) (1,442 )
Sale of treasury stock
991 991
Cash dividends ($0.51 per share)
(3,208 ) (3,208 )
Amortization of stock-based compensation
341 341
Vesting of restricted stock awards
(256 ) 256
Balance at December 31, 2015
67 2,691 123,526 (8,580 ) 1,224 118,928
Net income
14,913 14,913
Other comprehensive loss
(932 ) (932 )
Purchase of treasury stock
(2,587 ) (2,587 )
Sale of treasury stock
448 448
Cash dividends ($0.59 per share)
(3,666 ) (3,666 )
Amortization of stock-based compensation
419 419
Vesting of restricted stock awards
(282 ) 282
Balance at December 31, 2016
67 2,828 134,773 (10,437 ) 292 127,523
Net income
15,313 15,313
Reclassification adjustment for tax rate change
(161 ) 161
Other comprehensive income
524 524
Purchase of treasury stock
(3,631 ) (3,631 )
Sale of treasury stock
896 896
Shares issued in the acquisition of
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. (653,523
shares)
7 24,677 24,684
Cash dividends ($0.64 per share)
(4,046 ) (4,046 )
Amortization of stock-based compensation
465 465
Vesting of restricted stock awards
(442 ) 442
Balance at December 31, 2017
$ $ 74 $ 27,528 $ 145,879 $ (12,730 ) $ 977 $ 161,728
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses
1,055 320 1,008
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
1,126 900 894
Amortization of intangibles
132 18 18
Net amortization of securities
678 975 935
Amortization of stock-based compensation
465 419 341
Net change in deferred loan fees and costs
651 (167 ) (199 )
Expense (benefit) for deferred income taxes
624 (66 ) 218
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSR) and other
224 558 512
Loss from sale and disposal of premises and equipment
9 64
(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned and valuation allowance
(49 ) 31 (3 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans
51,365 84,526 49,312
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale
(50,898 ) (83,776 ) (49,434 )
Gain on sales of mortgage loans
(895 ) (1,042 ) (674 )
Realized loss on sale of securities available for sale
32 225
Undistributed income of UFS joint venture
(2,390 ) (2,133 ) (2,165 )
Undistributed income of Ansay joint venture
(1,663 ) (1,583 ) (538 )
Net earnings on life insurance
(549 ) (534 ) (529 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets
278 29 (404 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
4,450 793 (136 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
19,949 14,415 12,615
Cash flows from investing activities, net of effects of business combination:
Activity in securities available for sale and held to maturity:
Sales
48,906 9,237
Maturities, prepayments, and calls
12,970 21,493 19,862
Purchases
(49,594 ) (44,671 ) (41,656 )
Net increase in loans
(48,107 ) (69,489 ) (84,400 )
Dividends received from UFS
915 814 731
Dividends received from Ansay
964 933 651
Proceeds from sale of loans acquired in business combination
13,000
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
329 724 1,856
Capital expenditures on real estate held
(50 )
Sales (Purchases) of other investments
500 (750 ) (2,380 )
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment
309
Purchases of premises and equipment
(2,825 ) (1,272 ) (3,075 )
Net cash used in business combination
(19,882 )
Net cash used in investing activities
(42,824 ) (83,031 ) (108,102 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  continued
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Cash flows from financing activities, net of business combination:
Net increase in deposits
$ 34,014 $ 64,445 $ 107,833
Net (decrease) increase in securities sold under repurchase agreements
(2,538 ) 4,489 15,104
Proceeds from advances of borrowed funds
476,500 325,400 221,500
Repayment of borrowed funds
(476,500 ) (325,400 ) (221,500 )
Proceeds from revolving line of credit
5,000 1,300 400
Repayment of revolving line of credit
(1,300 ) (400 )
Proceeds from note payable
3,500
Proceeds from subordinated debt
11,500
Dividends paid
(4,046 ) (3,666 ) (3,208 )
Proceeds from sales of common stock
896 448 991
Repurchase of common stock
(3,631 ) (2,587 ) (1,442 )
Net cash provided by financing activities
44,695 63,129 119,278
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
21,820 (5,487 ) 23,791
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
80,157 85,644 61,853
Cash and cash equivalents at end
$ 101,977 $ 80,157 $ 85,644
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest
$ 6,751 $ 5,793 $ 5,077
Income taxes
7,981 8,202 8,146
Supplemental schedule of noncash activities:
Loans transferred to other real estate owned
2,259 433 765
Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale of loans
428 660 428
Amoritization of unrealized holding gains on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity recognized in other comprehensitve income, net of tax
(80 ) (109 ) (154 )
Change in unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale, net of tax
604 (823 ) (57 )
Acquisition:
Fair value of assets acquired
$ 418,235 $ $
Fair value of liabilities assumed
347,276
Net assets acquired
$ 70,959 $ $
Common stock issued in acquisition
24,684
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The accounting and reporting policies of Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries (Corporation) conform to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States and general practices within the financial institution industry. Significant accounting and reporting policies are summarized below.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Veritas Asset Holdings, LLC (Veritas) and Bank First National (Bank). The Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are Bank First Investments, Inc. and TVG Holdings, Inc. (TVG). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Bank has two investments in minority-owned subsidiaries that are accounted for using the equity method in the consolidated financial statements. The Bank owns 49.8% of UFS, LLC (UFS) which provides data processing solutions to over 50 banks in the Midwest. The Bank also owns 30.0% (28.8% as of December 31, 2016) of Ansay & Associates, LLC (Ansay) providing clients throughout the Midwest with superior insurance and risk management solutions.
Organization
The Corporation provides a variety of financial services to individual and business customers in Northeastern Wisconsin through the Bank. The Bank is subject to competition from other traditional and nontraditional financial institutions and is also subject to the regulations of certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Reserve Bank.
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates. The allowance for loan losses, carrying value of real estate owned, carrying value of goodwill, fair value of mortgage servicing rights, and fair values of financial instruments are inherently subjective and are susceptible to significant change.
Business Combinations
The Corporation accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations (ASC 805). The Corporation recognizes the full fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and immediately expenses transaction costs. There is no separate recognition of the acquired allowance for loan losses on the acquirer’s balance sheet as credit related factors are incorporated directly into the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. If the amount of consideration exceeds the fair value of assets purchased less the fair value of liabilities assumed, goodwill is recorded. Alternatively, if the amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration paid, a gain (bargain purchase gain) is recorded. Fair values are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of an acquisition as information relative to closing date fair values becomes available. Results of operations of the acquired business are included in the statement of income from the effective date of the acquisition. Additional information regarding acquisitions is provided in Note 2.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows in the consolidated financial statements, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing accounts in other financial
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
institutions, and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of three months or less. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one day periods. In the normal course of business, the Corporation maintains cash and due from bank balances with correspondent banks. Accounts at each institution that are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have up to $250,000 of insurance. Total uninsured balances held at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were approximately $3,244,000 and $5,420,000, respectively. The Bank is required to maintain noninterest-bearing deposits on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank to meet specific reserve requirements. For December 31, 2017 and 2016 those required reserves were approximately $10,891,000 and $11,756,000, respectively.
Securities
Securities are classified as held to maturity or available for sale at the time of purchase. Investment securities classified as held to maturity, which management has the intent and ability to hold to maturity, are reported at amortized cost. Investment securities classified as available for sale, which management has the intent and ability to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in stockholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income.
The net carrying value of debt securities classified as held to maturity or available for sale is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts utilizing the effective interest method over the expected estimated maturity. Such amortization and accretion is included as an adjustment to interest income from securities. Interest and dividends are included in interest income from securities.
Transfers of debt securities into the held to maturity classification from the available for sale classification are made at fair value as of the date of transfer. The unrealized holding gain or loss as of the date of transfer is retained in other comprehensive income and in the carrying value of the held to maturity securities, establishing the amortized cost of the security. These unrealized holding gains and losses as of the date of transfer are amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the security.
Unrealized gains or losses considered temporary and the noncredit portion of unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary are reported as an increase or decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit related portion of unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary is recorded in current period earnings. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of specific securities sold, are included in earnings. The Bank evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. As part of such monitoring, the credit quality of individual securities and their issuers are assessed. In addition, management considers the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and that the Corporation does not have the intent to sell the security and it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. Adjustments to market value that are considered temporary are recorded as a separate component of equity, net of tax. If an impairment of security is identified as other-than-temporary based on information available such as the decline in the credit worthiness of the issuer, external market ratings or the anticipated or realized elimination of associated dividends, such impairments are further analyzed to determine if a credit loss exists. If there is a credit loss, it will be recorded in the consolidated statement of income in the period of identification.
Other Investments
Other investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value, and consist of Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB) stock, Federal Reserve Bank stock, Bankers’ Bancorporation stock, investments in other private companies that do not have quoted market prices and preferred stock in a community development project. Other investments are evaluated for impairment at least on an annual basis.
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Loans Held for Sale
Loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market, consisting of the current origination of certain fixed-rate mortgage loans, are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. A gain or loss is recognized at the time of the sale reflecting the present value of the difference between the contractual interest rate of the loans sold and the yield to the investor, adjusted for the initial value of mortgage servicing rights associated with loans sold with servicing retained. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings.
Loans and Related Interest Income — Originated
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are generally reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses. The accrual of interest on loans is calculated using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding and is recognized in the period earned utilizing the loan convention applicable by loan type. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the effective interest method over the estimated life of the loan.
The accrual of interest is discontinued when a loan becomes 90 days past due and is not both well collateralized and in the process of collection, or when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts, that the principal or interest will not be collectible in the normal course of business. When loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed and additional income is recorded only to the extent that payments are received and the collection of principal is reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, when the obligation has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and future payments of principal and interest are reasonably assured. Loans are considered impaired if it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Total impaired loans are evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral rather than on discounted cash flow basis.
Loans and Related Interest Income — Acquired
The loans purchased in the 2017 acquisition were acquired loans. Acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair value at the acquisition date, and are initially classified as either purchase credit impaired (PCI) loans (i.e. loans that reflect credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at acquisition that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments) or purchased non-impaired loans (i.e. performing acquired loans).
PCI loans are accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality, found in FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Receivables — Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. The Corporation estimates the amount and timing of expected principal, interest and other cash flows for each loan or pool of loans meeting the criteria above, and determines the excess of the loan’s scheduled contractual principal and contractual interest payments over all cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition as an amount that should not be accreted. These credit discounts (nonaccretable marks) are included in the determination of the initial fair value for acquired loans; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. Differences between the estimated fair values and expected cash flows of acquired loans at the acquisition date that are not credit-based (accretable marks) are subsequently accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the loans using a method that approximates a level yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Subsequent to the acquisition date for PCI loans, increases in cash flows over those expected at the acquisition date result in a move of the discount from nonaccretable to accretable. Decreases in expected cash flows after the acquisition date are recognized through the provision for loan losses.
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Performing acquired loans are accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-20, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. Performance of certain loans may be monitored and based on management’s assessment of the cash flows and other facts available, portions of the accretable difference may be delayed or suspended if management deems appropriate. The Company’s policy for determining when to discontinue accruing interest on performing acquired loans and the subsequent accounting for such loans is essentially the same as the policy for originated loans described above.
Allowance for Loan Losses — Originated
The allowance for loan losses (ALL) is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense as losses are estimated to have occurred. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
Management regularly evaluates the allowance for loan losses using general economic conditions, the Corporation’s past loan loss experience, composition of the portfolio, and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective since it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change.
The ALL consists of specific reserves for certain impaired loans and general reserves for non-impaired loans. Specific reserves reflect estimated losses on impaired loans from management’s analyses developed through specific credit allocations. The specific credit reserves are based on regular analyses of impaired non-homogenous loans greater than $250,000. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows and collateral values. The general reserve is based on the Bank’s historical loss experience which is updated quarterly. The general reserve portion of the ALL also includes consideration of certain qualitative factors such as 1) changes in lending policies and/or underwriting practices, 2) national and local economic conditions 3) changes in portfolio volume and nature, 4) experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, 5) levels of and trends in past-due and nonaccrual loans and quality, 6) changes in loan review and oversight, 7) impact and effects of concentrations and 8) other issues deemed relevant.
Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.
Allowance for Loan Losses — Acquired
An ALL is calculated using a methodology similar to that described for originated loans. Performing acquired loans are subsequently evaluated for any required allowance at each reporting date. Such required allowance for each loan pool is compared to the remaining fair value discount for that pool. If greater, the excess is recognized as an addition to the allowance through a provision for loan losses. If less than the discount, no additional allowance is recorded. Charge-offs and losses first reduce any remaining fair value discount for the loan pool and once the discount is depleted, losses are applied against the allowance established for that pool.
For PCI loans after acquisition, cash flows expected to be collected are recast for each loan periodically as determined appropriate by management. If the present value of expected cash flows for a loan is less than its carrying value, impairment is reflected by an increase in the ALL and a charge to the provision for loan losses. If the present value of the expected cash flows for a loan is greater than its carrying value, any previously established ALL is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Loans which were considered troubled debt restructurings by Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. prior to the acquisition is not required to be classified as troubled debt restructurings in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements unless or until such loans would subsequently meet criteria to be classified as such, since acquired loans were recorded at their estimated fair values at the time of the acquisition.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Premises and equipment acquired in the 2017 acquisition were recorded at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Gains or losses on disposition of premises and equipment are reflected in income. Premises and equipment, and other long-term assets, are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives.
Buildings and improvements 40 years
Land improvements 20 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 2 – 7 years
Other Real Estate Owned
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated costs to sell the asset, establishing a new cost basis. Any write downs at the time of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan loss. Other real estate owned (OREO) properties acquired in conjunction with the 2017 acquisition were recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation allowance is established if fair value declines below carrying value. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other expenses.
Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Intangible assets consist of the value of core deposits and mortgage servicing assets and the excess of purchase price over fair value of net assets (goodwill). Core deposits are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized on a sum of the years digits basis over a period of one to ten years. See Note 2 for additional information on the 2017 acquisition.
Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of mortgage loans with servicing retained. Servicing rights acquired through sale of financial assets are recorded based on the fair value of the servicing right. The determination of fair value is based on a valuation model and includes stratifying the mortgage servicing rights by predominant characteristics, such as interest rates and terms, and estimating the fair value of each stratum based on the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as costs to service, a discount rate, and prepayment speeds. Changes in fair value are recorded as an adjustment to earnings.
The Corporation performs a “qualitative” assessment of goodwill to determine whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary on at least an annual basis. If it is determined, as a result of performing a qualitative assessment over goodwill, that it is more likely than not that goodwill is impaired, management will perform an impairment test to determine if the carrying value of goodwill is realizable.
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Corporation evaluated goodwill and core deposit intangibles for impairment during 2017, 2016 and 2015, determining that there was no goodwill and core deposit intangible impairment.
Income Taxes
The Corporation files one consolidated federal income tax return and two state returns. Federal income tax expense is allocated to each subsidiary based on an intercompany tax sharing agreement.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been determined using the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities and the current enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences are expected to reverse. Provision (benefit) for deferred taxes is the result of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Treasury Stock
Common stock shares repurchased by the Corporation are recorded as treasury stock at cost.
Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
The Corporation sells securities under repurchase agreements. These transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and are recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The Corporation may have to provide additional collateral to the counterparty, as necessary.
Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments including commitments to extend credit, unfunded commitments under lines of credit, and letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded.
Advertising
Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred.
Per Share Computations
Weighted average shares outstanding were 6,285,901, 6,220,694, and 6,291,319 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends are considered participating securities for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. There were no potentially dilutive instruments outstanding during the periods presented.
Loss Contingencies
Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe that there are any such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Bank, the transferee obtains the right, free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right, to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before maturity.
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Comprehensive Income
GAAP normally requires that recognized revenues, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. In addition to net income, another component of comprehensive income includes the after-tax effect of changes in unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities. This item is reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The Corporation presents comprehensive income in the statement of comprehensive income.
Stock-based Compensation
The Corporation uses the fair value method of recognizing expense for stock-based compensation based on the fair value of restricted stock awards at the date of grant as prescribed by accounting standards codification Topic 781-10 Compensation/Stock Compensation.
Mortgage Banking Derivatives
Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free standing derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest rate on the loan is locked. The Bank enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund loans. The forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans are based on the Bank’s “best efforts” and therefore the Bank is not penalized if a loan is not delivered to the investor if the loan did not get originated. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives generally offset each other and are included in “other income” in the consolidated statements of income.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 implements a common revenue standard that clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer, (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (iii) determine the transaction price, (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (ASU 2015-14) was issued in August 2015 which defers adoption to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. The timing of the Corporation’s revenue recognition is not expected to materially change. The Corporation’s largest portions of revenue, interest and fees on loans and gain on sales of loans, are specifically excluded from the scope of the guidance, and the Corporation currently recognizes the majority of the remaining revenue sources in a manner that management believes is consistent with the new guidance. Because of this, management believes that revenue recognized under the new guidance will generally approximate revenue recognized under current GAAP. These observations are subject to change as the evaluation is completed.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments — Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (ASU 2016-01). This guidance changes how entities account for equity investments that do not result in consolidation and are not accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Entities will be required to measure these investments at fair value at the end of each reporting period and recognize changes in fair value in net income. A practicability exception will be available for equity investments that do not have readily
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
determinable fair values; however, the exception requires the Corporation to adjust the carrying amount for impairment and observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer. This guidance also changes certain disclosure requirements and other aspects of current GAAP. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and for interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for only one of the six amendments. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (ASU 2016-02). The new guidance establishes the principles to report transparent and economically neutral information about the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. Entities will be required to recognize the lease assets and lease liabilities that arise from leases in the statement of financial position and to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about lease transactions, such as information about variable lease payments and options to renew and terminate leases. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 to determine the potential impact it will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Corporation’s assets and liabilities will increase based on the present value of the remaining lease payments for leases in place at the adoption date; however, this is not expected to be material to the Corporation’s results of operations.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (ASU 2016-09). The new guidance simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. Entities will be required to recognize the income tax effects of awards in the income statement when the awards vest or are settled. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this ASU did not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The main objective of the ASU is to provide financial statement users with more decision-useful information about the expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in the ASU replace the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The ASU is effective for the Corporation for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for the fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within this fiscal year. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 on the consolidated financial statements, although the general expectation in the banking industry is that the implementation of this standard will result in higher required balances in the allowance for loan losses.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-03, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (Topic 250) and Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323). The amendments in the ASU add and amend SEC paragraphs pursuant to the SEC staff announcement at the September 22, 2016 and November 17, 2016, Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) meetings. The September announcement is about the disclosure of the impact that recently issued accounting standards will have on the financial statements of a registrant when such standards are adopted in a future period. The announcement applies to ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606); ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842); and ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and to any subsequent amendments to these ASUs that are issued prior to their adoption. The November announcement made amendments to conform the SEC Observer comment on
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
accounting for tax benefits resulting from investments in qualified affordable housing projects to the guidance issued in Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-01, Investments-Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323); Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects. This ASU is intended to improve transparency and is effective upon issuance. The adoption of this ASU is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements other than to enhance the disclosures on the effects of new accounting pronouncements as they move closer to adoption in future periods.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU were issued to address concerns over the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test and resulted in the removal of the second step of the test. The amendments require an entity to apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. This ASU is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of the two-step goodwill impairment test and is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for testing performed after January 1, 2017. Upon adoption, the amendments should be applied on a prospective basis and the entity is required to disclose the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle upon transition. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08, Receivables — Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. The amendments in this ASU shorten the amortization period for certain callable debt securities held at a premium. Specifically, the amendments require the premium to be amortized to the earliest call date. The amendments do not require an accounting change for securities held at a discount as discounts continue to be accreted to maturity. This ASU is intended to more closely align the amortization period of premiums and discounts to expectations incorporated in market pricing on the underlying securities. In most cases, market participants price securities to the call date that produces the worst yield when the coupon is above current market rates and prices securities to maturity when the coupon is below market rates. As a result, the amendments more closely align interest income recorded on bonds held at a premium or a discount with the economics of the underlying instrument. This ASU is intended to reduce diversity in practice and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the amendments should be applied using a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. Additionally, in the period of adoption, an entity should provide disclosures about a change in accounting principles. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718). The amendments in this ASU provide clarity about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting. The ASU is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The Corporation is evaluating the impact this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments of this ASU better align an entity’s accounting and financial reporting for hedging activities with the economic objectives of those activities. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Corporation is evaluating the impact this new standard with have on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Certain Income Tax Effects within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this ASU allow entities to release the income tax effects
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
from other comprehensive income that resulted from H.R.1, An Act to Provide for Reconciliation Pursuant to Titles II and V of the Concurrent Resolution on the Budget for Fiscal Year 2018 (Tax Cuts and Jobs Act). The Corporation elected, as allowed under this amendment, to reclassify the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, totalling $161,000, from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings during the year ended December 31, 2017.
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Stock Compensation — Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting , which simplifies several aspects of the account for nonemployee share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods or services from nonemployees. The amendment is effective for the fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim reporting periods within those fiscal years , with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
Note 2   Acquisition
On October 27, 2017, the Corporation consummated its merger with Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. (Waupaca), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Bank Merger by and between the Corporation and Waupaca dated May 12, 2017, (the Merger Agreement), whereby Waupaca was merged with and into the Corporation, and First National Bank, Waupaca’s wholly owned commercial bank subsidiary serving central Wisconsin, was merged with and into the Bank. The system integration was completed, and six branches of Waupaca opened, on October 30, 2017, as branches of the Bank, expanding its presence into Barron and Waupaca Counties, Wisconsin, bringing the Bank’s footprint to 18 branches as of December 31, 2017.
The purpose of the merger was for strategic reasons beneficial to the Corporation. The acquisition is consistent with its plan to drive growth and efficiency through increased scale, leverage the strengths of each bank across the combined customer base, enhance profitability, and add liquidity and shareholder value.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, Waupaca shareholders had the option to receive either 177.23 shares of the Corporation’s common stock or $6,203.16 in cash for each outstanding share of Waupaca common stock, and cash in lieu of any remaining fractional share. The stock versus cash elections by the Waupaca shareholders were subject to a maximum allowance of seventy percent of the total consideration being paid in cash. As a result of the Waupaca shareholder elections, the Corporation issued 653,523 shares of its common stock amounting to total common stock consideration of approximately $24,684,000 (based on $37.77 per share value.) Additionally $53,376,000 in cash was distributed to complete the merger. Direct stock issuance costs for the merger were immaterial and charged to operations as incurred.
The Corporation accounted for the transaction under the acquisition method of accounting, and thus, the financial position and results of operations of Waupaca prior to the consummation date were not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The accounting required assets purchased and liabilities assumed to be recorded at their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. The Corporation determined the fair value of core deposit intangibles, securities, premises and equipment, loans, OREO, bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) and other assets and deposits with the assistance of third party valuations, appraisals, and third party advisors. The estimated fair values will be subject to refinement as additional information relative to the closing date fair values becomes available through the measurement period of approximately one year from consummation.
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on October 27, 2017 was as follows:
As recorded by
Waupaca
Bancorporation, Inc.
Fair Value
Adjustment
As recorded by
Bank First National
Corporation
(In Thousands)
Cash, cash equivalents and securities
$ 62,174 $ (400 ) $ 61,774
Loans
337,548 1,716 339,264
Other real estate owned
3,348 (640 ) 2,708
Core deposit intangible
3,097 3,097
Fixed assets
7,661 (4,105 ) 3,556
Other assets
8,182 (346 ) 7,836
Total assets acquired
$ 418,913 $ (678 ) $ 418,235
Deposits
$ 344,798 $ 810 $ 345,608
Other liabilities
1,605 63 1,668
Total liabilities acquired
$ 346,403 $ 873 $ 347,276
Excess of assets acquired over liabilities acquired
$ 72,510 $ (1,551 ) $ 70,959
Less: purchase price
78,060
Goodwill
$ 7,101
Note 3   Securities
The following is a summary of available for sale securities (dollar amounts in thousands):
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 499 $ $ (1 ) $ 498
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
58,026 1,467 (103 ) 59,390
Mortgage-backed securities
42,800 157 (322 ) 42,635
Corporate notes
16,602 (82 ) 16,520
Total available for sale securities
$ 117,927 $ 1,624 $ (508 ) $ 119,043
December 31, 2016
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 73,238 $ 502 $ (286 ) $ 73,454
Mortgage-backed securities
26,029 271 (168 ) 26,132
Corporate notes
11,937 (198 ) 11,739
Total available for sale securities
$ 111,204 $ 773 $ (652 ) $ 111,325
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following is a summary of held to maturity securities (dollar amounts in thousands):
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 25,426 $ $ (157 ) $ 25,269
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
14,565 5 (31 ) 14,539
Total held to maturity securities
$ 39,991 $ 5 $ (188 ) $ 39,808
December 31, 2016
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 24,982 $ 29 $ (192 ) $ 24,819
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
6,576 12 (51 ) 6,537
Total held to maturity securities
$ 31,558 $ 41 $ (243 ) $ 31,356
At December 31, 2017, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio related to debt securities. The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose primarily due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary. From the December 31, 2017 tables above, 13 out of 14 U.S. Treasury securities, 17 out of 128 obligations of states and political subdivisions, 19 out of 50 mortgage-backed securities, and 3 out of 4 corporate notes contained unrealized losses. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, management has both the intent and ability to hold securities containing unrealized losses.
The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses of securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollar amounts in thousands):
Less Than 12 Months
Greater Than 12 Months
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2017 – Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 498 $ (1 ) $ $ $ 498 $ (1 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
3,700 (14 ) 2,765 (89 ) 6,465 (103 )
Mortgage-backed securities
29,696 (250 ) 4,316 (72 ) 34,012 (322 )
Corporate notes
12,642 (82 ) 12,642 (82 )
Totals
$ 46,536 $ (347 ) $ 7,081 $ (161 ) $ 53,617 $ (508 )
December 31, 2017 – Held to Maturity
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 10,425 $ (50 ) $ 12,281 $ (107 ) $ 22,706 $ (157 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
1,609 (24 ) 218 (7 ) 1,827 (31 )
Totals
$ 12,034 $ (74 ) $ 12,499 $ (114 ) $ 24,533 $ (188 )
December 31, 2016 – Available for Sale
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 12,601 $ (286 ) $ $ $ 12,601 $ (286 )
Mortgage-backed securities
15,999 (168 ) 15,999 (168 )
Corporate notes
11,639 (198 ) 11,639 (198 )
Totals
$ 40,239 $ (652 ) $ $ $ 40,239 $ (652 )
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Less Than 12 Months
Greater Than 12
Months
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2016 – Held to Maturity
U.S. Treasury securities
$ 14,750 $ (192 ) $ $ $ 14,750 $ (192 )
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
3,517 (51 ) 3,517 (51 )
Totals
$ 18,267 $ (243 ) $ $ $ 18,267 $ (243 )
Contractual maturities will differ from expected maturities for mortgage-backed securities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties. The following is a summary of amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities, by contractual maturity, as of December 31, 2017 (dollar amounts in thousands):
Available For Sale
Held to Maturity
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
$ 4,680 $ 4,685 $ 3,728 $ 3,721
Due after one year through 5 years
19,445 19,522 13,476 13,439
Due after 5 years through ten years
18,015 18,367 19,008 18,869
Due after 10 years
32,987 33,834 3,779 3,779
Subtotal
75,127 76,408 39,991 39,808
Mortgage-backed securities
42,800 42,635
Total
$ 117,927 $ 119,043 $ 39,991 $ 39,808
Following is a summary of the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale, as well as gross gains and losses, from the years ended December 31 (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
2015
Proceeds from sales of securities
$ 48,906 $ 9,237 $
Gross gains on sales
73 15
Gross losses on sales
(105 ) (240 )
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the carrying values of securities pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and for other purposes required or permitted by law were approximately $113,996,000 and $104,925,000, respectively.
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 4   Loans
The composition of loans at December 31 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Commercial/industrial
$ 263,787 $ 202,275
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
418,928 280,081
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
225,290 171,357
Construction and development
75,907 51,904
Residential 1 – 4 family
377,141 283,193
Consumer
33,471 28,418
Other
3,511 8,866
Subtotals
1,398,035 1,026,094
Less allowance for loan losses
11,612 10,728
Loans, net of allowance
1,386,423 1,015,366
Deferred loan fees and costs
(488 ) 163
Loans, net
$ 1,385,935 $ 1,015,529
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses by loan type as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Unallocated
Total
Allowance for loan losses – January 1, 2017
$ 1,905 $ 2,576 $ 1,900 $ 727 $ 2,685 $ 189 $ 84 $ 662 $ 10,728
Charge-offs
(4 ) (1 ) (15 ) (141 ) (7 ) (50 ) (218 )
Recoveries
7 36 1 3 47
Provision
454 279 88 233 148 8 (14 ) (141 ) 1,055
Allowance for loan losses –  December 31, 2017
2,362 2,855 1,987 945 2,728 191 23 521 11,612
ALL ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
121 160 281
ALL ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 2,362 $ 2,734 $ 1,987 $ 945 $ 2,568 $ 191 $ 23 $ 521 $ 11,331
Loans outstanding – December 31, 2017
$ 263,787 $ 418,928 $ 225,290 $ 75,907 $ 377,141 $ 33,471 $ 3,511 $ $ 1,398,035
Loans ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
275 709 984
Loans ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 263,787 $ 418,653 $ 225,290 $ 75,907 $ 376,432 $ 33,471 $ 3,511 $ $ 1,397,051
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Unallocated
Total
Allowance for loan losses – January 1, 2016
$ 2,064 $ 2,354 $ 1,399 $ 314 $ 2,913 $ 175 $ 67 $ 725 $ 10,011
Charge-offs
(6 ) (28 ) (168 ) (12 ) (24 ) (238 )
Recoveries
500 36 68 20 11 635
Provision
(653 ) 222 501 405 (128 ) 6 30 (63 ) 320
Allowance for loan losses – December 31,
2016
1,905 2,576 1,900 727 2,685 189 84 662 10,728
ALL ending balance individually evaluated
for impairment
25 200 225
ALL ending balance collectively evaluated
for impairment
$ 1,880 $ 2,576 $ 1,900 $ 727 $ 2,485 $ 189 $ 84 $ 662 $ 10,503
Loans outstanding – December 31, 2016
$ 202,275 $ 280,081 $ 171,357 $ 51,904 $ 283,193 $ 28,418 $ 8,866 $ $ 956,641
Loans ending balance individually evaluated for impairment
1,891 25 1,122 3,038
Loans ending balance collectively evaluated for impairment
$ 200,384 $ 280,081 $ 171,357 $ 51,879 $ 282,071 $ 28,418 $ 8,866 $ $ 1,023,056
A summary of past due loans as of December 31, 2017 are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
30 – 89 Days
Past Due
Accruing
90 Days
or more
Past Due
Non-Accrual
2017
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 740 $ 15 $ 6,473 $ 7,228
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
4,285 2,016 7,253 13,554
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
239 712 951
Construction and development
758 758
Residential 1 – 4 family
1,470 448 2,878 4,796
Consumer
38 7 53 98
Other
$ 6,772 $ 2,486 $ 18,127 $ 27,385
A summary below of past due loans as of December 31, 2016 are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
30 – 89 Days
Past Due
Accruing
90 Days
or more
Past Due
Non-Accrual
2016
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 854 $ $ 2 $ 856
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
Construction and development
Residential 1 – 4 family
850 25 568 1,443
Consumer
15 2 5 22
Other
$ 1,719 $ 27 $ 575 $ 2,321
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Credit Quality:
We utilize a numerical risk rating system for commercial relationships whose total indebtedness equals $250,000 or more. All other types of relationships (ex: residential and consumer under $250,000 of indebtedness) are assigned a “Pass” rating, unless they have fallen 90 days past due or more, at which time they receive a rating of 7. The Corporation uses split ratings for government guaranties on loans. The portion of a loan that is supported by a government guaranty is included with other Pass credits.
The determination of a commercial loan risk rating begins with completion of a matrix, which assigns scores based on the strength of the borrower’s debt service coverage, collateral coverage, balance sheet leverage, industry outlook, and customer concentration. A weighted average is taken of these individual scores to arrive at the overall rating. This rating is subject to adjustment by the loan officer based on facts and circumstances pertaining to the borrower. Risk ratings are subject to independent review.
Commercial borrowers with ratings between 1 and 5 are considered Pass credits, with 1 being most acceptable and 5 being just above the minimum level of acceptance.
Commercial borrowers rated 6 have potential weaknesses which may jeopardize repayment ability.
Borrowers rated 7 have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses such as the inability to demonstrate significant cash flow for debt service based on analysis of the company’s financial information. These loans remain on accrual status provided full collection of principal and interest is reasonably expected. Otherwise they are deemed impaired and placed on nonaccrual status. Borrowers rated 8 are the same as 7 rated credits with one exception: collection or liquidation in full is not probable.
The breakdown of loans by risk rating as of December 31, 2017 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Pass (1 – 5)
6
7
8
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 247,576 $ 1,222 $ 14,989 $ $ 263,787
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
373,046 1,113 44,522 247 418,928
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
221,844 1,382 2,064 225,290
Construction and development
68,998 6,909 75,907
Residential 1 – 4 family
370,683 6,456 2 377,141
Consumer
33,426 43 2 33,471
Other
3,511 3,511
$ 1,319,084 $ 3,717 $ 74,983 $ 251 $ 1,398,035
The breakdown of loans by risk rating as of December 31, 2016 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Pass (1 – 5)
6
7
8
Total
Commercial/industrial
$ 188,088 $ 5,902 $ 8,285 $ $ 202,275
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
269,252 1,884 8,945 280,081
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
171,357 171,357
Construction and development
51,904 51,904
Residential 1 – 4 family
281,659 1,411 123 283,193
Consumer
28,414 4 28,418
Other
8,866 8,866
$ 999,540 $ 7,786 $ 18,645 $ 123 $ 1,026,094
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The ALL represents management’s estimate of probable and inherent credit losses in the loan portfolio. Estimating the amount of the ALL requires the exercise of significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogenous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of other qualitative factors such as current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset on the consolidated balance sheets. Loan losses are charged off against the ALL, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the ALL. A provision for loan losses (PFLL) is charged to operations based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned, as well as other pertinent factors.
The ALL consists of specific reserves for certain individually evaluated impaired loans and general reserves for collectively evaluated non-impaired loans. Specific reserves reflect estimated losses on impaired loans from management’s analyses developed through specific credit allocations. The specific reserves are based on regular analyses of impaired, non-homogenous loans greater than $250,000. These analyses involve a high degree of judgment in estimating the amount of loss associated with specific loans, including estimating the amount and timing of future cash flows and collateral values. The general reserve is based in part on the Bank’s historical loss experience which is updated quarterly. The general reserve portion of the ALL also includes consideration of certain qualitative factors such as 1) changes in lending policies and/or underwriting practices, 2) national and local economic conditions, 3) changes in portfolio volume and nature, 4) experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, 5) levels of and trends in past-due and nonaccrual loans and quality, 6) changes in loan review and oversight, 7) impact and effects of concentrations and 8) other issues deemed relevant.
There are many factors affecting ALL; some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. The process for determining the ALL (which management believes adequately considers potential factors which might possibly result in credit losses) includes subjective elements and, therefore, may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional PFLL could be required that could adversely affect the Corporation’s earnings or financial position in future periods. Allocations of the ALL may be made for specific loans but the entire ALL is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off or for which an actual loss is realized. As an integral part of their examination process, various regulatory agencies review the ALL as well. Such agencies may require that changes in the ALL be recognized when such regulators’ credit evaluations differ from those of management based on information available to the regulators at the time of their examinations.
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A summary of impaired loans individually evaluated as of December 31, 2017 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Unallocated
Total
With an allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ $ 275 $ $ $ 523 $ $ $ $ 798
Unpaid principal balance
275 523 798
Related allowance
121 160 281
With no related allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ $ $ $ $ 186 $ $ $ $ 186
Unpaid principal balance
186 186
Related allowance
Total:
Recorded investment
$ $ 275 $ $ $ 709 $ $ $ $ 984
Unpaid principal balance
275 709 984
Related allowance
121 160 281
Average recorded investment
$ 946 $ 138 $ $ 13 $ 916 $ $ $ $ 2,013
A summary of impaired loans individually evaluated as of December 31, 2016 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Commercial/​
Industrial
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Owner
Occupied
Commercial
Real
Estate – 
Non-Owner
Occupied
Construction
and
Development
Residential
1 – 4
Family
Consumer
Other
Unallocated
Total
With an allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ 1,875 $ $ $ $ 540 $ $ $ $ 2,415
Unpaid principal balance
1,875 540 2,415
Related allowance
25 200 225
With no related allowance recorded:
Recorded investment
$ 16 $ $ $ 25 $ 582 $ $ $ $ 623
Unpaid principal balance
16 25 582 623
Related allowance
Total:
Recorded investment
$ 1,891 $ $ $ 25 $ 1,122 $ $ $ $ 3,038
Unpaid principal balance
1,891 25 1,122 3,038
Related allowance
25 200 225
Average recorded investment
$ 946 $ 140 $ $ 13 $ 1,086 $ $ $ $ 2,184
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Interest recognized while these loans were impaired is considered immaterial to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
The following table presents loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality as of December 31, 2017. No loans in this table had a related allowance at December 31, 2017, and therefore, the below disclosures were not expanded to include loans with and without a related allowance.
Recorded
Investment
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Commercial/industrial
$ 628 $ 738
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
2,609 2,951
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
712 1,213
Construction and development
758 884
Residential 1 – 4 family
2,153 3,108
Consumer
6 16
Other
$ 6,866 $ 8,910
Due to the nature of these loan relationships, prepayment expectations have not been considered in the determination of future cash flows. Management regularly monitors these loan relationships, and if information becomes available that indicates expected cash flows will differ from initial expectations, it may necessitate reclassification between accretable and non-accretable components of the original discount calculation.
The following table represents the change in the accretable and non-accretable components of discounts on loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality during the year ended December 31, 2017:
Accretable
discount
Non-
Accretable
discount
Balance at beginning of period
$ $
Acquired balance, net
1,673 2,848
Reclassification between accretable and non-accretable
Accretion to loan interest income
(8 )
Disposals of loans
(1,082 ) (2,048 )
Balance at end of period
$ 583 $ 800
A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) includes a loan modification where u borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and we grant a concession to that borrower that we would not otherwise consider except for the borrower’s financial difficulties. A TDR may be either on accrual or nonaccrual status based upon the performance of the borrower and management’s assessment of collectability. If a TDR is placed on nonaccrual status, it remains there until a sufficient period of performance under the restructured terms has occurred at which time it is returned to accrual status, generally six months. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016 the Corporation had specific reserves of  $-0- and $25,000 for TDR’s respectively, and none of them have subsequently defaulted.
156

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Corporation did not have any troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2017. The following table presents the troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2016:
(dollar amounts in thousands)
Number of
Contracts
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
Commercial/Industrial
1 $ 1,875 $ 1,875
Construction and development
1 $ 53 $ 25
Residential 1 – 4 family
1 $ 178 $ 178
Note 5   Related Party Matters
Directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders of the Corporation, including their families and firms in which they are principal owners, are considered to be related parties. Loans to officers, directors, and shareholders owning 10% or more of the Corporation, that we are aware of, were made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
A summary of loans to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders, and their affiliates for the years ended December 31 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Balances at beginning
$ 50,245 $ 34,434
New loans and advances
28,473 27,453
Repayments
(12,969 ) (11,642 )
Balance at end
$ 65,749 $ 50,245
Deposits from directors, executive officers, principal shareholders, and their affiliates totaled approximately $12,094,000 and $9,579,000 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Note 6   Mortgage Servicing Rights
Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are recognized as separate assets when loans sold in the secondary market are sold with servicing retained. The Corporation utilizes a third party consulting firm to determine an accurate assessment of the mortgage servicing rights fair value. The third party firm collects relevant data points from numerous sources. Some of these data points relate directly to the pricing level or relative value of the mortgage servicing while other data points relate to the assumptions used to derive fair value. In addition, the valuation evaluates specific collateral types, and current and historical performance of the collateral in question. The valuation process focuses on the non-distressed secondary servicing market, common industry practices and current regulatory standards. The primary determinants of the fair value of mortgage servicing rights are servicing fee percentage, ancillary income, expected loan life or prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service, delinquency rates, foreclosure losses and recourse obligations. The valuation data also contains interest rate shock analyses for monitoring fair value changes in differing interest rate environments.
157

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Following is an analysis of activity for the years ended December 31 in servicing rights assets that are measured at fair value (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Fair value beginning of year
$ 2,406 $ 2,304
Servicing asset additions
428 660
Loan payments and payoffs
(440 ) (544 )
Changes in valuation inputs and assumptions used in the valuation model
216 (14 )
Amount recognized through earnings
204 102
Fair value at end of year
$ 2,610 $ 2,406
Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others (in thousands)
$ 316,253 $ 305,605
Mortgage servicing rights as a percent of loans serviced for others
0.83 0.79
During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Corporation utilized economic assumptions in measuring the initial value of MSRs for loans sold whereby servicing is retained by the Corporation. The economic assumptions used at December 31, 2017 and 2016 included constant prepayment speed of 9.5 and 11.3 months, respectively, and a discount rate of 10.00% and 10.00% respectively. The constant prepayment speeds are obtained from publicly available sources for each of the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) loan programs that the Corporation originates under. The assumptions used by the Corporation are hypothetical and supported by a third party valuation. The Corporation’s methodology for estimating the fair value of MSRs is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions.
The carrying value of the mortgage servicing rights is included with intangible assets and approximates fair market value at December 31, 2017 and 2016. Changes in fair value are recognized through the income statement as loan servicing income.
Note 7   Premises and Equipment
An analysis of premises and equipment at December 31 follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Land and land improvements
$ 2,581 $ 1,948
Buildings and building improvements
19,182 14,052
Furniture and equipment
5,650 5,473
Totals
27,413 21,473
Less accumulated depreciation
8,835 8,150
Premises and equipment, net
$ 18,578 $ 13,323
Included in buildings and improvements at December 31, 2017 and 2016, is $1,884,000 and $64,000, respectively, in construction in progress. These amounts relate to branch locations which were under construction. These balances begin accumulating depreciation upon being placed in service.
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment charged to operating expense totaled approximately $1,126,000, $900,000, and $894,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively.
158

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 8   Other Real Estate Owned
Changes in OREO for the years ended December 31 were as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Beginning of year
$ 1,583 $ 1,855
Transfers in
2,259 433
Assets Acquired
2,708
Capitalized improvements
50
Valuation allowances
16 (37 )
Gain (loss) on other real estate owned
33 6
Sales
(329 ) (724 )
End of year
$ 6,270 $ 1,583
Activity in the valuation allowance for the years ended December 31 was as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
2015
Beginning of year
$ 2,094 $ 2,142 $ 2,144
Additions charged to expense
37 28
Valuation relieved due to sale of OREO
(16 ) (85 )
End of year
$ 2,078 $ 2,094 $ 2,142
Note 9   Investment in Minority-owned Subsidiaries
The Corporation has a 49.8% membership interest in UFS. The business operations of UFS consist of providing data processing and other information technology services to the Corporation and other financial institutions. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, UFS had total assets of  $20,803,000 and $18,064,000 and liabilities of  $2,641,000 and $3,042,000, respectively. The Corporation’s investment in UFS was $8,947,000 and $7,472,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The investment is accounted for on the equity method. The Corporation’s undistributed earnings from its investment in UFS were approximately $2,390,000, $2,133,000, and $2,165,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Data processing service fees paid by the Corporation to UFS were approximately $2,069,000, $1,563,000, and $1,176,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Corporation has a contract with UFS that was renewed for five years on January 1, 2018.
The Corporation’s proportionate share of earnings of UFS flow through to its tax return. Deferred income taxes of approximately $679,000 and $886,000 were provided to account for the difference in the tax and book basis of assets and liabilities held at UFS at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Corporation received $915,000, $814,000 and $731,000 in dividends from UFS, respectively.
TVG, the insurance subsidiary of the Bank, has a 30.0% (up from 28.8% at December 31, 2016) investment in Ansay. Ansay is a family-owned independent insurance agency that has operated in southeastern Wisconsin since 1946, managing the insurance and risk needs of commercial and personal insurance clients in Wisconsin and the Midwest. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, Ansay had total assets of  $43,339,000 and $41,711,000 and liabilities of  $26,356,000 and $25,524,000, respectively. The Corporation’s investment in Ansay, which is accounted for using the equity method, was $12,568,000 and $11,869,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Corporation recognized undistributed earnings of approximately $1,663,000, $1,583,000 and $538,000 and received dividends of  $964,000, $933,000 and $651,000 from its investment in Ansay during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
159

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, Ansay had term loans with the Bank totaling approximately $14,100,000 and $16,694,000, respectively. Ansay has an available revolving line of credit of  $1.0 million with the Corporation with no amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
Ansay maintained deposits at the Bank totaling $6,919,000 and $5,047,000 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The CEO of Ansay, Michael G. Ansay, serves as Chairman of the Board of the Corporation. As a related party, during 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Corporation purchased director and officer fidelity bond and commercial insurance coverage through Ansay spending approximately $164,000, $129,000 and $198,000, respectively.
The Corporation’s proportionate share of earnings of Ansay flow through to its tax return. Deferred income taxes of approximately $696,000 and $1,069,000 were provided to account for the difference in the tax and book basis of assets and liabilities held at Ansay as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
Note 10   Identifiable Intangible Assets
The gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of intangible assets (excluding goodwill) for the years ended December 31 are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Intangible
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Intangible
Accumulated
Amortization
Core deposit intangible
$ 3,097 $ 129 $ 232 $ 229
Mortgage servicing rights
2,610 2,406
Totals
$ 5,707 $ 129 $ 2,638 $ 229
Amortization expense was $132,000 for year ended December 31, 2017 and $18,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.
Mortgage servicing rights are carried at fair value; therefore, there is no amortization expense. The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense of amortizing intangible assets. The projections of amortization expense are based on existing asset balances as of December 31, 2017 (dollar amounts in thousands):
Core
Deposit
Intangible
2018
$ 756
2019
645
2020
535
2021
424
2022
313
Thereafter
295
Total
$ 2,968
Note 11   Goodwill
Goodwill was $15,085,000 at December 31, 2017 and $7,984,000 at December 31, 2016. As detailed in Note 2, there were additions to the carrying amount of goodwill in 2017 of approximately $7,101,000 related to the Waupaca acquisition.
160

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 12   Deposits
The composition of deposits at December 31 is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$ 436,616 $ 326,153
Interest-bearing demand deposits
114,733 87,544
Savings deposits
580,665 536,828
Time deposits
374,628 176,495
Total deposits
$ 1,506,642 $ 1,127,020
Time deposits of  $250,000 or more were approximately $58,168,000 and $32,414,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2017, are summarized as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2018
$ 226,313
2019
85,579
2020
30,430
2021
23,433
2022
8,563
Thereafter
310
Total
$ 374,628
Note 13   Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements
Securities sold under repurchase agreements have contractual maturities up to one year from the transaction date with variable and fixed rate terms. The agreements to repurchase securities require that the Corporation (seller) repurchase identical securities as those that are sold. The securities underlying the agreements were under the Corporation’s control.
Information concerning securities sold under repurchase agreements at December 31 consists of the following (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
2015
Outstanding balance at the end of the year
$ 47,568 $ 50,106 $ 45,617
Weighted average interest rate at the end of the year
1.44 % 0.69 % 0.20 %
Average balance during the year
$ 26,537 $ 24,646 $ 31,695
Average interest rate during the year
1.01 % 0.28 % 0.22 %
Maximum month end balance during the year
$ 53,745 $ 50,106 $ 59,560
Note 14   Notes Payable
The Bank had no advances outstanding from FHLB at December 31, 2017 or 2016. From time to time the Bank utilized short-term FHLB advances to fund liquidity during 2017 and 2016.
At December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, total loans available to be pledged as collateral on FHLB borrowings were approximately $564.4 and $525.8 million and, of that total, $262.4 and $351.9 million qualified as eligible collateral. The Bank owned $4.5 million and $5.0 million of FHLB stock at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank had $20.7 and $21.5 million of credit outstanding from the FHLB, respectively, which consisted entirely of letters of
161

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
credit. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank had available liquidity of  $241.7 and $330.4 million for future draws, respectively. FHLB stock is included in other investments at December 31, 2017 and 2016. This stock is recorded at cost, which approximates fair value.
The Corporation maintains a $5,000,000 line of credit with a commercial bank. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Corporation had outstanding balances on this note of  $5,000,000 and $-0-, respectively. The note requires monthly payments of interest at a variable rate (3.64% and 3.50% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively) with a floor of 3.50%, and is due in full on May 25, 2018.
The Corporation maintains a $5,000,000 line of credit with another commercial bank (reduced from $10,000,000 at December 31, 2016). There were no outstanding balances on this note at December 31, 2017 or 2016. Any future borrowings under this note would carry interest at a variable rate with a floor of 3.25%, due in full on May 19, 2018.
During September 2017 the Corporation entered into a term loan agreement with a commercial bank. The Corporation has up to twelve months from entering this agreement to borrow funds up to a maximum availability of  $5,000,000. As of December 31, 2017, the Corporation had borrowed $3,500,000 under this agreement. Borrowings bear interest at a variable rate (4.25% as of December 31, 2017) and are payable in thirty-six equal quarterly installments beginning with the first quarter after the twelve month draw period. This note matures during September 2027.
The following table shows the maturity schedule of the notes payable as of December 31, 2017 (in thousands).
Total
2018
$ 5,101
2019
328
2020
342
2021
357
2022
372
Thereafter
2,000
Total
$ 8,500
Note 15   Subordinated Debt
During September 2017, the Corporation entered into subordinated note agreements with three separate commercial banks. The Corporation has up to twelve months from entering these agreements to borrow funds up to a maximum availability of  $22,500,000. As of December 31, 2017, the Corporation had borrowed $11,500,000 under these agreements. These notes were all issued with 10-year maturities, carry interest at a variable rate (5.00% as of December 31, 2017) payable quarterly, are callable on or after the sixth anniversary of their issuance dates, and qualify for Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes.
162

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 16   Income Taxes
The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
2015
Current tax expense:
Federal
$ 6,340 $ 6,034 $ 4,992
State
1,862 1,738 1,544
Total current
8,202 7,772 6,536
Deferred tax expenses (benefit):
Impact of change in tax rate from tax legislation
642
Federal
(12 ) (53 ) 174
State
(6 ) (13 ) 44
Total deferred
624 (66 ) 218
Total provision for income taxes
$ 8,826 $ 7,706 $ 6,754
A summary of the sources of differences between income taxes at the federal statutory rate and the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
2015
Tax expense at statutory rate
$ 8,449 $ 7,917 $ 7,052
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Tax-exempt interest
(1,279 ) (1,068 ) (941 )
State taxes (net of Federal benefit)
1,210 1,128 999
Cash surrender value of life insurance
(192 ) (186 ) (182 )
ESOP dividend
(121 ) (104 ) (94 )
Tax credits
(117 ) (122 ) (122 )
Nondeductible expenses associated with acquisition
160
Deferred tax rate differential from tax legislation
642
Other
74 141 42
Total provision for income taxes
$ 8,826 $ 7,706 $ 6,754
163

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Deferred income taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are included in other liabilities of the balance sheet. The major components of the net deferred tax asset (liability) as of December 31 are presented below (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred compensation
$ 1,049 $ 1,385
Allowance for loan losses
3,163 4,306
Accrued vacation and severance
109 45
Other real estate owned
355 595
Other
121 114
Total deferred tax assets
4,797 6,445
Deferred tax liabilities:
Investment in acquisition and discount accretion
(112 ) (132 )
Mortgage servicing rights
(711 ) (966 )
Premises and equipment
(376 ) (719 )
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
(366 ) (188 )
Other investments
(209 ) (308 )
Prepaid expenses
(307 ) (35 )
Investment in minority owned subsidiaries
(1,376 ) (1,955 )
Total deferred tax liabilities
(3,457 ) (4,303 )
Net deferred tax asset
$ 1,340 $ 2,142
Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only if the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Corporation recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. When applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions are calculated based on the guidance from the relevant tax authority and included in income tax expense. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was no liability for uncertain tax positions. Federal income tax returns for 4 years ended December 31, 2014 through 2017 remain open and subject to review by applicable tax authorities. State income tax returns for 5 years ended December 31, 2013 through 2017 remain open and subject to review by applicable tax authorities.
On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act which, among other provisions, reduces the corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. As a result of the newly enacted tax rate, the Corporation recorded a writedown to its net deferred tax asset of approximately $642,000. The write down resulted in an equivalent increase in tax expense.
Note 17   Employee Benefit Plans
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The Corporation has a defined contribution profit sharing 401(k) plan which includes the provisions for an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP). The plan is available to all employees over 18 years of age after completion of three months of service. Employees participating in the plan may elect to defer a minimum of 2% of compensation up to the limits specified by law. All participants of the 401(k) plan are eligible for the ESOP and may allocate their contributions to purchase shares of the Corporation’s stock. As
164

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the plan held 557,548 and 541,016 shares, respectively. These shares are included in the calculation of the Corporation’s earnings per share. The Corporation may make discretionary contributions up to the limits established by IRS regulations. The discretionary match was 35% of participant contributions up to 10% of the employee’s salary in 2017, 2016, and 2015. The Corporation made additional discretionary contributions to the plan of  $532,000, $500,000, $378,000 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Total expense associated with the plans was approximately $842,000, $767,000 and $624,000 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Share-based Compensation
The Corporation has made restricted share grants during 2017, 2016 and 2015 pursuant to the Bank First National Corporation 2011 Equity Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to provide financial incentives for selected employees and for the non-employee Directors of the Corporation, thereby promoting the long-term growth and financial success of the Corporation. The Corporation stock to be offered under the Plan pursuant to Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR), performance unit awards, and restricted stock and unrestricted Corporation stock awards must be Corporation stock previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by the Corporation. The number of shares of Corporation stock that may be issued pursuant to awards under the Plan shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 659,250. As of December 31, 2017, 142,465 shares of Corporation stock has been awarded under the Plan. Compensation expense for restricted stock is based on the fair value of the awards of Bank First National Corporation common stock at the time of grant. The value of restricted stock grants that are expected to vest is amortized into expense over the vesting periods. For the year ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, compensation expense of  $465,000, $419,000 and $341,000, respectively, was recognized related to restricted stock awards.
As of December 31, 2017, there was $1,027,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards granted under the plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.65 years. The aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock awards that vested during 2017 was approximately $442,000.
For the year ended
December 31, 2017
For the year ended
December 31, 2016
Shares
Weighted – 
Average Grant – 
Date Fair Value
Shares
Weighted – 
Average Grant – 
Date Fair Value
Restricted Stock
Outstanding at beginning of year
59,543 $ 21.98 53,677 $ 18.90
Granted
15,975 35.00 21,635 26.63
Vested
(21,899 ) 20.20 (15,769 ) 17.86
Forfeited or cancelled
Outstanding at end of year
53,619 26.59 59,543 21.98
Deferred Compensation Plan
The Corporation has a deferred compensation agreement with one of its former executive officers. The benefits were payable beginning June 30, 2009, the date of termination of employment with the Corporation via retirement. The estimated annual cash benefit payment upon retirement at the age of 70 under the salary continuation plan is $108,011. The payoff is for the participant’s lifetime and is guaranteed to the participant or their surviving beneficiary for a minimum of 15 years. Related expense for this agreement was approximately $31,000, $35,000, and $39,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The vested present value of future payments of approximately $602,000 and $678,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, is included in other liabilities. During 2017 and 2016 the discount rate used to present value the future payments of this obligation was 4.95%.
165

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The Corporation has a nonqualified deferred compensation plan which permits eligible participants to defer a portion of their compensation. The benefits are generally payable beginning with the earlier of attaining age 70 or resignation from the Corporation. During 2017, this plan was amended to require that benefits paid from the plan be paid in shares of common stock of the Corporation. Prior to this amendment, benefit distributions could be paid either in shares of common stock, or a cash distribution equal to the accumulated value of the benefits owed. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the obligations under this plan were valued at $3,249,000 and $2,773,000, respectively, and were included in other liabilities. Expense associated with this plan was approximately $144,000, $585,000 and $264,000 in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Note 18   Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters
The Bank, as a national bank, is subject to the dividend restrictions set forth by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Under such restrictions, the Bank may not, without the prior approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings (as defined) plus the retained earnings (as defined) from the prior two years. The dividends that the Bank could declare without the prior approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency as of December 31, 2017 totaled approximately $34,774,000. The payment of dividends may be further limited because of the need for the Bank to maintain capital ratios satisfactory to applicable regulatory agencies.
The Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements and the Bank’s financial statements. These capital requirements were modified in 2013 with the Basel III capital rules, which establish a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The Corporation and Bank became subject to the new rules on January 1, 2015, with a phase-in period for many of the new provisions. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Corporation and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measure of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and the classifications are also subject to qualitative judgment by the regulator in regards to components, risk weighting and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1 and total capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). It is management’s opinion, as of December 31, 2017, that the Corporation and the Bank meet all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
The Basel III capital rule requires that banking organizations maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%, and a total capital ratio of 8.0% to be considered “adequately capitalized.” The Basel III capital rule also includes a capital conservation buffer requirement above the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements that banking organizations must meet in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions (including dividends and repurchases of any Tier 1 capital instrument, including common and qualifying preferred stock) and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments. The multi-year phase-in of the capital conservation buffer requirement began on January 1, 2016, and, for 2017, banking organizations are required to maintain a CET1 capital ratio of at least 5.125%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.625%, and a total capital ratio of at least 8.625% to avoid limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments. When fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, banking organizations must maintain a CET1 capital ratio of at least 7.0%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of at least 10.5% to avoid limitations on capital distributions and certain discretionary incentive compensation payments.
166

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of December 31, 2017, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The minimum amounts required for capital adequacy purposes and to be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions as well as the Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31 are presented in the following table (dollar amounts in thousands):
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
2017
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Corporation
$ 165,809 10.80 % $ 122,868 8.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 171,642 11.20 % $ 122,643 8.00 % $ 153,304 10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Corporation
$ 142,697 9.29 % $ 92,151 6.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,030 10.44 % $ 91,982 6.00 % $ 122,643 8.00 %
Common Equity
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Corporation
$ 142,697 9.29 % $ 69,113 4.50 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,030 10.44 % $ 68,987 4.50 % $ 99,647 6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
Corporation
$ 142,697 8.47 % $ 67,415 4.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 160,030 9.56 % $ 66,984 4.00 % $ 83,780 5.00 %
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
2016
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Corporation
$ 129,974 11.69 % $ 88,966 8.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 126,685 11.41 % $ 88,789 8.00 % $ 110,986 10.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Corporation
$ 119,246 10.72 % $ 66,724 6.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 115,957 10.45 % $ 66,592 6.00 % $ 88,789 8.00 %
Common Equity
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):
Corporation
$ 119,246 10.72 % $ 50,043 4.50 % NA NA
Bank
$ 115,957 10.45 % $ 49,944 4.50 % $ 72,141 6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets):
Corporation
$ 119,246 8.94 % $ 53,340 4.00 % NA NA
Bank
$ 115,957 8.72 % $ 53,214 4.00 % $ 66,518 5.00 %
167

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 19   Segment Information
Bank First National Corporation, through the branch network of its subsidiary, Bank First National, provides a full range of consumer and commercial financial institution services to individuals and businesses in Northeastern Wisconsin. These services include credit cards; secured and unsecured consumer, commercial, and real estate loans; demand, time, and savings deposits; and ATM processing. The Corporation also offers a full-line of insurance services through its equity investment in Ansay and offers data processing services through its equity investment in UFS.
While the Corporation’s chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of various Corporation products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Corporation-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the Corporation’s financial institution operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.
Note 20   Commitments and Contingencies
The Corporation enters into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Accordingly, such commitments, along with any related fees received from potential borrowers, are recorded at fair value in derivative assets or liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in the net gain or loss on sale of mortgage loans. Fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements and for fixed rate commitments also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and committed rates. The notional amount of rate lock commitments at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, was $3,186,000 and $5,551,000.
The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Bank’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual or notional amount of these commitments. The Bank follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon and some of the commitments may not be drawn upon to the total extent of the commitment, the notional amount of these commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
The following commitments were outstanding at December 31 (dollar amounts in thousands):
Notional Amount
2017
2016
Commitments to extend credit:
Fixed
$ 39,027 $ 33,398
Variable
264,995 228,760
Credit card arrangements
5,642 4,492
Letters of credit
25,904 25,909
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at fixed or variable rates as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The amount of collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant, and equipment; real estate; and stocks and bonds.
Letters of credit include $12,564,000 of direct pay letters of credit and $13,340,000 of standby letters of credit. Direct pay letters of credit generally are issued to support the marketing of industrial development revenue and housing bonds and provide that all debt service payments will be paid by drawing
168

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
on the letter of credit. The letter of credit draws are then repaid by draws from the customer’s bank account. Standby letters of credit are conditional lending commitments issued by the Corporation to guaranty the performance of a customer to a third party. Generally, all standby letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Corporation generally holds collateral supporting these commitments. The majority of the Corporation’s loans, commitments, and letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Corporation’s market area. The concentrations of credit by type are set forth in Note 4. Standby letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers. Management believes the diversity of the local economy will prevent significant losses in the event of an economic downturn.
Note 21   Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.
Level 1:
Quoted prices (unadjusted) or identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2:
Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3:
Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Instruments
Measured
At Fair
Value
Quoted Prices
In Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2017
Assets
Securities available for sale Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 59,390 $ $ 58,890 $ 500
Mortgage-backed securities
42,635 42,635
Corporate notes
16,520 16,520
U.S. Treasury securities
498 498
Mortgage servicing rights
2,610 2,610
Liabilities
Salary continuation plan
602 602
December 31, 2016
Assets
Securities available for sale Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 73,454 $ $ 72,444 $ 1,010
Mortgage-backed securities
26,132 26,132
Corporate notes
11,739 11,739
Mortgage servicing rights
2,406 2,406
Liabilities
Salary continuation plan
678 678
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Fair value of assets measured on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) are as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Total securities at beginning of year
$ 1,010 $ 1,010
Included in earnings
Included in other comprehensive income
Purchases, issuance, and settlements
Transfer in and/or out of level 3
(510 )
Total securities at end of year
$ 500 $ 1,010
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis is as follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
Assets
Measured
At Fair
Value
Quoted Prices
In Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2017
Other real estate owned
$ 6,270 $ $ $ 6,270
Impaired Loans, net of impairment reserve
18,372 18,372
$ 24,642 $ $ $ 24,642
December 31, 2016
Other real estate owned
$ 1,583 $ $ $ 1,583
Impaired Loans, net of impairment reserve
2,190 2,190
$ 3,773 $ $ $ 3,773
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used by the Company for the items noted in the table above, including the general classification of such instruments in the fair value hierarchy. For individually evaluated impaired loans, the amount of impairment is based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or the estimated liquidity of the note. For OREO, the fair value is based upon the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral adjusted for the expected costs to sell. The following table shows significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of Level 3 assets:
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable
Inputs
Range of
Discounts
Weighted
Average
Discount
As of December 31, 2017
Other real estate owned
Third party appraisals, sales contracts or brokered price options
Collateral discounts and estimated costs to sell
0% – 100%
15.7%
Impaired loans
Third party appraisals and discounted cash flows
Collateral discounts and discount rates
0% – 100%
6.1%
As of December 31, 2016
Other real estate owned
Third party appraisals, sales contracts or brokered price options
Collateral discounts and estimated costs to sell
0% – 84%
4.4%
Impaired loans
Third party appraisals and discounted cash flows
Collateral discounts and discount rates
1% – 37%
9.3%
170

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Corporation to estimate fair value of financial instruments.
Cash and cash equivalents —  Fair value approximates the carrying amount.
Securities —  The fair value measurement is obtained from an independent pricing service and is based on recent sales of similar securities and other observable market data.
Loans held for sale —  Fair value is based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices.
Loans —  Fair value of variable rate loans that reprice frequently are based on carrying value. Fair value of other loans is estimated by discounting future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. Fair value of impaired and other nonperforming loans are estimated using discounted expected future cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral, if applicable.
Other investments —  The carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets for other investments approximates the fair value of these assets.
Mortgage servicing rights —  Fair values were determined using the present value of future cash flows.
Cash value of life insurance —  The carrying amount approximates its fair value.
Deposits —  Fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits, savings, and money market accounts, by definition, is the amount payable on demand on the reporting date. Fair value of fixed-rate time deposits is estimated using discounted cash flows applying interest rates currently offered on similar time deposits.
Securities sold under repurchase agreements —  The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements with variable rates or due on demand is the amount payable at the reporting date. The fair value of securities sold under repurchase agreements with fixed terms is estimated using discounted cash flows with discount rates at interest rates currently offered for securities sold under repurchase agreements of similar remaining values.
Notes payable and Subordinated notes —  Rates currently available to the Corporation for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt. Fair value of borrowings is estimated by discounting future cash flows using the current rates at which similar borrowings would be made. Fair value of borrowed funds due on demand is the amount payable at the reporting date.
Off-balance-sheet instruments —  Fair value is based on quoted market prices of similar financial instruments where available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreement and the company’s credit standing. Since this amount is immaterial, no amounts for fair value are presented.
171

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The carrying value and estimated fair value of financial instruments at December 31 follows (dollar amounts in thousands):
2017
2016
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Estimated
Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 101,977 $ 101,977 $ 80,157 $ 80,157
Securities held to maturity
39,991 39,808 31,558 31,356
Securities available for sale
119,043 119,043 111,325 111,325
Loans, net
1,385,935 1,375,864 1,015,529 1,012,343
Other investments, at cost
7,226 7,226 6,088 6,088
Mortgage servicing rights
2,610 2,610 2,406 2,406
Cash surrender value of life insurance
23,722 23,722 20,549 20,549
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
$ 1,506,642 $ 1,454,580 $ 1,127,020 $ 1,097,042
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
47,568 47,568 50,106 50,106
Notes payable
8,500 8,500
Subordinated notes
11,500 11,500
The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Corporation’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. Consequently, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Corporation.
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Corporation’s entire holdings of a particular instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters that could affect the estimates. Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments.
Deposits with no stated maturities are defined as having a fair value equivalent to the amount payable on demand. This prohibits adjusting fair value derived from retaining those deposits for an expected future period of time. This component, commonly referred to as a deposit base intangible, is neither considered in the above amounts nor is it recorded as an intangible asset on the consolidated balance sheet. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets and liabilities include premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.
172

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 22   Parent Company Only Financial Statements
Balance Sheets
(in thousands)
December 31
2017
2016
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 360 $ 105
Investment in Bank
179,060 124,234
Investment in Veritas
2,367 2,830
Other assets
929 885
TOTAL ASSETS
$ 182,716 $ 128,054
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities
Notes payable
$ 8,500 $
Subordinated notes
11,500
Other liabilities
988 531
Total liabilities
20,988 531
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock
74 67
Additional paid-in capital
27,528 2,828
Retained earnings
145,879 134,773
Treasury stock, at cost
(12,730 ) (10,437 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
977 292
Total stockholders’ equity
161,728 127,523
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$ 182,716 $ 128,054
173

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Statements of Income
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Income:
Dividends received from Bank
$ 19,480 $ 6,350 $ 3,500
Rental income received from Bank
49
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
(3,773 ) 8,866 10,132
Other income
29
Total income
15,707 15,216 13,710
Other expenses
648 499 469
Benefit for income taxes
(254 ) (196 ) (154 )
Net income
$ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395
174

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Cash flow from operating activities:
Net income
$ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
21
Gain from sale and disposal of premises and equipment
(29 )
Stock compensation
465 419 341
Equity in (includes dividends) earnings of subsidiaries
(15,707 ) (15,216 ) (13,632 )
Changes in other assets and liabilities:
Other assets
(44 ) (107 ) 1
Other liabilities
457 (191 ) (83 )
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
484 (182 ) 14
Cash flows from investing activities, net of effects of business combination:
Sales of premises and equipment
240
Purchase of securities
(750 )
Dividends received from Bank
19,480 6,350 3,500
Dividends received from Veritas
450 317
Net cash used in business combination
(33,378 )
Contribution to subsidiaries
(50 )
Net cash provided by investing activities
(13,448 ) 5,550 4,057
Cash flows from financing activities, net of effects of business combination:
Proceeds from revolving line of credit
5,000
Proceeds from senior term debt
3,500
Proceeds from subordinated notes
11,500
Cash dividends paid
(4,046 ) (3,666 ) (3,208 )
Issuance of common stock
896 448 991
Repurchase of common stock
(3,631 ) (2,587 ) (1,442 )
Net cash used in financing activities
13,219 (5,805 ) (3,659 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
255 (437 ) 412
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
105 542 130
Cash and cash equivalents at end
$ 360 $ 105 $ 542
Supplemental schedule of noncash activities:
Amortization of unrealized holding gains on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax
$ (80 ) $ (109 ) $ (154 )
Change in unrealized loss on investment securities available for sale, net of tax
604 (823 ) (57 )
Property contributed at net book value to Bank
598
175

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Bank First National Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 23   Earnings Per Common Share
See Note 1 for the Corporation’s accounting policy regarding per share computations. Earnings per common share and related information are summarized as follows:
Years ended December 31
2017
2016
2015
Net income from continuing operations (in thousands)
$ 15,313 $ 14,913 $ 13,395
Weighted average common shares outstanding
6,285,901 6,220,694 6,291,319
Earnings per share – basic and diluted
$ 2.44 $ 2.40 $ 2.13
Note 24   Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
2017 Quarters
Fourth
Third
Second
First
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
$ 17,430 $ 12,629 $ 11,949 $ 11,464
Interest expense
2,298 1,997 1,818 1,619
Net interest and dividend income
15,132 10,632 10,131 9,845
Provision for loan losses
420 255 170 210
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses
14,712 10,377 9,961 9,635
Non-interest income
1,888 2,256 2,970 2,734
Non-interest expense
10,418 6,985 6,638 6,353
Income before income taxes
6,182 5,648 6,293 6,016
Provision for income taxes
2,904 1,818 2,081 2,023
Net income
$ 3,278 $ 3,830 $ 4,212 $ 3,993
Share data:
Average shares outhstanding, basic and diluted
6,612,114 6,151,737 6,172,413 6,205,428
Earnings per share, basic and diluted
$ 0.50 $ 0.62 $ 0.68 $ 0.64
2016 Quarters
Fourth
Third
Second
First
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest income
$ 11,404 $ 11,331 $ 11,108 $ 10,883
Interest expense
1,467 1,484 1,515 1,466
Net interest and dividend income
9,937 9,847 9,593 9,417
Provision for loan losses
100 220
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses
9,937 9,747 9,593 9,197
Non-interest income
2,250 2,183 2,172 2,639
Non-interest expense
6,703 6,284 6,099 6,013
Income before income taxes
5,484 5,646 5,666 5,823
Provision for income taxes
1,930 1,895 1,907 1,974
Net income
$ 3,554 $ 3,751 $ 3,759 $ 3,849
Share data:
Average shares outhstanding, basic and diluted
6,202,907 6,200,162 6,214,418 6,265,514
Earnings per share, basic and diluted
$ 0.57 $ 0.61 $ 0.61 $ 0.61
176

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets
September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
September 30, 2017
(Unaudited)
December 31, 2016
(Audited)
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$ 10,712 $ 17,431
Federal funds sold
21,528 14,500
Cash and cash equivalents
32,240 31,931
Securities available for sale
37,152 43,130
Securities held to maturity
9,282 10,807
Loans held for sale
200
Loans, net
332,522 371,384
Premises and equipment, net
7,767 9,151
Other investments
2,047 3,225
Other real estate owned
3,737 3,939
Cash value of life insurance
2,618 2,570
Other assets
2,097 2,349
TOTAL ASSETS
$ 429,462 $ 478,686
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deposits:
Non-interest-bearing demand
68,483 73,959
Interest-bearing demand
44,003 48,806
Savings
48,445 49,230
Time
192,235 233,156
Total deposits
353,166 405,151
Other liabilities
1,342 1,925
Total liabilities
354,508 407,076
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock – $10.00 par value Authorized – 20,000 shares Issued – 12,357.5625 shares as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 Outstanding – 12,292.125 shares at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
123 123
Additional paid-in capital
58,398 58,398
Retained earnings
17,538 14,647
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(203 ) (656 )
Treasury stock at cost, 65.4375 shares at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016
(902 ) (902 )
Total stockholders’ equity
74,954 71,610
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$ 429,462 $ 478,686
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
177

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Operations
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in thousands)
2017
(Unaudited)
2016
(Unaudited)
Interest and dividend income:
Loans, including fees
$ 13,864 $ 15,008
Securities:
Taxable
953 1,172
Tax-exempt
597 836
Other
81 86
Total interest and dividend income
15,495 17,102
Interest expense:
Deposits
1,759 1,951
Borrowed funds
6
Total interest expense
1,759 1,957
Net interest income
13,736 15,145
Provision for loan losses
5,500
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
13,736 9,645
Noninterest income:
Service fees
373 420
Income from sale of loans
9 34
Net gain on sale of securities
69 15
Other
600 471
Total noninterest income
1,051 940
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits
$ 6,433 $ 6,714
Occupancy and equipment
895 481
Data processing and office operations
677 1,031
Other real estate owned
584 1,049
Professional fees
1,379 1,863
Insurance
543 990
Other
1,385 1,424
Total noninterest expense
11,896 13,552
Net income (loss)
$ 2,891 $ (2,967 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
178

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in thousands)
2017
(Unaudited)
2016
(Unaudited)
Net income (loss)
$ 2,891 $ (2,967 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Reclassification adjustment for gain on sale of securities realized in net income
(69 ) (15 )
Unrealized gain on securities
522 596
Other comprehensive income
453 581
Comprehensive income (loss)
$ 3,344 $ (2,386 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
179

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016
(in thousands)
2017
(Unaudited)
2016
(Unaudited)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)
$ 2,891 $ (2,967 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net
(7 ) 64
Depreciation of premises and equipment
470 444
Provision for loan losses
5,500
Gain on sale of investment securities
(69 ) (15 )
Change in loans held for sale
200 222
Loss on sale and write-down of other real estate owned
370 757
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
(48 ) (104 )
Loss on disposal of premises and equipment
555 18
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Other assets
252 151
Other liabilities
(583 ) (95 )
Total adjustments
1,140 6,942
Net cash provided by operating activities
4,031 3,975
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales of securities available for sale
4,523 25,188
Maturities, paydowns, and calls of securities available for sale
2,994 7,222
Maturities, paydowns, and calls of securities held to maturity
515 1,153
Sales of other investments
1,178
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
1,040 2,346
Decrease in loans
37,654 20,205
Proceeds from disposal of premises and equipment
359 34
Purchases of premises and equipment
(170 )
Life insurance death benefits received
287
Net cash provided by investing activities
48,263 56,265
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
$ (51,985 ) $ (37,399 )
Repayment of borrowed funds
(9,000 )
Net cash used in financing activities
(51,985 ) (46,399 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
309 13,841
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
31,931 16,675
Cash and cash equivalents at end
$ 32,240 $ 30,516
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for interest
$ 1,733 $ 1,978
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans
$ 1,208 $ 1,905
Loans originated on sale of other real estate
228
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
180

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Basis of Presentation
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company’’) provides a variety of financial services to individual and corporate customers through its wholly owned subsidiary, First National Bank (the “Bank’’). The Bank operates as a full-service financial institution with a primary market area including, but not limited to, the counties in which the Bank is located. The Bank has eight locations — one in Barron County, Wisconsin, five in Waupaca County, Wisconsin and two in Outagamie County, Wisconsin. The Bank formerly had a location in Childress, Texas which was closed during June, 2017. The Company also operated a trust department, however this department was terminated during 2016. The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. All adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods reported have been included in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements, and all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. It is suggested that these interim consolidated financial statements and notes be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this Form 10.
Critical Accounting Policies and Accounting Estimates
The most significant accounting policies are presented in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in the Form 10. Certain accounting policies require management to make significant estimates and assumptions that have a material effect on the carrying value of certain assets and liabilities, and these are considered to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions used are based on historical experience and other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates and assumptions, which could have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and on the results of operations for the reporting periods.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding and potential common shares using the treasury stock method. There were no potential common shares during the periods presented.
A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the earnings per common share, which equals the earnings per common share assuming dilution, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, are presented below:
2017
2016
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
12,292.125 12,270.125
Net income (loss)
$ 2,891 $ (2,967 )
Basic and diluted earnings per share
$ 235.15 $ (241.81 )
181

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities with gross unrealized gains and losses are summarized as follows:
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair
Value
September 30, 2017
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 501 $ $ 1 $ 500
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
15,855 370 1 16,224
Corporate securities
21,000 572 20,428
Total securities available for sale
$ 37,356 $ 370 $ 574 $ 37,152
Securities held to maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 9,282 $ 45 $ $ 9,327
December 31, 2016
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 502 $ $ 1 $ 501
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
21,543 288 154 21,677
Corporate securities
21,000 789 20,211
Certificates of deposit
741 741
Total securities available for sale
$ 43,786 $ 288 $ 944 $ 43,130
Securities held to maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 10,807 $ 111 $ 30 $ 10,888
Fair values of securities are estimated based on financial models or prices paid for similar securities. It is possible interest rates could change considerably resulting in a material change in the estimated fair value.
182

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses of securities with unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
September 30, 2017
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 501 $ 1 $ $ $ 501 $ 1
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
249 1 249 1
Corporate securities
4,997 3 11,431 569 16,428 572
Total securities available for sale
$ 5,747 $ 5 $ 11,431 $ 569 $ 17,178 $ 574
Securities held to maturity – 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ $ $ $ $ $
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2016
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 501 $ 1 $ $ $ 501 $ 1
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
8,593 154 8,593 154
Corporate securities
8,460 539 7,750 250 16,210 789
Total securities available for sale
$ 17,554 $ 694 $ 7,750 $ 250 $ 25,304 $ 944
Securities held to maturity – 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 450 $ 30 $ $ $ 450 $ 30
At September 30, 2017, nine debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 3% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. These unrealized losses relate principally to the changes in interest rates and are not due to changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the quality of any underlying assets, or applicable credit enhancements. In analyzing whether unrealized losses on debt securities are other than temporary, management considers whether the securities are issued by a government body or agency, whether a rating agency has downgraded the securities, industry analysts' reports, the financial condition and performance of the issuer, and the quality of any underlying assets or credit enhancements. Since management has the ability to hold debt securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.
183

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The following is a summary of amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity as of September 30, 2017. Contractual maturities will differ from expected maturities for mortgage-backed securities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties.
Available for Sale
Held to Maturity
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
$ 50 $ 50 $ $
Due after one year through five years
13,052 12,844 577 577
Due after five years through ten years
9,000 8,636 4,164 4,209
Due after ten years
15,254 15,622 4,541 4,541
Totals
$ 37,356 $ 37,152 $ 9,282 $ 9,327
Following is a summary of the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale, as well as gross gains and losses for the nine months and year ended September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016:
2017
2016
Proceeds from sale of securities
$ 4,523 $ 25,243
Gross gains on sales
69 128
Gross losses on sales
114
As of September 30, 2017, the amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law was $1,150 and $1,170, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law was $1,596 and $1,581, respectively.
Loans
The following table presents total loans by portfolio segment and class of loan:
September 30,
2017
December 31,
2016
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$ 29,831 $ 31,348
Commercial real estate
161,119 187,230
Agriculture
64,287 67,559
Residential real estate
90,170 96,707
Consumer
5,315 7,145
Subtotals
350,722 389,989
Allowance for loan losses
(18,200 ) (18,563 )
Deferred loan fees
(42 )
Loans, net
$ 332,522 $ 371,384
184

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the nine months and year ended September 30, 2017 and
December 31, 2016 follows:
Commercial
Residential
Consumer
Totals
Balance at January 1, 2016
$ 15,297 $ 2,751 $ 308 $ 18,356
Provision for loan losses
8,072 2,410 18 10,500
Loans charged off
(10,206 ) (1,004 ) (104 ) (11,314 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off
979 17 25 1,021
Balance at December 31, 2016
14,142 4,174 247 18,563
Provision for loan losses
Loans charged off
(904 ) (457 ) (12 ) (1,373 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off
808 196 6 1,010
Balance at September 30, 2017
$ 14,046 $ 3,913 $ 241 $ 18,200
Allowance for loan losses at September 30, 2017:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 990 $ 93 $ 32 $ 1,115
Collectively evaluated for impairment
13,056 3,820 209 17,085
Totals
$ 14,046 $ 3,913 $ 241 $ 18,200
Allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2016:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 553 $ 130 $ 45 $ 728
Collectively evaluated for impairment
13,589 4,044 202 17,835
Totals
$ 14,142 $ 4,174 $ 247 $ 18,563
Analysis of loans evaluated for impairment are as follows:
Commercial
Residential
Consumer
Totals
Loans at September 30, 2017:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 35,678 $ 7,044 $ 166 $ 42,888
Collectively evaluated for impairment
219,559 83,126 5,149 307,834
Totals
$ 255,237 $ 90,170 $ 5,315 $ 350,722
Loans at December 31, 2016:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 55,831 $ 7,392 $ 190 $ 63,413
Collectively evaluated for impairment
230,306 89,315 6,955 326,576
Totals
$ 286,137 $ 96,707 $ 7,145 $ 389,989
185

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Information regarding impaired loans for the year ended September 30, 2017, follows:
Recorded
Investment
Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
Average
Investment
Interest
Recognized
Loans with no related allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
$ 1,958 $ 1,989 N/A $ 2,630 $ 93
Commercial real estate
19,225 21,721 N/A 25,307 895
Agriculture
8,972 11,266 N/A 13,611 229
Residential real estate
5,951 6,530 N/A 6,289 220
Consumer
17 19 N/A 23 1
Totals
36,123 41,525 N/A 47,860 1,438
Loans with an allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
2,103 2,142 500 2,057 71
Commercial real estate
3,395 5,780 466 1,900 101
Agriculture
24 284 24 248 25
Residential real estate
1,093 2,054 93 930 19
Consumer
150 223 32 156 8
Totals
6,765 10,483 1,115 5,291 224
Grand totals
$ 42,888 $ 52,008 $ 1,115 $ 53,151 $ 1,662
Information regarding impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2016, follows:
Recorded
Investment
Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
Average
Investment
Interest
Recognized
Loans with no related allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
$ 3,304 $ 4,335 N/A $ 4,782 $ 194
Commercial real estate
31,388 36,896 N/A 30,743 1,861
Agriculture
18,250 18,280 N/A 9,044 682
Residential real estate
6,626 8,081 N/A 8,109 345
Consumer
29 29 N/A 135 2
Totals
59,597 67,621 N/A 52,812 3,084
Loans with an allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
2,013 2,052 248 2,677 129
Commercial real estate
404 623 222 2,903 36
Agriculture
472 503 83 242 29
Residential real estate
766 782 130 1,163 40
Consumer
161 231 45 93 12
Totals
3,816 4,191 728 7,077 246
Grand totals
$ 63,413 $ 71,812 $ 728 $ 59,889 $ 3,330
No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.
186

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The Company regularly evaluates various attributes of loans to determine the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. The credit quality indicators monitored differ depending on the segment of loan.
Commercial loans are generally evaluated using the following internally prepared ratings:

“Pass” ratings are assigned to loans with adequate collateral and debt service ability such that collectibility of the contractual loan payments is highly probable.

“Watch/special mention” ratings are assigned to loans where management has some concern that the collateral or debt service ability may not be adequate, though the collectibility of the contractual loan payments is still probable.

“Substandard” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability such that collectibility of the contractual loan payments is no longer probable.

“Doubtful” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability, and collectibility of the contractual loan payments is unlikely.
Residential real estate and consumer loans are generally evaluated based on whether or not the loan is performing according to the contractual terms of the loan.
Information regarding the credit quality indicators most closely monitored for commercial loans by class is as follows:
Pass
Watch/Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Totals
September 30, 2017
Commercial and industrial
$ 16,022 $ 10,612 $ 3,197 $ $ 29,831
Commercial real estate
73,536 49,550 38,033 161,119
Agriculture
22,916 12,163 29,208 64,287
Totals
$ 112,474 $ 72,325 $ 70,438 $ $ 255,237
Pass
Watch/Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Totals
December 31, 2016
Commercial and industrial
$ 15,778 $ 10,935 $ 4,635 $ $ 31,348
Commercial real estate
79,187 56,753 51,290 187,230
Agriculture
20,848 7,122 39,589 67,559
Totals
$ 115,813 $ 74,810 $ 95,514 $ $ 286,137
Information regarding the credit quality indicators most closely monitored for residential real estate and consumer loans is as follows:
Performing
Non-performing
Totals
September 30, 2017
Residential real estate
$ 86,439 $ 3,731 $ 90,170
Consumer
5,150 165 5,315
Totals
$ 91,589 $ 3,896 $ 95,485
187

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Performing
Non-performing
Totals
December 31, 2016
Residential real estate
$ 91,850 $ 4,857 $ 96,707
Consumer
6,955 190 7,145
Totals
$ 98,805 $ 5,047 $ 103,852
Loan aging information by class of loan as of September 30, 2017, follows:
Loans Past
Due 30 – 89 Days
Loans Past
Due 90+ Days
Total Past
Due Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 376 $ 504 $ 880
Commercial real estate
1,313 1,385 2,698
Agriculture
2,907 2,951 5,858
Residential real estate
727 3,171 3,898
Consumer
69 69
Totals
$ 5,392 $ 8,011 $ 13,403
Total Past
Due Loans
Total Current
Loans
Total
Loans
Loans 90+
Days Past Due
and Accruing
Interest
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 880 $ 28,951 $ 29,831 $ $ 501
Commercial real estate
2,698 158,421 161,119 9,538
Agriculture
5,858 58,429 64,287 3,364
Residential real estate
3,898 86,272 90,170 3,731
Consumer
69 5,246 5,315 165
Totals
$ 13,403 $ 337,319 $ 350,722 $ $ 17,299
Loan aging information by class of loan as of December 31, 2016, follows:
Loans Past
Due 30 – 89
Days
Loans Past
Due 90+
Days
Total Past
Due Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 131 $ 1,305 $ 1,436
Commercial real estate
4,890 5,816 10,706
Agriculture
171 2,285 2,456
Residential real estate
1,407 2,212 3,619
Consumer
109 4 113
Totals
$ 6,708 $ 11,622 $ 18,330
188

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Total Past
Due Loans
Total Current
Loans
Total
Loans
Loans 90+
Days Past Due
and Accruing
Interest
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 1,436 $ 29,912 $ 31,348 $ $ 1,309
Commercial real estate
10,706 176,524 187,230 17,134
Agriculture
2,456 65,103 67,559 2,950
Residential real estate
3,619 93,088 96,707 4,857
Consumer
113 7,028 7,145 4 190
Totals
$ 18,330 $ 371,655 $ 389,989 $ 4 $ 26,440
When, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider, the modified loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring. Loan modifications may consist of forgiveness of interest and/or principal, a reduction of the interest rate, interest-only payments for a period of time, and/or extending amortization terms.
The following presents information regarding modifications of loans classified as troubled debt restructurings during the nine months and year ended September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. All troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans. The recorded investment presented in the following tables does not include specific reserves for loan losses recognized for these loans, which totaled $0 and $54 at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
Number of
Contracts
Pre-
Modification
Investment
Post-
Modification
Investment
2017
New troubled debt restructurings:
Commercial and industrial
$ $
Commercial real estate
3 504 504
Agriculture
2 4,286 4,286
Residential real estate
3 60 60
Consumer
Totals
8 $ 4,850 $ 4,850
2016
New troubled debt restructurings:
Commercial and industrial
7 $ 1,175 $ 1,175
Commercial real estate
20 9,975 9,975
Agriculture
29 15,697 15,697
Residential real estate
12 1,111 1,111
Consumer
2 13 13
Totals
70 $ 27,971 $ 27,971
189

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The Company considers a troubled debt restructuring in default if it becomes past due more than 30 days. The following table summarizes troubled debt restructurings that defaulted within 12 months of their modification date during the year ended December 31, 2016:
2016
Troubled debt restructurings that defaulted:
Commercial real estate
3 3,108
Residential real estate
3 159
Totals
6 $ 3,267
No troubled debt restructurings defaulted within 12 months of their modification date during the nine months ended September 30, 2017.
Stockholder’s Equity and Regulatory Matters
Under the terms of the Bank’s Consent Order, which is further described in the audited consolidated financial statements presented elsewhere in the Form 10, the Bank can only pay dividends with the prior written approval of the OCC. The Company requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring and paying dividends.
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possible additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Beginning in 2015 the Bank is subject to a new capital adequacy framework called Basel III. Basel III includes several changes to the capital adequacy guidelines, including a new Common Equity Tier 1 capital requirement, increases in the minimum required Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios, and other changes to the calculation of regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table). It is management’s opinion, as of September 30, 2017, that the Bank meets all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
Although the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios meet the requirements to be considered well capitalized at September 30, 2017, the Bank is only adequately capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action due to stipulations of the Bank’s consent order with the OCC. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank would normally be required to maintain minimum capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s adequately capitalized classification.
190

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
September 30, 2017
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
$ 74,765 21.2 % ≥$ 15,883 ≥4.5 % ≥$ 22,941 ≥6.5 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted
assets)
$ 74,765 21.2 % ≥$ 21,177 ≥6.0 % ≥$ 28,236 ≥8.0 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted
assets)
$ 79,347 22.5 % ≥$ 45,883 ≥13.0 % (1)
Tier I capital (to average assets):
$ 74,765 17.0 % ≥$ 39,517 ≥9.0 % (1)
December 31, 2016
Common Equity Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
$ 71,852 18.2 % ≥$ 17,784 ≥4.5 % ≥$ 25,688 ≥6.5 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted
assets)
$ 71,852 18.2 % ≥$ 23,712 ≥6.0 % ≥$ 31,616 ≥8.0 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted
assets)
$ 76,960 19.5 % ≥$ 51,375 ≥13.0 % (1)
Tier I capital (to average assets):
$ 71,852 14.7 % ≥$ 44,001 ≥9.0 % (1)
(1)
Capital ratio to be considered adequately capitalized based on Bank’s Consent Order.
Fair Value Measurements
Accounting standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value (the fair value hierarchy). The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement of that asset or liability.
Following is a brief description of each level of the fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 — Fair value measurement is based on quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 — Fair value measurement is based on: (1) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (2) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or (3) valuation models and methodologies for which all significant assumptions are or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — Fair value measurement is based on valuation models and methodologies that incorporate at least one significant assumption that cannot be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 measurements reflect the Company’s estimates about assumptions market participants would use in measuring fair value of the asset or liability.
Some assets and liabilities, such as securities available for sale, are measured at fair value on a recurring basis under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other assets and liabilities, such as impaired loans, and other real estate owned may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
191

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Following is a description of the valuation methodology and significant inputs used for each asset measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis, as well as the classification of the asset within the fair value hierarchy.
Securities available for sale  — Securities available for sale are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Level 2 securities include U.S. government and agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, and certificates of deposit. The fair value measurement of a Level 2 security is obtained from an independent pricing service and is based on recent sales of similar securities and other observable market data.
Loans  — Loans are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, loans considered to be impaired may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value measurement of an impaired loan that is collateral dependent is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. All other impaired loan measurements are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the applicable effective interest rate and, thus, are not fair value measurements. Fair value measurements of underlying collateral utilize some observable market data, such as independent appraisals reflecting recent comparable sales; however, they also include significant management estimates about assumptions market participants would use to measure fair value and are therefore considered Level 3 measurements.
Other real estate owned —  Real estate acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure is not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, other real estate is initially measured at fair value (less estimated costs to sell) when it is acquired and may also be measured at fair value (less estimated costs to sell) if it becomes subsequently impaired. The fair value measurement for each property may be obtained from an independent appraiser or prepared internally. Fair value measurements obtained from independent appraisers generally utilize a market approach based on sales of comparable assets and/or an income approach. Such measurements are usually considered Level 2 measurements. However, management routinely evaluates fair value measurements of independent appraisers by comparing actual selling prices to the most recent appraisals. If management determines significant adjustments should be made to the independent appraisals based on these evaluations, these measurements are considered Level 3 measurements. Fair value measurements prepared internally are based on management’s comparisons to sales of comparable assets, but include significant unobservable data and are therefore considered Level 3 measurements.
192

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:
Recurring Fair Value Measurements Using
Assets
Measured at
Fair Value
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
September 30, 2017
Assets:
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 500 $ $ 500 $
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions
16,224 16,224
Corporate securities
20,428 20,428
Total assets
$ 37,152 $ $ 37,152 $
December 31, 2016
Assets:
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 501 $ $ 501 $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
21,677 21,677
Corporate securities
20,211 20,211
Certificates of deposit
741 741
Total assets
$ 43,130 $ $ 43,130 $
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis is as follows:
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements Using
Assets
Measured at
Fair Value
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
September 30, 2017
Loans
$ 5,649 $ $ $ 5,649
Other real estate owned
3,737 3,737
Totals
$ 9,386 $ $ $ 9,386
December 31, 2016
Loans
$ 3,088 $ $ $ 3,088
Other real estate owned
3,939 3,939
Totals
$ 7,027 $ $ $ 7,027
193

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(unaudited)
At September 30, 2017, loans with a carrying amount of  $6,764 were considered impaired and were written down to their estimated fair value of  $5,649. As a result, the Company recognized a specific valuation allowance against these impaired loans totaling $1,115 at September 30, 2017. At December 31, 2016, loans with a carrying amount of  $3,816 were considered impaired and were written down to their estimated fair value of  $3,088. As a result, the Company recognized a specific valuation allowance against these impaired loans totaling $728 at December 31, 2016.
The following presents quantitative information about nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements:
Asset
Fair Value
Valuation Techniques
Unobservable Inputs
Range/​
Weighted
Average
September 30, 2017
Impaired loans
$5,649​
Market and/or Income
Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
Other real estate owned
3,737​
Market and/or Income
Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
December 31, 2016
Impaired loans
3,088​
Market and/or Income
Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
Other real estate owned
3,939​
Market and/or Income
Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
Business Combination
On May 12, 2017, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with Bank First National Corporation and its subsidiary, Bank First National, Manitowoc, WI (collectively “Bank First”), whereby the Company will merge with and into Bank First. Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Bank Merger, Bank First will pay shareholders of the Company $78 million in transaction value with approximately 70% in cash and 30% in stock. The merger subsequently closed on October 27, 2017.
194

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc.
and Subsidiary
Waupaca, Wisconsin

Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
195

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Financial Statements
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
Table of Contents
197
Consolidated Financial Statements
198
199
200
201
202
203
196

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_WIPFLI-LLP.JPG]
Independent Auditor’s Report
Board of Directors
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc.
Waupaca, Wisconsin
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016, and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
[MISSING IMAGE: SG_WIPFLI-LLP.JPG]

Wipfli LLP

April 18, 2017
Wausau, Wisconsin
197

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in thousands)
2016
2015
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$ 17,431 $ 16,675
Federal funds sold
14,500
Cash and cash equivalents
31,931 16,675
Securities available for sale
43,130 75,503
Securities held to maturity
10,807 15,040
Loans held for sale
200 447
Loans, net
371,384 410,332
Premises and equipment, net
9,151 9,575
Other investments
3,225 3,225
Other real estate owned
3,939 5,140
Cash value of life insurance
2,570 2,738
Other assets
2,349 2,583
TOTAL ASSETS
$ 478,686 $ 541,258
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Liabilities:
Deposits:
Non-interest-bearing demand
73,959 73,098
Interest-bearing demand
48,806 54,514
Savings
49,230 48,110
Time
233,156 275,694
Total deposits
405,151 451,416
Borrowed funds
9,000
Other liabilities
1,925 1,863
Total liabilities
407,076 462,279
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock – $10.00 par value Authorized – 20,000 shares Issued – 12,357.5625 shares as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 Outstanding – 12,292.125 and 12,270.125 shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
123 123
Additional paid-in capital
58,398 58,404
Retained earnings
14,647 21,188
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(656 ) 177
Treasury stock at cost, 65.4375 and 87.4375 shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
(902 ) (913 )
Total stockholders’ equity
71,610 78,979
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$ 478,686 $ 541,258
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
198

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in thousands)
2016
2015
Interest and dividend income:
Loans, including fees
$ 20,255 $ 25,301
Securities:
Taxable
1,149 860
Tax-exempt
1,062 1,466
Other
143 117
Total interest and dividend income
22,609 27,744
Interest expense:
Deposits
2,495 3,008
Borrowed funds
6 21
Total interest expense
2,501 3,029
Net interest income
20,108 24,715
Provision for loan losses
10,500 3,670
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
9,608 21,045
Noninterest income:
Service fees
525 547
Income from sale of loans
41 42
Net gain on sale of securities
14 101
Net gain on sale of branches
7,368
Other
632 274
Total noninterest income
1,212 8,332
Noninterest expense:
Salaries and employee benefits
$ 8,697 $ 9,260
Occupancy and equipment
577 465
Data processing and office operations
1,276 1,602
Other real estate owned
1,336 3,695
Professional fees
2,481 3,034
Insurance
1,103 1,616
Goodwill impairment
11,316
Other
1,891 2,789
Total noninterest expense
17,361 33,777
Net loss
$ (6,541 ) $ (4,400 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
199

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in thousands)
2016
2015
Net loss
$ (6,541 ) $ (4,400 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Reclassification adjustment for gain on sale of securities realized in net income
(14 ) (101 )
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities
(819 ) 54
Other comprehensive loss
(833 ) (47 )
Comprehensive loss
$ (7,374 ) $ (4,447 )
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
200

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in thousands)
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
Treasury
Stock
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2015
$ 123 $ 58,404 $ 27,736 $ 224 $ (913 ) $ 85,574
Net loss
(4,400 ) (4,400 )
Other comprehensive loss
(47 ) (47 )
Dividends to stockholders
(2,148 ) (2,148 )
Balance at December 31, 2015
123 58,404 21,188 177 (913 ) 78,979
Net loss
(6,541 ) (6,541 )
Other comprehensive loss
(833 ) (833 )
Stock-based compensation expense
(6 ) 11 5
Balance at December 31, 2016
$ 123 $ 58,398 $ 14,647 $ (656 ) $ (902 ) $ 71,610
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
201

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in thousands)
2016
2015
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents:
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
$ (6,541 ) $ (4,400 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net
79 167
Depreciation of premises and equipment
596 588
Amortization of intangibles
41
Provision for loan losses
10,500 3,670
Goodwill impairment
11,316
Impairment of intangible assets
523
Gain on sale of branches
(7,368 )
Gain on sale of investment securities
(14 ) (101 )
Change in loans held for sale
247 (239 )
Loss on sale and write-down of other real estate owned
888 3,028
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
(119 ) (75 )
Loss on disposal of premises and equipment
18
Stock-based compensation expense
5
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Other assets
234 1,177
Other liabilities
62 (478 )
Total adjustments
12,496 12,249
Net cash provided by operating activities
5,955 7,849
Cash flows from investing activities:
Sales of securities available for sale
25,243 3,274
Maturities, paydowns, and calls of securities available for sale
7,477 1,557
Purchases of securities available for sale
(1,243 ) (22,155 )
Maturities, paydowns, and calls of securities held to maturity
4,231 1,737
Cash paid in sale of branches
(46,240 )
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
2,896 5,180
Decrease in loans
25,865 80,415
Cash paid for repurchase of loans put back to bank
(12,444 )
Proceeds from disposal of premises and equipment
34
Purchases of premises and equipment
(224 ) (186 )
Life insurance death benefits received
287
Net cash provided by investing activities
64,566 11,138
Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
$ (46,265 ) $ (79,170 )
Advances of borrowed funds
9,000
Repayment of borrowed funds
(9,000 ) (3,742 )
Dividends paid
(2,148 )
Net cash used in financing activities
(55,265 ) (76,060 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
15,256 (57,073 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
16,675 73,748
Cash and cash equivalents at end
$ 31,931 $ 16,675
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for interest
$ 2,536 $ 3,399
Noncash investing and financing activities:
Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans
$ 2,811 $ 2,636
Loans originated on sale of other real estate
228
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
202

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Note 1   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. (the “Company”) provides a variety of financial services to individual and corporate customers through its wholly owned subsidiary, First National Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank operates as a full-service financial institution with a primary market area including, but not limited to, the counties in which the Bank is located. The Bank has nine locations — one in Barron County, Wisconsin, five in Waupaca County, Wisconsin, two in Outagamie County, Wisconsin, and a location in Childress, Texas. The Company also operated a trust department, however this department was terminated during 2016. The Company is subject to the regulations of certain federal agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
Use of Estimates in Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements
The preparation of the accompanying financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The allowance for loan losses, measurement of other real estate, and valuation of securities are particularly subject to change in the near term. Actual results may differ from these estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and its subsidiary, First National Bank. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For purposes of reporting cash flows in the consolidated financial statements, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing accounts in other financial institutions, and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of three months or less.
Securities
Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income or loss. Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the estimated lives of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific-identification method.
Declines in fair value of securities that are deemed to be other than temporary, if applicable, are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers the length of time and the extent to which fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans originated and intended for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to income. Realized gains and losses on the sale of loans held for sale are determined using the specific-identification method.
203

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff generally are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs and the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method. Direct origination costs are recognized as expense when incurred since capitalization would not have a significant impact on the consolidated statements.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, there is an indication the borrower may be unable to make payments as they become due. Loans are placed on nonaccrual when a loan is 90 days past due unless the loans are well secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. When loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off, all unpaid interest is reversed against interest income. After being placed on nonaccrual status, additional income is recorded only to the extent that payments are received and the collection of principal becomes reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.
The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and classified as impaired.
Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.
If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan net of the specific allocation equals the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or the fair value of underlying collateral less applicable estimated selling costs if repayment is expected from the collateral.
TDRs are individually evaluated for impairment and included in the impairment disclosures. TDRs are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s original effective rate. If a TDR is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is measured at the fair value of the collateral less applicable estimated selling costs. For TDRs that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of the allowance on that loan in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses on loans individually identified as impaired.
204

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
The general component covers loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not included in the impairment disclosures. The general allowance component also includes loans that are not individually identified for impairment evaluation, such as loans that are individually evaluated but are not considered impaired.
The general component is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current qualitative factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment or loan class and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment or loan class. These economic factors include: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other employees; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations.
Management considers the following when assessing risk in the Company’s loan portfolio:
Commercial and agricultural real estate loans are dependent on the industries tied to these loans. Commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping facilities and various special purpose properties, including hotels and restaurants. Agricultural real estate loans are primarily used for land acquisition. Financial information is obtained from the borrowers to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to service debt and is periodically updated during the life of the loan. Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to the real estate market such as geographic location and/or property type.
Residential real estate loans are affected by the local residential real estate market, the local economy, and, for variable rate mortgages, movement in indices tied to these loans. At the time of origination the Company evaluates the borrower’s repayment ability through a review of debt to income and credit scores. Appraisals are obtained to support the loan amount. Financial information is obtained from the borrowers to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to service debt at the time of origination.
Commercial and agricultural loans are primarily for working capital, physical asset expansion, asset acquisition loans and other. These loans are made based primarily on historical and projected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance factors. Financial information is obtained from the borrowers to evaluate cash flows sufficiency to service debt and are periodically updated during the life of the loan.
Consumer loans may take the form of installment loans, demand loans, or single payment loans and are extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. At the time of origination, the Company evaluates the borrower’s repayment ability through a review of debt to income and credit scores.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Other Investments
Other investments include Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock. The FRB and FHLB stock are reported as other investments at cost which approximates fair value. The Company is required to hold FHLB stock as a member of the FHLB, and transfer of the stock is substantially restricted. The FHLB stock is pledged as collateral for outstanding FHLB advances. Other investments are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis.
205

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Other Real Estate Owned
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value, less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in other real estate owned expense.
Income Taxes
The Company has elected to be taxed under the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code and comparable state regulations. Under those provisions, the Company generally does not pay federal or state corporate taxes on its income. Instead, the stockholders are liable for individual federal and state income taxes on their pro rata share of the Company’s income. Distributions are anticipated to be paid to the stockholders to assist them with their individual tax liability resulting from the election. These distributions may be subject to certain limitations and other regulatory restrictions. In addition, there is a corporate level Wisconsin income tax that is imposed on interest income earned on certain investment securities.
The Company may also recognize a liability for unrecognized tax benefits from uncertain tax positions. Unrecognized tax benefits represent the differences between a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and the benefit recognized and measured in the financial statements. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as income taxes. Management periodically reviews its tax positions to determine if a liability should be recorded. As of December 31, 2016, no liability was accrued related to uncertain tax positions.
At December 31, 2016 federal tax returns remained open for Internal Revenue Service (IRS) review for tax years after 2013, while state tax returns remain open for review by state tax authorities for tax years after 2012.
Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments including commitments to extend credit, unfunded commitments under lines of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they become payable.
Rate Lock Commitments
The Company enters into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (rate lock commitments). Rate lock commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are considered to be derivatives. Rate lock commitments are recorded only to the extent of fees received since recording the estimated fair value of these commitments would not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
206

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Stock Compensation Plans
Employee stock compensation awards are measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the awards. Compensation expense for awards with graded vesting is recognized on a straight-line basis over the service period.
Other Comprehensive Loss
Other comprehensive loss is shown on the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale and is shown on the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. Reclassification adjustments out of other comprehensive income for gains realized on securities available for sale comprise the entire balance of  “Net gain on sale of securities” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Advertising
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2015 consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2016 classifications.
New Accounting Pronouncements
The following Accounting Standards Updates (ASU) have been issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and may impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements in future reporting periods.
ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers — The objective of this new standard is to provide a common revenue standard for all entities that enter into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or contracts to transfer nonfinancial assets. This new accounting standard is effective for financial statements issued for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating what impact this new standard will have on its financial statements.
ASU No. 2016-02, Leases — When this standard is adopted, the primary accounting change will require lessees to recognize right of use assets and lease obligations for most operating leases as well as finance leases. This new standard is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is evaluating what impact this new standard will have on its financial statements.
ASU No. 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments — This standard will significantly change how financial assets measured at amortized cost are presented. Such assets, which include most loans [and securities held to maturity], will be presented at the net amount expected to be collected over their remaining contractual lives. Estimated credit losses will be based on relevant information about historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amounts. The standard will also change the accounting for credit losses related to securities available for sale and purchased financial assets with a more-than-insignificant amount of credit deterioration since origination. This new accounting standard is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is evaluating what impact this new standard will have on its financial statements.
Subsequent Events
Subsequent events have been evaluated through April 18, 2017, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.
207

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Note 2   Regulatory Agreement
The Bank is under a Consent Order dated December 17, 2014, with its regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) for alleged unsafe or unsound banking practices relating to weaknesses in management and asset quality. Under the terms of the agreement, the Bank is required to:

Have and retain qualified management.

Implement procedures to ensure Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (“Call Reports”) and other regulatory reports are accurate.

Review and evaluate the Bank’s compensation program for all Bank officers and directors.

Ensure Bank management implements and maintains adequate and effective internal controls.

Refrain from paying dividends without prior written approval from the OCC.

Ensure adherence to a written, comprehensive conflict of interest policy applicable to Bank employees as well as the Bank’s directors.

Adopt and ensure compliance with a comprehensive liquidity risk management policy.

Maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses balance in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as well as adopt and implement policies to improve the identification of troubled debt restructurings and nonaccrual loans. In addition, the Bank’s credit underwriting and administration process requires improvements.
Because of the provisions of the Consent Order, the Bank is considered adequately capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action (see Note 13). An adequately capitalized bank may not accept, renew, or roll over any brokered deposit unless it has applied for and been granted a waiver of this provision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Based on the Consent Order, the Bank needs to maintain Tier 1 leverage capital of 9% and total risk-based capital of 13%. In addition, the Bank generally may not pay an effective rate on deposits of more than 75 basis points of the national rate paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity. During March, 2016 the Bank requested a determination from the FDIC that the Bank was operating in a high-rate area. The FDIC determined that the Bank was operating in a high-rate area. This determination allows the Bank to use the prevailing rate in its local area to determine conformance with deposit rate restrictions.
Noncompliance with the Consent Order may prevent the Company from continuing as a going concern. However, management believes it will be able to fully comply with the provisions of the Consent Order. Management has developed a plan to obtain additional liquidity through the contractual pay down of loans, advances from the FHLB, deposits from the Bank’s local market area, as well as obtaining deposits through a listing service. The Company’s main source for borrowing capability is the FHLB; the Company’s available line through the FHLB is subject to change at the discretion of the FHLB. If the Company’s available line of credit with the FHLB were to decline significantly and the Company was not able to obtain other sources for available credit, the Company would need to sell assets or raise deposits in order to continue as a going concern. Management does believe these sources of funds will be sufficient for all liquidity needs. Therefore, management believes the Company will be able to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.
As a result of the Consent Order, the Company’s deposit insurance premiums have increased from historic levels.
The Company has reimbursed Company directors and certain employees for legal expenses incurred in relation to these regulatory proceedings. These legal fee reimbursements totaled approximately $144 and $77 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
208

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
The Company has also adopted a resolution with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (“Federal Reserve Bank”) which requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank prior to the Company (1) declaring or paying dividends in excess of shareholder tax liability, (2) increasing debt, (3) issuing trust preferred obligations, or (4) redeeming Company stock.
Note 3   Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company is required to maintain reserve balances, in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based upon a percentage of transactional deposits. The total required reserve balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, was approximately $2,515 and $2,563, respectively.
In the normal course of business, the Company maintains cash and due from bank balances with correspondent banks. Balances in these accounts may exceed the FDIC’s insured limit of  $250. Management believes these financial institutions have strong credit ratings and that the credit risk related to these deposits is minimal.
Note 4   Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities with gross unrealized gains and losses at December 31 follows:
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
2016
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 502 $ $ 1 $ 501
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
21,543 288 154 21,677
Corporate securities
21,000 789 20,211
Certificates of deposit
741 741
Total securities available for sale
$ 43,786 $ 288 $ 944 $ 43,130
Securities held to maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 10,807 $ 111 $ 30 $ 10,888
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Estimated
Fair Value
2015
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 4,021 $ 1 $ $ 4,022
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
38,234 836 74 38,996
Corporate securities
32,969 39 628 32,380
Government sponsored entity residential mortgage-backed securities
102 3 105
Total securities available for sale
$ 75,326 $ 879 $ 702 $ 75,503
Securities held to maturity:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 15,040 $ 82 $ 1 $ 15,121
209

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Fair values of securities are estimated based on financial models or prices paid for similar securities. It is possible interest rates could change considerably resulting in a material change in the estimated fair value.
The following table shows the fair value and gross unrealized losses of securities with unrealized losses at December 31, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
2016
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 501 $ 1 $ $ $ 501 $ 1
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
8,593 154 8,593 154
Corporate securities
8,460 539 7,750 250 16,210 789
Total securities available for sale
$ 17,554 $ 694 $ 7,750 $ 250 $ 25,304 $ 944
Securities held to maturity – Obligations of
states and political subdivisions
$ 450 $ 30 $ $ $ 450 $ 30
Less Than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Unrealized
Losses
2015
Securities available for sale:
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ 5,728 $ 74 $ $ $ 5,728 $ 74
Corporate securities
3,901 100 12,472 528 16,373 628
Total securities available for sale
$ 9,629 $ 174 $ 12,472 $ 528 $ 22,101 $ 702
Securities held to maturity –  Obligations of states and political subdivisions
$ $ $ 479 $ 1 $ 479 $ 1
At December 31, 2016, twenty-three debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 4% from the Company’s amortized cost basis. These unrealized losses relate principally to the changes in interest rates and are not due to changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the quality of any underlying assets, or applicable credit enhancements. In analyzing whether unrealized losses on debt securities are other than temporary, management considers whether the securities are issued by a government body or agency, whether a rating agency has downgraded the securities, industry analysts’ reports, the financial condition and performance of the issuer, and the quality of any underlying assets or credit enhancements. Since management has the ability to hold debt securities for the foreseeable future, no declines are deemed to be other than temporary.
210

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
The following is a summary of amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2016. Contractual maturities will differ from expected maturities for mortgage-backed securities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties.
Available for Sale
Held to Maturity
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Due in one year or less
$ 100 $ 100 $ $
Due after one year through five years
13,933 13,678 788 823
Due after five years through ten years
9,496 8,983 4,811 4,865
Due after ten years
20,257 20,369 5,208 5,200
Totals
$ 43,786 $ 43,130 $ 10,807 $ 10,888
Following is a summary of the proceeds from sales of securities available for sale, as well as gross gains and losses for the years ended December 31:
2016
2015
Proceeds from sale of securities
$ 25,243 $ 3,274
Gross gains on sales
128 101
Gross losses on sales
114
As of December 31, 2016, the amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law was $1,596 and $1,581, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, the amortized cost and fair value of securities pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law was $1,361 and $1,377, respectively.
Note 5   Loans
The following table presents total loans at December 31 by portfolio segment and class of loan:
2016
2015
Commercial:
Commercial and industrial
$ 31,348 $ 36,000
Commercial real estate
187,230 208,725
Agriculture
67,559 66,054
Residential real estate
96,707 108,976
Consumer
7,145 8,982
Subtotals
389,989 428,737
Allowance for loan losses
(18,563 ) (18,356 )
Deferred loan fees
(42 ) (49 )
Loans, net
$ 371,384 $ 410,332
211

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, follows:
Commercial
Residential
Consumer
Totals
Balance at January 1, 2015
$ 16,639 $ 2,697 $ 270 $ 19,606
Provision for loan losses
3,095 433 142 3,670
Loans charged off
(4,696 ) (500 ) (123 ) (5,319 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off
259 121 19 399
Balance at December 31, 2015
15,297 2,751 308 18,356
Provision for loan losses
8,072 2,410 18 10,500
Loans charged off
(10,206 ) (1,004 ) (104 ) (11,314 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off
979 17 25 1,021
Balance at December 31, 2016
$ 14,142 $ 4,174 $ 247 $ 18,563
Allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2016:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 553 $ 130 $ 45 $ 728
Collectively evaluated for impairment
13,589 4,044 202 17,835
Totals
$ 14,142 $ 4,174 $ 247 $ 18,563
Allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2015:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 1,532 $ 96 $ 6 $ 1,634
Collectively evaluated for impairment
13,765 2,655 302 16,722
Totals
$ 15,297 $ 2,751 $ 308 $ 18,356
Analysis of loans evaluated for impairment as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, follows:
Commercial
Residential
Consumer
Totals
Loans at December 31, 2016:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 55,831 $ 7,392 $ 190 $ 63,413
Collectively evaluated for impairment
230,306 89,315 6,955 326,576
Totals
$ 286,137 $ 96,707 $ 7,145 $ 389,989
Loans at December 31, 2015:
Individually evaluated for impairment
$ 50,120 $ 11,147 $ 264 $ 61,531
Collectively evaluated for impairment
260,659 97,829 8,718 367,206
Totals
$ 310,779 $ 108,976 $ 8,982 $ 428,737
212

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Information regarding impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2016, follows:
Recorded
Investment
Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
Average
Investment
Interest
Recognized
Loans with no related allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
$ 3,304 $ 4,335 N/A $ 4,782 $ 194
Commercial real estate
31,388 36,896 N/A 30,743 1,861
Agriculture
18,250 18,280 N/A 9,044 682
Residential real estate
6,626 8,081 N/A 8,109 345
Consumer
29 29 N/A 135 2
Totals
59,597 67,621 N/A 52,812 3,084
Loans with an allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
2,013 2,052 248 2,677 129
Commercial real estate
404 623 222 2,903 36
Agriculture
472 503 83 242 29
Residential real estate
766 782 130 1,163 40
Consumer
161 231 45 93 12
Totals
3,816 4,191 728 7,077 246
Grand totals
$ 63,413 $ 71,812 $ 728 $ 59,889 $ 3,330
Information regarding impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2015 follows:
Recorded
Investment
Principal
Balance
Related
Allowance
Average
Investment
Interest
Recognized
Loans with no related allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
$ 6,260 $ 7,295 N/A $ 5,188 $ 218
Commercial real estate
30,079 32,920 N/A 23,066 1,566
Agriculture
4,957 5,632 N/A 2,930 77
Residential real estate
9,587 10,100 N/A 8,526 474
Consumer
240 307 N/A 186 17
Totals
51,123 56,254 N/A 39,896 2,352
Loans with an allowance for loan losses:
Commercial and industrial
3,340 3,534 718 3,411 200
Commercial real estate
5,199 5,249 664 10,399 293
285 601 150 143 18
Residential real estate
1,560 1,562 96 1,213 87
Consumer
24 25 6 42 2
Totals
10,408 10,971 1,634 15,208 600
Grand totals
$ 61,531 $ 67,225 $ 1,634 $ 55,104 $ 2,952
No additional funds are committed to be advanced in connection with impaired loans.
Impaired loans at December 31, 2015, include related-party loans with a principal balance of  $4,960. At December 31, 2016 there were no related-party impaired loans.
213

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
The Company regularly evaluates various attributes of loans to determine the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. The credit quality indicators monitored differ depending on the segment of loan.
Commercial loans are generally evaluated using the following internally prepared ratings:

“Pass” ratings are assigned to loans with adequate collateral and debt service ability such that collectibility of the contractual loan payments is highly probable.

“Watch/special mention” ratings are assigned to loans where management has some concern that the collateral or debt service ability may not be adequate, though the collectibility of the contractual loan payments is still probable.

“Substandard” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability such that collectibility of the contractual loan payments is no longer probable.

“Doubtful” ratings are assigned to loans that do not have adequate collateral and/or debt service ability, and collectibility of the contractual loan payments is unlikely.
Residential real estate and consumer loans are generally evaluated based on whether or not the loan is performing according to the contractual terms of the loan.
Information regarding the credit quality indicators most closely monitored for commercial loans by class as of December 31 follows:
Pass
Watch/Special
Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Totals
2016
Commercial and industrial
$ 15,778 $ 10,935 $ 4,635 $    — $ 31,348
Commercial real estate
79,187 56,753 51,290 187,230
Agriculture
20,848 7,122 39,589 67,559
Totals
$ 115,813 $ 74,810 $ 95,514 $ $ 286,137
2015
Commercial and industrial
$ 17,564 $ 5,682 $ 12,754 $ $ 36,000
Commercial real estate
89,578 55,717 63,430 208,725
Agriculture
23,726 19,716 22,612 66,054
Totals
$ 130,868 $ 81,115 $ 98,796 $ $ 310,779
Information regarding the credit quality indicators most closely monitored for residential real estate and consumer loans as of December 31 follows:
Performing
Non-performing
Totals
2016
Residential real estate
$ 91,850 $ 4,857 $ 96,707
Consumer
6,955 190 7,145
Totals
$ 98,805 $ 5,047 $ 103,852
2015
Residential real estate
$ 101,126 $ 7,850 $ 108,976
Consumer
8,706 276 8,982
Totals
$ 109,832 $ 8,126 $ 117,958
214

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Loan aging information by class of loan as of December 31, 2016, follows:
Loans Past
Due 30 – 89
Days
Loans Past
Due 90+
Days
Total Past
Due Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 131 $ 1,305 $ 1,436
Commercial real estate
4,890 5,816 10,706
Agriculture
171 2,285 2,456
Residential real estate
1,407 2,212 3,619
Consumer
109 4 113
Totals
$ 6,708 $ 11,622 $ 18,330
Total Past
Due Loans
Total Current
Loans
Total Loans
Loans 90+
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
Interest
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 1,436 $ 29,912 $ 31,348 $ $ 1,309
Commercial real estate
10,706 176,54 187,230 17,134
Agriculture
2,456 65,103 67,559 2,950
Residential real estate
3,619 93,088 96,707 4,857
Consumer
113 7,028 7,145 4 190
Totals
$ 18,330 $ 371,655 $ 389,989 $ 4 $ 26,440
Loan aging information by class of loan as of December 31, 2015, follows:
Loans Past
Due 30 – 89
Days
Loans Past
Due 90+
Days
Total Past
Due Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 1,269 $ 2,069 $ 3,338
Commercial real estate
2,343 3,131 5,474
Agriculture
1,704 1,531 3,235
Residential real estate
4,397 1,743 6,140
Consumer
100 58 158
Totals
$ 9,813 $ 8,532 $ 18,345
215

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Total Past
Due Loans
Total Current
Loans
Total Loans
Loans 90+
Days Past
Due and
Accruing
Interest
Total
Nonaccrual
Loans
Commercial and industrial
$ 3,338 $ 32,662 $ 36,000 $ 454 $ 9,405
Commercial real estate
5,474 203,251 208,725 145 12,330
Agriculture
3,235 62,819 66,054 2,007
Residential real estate
6,140 102,836 108,976 7,850
Consumer
158 8,824 8,982 1 276
Totals
$ 18,345 $ 410,392 $ 428,737 $ 600 $ 31,868
When, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial difficulties, the Company grants a concession to the borrower that the Company would not otherwise consider, the modified loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring. Loan modifications may consist of forgiveness of interest and/or principal, a reduction of the interest rate, interest-only payments for a period of time, and/or extending amortization terms.
The following presents information regarding modifications of loans classified as troubled debt restructurings during the years ended December 31. All troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans. The recorded investment presented in the following tables does not include specific reserves for loan losses recognized for these loans, which totaled $54 and $0 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Number of
Contracts
Pre-
Modification
Investment
Post-
Modification
Investment
2016
New troubled debt restructurings:
Commercial and industrial
7 $ 1,175 $ 1,175
Commercial real estate
20 9,975 9,975
Agriculture
29 15,697 15,697
Residential real estate
12 1,111 1,111
Consumer
2 13 13
Totals
70 $ 27,971 $ 27,971
2015
New troubled debt restructurings:
Commercial and industrial
8 $ 5,550 $ 5,550
Commercial real estate
37 16,063 15,933
Agriculture
13 5,079 5,079
Residential real estate
32 6,303 6,303
Consumer
8 301 301
Totals
98 $ 33,296 $ 33,166
216

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
The Company considers a troubled debt restructuring in default if it becomes past due more than 30 days. The following table summarizes troubled debt restructurings that defaulted within 12 months of their modification date during the years ended December 31.
Number of
Contracts
Recorded
Investment
2016
Troubled debt restructurings that defaulted:
Commercial real estate
3 3,108
Residential real estate
3 159
Totals
6 $ 3,267
2015
Troubled debt restructurings that defaulted:
Commercial and industrial
3 $ 2,136
Commercial real estate
7 3,627
Agriculture
6 1,016
Residential real estate
8 1,390
Consumer
2 20
Totals
26 $ 8,189
Directors, executive officers, principal stockholders of the Company, including their families and firms in which they are principal owners, are considered to be related parties. Substantially all loans to these related parties were made on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with others and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
A summary of loans to directors, executive officers, principal stockholders, and their affiliates as of December 31 is as follows:
2016
2015
Balance at beginning
$ 5,998 $ 9,454
Adjustments due to changes in directors, executive officers, and/or principal stockholders
(5,755 ) (1,544 )
New loans
231 748
Repayments
(95 ) (2,660 )
Balance at end
$ 379 $ 5,998
217

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
At December 31 related-party loans classified as past due or nonaccrual consisted of the following:
2016
2015
Current loans classified as nonaccrual
$    — $ 560
Loans past due 30 – 89 days
3,412
Loans past due 90+ days
988
Total nonperforming related-party loans
$ $ 4,960
During 2016, related party loans of  $2,469 were charged off.
Note 6   Premises and Equipment
An analysis of premises and equipment at December 31 follows:
2016
2015
Land
$ 1,308 $ 1,308
Buildings
8,084 8,053
Furniture and equipment
8,281 8,214
Subtotals
17,673 17,575
Less – Accumulated depreciation and amortization
8,521 8,000
Premises and equipment, net
$ 9,151 $ 9,575
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment charged to operating expense totaled $596 and $588 in 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Company also leases a branch under a non-cancelable operating lease. Rent expense for the lease was $36 during 2016 and 2015. The lease expires in January 2019 and the Company has future non-cancelable rental payments of  $36 during 2017 and 2018 and $3 during 2019.
Note 7   Intangible Assets and Goodwill
The intangible asset consisted of a core-deposit premium. At December 31, 2015 the Company determined the asset was fully impaired and recorded impairment expense of  $523.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded goodwill impairment charges totaling $11,316. The Company tested its goodwill impairment under the provisions of ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other. The impairment charges recorded were precipitated by a sustained increase in the ratio of the Bank’s nonperforming assets to total assets, sustained levels of lower earnings by the Company, as well as a deterioration in the Company’s projected earnings, operating profits, and cash flows.
218

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Note 8   Other Real Estate Owned
A summary of activity in other real estate owned for the years ended December 31 is as follows:
2016
2015
Balance at beginning
$ 5,140 $ 10,712
Acquired in settlement of loans
2,811 2,636
Sale proceeds
(2,896 ) (5,180 )
Loans made on sale of other real estate owned
(228 )
Net loss from sale of other real estate owned
(388 ) (728 )
Provision for write-down charged to operations
(500 ) (2,300 )
Balance at end
$ 3,939 $ 5,140
Net gain and loss from the sale of other real estate owned, the provision to expense for the partial write-down of other real estate owned prior to sale, as well as periodic holding costs are recorded as other real estate owned expense.
As of December 31, 2016, and 2015 balances of other real estate owned classified as residential real estate totaled $513 and $732, respectively. Residential real estate loans in the process of foreclosure totaled $529 at December 31, 2016, and $404 at December 31, 2015.
At December 31, 2016, $2,054 of other real estate owned was being leased under leases with original terms between three and five years. The leases provide the lessor with an option to purchase the other real estate owned during the term of the lease. No other real estate owned was leased at December 31, 2015.
Note 9   Deposits
Time deposits of  $250 or more totaled $26,959 and $60,560 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2016, are summarized as follows:
2016
$ 173,120
2017
55,064
2018
4,471
2019
229
2020
70
Thereafter
202
Total
$ 233,156
Brokered deposits included in time deposits on the balance sheets totaled approximately $0 and $38,036 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
Deposits from directors, executive officers, principal stockholders, and their affiliates totaled $1,958 and $2,127 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
219

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Note 10   Borrowed Funds
Borrowed funds consist of the following at December 31:
2016
2015
Rates
Amount
Rates
Amount
Federal Home Loan Bank – Open line of credit, adjustable rate
$    — 0.30 % $ 9,000
The Company has a master contract agreement with the FHLB that provides for borrowing up to the maximum of 56% of the book value of the Company’s qualifying one- to four-family residential real estate loans and up to the maximum of 41% of the book value of the Company’s qualifying commercial and commercial real estate loans. At December 31, 2016, qualifying one- to four-family residential real estate loans pledged as collateral totaled $67,485 and qualifying commercial and commercial real estate loans pledged as collateral totaled $69,317. The FHLB provides both fixed and floating rate borrowings. Floating rates are tied to short-term market rates of interest, such as London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), federal funds, or treasury bill rates. Term borrowings with call provisions permit the FHLB to request payment beginning on the call date and quarterly thereafter. FHLB term borrowings are subject to a prepayment penalty if they are repaid prior to maturity. FHLB borrowings are also secured by $1,588 of FHLB stock owned by the Company at December 31, 2016 and 2015. At December 31, 2016, the Company’s available and unused portion of this borrowing, without the purchase of additional FHLB stock, totaled $35,274. The Company’s total available borrowings through the FHLB at December 31, 2016, would increase to $66,289 with the purchase of additional FHLB stock totaling $1,396.
Note 11   Employee Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors a 401(k) profit sharing plan which includes an Employee Stock Ownership Plan component (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Employees may elect to contribute up to 20% of their compensation, subject to certain limitations based on federal tax laws. The Company matches 100% of employee contributions up to 4% of base compensation that an employee contributes in addition to a discretionary profit sharing contribution. Matching contributions vest to the employee immediately, while discretionary profit sharing contributions vest equally over a six-year period. Profit sharing expense charged to operations was $239 and $274 for 2016 and 2015, respectively.
The Plan enables active participants to direct all or a portion of their account balances to be invested in Company stock. Any purchase of Company stock is dependent on the actions of the Company’s board of directors to allow the Company stock component to be open to participants.
Participants have the right to diversify the Company stock component of their account balances once they have attained both age 55 and 10 years of participation under the Plan. The right to diversify includes the right to sell a cumulative total of 25% of the units of the Company’s stock held in the participant’s account back to the Company and to transfer the proceeds into other investment accounts under the Plan, starting with the first plan year following the plan year in which the participant is first eligible to diversify. In the sixth subsequent plan year, the percentage is increased to 50%.
During 2014, the Plan was amended to allow current employees who have reached the age of 65 and completed at least 20 years of participation in the Plan to elect to diversify the lesser of 25% of their Company stock account or $150,000 during a “diversification window.” The diversification window is the 90-day period beginning January 1 of each plan year. All diversification requests received during the diversification window are to be completed by no later than the December 31 immediately following the end of the diversification window.
220

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
At December 31, 2016, Company common stock valued at $923 in the Plan has been requested for distribution by Plan participants. The Plan and the Company currently do not have a source of funds to process the distribution requests. Any distributions funded through purchase of Company stock held in the Plan by the Company requires approval of the Federal Reserve Bank (Note 2). In addition, any Bank dividends to the Company to provide the Company with funds to purchase the stock requires approval of the OCC (Note 2) and the Federal Reserve Bank.
Distribution of Company stock occurs only at stated diversification windows, termination of employment, death, or disability. At the time of distribution, payment may be made using available cash in the Plan. The Trustee also has the right to put back the stock to the Company. Due to the Company’s resolution with the Federal Reserve Bank (Note 2), any Company repurchase of Company stock held in the Plan would need to be approved by the Federal Reserve Bank. To date, requests for repurchase have not been approved by the Federal Reserve Bank. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s maximum repurchase obligation of Company stock in the Plan was valued at $3,455 and $5,131, respectively.
Note 12   Stock Based Compensation
Under a specific agreement with one employee the Company granted 22 shares of restricted stock during 2016. At grant date, the estimated fair value of shares was equal to the estimated fair value of the stock.
Following is a summary of activity in nonvested shares for the year ended December 31, 2016:
2016
Number of
Shares
Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of year
$
Granted during the year
22 4,506.00
Vested during the year
(1 ) 4,506.00
Nonvested for grant at end of year
21 $ 4,506.00
Available for grant at end of year
The total fair value of shares vested was $5 during 2016. There were no shares vested at December 31, 2015 and therefore no compensation expense.
Compensation expense recognized for shares vested totaled $5 during 2016. As of December 31, 2016 the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding nonvested shares was $94, which is expected to be recognized over a vesting period of three years.
The Company has a policy of issuing shares of treasury stock to satisfy awards under the stock compensation plan.
Note 13   Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters
Under the terms of the Bank’s Consent Order (see Note 2), the Bank can only pay dividends with the prior written approval of the OCC. As also detailed in Note 2, the Company requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank prior to declaring and paying dividends.
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possible additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the
221

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Beginning in 2015 the Bank is subject to a new capital adequacy framework called Basel III. Basel III includes several changes to the capital adequacy guidelines, including a new Common Equity Tier 1 capital requirement, increases in the minimum required Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios, and other changes to the calculation of regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table). It is management’s opinion, as of December 31, 2016, that the Bank meet all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
Although the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios meet the requirements to be considered well capitalized at December 31, 2016, the Bank is only adequately capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action due to stipulations of the Bank’s consent order with the OCC (Note 2). To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank would normally be required to maintain minimum capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since notification which management believes have changed the Bank’s adequately capitalized classification.
The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, are presented in the following table:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
2016
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 71,852 18.2 % ≥$ 17,784 ≥4.5 % ≥$ 25,688 ≥6.5 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 71,852 18.2 % ≥$ 23,712 ≥6.0 % ≥$ 31,616 ≥8.0 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 76,960 19.5 % ≥$ 51,375 ≥13.0 % (1)
Tier I capital (to average assets):
$ 71,852 14.7 % ≥$ 44,001 ≥9.0 % (1)
2015
Common Equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 78,342 17.2 % ≥$ 20,538 ≥4.5 % ≥$ 29,666 ≥6.5 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 78,342 17.2 % ≥$ 27,384 ≥6.0 % ≥$ 36,512 ≥8.0 %
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
$ 84,203 18.5 % ≥$ 59,333 ≥13.0 % (1)
Tier I capital (to average assets):
$ 78,342 14.3 % ≥$ 49,245 ≥9.0 % (1)
(1)
Capital ratio to be considered adequately capitalized based on Bank’s Consent Order.
Note 14   Commitments, Contingencies, and Credit Risk
Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
222

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual, or notional, amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon and some of the commitments may not be drawn upon to the total extent of the commitment, the notional amount of these commitments does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
The following commitments were outstanding at December 31:
Notional Amount
2016
2015
Commitments to extend credit
$ 2,551 $ 2,225
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit
21,171 24,110
Credit card commitments
1,633 1,700
Standby letters of credit
369 1,209
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at fixed or variable rates as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The amount of collateral obtained upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable; inventory; property, plant, and equipment; real estate; and stocks and bonds.
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit may or may not require collateral and may or may not contain a specific maturity date.
Credit card commitments are commitments on credit cards issued by the Company and serviced by other companies. These commitments are unsecured.
Standby letters of credit are conditional lending commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Generally all standby letters of credit issued have expiration dates within one year. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company generally holds collateral supporting these commitments. Standby letters of credit are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements since recording the fair value of these guarantees would not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Legal Contingencies
Various legal claims arise from time to time in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Concentration of Credit Risk
The majority of the Company’s loans, commitments, and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s market area. The concentrations of credit by type are set forth in Note 5. Standby letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers. Management believes the diversity of the local economy will prevent significant losses in the event of an economic downturn.
Note 15   Fair Value Measurements
Accounting standards describe three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value (the fair value hierarchy). The level of an asset or liability within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement of that asset or liability.
223

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Following is a brief description of each level of the fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 — Fair value measurement is based on quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 — Fair value measurement is based on: (1) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (2) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or (3) valuation models and methodologies for which all significant assumptions are or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 — Fair value measurement is based on valuation models and methodologies that incorporate at least one significant assumption that cannot be corroborated by observable market data. Level 3 measurements reflect the Company’s estimates about assumptions market participants would use in measuring fair value of the asset or liability.
Some assets and liabilities, such as securities available for sale, are measured at fair value on a recurring basis under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Other assets and liabilities, such as impaired loans, and other real estate owned may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.
Following is a description of the valuation methodology and significant inputs used for each asset measured at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis, as well as the classification of the asset within the fair value hierarchy.
Securities available for sale  — Securities available for sale are classified as Level 2 measurements within the fair value hierarchy. Level 2 securities include U.S. government and agency securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, and certificates of deposit. The fair value measurement of a Level 2 security is obtained from an independent pricing service and is based on recent sales of similar securities and other observable market data.
Loans  — Loans are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, loans considered to be impaired may be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The fair value measurement of an impaired loan that is collateral dependent is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. All other impaired loan measurements are based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the applicable effective interest rate and, thus, are not fair value measurements. Fair value measurements of underlying collateral utilize some observable market data, such as independent appraisals reflecting recent comparable sales; however, they also include significant management estimates about assumptions market participants would use to measure fair value and are therefore considered Level 3 measurements.
Other real estate owned  — Real estate acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure is not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. However, other real estate is initially measured at fair value (less estimated costs to sell) when it is acquired and may also be measured at fair value (less estimated costs to sell) if it becomes subsequently impaired. The fair value measurement for each property may be obtained from an independent appraiser or prepared internally. Fair value measurements obtained from independent appraisers generally utilize a market approach based on sales of comparable assets and/or an income approach. Such measurements are usually considered Level 2 measurements. However, management routinely evaluates fair value measurements of independent appraisers by comparing actual selling prices to the most recent appraisals. If management determines significant adjustments should be made to the independent appraisals based on these evaluations, these measurements are considered Level 3 measurements. Fair value measurements prepared internally are based on management’s comparisons to sales of comparable assets, but include significant unobservable data and are therefore considered Level 3 measurements.
224

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31 follows:
Assets
Measured at
Fair Value
Recurring Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
2016
Assets:
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 501 $    — $ 501 $    —
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
21,677 21,677
Corporate securities
20,211 20,211
Certificates of deposit
741 741
Total assets
$ 43,130 $ $ 43,130 $
2015
Assets:
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government and agency securities
$ 4,022 $ $ 4,022 $
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
38,996 38,996
Corporate securities
32,380 32,380
Government sponsored entity residential mortgage-backed securities
105 105
Total assets
$ 75,503 $ $ 75,503 $
Information regarding the fair value of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31 follows.
Assets
Measured at
Fair Value
Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements Using
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
2016
Loans
$ 3,088 $    — $    — $ 3,088
Other real estate owned
3,939 3,939
Totals
$ 7,027 $ $ $ 7,027
2015
Loans
$ 8,774 $ $ $ 8,774
Other real estate owned
5,140 5,140
Totals
$ 13,914 $ $ $ 13,914
225

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc. and Subsidiary

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands)
At December 31, 2016, loans with a carrying amount of  $3,816 were considered impaired and were written down to their estimated fair value of  $3,088. As a result, the Company recognized a specific valuation allowance against these impaired loans totaling $728 at December 31, 2016. At December 31, 2015, loans with a carrying amount of  $10,408 were considered impaired and were written down to their estimated fair value of  $8,774. As a result, the Company recognized a specific valuation allowance against these impaired loans totaling $1,634 at December 31, 2015.
During 2016, other real estate owned with a fair value of  $2,811 was acquired through or in lieu of foreclosure. During 2016, other real estate owned with a carrying amount of  $4,439 was written down to fair value of  $3,939. As a result, an impairment charge of  $500 was included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2016. During 2015, other real estate owned with a fair value of  $2,636 was acquired through or in lieu of foreclosure. During 2015, other real estate owned with a carrying amount of  $7,440 was written down to fair value of  $5,140. As a result, an impairment charge of  $2,300 was included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2015.
The following presents quantitative information about nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31:
Asset
Fair Value
Valuation
Techniques
Unobservable Inputs
Range/​
Weighted
Average
2016
Impaired loans
$ 3,088
Market and/or Income Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
Other real estate owned
3,939
Market and/or Income Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
2015
Impaired loans
8,774
Market and/or Income Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
Other real estate owned
5,140
Market and/or Income Approach
Management discount on
appraised values
5% – 15%
Note 16   Stockholder Agreement
Under a Stockholder Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated October 31, 2007, Stockholders have the right to provide written notice to the Company indicating their desire to sell all or a portion of their stock holdings at a formula price defined in the Agreement. If the Company or another shareholder does not purchase the stock for the formula price within 120 days after written notice is given, the seller may within 30 days provide the Company with written notice requiring the Company to effect a coordinated transaction. The Agreement indicates a coordinated transaction is a transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, which results in each shareholder receiving the same consideration per share of stock in cash. The Company is required under the Agreement to take all steps necessary to arrange for a coordinated transaction as promptly as reasonably practicable. As of December 31, 2016, various stockholders (representing approximately 29% of the outstanding shares) have provided written notice to the Company requesting a coordinated transaction.
Note 17   Subsequent Event
On April 7, 2017 the Company signed a settlement agreement with a former employee. Under the terms of the settlement agreement the former employee agreed to pay the Company $1,600 in the form of a promissory note secured by Company stock.
226

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 14.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
On February 27, 2018, our Audit Committee approved the dismissal of Porter Keadle Moore, LLC (“PKM”) from its role as our independent auditor for the Company. On May 24, 2018, PKM was engaged on a one-time basis to reissue its report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 under the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
The reports of PKM on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, which are included herein, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the subsequent interim period from January 1, 2018 through February 27, 2018 and from May 24, 2018 to August 15, 2018, (i) we had no disagreements with PKM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of PKM, would have caused PKM to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its report on the consolidated financial statements for such periods, and (ii) there were no “reportable events” as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.
We provided PKM with a copy of this disclosure prior to its filing and requested that PKM furnish it with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements and, if not, stating the respect in which it does not agree. A copy of PKM’s letter, dated September 24, 2018 is attached as Exhibit 16.1 to this Form 10.
On February 27, 2018, our Audit Committee approved the engagement of CliftonLarsonAllen LLP as our new independent registered public accounting firm. We did not consult CliftonLarsonAllen LLP regarding (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or any reportable event (as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the subsequent interim period ended February 27, 2018.
227

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ITEM 15.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
(a) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.   The following financial statements are included in this report:
The financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as part of this registration statement and begin on page 104 and index thereto is included in Item 13.
(b) EXHIBITS.   The following exhibits are included as part of this report:
Exhibit No.
Description
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Bank First National Corporation, BFNC Merger Sub, LLC, and Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc., dated as of May 11, 2017
2.2 First Amendment, dated as of July 20, 2017, to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 11, 2017, by and among Bank First National Corporation, BFNC Merger Sub, LLC, and Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc.
3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of Bank First National Corporation*
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Bank First National Corporation*
4.1 Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Bank First National Corporation
10.1 Bank First National Corporation 2011 Equity Plan
10.2 Bank First National Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan
16.1 Letter from Porter Keadle Moore, LLC, dated September 24, 2018, regarding change in accountant
21.1 Subsidiaries of Bank First National Corporation
*
To be filed by amendment.
228

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form 10 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
September 24, 2018
By:
/s/ Michael B. Molepske
Michael B. Molepske
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
September 24, 2018
By:
/s/ Kevin LeMahieu
Kevin LeMahieu
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
229

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

BY AND AMONG

 

BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION,

 

BFNC merger sub, llc

 

AND

 

waupaca bancorporation, inc.

 

Dated as of May 11, 2017

 

     

 

   

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article 1 TRANSACTIONS AND TERMS OF MERGER 1
     
1.1 Merger 1
1.2 Time and Place of Closing 2
1.3 Subsequent Mergers 2
1.4 Restructuring of the Merger 2
1.5 Effective Time 2
     
Article 2 TERMS OF MERGER 3
     
2.1 Articles of Organization 3
2.2 Operating Agreement 3
2.3 Directors 3
2.4 Officers 3
2.5 Effects of the Merger 3
     
Article 3 MANNER OF CONVERTING SHARES 3
     
3.1 Conversion of Shares 3
3.2 Election and Allocation Procedures 5
3.3 Dissenting Shareholders 7
3.4 Post-Effective Time Payment 7
3.5 No Fractional Shares 8
3.6 Seller Restricted Shares 8
     
Article 4 PAYMENT FOR SHARES 9
     
4.1 Procedures 9
4.2 Rights of Former Seller Shareholders 10
4.3 Return of Payment Fund 10
     
Article 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER 11
     
5.1 Organization, Standing, and Power 11
5.2 Authority of Seller; No Breach by Agreement 11
5.3 Capital Stock 12
5.4 Seller Subsidiaries 13
5.5 Securities 14
5.6 Financial Statements 14
5.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities 14
5.8 Absence of Certain Changes or Events 15
5.9 Tax Matters 15
5.10 Transactions with Affiliates 18
5.11 Loans 18
5.12 Assets 20
5.13 Community Reinvestment Act Compliance 23
5.14 Intellectual Property 23
5.15 Environmental Matters 23
5.16 Compliance with Laws 24

 

     

 

  

5.17 Labor Relations 25
5.18 Employee Benefit Plans 25
5.19 Material Contracts 29
5.20 Privacy of Customer Information 29
5.21 Legal Proceedings 29
5.22 Reports 30
5.23 Loans to Executive Officers and Directors 30
5.24 Statements True and Correct 30
5.25 Regulatory Matters 30
5.26 Trust Business 31
5.27 Investment Management and Related Activities 31
5.28 Brokers 31
5.29 Opinion of Financial Advisor 31
5.30 Board Recommendation 31
5.31 Investment Securities 32
5.32 Derivative Instruments 32
5.33 Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity 33
5.34 Bank Secrecy Act; PATRIOT Act; Anti-Money Laundering 33
5.35 Transaction Expenses 33
5.36 Minute Books and Records 33
5.37 Shareholders 33
5.38 No Further Representations 34
     
Article 6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER And Merger Sub 34
     
6.1 Organization, Standing and Power 34
6.2 Authority of Buyer; No Breach By Agreement 34
6.3 Capital Stock 35
6.4 Buyer Subsidiaries 36
6.5 Securities 37
6.6 Financial Statements 37
6.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities 38
6.8 Absence of Certain Changes or Events 38
6.9 Tax Matters 38
6.10 Transactions with Affiliates 40
6.11 Loans 41
6.12 Assets 42
6.13 Community Reinvestment Act Compliance 45
6.14 Intellectual Property 45
6.15 Environmental Matters 45
6.16 Compliance with Laws 46
6.17 Labor Relations 47
6.18 Employee Benefit Plans 47
6.19 Material Contracts 50
6.20 Privacy of Customer Information 51
6.21 Legal Proceedings 51
6.22 Reports 51

 

     

 

  

6.23 Loans to Executive Officers and Directors 51
6.24 Statements True and Correct 52
6.25 Regulatory Matters 52
6.26 Trust Business 52
6.27 Investment Management and Related Activities 53
6.28 Investment Securities 53
6.29 Derivative Instruments 53
6.30 Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity 54
6.31 Bank Secrecy Act; PATRIOT Act; Anti-Money Laundering 54
6.32 Minute Books and Records 54
6.33 Shareholders 54
6.34 No Further Representations 54
     
Article 7 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING CONSUMMATION 55
     
7.1 Affirmative Covenants of Seller 55
7.2 Negative Covenants of Seller 56
7.3 Covenants of Buyer 59
7.4 Reports 59
     
Article 8 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS 60
     
8.1 Proxy Statement; Shareholder Approval 60
8.2 Exemption from Securities Registration 60
8.3 Other Offers, Etc. 60
8.4 Certain Actions 61
8.5 Consents of Governmental Authorities 63
8.6 Agreement as to Efforts to Consummate 63
8.7 Filings with State Offices 63
8.8 Investigation and Confidentiality 63
8.9 Press Releases 64
8.10 State Takeover Laws 64
8.11 Employee Benefits and Contracts; Directors 65
8.12 D&O Indemnification 66
8.13 Closing Net Worth Calculation 68
8.14 Buyer’s and Bank First National’s Board 69
8.15 Delivery of Seller Disclosure Memorandum and Disclosure Supplements 69
8.16 Additional Actions 70
     
Article 9 TAX MATTERS 70
     
9.1 S Corporation Status 70
     
Article 10 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS TO CONSUMMATE 72
     
10.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party 72
10.2 Conditions to Obligations of Buyer and Merger Sub 72
10.3 Conditions to Obligations of Seller 74
     
Article 11 TERMINATION 75

 

     

 

   

11.1 Termination 75
11.2 Effect of Termination 76
     
Article 12 MISCELLANEOUS 77
     
12.1 Definitions 77
12.2 Expenses 89
12.3 Brokers and Finders 89
12.4 Entire Agreement 89
12.5 Amendments 89
12.6 Waivers 89
12.7 Assignment 90
12.8 Notices 90
12.9 Governing Law; Venue 91
12.10 Counterparts 91
12.11 Captions; Articles and Sections 91
12.12 Interpretations 92
12.13 Enforcement of Agreement 92
12.14 Third Party Beneficiaries 92
12.15 Severability 92

 

     

 

  

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit Number   Description
     
1   Short Form Merger Agreement
     
2   Plan of Bank Merger
     
3   Form of Support Agreement
     
4   Form of Director’s Agreement
     
5   Form of Claims Letter

 

     

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of May 11, 2017 is by and among Bank First National Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (“ Buyer ”), BFNC Merger Sub, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company of which Buyer is the sole member (“ Merger Sub ”), and Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“ Seller ”).

 

Preamble

 

Each of the Boards of Directors of Buyer (on behalf of Buyer and on behalf of Merger Sub) and Seller has approved and determined that the transactions described herein are in the best interests of its equityholders. This Agreement provides for the acquisition of Seller by Buyer pursuant to the merger of Seller with and into Merger Sub (the “ Merger ”). The transactions described in this Agreement are subject to the approvals of the shareholders of Seller, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “ FRB ”), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “ OCC ”), other regulatory authorities as applicable, and the satisfaction of certain other conditions described in this Agreement.

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 12.1(a) of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the above and the mutual warranties, representations, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1

TRANSACTIONS AND TERMS OF MERGER

 

1.1 Merger.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined), Seller shall be merged with and into Merger Sub, in accordance with the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (the “ WBCL ”) and the Wisconsin Limited Liability Company Act (the “ WLLCA ”), and Merger Sub shall be the Surviving Company resulting from the Merger (the “ Surviving Company ”) and will remain a wholly-owned subsidiary by Buyer. The Merger shall be consummated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, which has been approved and adopted by the respective Boards of Directors of Seller and Buyer (on behalf of Buyer and on behalf of Merger Sub).

 

  - 1 -  

 

  

1.2 Time and Place of Closing.

 

Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 11.1 , the closing for the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Alston & Bird LLP, 1201 West Peachtree Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30309, at 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on a date to be mutually agreed upon by Buyer and Seller, which shall be no later than the tenth (10 th ) business day following the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with this Agreement of all of the conditions set forth in Article 10 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions), or at such other time and date as may be mutually agreed in writing by Buyer and Seller. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to as the “ Closing Date .”

 

1.3 Subsequent Mergers.

 

(a)          Immediately following the Effective Time, the Surviving Company shall be merged with and into Buyer pursuant to a Short Form Merger Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (“ Merger 2 ”).

 

(b)          Immediately following Merger 2, or at such other time as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion, First National Bank, a national banking institution and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller, shall be merged with and into Bank First National, a national banking institution and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer (the “ Bank Merger ”), and Bank First National shall be the surviving entity from the Bank Merger (the “ Surviving Subsidiary ”) pursuant to a Plan of Bank Merger in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2 . Neither the receipt of regulatory approvals related to, nor the timing of, such Bank Merger shall affect the timing or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

1.4 Restructuring of the Merger.

 

Buyer shall have the right at any time and without the approval of Seller to revise the structure of the Merger if and to the extent that it reasonably deems such a change to be necessary to effect the purpose and intent of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such revision to the structure of the Merger shall adversely affect any Seller Entity prior to the Effective Time or any shareholders of Seller before or after the Effective Time. Without limitation, no such revision to the structure of the Merger shall (i) result in any changes in the amount or type of the consideration which the holders of shares of Seller Common Stock are entitled to receive under this Agreement, (ii) adversely affect the tax treatment of Buyer’s or Seller’s shareholders pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) adversely affect the tax treatment of Buyer or Seller pursuant to this Agreement or (iv) unreasonably impede or delay consummation of the Merger. Buyer may exercise this right of revision by giving written notice to Seller in the manner provided in Section 12.8, which notice shall be in the form of an amendment to this Agreement. In the event Buyer elects to make such a change, the Parties agree to execute appropriate documents to reflect the change.

 

1.5 Effective Time.

 

At the Closing, Merger Sub and Seller shall file Articles of Merger with the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Wisconsin in such form as is required by, and executed in accordance with, the WBCL and the WLLCA. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Articles of Merger are duly filed with the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Wisconsin or at such subsequent time as Buyer and Seller shall agree and specify in the Articles of Merger (the time and date that the Merger becomes effective is referred to as the “ Effective Time ”).

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

Article 2

TERMS OF MERGER

 

2.1 Articles of Organization.

 

The Articles of Organization of Merger Sub in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company until duly amended or repealed.

 

2.2 Operating Agreement.

 

The Operating Agreement of Merger Sub in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company until duly amended or repealed.

 

2.3 Directors.

 

The directors of Merger Sub in office immediately prior to the Effective Time shall serve as the directors of the Surviving Company, from and after the Effective Time, in accordance with the Bylaws of the Surviving Company.

 

2.4 Officers.

 

The officers of Merger Sub in office immediately prior to the Effective Time, together with such additional persons as may thereafter be appointed, shall serve as the officers of the Surviving Company, from and after the Effective Time, in accordance with the Bylaws of the Surviving Company.

 

2.5 Effects of the Merger.

 

At and after the Effective Time, the Merger shall have the effects set forth in the WBCL and WLLCA.

 

Article 3

MANNER OF CONVERTING SHARES

 

3.1 Conversion of Shares.

 

At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Merger Sub, Buyer, Seller, or the Subsidiaries or shareholders of any of the foregoing, the shares of the constituent companies to the Merger shall be converted as follows:

 

(a)          The sole membership interest of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain issued and outstanding from and after the Effective Time.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

 

(b)          Each share of capital stock of Buyer issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain issued and outstanding from and after the Effective Time.

 

(c)          Subject to the allocations and adjustments provided in Section 3.2 and in the manner provided in Article 4, each share of Seller Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (excluding shares of Seller Common Stock held by Seller and excluding shares held by shareholders of Seller who perfect their statutory dissenters’ rights, if applicable, as provided in Section 3.3), shall be converted as follows:

 

(i)          Each share of Seller Common Stock held by an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) (the “ Accredited Holder ”), with such accredited investor status evidenced by the delivery to Buyer of an accredited investor questionnaire contained within the Letter of Transmittal, as well as the thirty-five (35) unaccredited investors with the largest beneficial ownership of shares of Seller Common Stock, as permitted by Regulation D of the Securities Act (together with Accredited Holders, the “ Reg D Holders ”), shall automatically be cancelled and shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted, at the election of such Reg D Holder, into and exchanged for the right to receive either the (1) Per Share Cash Consideration, or (2) Per Share Stock Consideration; and

 

(ii)         Each share of Seller Common Stock not held by a Reg D Holder shall automatically be cancelled and shall cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for the right to receive the Per Share Cash Consideration. For purposes of this Agreement, the Per Share Cash Consideration and Per Share Stock Consideration are referred to herein as the “ Per Share Merger Consideration ”).

 

(d)          Each share of Seller Common Stock held by Seller immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be cancelled and shall cease to exist and no Per Share Merger Consideration shall be payable or delivered in exchange therefor.

 

(e)          If, between the date hereof and the Effective Time, the number of outstanding shares of Buyer Common Stock or Seller Common Stock shall have been increased, decreased, changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or securities as a result of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in capitalization, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made to the Per Share Merger Consideration.

 

  - 4 -  

 

  

3.2 Election and Allocation Procedures.

 

(a)           Election .

 

(i)          An election form (the “ Election Form ”), together with a Letter of Transmittal pursuant to Section 4.1, shall be mailed within two business days after the Effective Time to each Reg D Holder of record of Seller Common Stock at the Effective Time. Such date of mailing shall be referred to hereinafter as the “ Mailing Date ”. Each Election Form shall permit the Reg D Holder to elect to receive cash consideration in lieu of receiving the Per Share Stock Consideration with respect to all or any of the Reg D Holder’s shares of Seller Common Stock (shares as to which the election is made being “ Cash Election Shares ”). Reg D Holders who are to receive cash in lieu of exchanging all or any of their shares of Seller Common Stock for the Per Share Stock Consideration shall receive the Per Share Cash Consideration. The sum of all payments of Per Share Cash Consideration arising as a result of the conversion of shares of Seller Common Stock in the Merger shall not exceed 70% of the Merger Consideration (the “ Cash Amount ”).

 

(ii)         Any share of Seller Common Stock with respect to which the Reg D Holder shall not have submitted to the Exchange Agent (as hereinafter defined) an effective, properly completed Election Form on or before 30 days after the Mailing Date (such deadline, the “ Election Deadline ”) shall be converted into Per Share Stock Consideration (shares as to which no such Election Form has been submitted being “ No Election Shares ”).

 

(iii)        Any election to treat any shares of Seller Common Stock as Cash Election Shares shall have been properly made only if the Exchange Agent shall have actually received a properly completed Election Form by the Election Deadline. An Election Form shall be deemed properly completed only if accompanied by one or more certificates representing all Seller Common Stock covered by such Election Form (or an affidavit of that fact from the holder claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed as required by Section 4.1), together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal included with the Election Form. Any Election Form may be revoked or changed by the person submitting such Election Form at or prior to the Election Deadline. In the event an Election Form is revoked prior to the Election Deadline and no other valid election is made, the shares of Seller Common Stock represented by such Election Form shall be No Election Shares. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and of the Election Form, the Exchange Agent shall have reasonable discretion to determine whether any election, revocation or change has been properly or timely made and to disregard immaterial defects in the Election Forms. Neither Buyer nor the Exchange Agent shall be under any obligation to notify any person of any defect in an Election Form.

 

(b)           Allocation and Adjustment . As soon as reasonably practicable after the Election Deadline, Buyer shall cause the Exchange Agent to allocate the Per Share Merger Consideration, which shall be effected by the Exchange Agent as follows:

 

(i)          If the sum of all payments of Per Share Cash Consideration arising as a result of the conversion of shares of Seller Common Stock in the Merger is less than or equal to the Cash Amount, then:

 

  - 5 -  

 

  

(A)         each share of Seller Common Stock not held by a Reg D Holder shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Cash Consideration;

 

(B)         each Cash Election Share shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Cash Consideration;

 

(C)         each No Election Share shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Stock Consideration; and

 

(D)         each remaining unconverted share of Seller Common Stock (after application of subsections (A), (B) and (C) above) shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Stock Consideration.

 

(ii)         If the sum of all payments of Per Share Cash Consideration arising as a result of the conversion of shares of Seller Common Stock in the Merger would, but for the application of this subsection (ii), be greater than the Cash Amount, then:

 

(A)         each share of Seller Common Stock not held by a Reg D Holder shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Cash Consideration;

 

(B)         each No Election Share shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Stock Consideration;

 

(C)         the Exchange Agent shall select from among the holders of Cash Election Shares, on a pro rata basis based on the number of Cash Election Shares submitted, a sufficient number of such Cash Election Shares such that the amount of cash that will be issued in the Merger equals, as closely as practicable, the Cash Amount, and each such Cash Election Share shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Cash Consideration; and

 

(D)         each remaining unconverted share of Seller Common Stock (after application of subsections (A), (B) and (C) above) shall be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Stock Consideration.

 

  - 6 -  

 

  

3.3 Dissenting Shareholders.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, but only to the extent required by the WBCL, any holder of shares of Seller Common Stock who perfects such holder’s dissenter’s rights, if applicable and available, in accordance with and as contemplated by Subchapter 13 of the WBCL and has not effectively withdrawn or lost such right as of the Effective Time shall not receive the Per Share Merger Consideration as set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, but shall be entitled to receive from the Surviving Company only the value of such shares in cash as determined pursuant to such provision of the WBCL (any shareholder duly making such demand being hereinafter called a “ Dissenting Shareholder ”); provided , that no such payment shall be made to any such Dissenting Shareholder unless and until such Dissenting Shareholder has complied with the applicable provisions of the WBCL and surrendered to Seller the certificate or certificates representing the shares for which payment is being made. Seller shall give Buyer prompt notice upon receipt by Seller of any such demands for payment of the fair value of such shares of Seller Common Stock and of withdrawals of such notice and any related instruments provided pursuant to the WBCL, and Buyer shall have the right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demands. Seller shall not, except with the prior written consent of Buyer, make any payment with respect to, or settle, offer to settle or otherwise negotiate, any such demands, or knowingly waive any failure to timely deliver a written demand for appraisal or the taking of any other action as may be necessary to perfect dissenter’s rights. In the event that after the Effective Time a Dissenting Shareholder fails to perfect, or effectively withdraws or loses, such holder’s dissenters’ rights, the Surviving Company shall issue and deliver the Per Share Merger Consideration to which such holder of shares of Seller Common Stock is entitled under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 (without interest) upon a proper surrender by such holder of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Seller Common Stock held by such holder subject to the procedures in Article 4.

 

3.4 Post-Effective Time Payment

 

(a)           Additional Payment . In addition to the Merger Consideration, an Additional Payment (as defined below) shall be made by Buyer to each holder of Seller Common Stock (excluding Seller ESOP Shares) immediately prior to the Effective Time in every six-month intervals (each an “ Additional Payment Period ”) after the Closing Date in an amount as follows:

 

(i)          if the aggregate total amount of the payments received by Buyer with respect to the Seller Note within each Additional Payment Period (“ Repayment Amount ”) is equal to or greater than $100,000, then:

 

(A)         each share of Seller Common Stock (excluding Seller ESOP Shares) shall receive a payment equal to the Repayment Amount divided by the Adjusted Total Seller Stock (“ Additional Payment ”) on the next Additional Payment Date after the expiration of such Additional Payment Period; and

 

(B)         the Repayment Amount shall be reset to zero for the purposes of calculating the Repayment Amount for the next Additional Payment Period under Section 3.4(a)(i);

 

(ii)         if the Repayment Amount within each Additional Payment Period is less than $100,000, then:

 

(A)         such Repayment Amount shall be aggregated with the Repayment Amount in the next Additional Payment Period for purposes of calculating the “Repayment Amount” under Section 3.4(a)(i) until such Repayment Amount is equal to or greater than $100,000; and

 

  - 7 -  

 

  

(B)         if the aggregate Repayment Amount pursuant Section 3.4(ii)(A) becomes equal to or greater than $100,000, then each share of Seller Common Stock (excluding Seller ESOP Shares) shall receive the Additional Payment and the Repayment Amount shall be reset to zero in accordance with Section 3.4(a)(i).

 

(b)           Additional Payment Date . The payment dates for the Additional Payments under Section 3.4(a) shall be thirty (30) days after the end of each Additional Payment Period (each an “ Additional Payment Date ”).

 

(c)           Additional Payment Term . The Additional Payments shall continue to be made by Buyer until the earlier of (1) the date all Additional Payments have been made with respect to the total amounts due under the Seller Note; or (2) the fifth-year anniversary of the Closing Date, plus a six-month cure period if necessary.

 

(d)           Collection . Buyer shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to collect all amounts from time to time due under the Note, and Buyer shall be permitted to deduct from the Repayment Amount for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in such collection efforts.

 

(e)           No Additional Payments Until Reimbursement of Buyer ESOP Payment . Buyer shall not be obligated to make any Additional Payments under this Section 3.4 to any holders of Seller Common Stock until Buyer has first fully received the Buyer ESOP Payment (as defined in Section 8.11(f)) from the payments received by Buyer with respect to the Seller Note.

 

3.5 No Fractional Shares

 

Each holder of shares of Seller Common Stock exchanged pursuant to the Merger which would otherwise have been entitled to receive a fraction of a share of Buyer Common Stock shall receive, in lieu thereof, cash (without interest and rounded to the nearest cent) in an amount equal to such fractional part of a share of Buyer Common Stock multiplied by the Per Share Cash Consideration.

 

3.6 Seller Restricted Shares.

 

  Immediately prior to the Effective Time, each share of Seller Common Stock subject to vesting restrictions granted by Seller (a “ Seller Restricted Share ”) that is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable and shall be converted automatically into and shall thereafter represent the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration, less the amount of any required withholding Tax, in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 3.2. Seller shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to ensure that, as of the Effective Time, no holder of Seller Restricted Shares shall have any rights with respect to such Seller Restricted Shares, except the rights contemplated by this Agreement and applicable Law.

 

  - 8 -  

 

  

Article 4

PAYMENT FOR SHARES

 

4.1 Procedures.

 

(a)          At or promptly after the Effective Time, Buyer shall make available to an exchange agent selected by Buyer and reasonably acceptable to Seller (the “ Exchange Agent ”) for the exchange in accordance with this Section 4.1 (i) an amount of cash sufficient to pay the aggregate amount of cash payable pursuant to Article 3, and (ii) duly authorize and direct issuance by the Exchange Agent of non-certificated shares represented by book-entry registry of Buyer Common Stock payable pursuant to Article 3.

 

(b)          As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, but in no event later than two business days after the Effective Time, Buyer and Seller shall cause the Exchange Agent to mail to each holder of record of a certificate or certificates which represented shares of Seller Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time (the “ Certificates ”) a letter of transmittal, in such form and substance as Buyer, Seller and the Exchange Agent agree in writing prior to the Closing (“ Letter of Transmittal ”). In the event of a transfer of ownership of shares of Seller Common Stock represented by Certificates that is not registered in the transfer records of Seller, the consideration provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 may be issued to a transferee if the Certificates representing such shares are delivered to the Exchange Agent, accompanied by all documents required to evidence such transfer and by evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Exchange Agent that any applicable stock transfer taxes have been paid. If any Certificate shall have been lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed, upon receipt of (i) an affidavit of that fact from the holder claiming such Certificate to be lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed and (ii) such bond or indemnity as Buyer and the Exchange Agent may reasonably require, provided, however , that a bond will not be required for such holders of Certificates who have lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed Certificates that represent less than fifty (50) shares of Seller Common Stock, the Exchange Agent shall issue to such holder the consideration into which the shares represented by such lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed Certificate shall have been converted. The Exchange Agent may establish such other reasonable and customary rules and procedures in connection with its duties as it may reasonably deem appropriate. Buyer shall pay all charges and expenses, including those of the Exchange Agent, in connection with the distribution of the consideration provided in this Article 4.

 

(c)          After the Effective Time, each holder of shares of Seller Common Stock (other than shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 3.1(d) or as to which statutory dissenters’ rights have been perfected as provided in Section 3.3) issued and outstanding at the Effective Time shall surrender the Certificate or Certificates representing such shares (or the documents required by Section 4.1(b) for a lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed Certificate) to the Exchange Agent and shall promptly upon surrender thereof receive in exchange therefor the consideration provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.2, together with all undelivered dividends or distributions in respect of such shares (without interest thereon) pursuant to Section 4.2. Buyer shall not be obligated to deliver the Per Share Merger Consideration to which any former holder of Seller Common Stock is entitled as a result of the Merger until such holder surrenders such holder’s Certificate or Certificates (or the documents required by Section 4.1(b) for a lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed Certificate) for exchange as provided in this Section 4.1.

 

  - 9 -  

 

  

(d)          Each of Buyer, Merger Sub and the Exchange Agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of Seller Common Stock such amounts, if any, as it is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that any amounts are so withheld by Buyer, Merger Sub or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the shares of Seller Common Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by Buyer, Merger Sub or the Exchange Agent, as the case may be.

 

4.2 Rights of Former Seller Shareholders.

 

At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of Seller shall be closed as to holders of Seller Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time and no transfer of Seller Common Stock by any such holder shall thereafter be made or recognized. Until surrendered for exchange in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.1, each Certificate theretofore representing shares of Seller Common Stock (other than shares to be canceled pursuant to Section 3.1(d) or as to which statutory dissenters’ rights have been perfected as provided in Section 3.3) shall from and after the Effective Time represent for all purposes only the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration provided in Article 3 in exchange therefor. To the extent permitted by Law, former holders of record of Seller Common Stock shall be entitled to vote after the Effective Time at any meeting of Buyer shareholders the number of whole shares of Buyer Common Stock into which their respective shares of Seller Common Stock are converted, regardless of whether such holders have exchanged their certificates representing Seller Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. No dividend or other distribution payable to the holders of record of Buyer Common Stock as of any time subsequent to the Effective Time shall be delivered to the holder of any Certificate until such holder surrenders such Certificate (or the documents required by Section 4.1(b) for a lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed Certificate) for exchange as provided in Section 4.1. However, upon surrender of such Certificate (or the documents required by Section 4.1(b) for a lost, stolen, mislaid or destroyed Certificate), both the Buyer Common Stock certificate (together with all such undelivered dividends or other distributions without interest) and any undelivered dividends and cash payments payable hereunder (without interest) shall be delivered and paid with respect to each share represented by such Certificate. No interest shall be payable with respect to any cash to be paid under Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

 

4.3 Return of Payment Fund.

 

At any time following the six-month period after the Mailing Date, Buyer shall be entitled to require the Exchange Agent to deliver to it any portions of the Merger Consideration which had been made available to the Exchange Agent and not disbursed to holders of Certificates (including, without limitation, all interest and other income received by the Exchange Agent in respect of all funds made available to it), and thereafter such holders shall be entitled to look to Buyer (subject to abandoned property, escheat and other similar Laws) with respect to any Per Share Merger Consideration that may be payable upon due surrender of the Certificates held by them. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of Buyer, Merger Sub or the Exchange Agent shall be liable to any holder of a Certificate for any Per Share Merger Consideration delivered in respect of such Certificate to a public official pursuant to any abandoned property, escheat or other similar Law.

 

  - 10 -  

 

  

Article 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Except as disclosed in the applicable section of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer and Merger Sub as follows:

 

5.1 Organization, Standing, and Power.

 

Seller is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Wisconsin, and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own, lease and operate its Assets as now owned, leased and operated. Seller is duly qualified or licensed to transact business as a foreign corporation in good standing in the states of the United States where the character of its Assets or the nature or conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified or licensed, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed does not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.2 Authority of Seller; No Breach by Agreement.

 

(a)          Seller has the corporate power and authority necessary to execute, deliver, and, other than with respect to the Merger, perform this Agreement, and with respect to the Merger, upon the approval of this Agreement and the Merger by Seller’s shareholders in accordance with applicable Law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, including the Merger, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action in respect thereof on the part of Seller, subject to the approval of this Agreement and the Merger by Seller’s shareholders in accordance with applicable Law. Subject to such requisite shareholder approval, this Agreement represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer), enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D) (or any successor statute) and any bank regulatory powers and subject to general principles of equity).

 

(b)          Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller, nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Seller with any of the provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of Seller’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any Seller Subsidiary, or (ii) constitute or result in a Default under any Seller Contract, except for such Defaults that do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) constitute or result in a violation of any Law or Order applicable to any Seller Entity, except for such violations that do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 11 -  

 

  

(c)          Other than in connection or compliance with the provisions of applicable Law, including corporate and limited liability company Laws and Securities Laws, and other than filings with and Consents required from Governmental Authorities, and other than notices to or filings with the Internal Revenue Service or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with respect to any employee benefit plans, no notice to, filing with, or Consent of, any Governmental Authority is necessary for the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement or the consummation by Seller of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated in this Agreement, except for such notices, filings or Consents the failure of which to make or obtain does not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.3 Capital Stock.

 

(a)          The authorized capital stock of Seller consists of 20,000 shares of Seller Common Stock, of which 12,292.125 shares are issued and outstanding as of the date hereof, including 21 Seller Restricted Shares. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Seller Common Stock have been duly authorized and are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of any preemptive rights granted by Seller. Seller has not issued any of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity security of Seller in violation of any preemptive rights of the current or past shareholders of Seller. Other than shares of Seller Common Stock, Seller has no authorized, issued or outstanding (A) shares of capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests, (B) securities of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) stock appreciation rights, “phantom” stock rights, performance units, interests in or rights to the ownership of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or other equity equivalent or equity-based award or right, (D) subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, commitments, Contracts or other rights to acquire from Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, or obligations of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, register, transfer, or sell, any shares of capital stock, voting securities or equity interests of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or rights or interests described in clause (C), or (E) except for this Agreement, obligations of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such securities or to issue, grant, deliver, register, transfer or sell, or cause to be issued, granted, delivered, registered, transferred or sold, any such securities. Except for this Agreement, there are no shareholder agreements, voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (or, as of the date of this Agreement, on file with Seller) with respect to the holding, voting, registration, redemption, repurchase or disposition of, or that restricts the transfer of, any capital stock or other equity interest of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness having the right to vote on any matters on which shareholders of Seller may vote. As of the date of this Agreement, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries has issued any trust capital securities, subordinated debt securities or other similar securities to any Person.

 

  - 12 -  

 

  

(b)           Section 5.3(b) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum sets forth a true, correct and complete list of the aggregate number of shares of Seller Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Equity Right outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and the holder and exercise price for each such Equity Right.

 

(c)          Except for this Agreement, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement pursuant to which any Person is entitled to elect, designate or nominate any director of it or its Subsidiaries.

 

5.4 Seller Subsidiaries.

 

Seller has disclosed in Section 5.4 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum each of the Seller Subsidiaries that is a corporation (identifying its jurisdiction of incorporation, each jurisdiction in which it is qualified and/or licensed to transact business, and the number of shares owned and percentage ownership interest represented by such share ownership) and each of the Seller Subsidiaries that is a general or limited partnership, limited liability company, or other non-corporate entity (identifying the form of organization and the Law under which such entity is organized, each jurisdiction in which it is qualified and/or licensed to transact business, and the amount and nature of the ownership interest therein). Seller owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (or other equity interests) of each Seller Subsidiary. No capital stock (or other equity interest) of any Seller Subsidiary is or may become required to be issued (other than to another Seller Entity) by reason of any Equity Rights, and there are no Contracts by which any Seller Subsidiary is bound to issue (other than to another Seller Entity) additional shares of its capital stock (or other equity interests) or Equity Rights or by which any Seller Entity is or may be bound to transfer any shares of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of any Seller Subsidiary (other than to another Seller Entity). There are no Contracts relating to the rights of any Seller Entity to vote or to dispose of any shares of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of any Seller Subsidiary. All of the shares of capital stock (or other equity interests) of each Seller Subsidiary are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are owned directly or indirectly by Seller free and clear of any Lien. Each Seller Subsidiary is a bank or a corporation, and each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the corporate or entity power and authority necessary for it to own, lease, and operate its Assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. Each Seller Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to transact business as a foreign entity in good standing in the States of the United States where the character of its Assets or the nature or conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified or licensed, except for such jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed does not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 13 -  

 

 

5.5 Securities.

 

No Seller Entity is required to file any Exchange Act Documents or make any reports or filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Except for its interests in Subsidiaries and its ownership of marketable securities, Seller does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest or other equity interest in any Person. First National Bank is a member in good standing with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago to transact the business of banking.

 

5.6 Financial Statements.

 

(a)          Each of the Seller Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the date of such Seller Financial Statements and applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes to such consolidated financial statements), and fairly presented, in all material respects, the financial position of Seller and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated, except that the unaudited interim financial statements are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments and do not provide for footnote disclosures.

 

(b)          The books and records kept by Seller and its Subsidiaries are in all material respects complete and accurate and have been maintained in accordance with applicable Laws and accounting requirements. The Seller Financial Statements have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of Seller and its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)          Since January 1, 2014, (i) to the Knowledge of Seller, through the date hereof, no Seller Entitiy or any director, officer, auditor, accountant or Representative of Seller Entity has received any notice or otherwise had or obtained Knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the any Seller Entity or its internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that a Seller Entity has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, and (ii) no attorney(s) representing the Seller Entities, whether or not employed by the Seller Entities, have reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by a Seller Entity or any of its respective officers, directors or agents to the Board of Directors of a Seller Entity or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of a Seller Entity.

 

5.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.

 

No Seller Entity has incurred any material Liability since March 31, 2017 that GAAP (as applied by Seller on a consistent basis) would require to be reflected or reserved against on a balance sheet, except for Liabilities incurred (a) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past business practice or (b) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No Seller Entity is directly or indirectly liable, by guarantee, indemnity, or otherwise, upon or with respect to, or obligated, by discount or repurchase agreement or in any other way, to provide funds in respect to, or obligated to guarantee or assume, any Liability of any other Person for any amount in excess of $50,000.

 

  - 14 -  

 

 

5.8 Absence of Certain Changes or Events.

 

Since December 31, 2016 until the date hereof, there has been no Seller Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2017 until the date hereof, none of the Seller Entities has taken any action, or failed to take any action, prior to the date of this Agreement, which action or failure that, if taken after the date of this Agreement, would represent a material breach of any of the covenants and agreements of Seller provided in Section 7.2 other than actions taken that would require the consent of Buyer pursuant to Sections 7.2(g), (h) or (t).

 

5.9 Tax Matters.

 

(a)          All Seller Entities have timely filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority all Tax Returns in all jurisdictions in which Tax Returns are required to be filed, and such Tax Returns are correct and complete in all material respects, except with respect to Tax Returns the assessment of the underlying Taxes is barred by the application of the applicable statute of limitations. None of the Seller Entities is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. All Taxes of the Seller Entities that have become due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid. There are no Liens for any Taxes (other than Permitted Liens) on any of the Assets of any of the Seller Entities. Since December 31, 2014, no claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where any Seller Entity does not file a Tax Return that such Seller Entity may be subject to Taxes by that jurisdiction.

 

(b)          None of the Seller Entities has received any notice of deficiency, assessment or proposed assessment in connection with any Taxes that remains unresolved, and to the Knowledge of Seller there are no threatened or pending disputes, claims, audits, examinations or requests for information regarding any Taxes of any Seller Entity or the assets of any Seller Entity. No officer or employee responsible for Tax matters of any Seller Entity reasonably expects any Governmental Authority to assess any additional Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed. None of the Seller Entities has (i) waived any statute of limitations in respect of any Taxes that remains in effect or (ii) agreed to a Tax assessment or deficiency that remains unpaid. Seller has delivered to Buyer correct and complete copies of all federal income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by any Seller Entity filed or received since December 31, 2014.

 

(c)          Each Seller Entity has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws, rules and regulations relating to the withholding of Taxes and the payment thereof to appropriate authorities, including Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee or independent contractor, and Taxes required to be withheld and paid pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1471 and 1472 of the Code or similar provisions under foreign Law.

 

  - 15 -  

 

  

(d)          The unpaid Taxes of each Seller Entity did not, as of the most recent fiscal month end, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the most recent balance sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) for such Seller Entity and was properly determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with past practices. Since the date of the most recent balance sheet, no Seller Entity has incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term is used in GAAP, outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

 

(e)          None of the Seller Entities is a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement other than agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not primarily relate to Taxes, such as leases, licenses and credit agreements. None of the Seller Entities has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return, other than a group headed by any Seller Entity, for which the applicable statute of limitations remains open, None of the Seller Entities has any Tax Liability of any Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, or as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, other than (i) Tax allocation or sharing agreements solely among the Seller Entities, and (ii) agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not primarily relate to Taxes, such as leases, licenses and credit agreements.

 

(f)           During the five-year period ending on the date hereof, none of the Seller Entities was a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” as defined in, and in a transaction intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code.

 

(g)          None of the Seller Entities has made any payments (whether in cash, property or in the form of benefits), is obligated to make any payments (whether in cash, property or in the form of benefits), or is a party to any contract that could obligate it to make any payments (whether in cash, property or in the form of benefits) that could be disallowed as a deduction under Section 280G or 162(m) of the Code, or which would be subject to withholding under Section 4999 of the Code. Seller has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) during the applicable five year period ending on the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date. None of the Seller Entities has been or will be required to include any adjustment in taxable income for any Tax period (or portion thereof) pursuant to Section 481 of the Code or any comparable provision under state or foreign Tax Laws as a result of transactions or events occurring prior to the Closing. There is no taxable income of a Seller Entity that will be required under applicable Tax Law to be reported by Buyer or any of its Affiliates, including any Seller Entity, for a taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date which taxable income was realized prior to the Closing Date.

 

  - 16 -  

 

  

(h)          Since January 1, 2008 up to and including the day of this Agreement, and, except to the extent that any transfer of Seller Common Stock takes place pursuant to a Permitted Pledge as defined in the Shareholders Agreement to Preserve S Corporation Status dated as of October 31, 2007, up to and including the day before the Closing Date, Seller has been a validly electing “S corporation” (Subchapter S corporation) under Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code for federal and Wisconsin income Tax purposes. Since January 1, 2008 until the day before the Closing Date, Seller has not had, within the meaning of Code Section 1361(b) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder: (i) more than 100 shareholders (taking into account the special rules regarding family members in Code Section 1361(c)(1)); (ii) any shareholder who is a person (other than an estate, a trust described in Code Section 1361(c)(2), or an organization described in Code Section 1361(c)(6)) who is not an individual (except to the extent that any transfer of Seller Common Stock takes place pursuant to a Permitted Pledge as defined in the Shareholders Agreement to Preserve S Corporation Status dated as of October 31, 2007); (iii) any shareholder that is a nonresident alien; or (iv) more than one class of stock. No Seller Entity is a financial institution which uses the reserve method of accounting for bad debts described in Code 585. Neither Seller nor any Seller Subsidiary has, in the past five years, acquired assets from a C corporation in a transaction in which the Tax basis of Seller or any Seller Subsidiary for the acquired assets was determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the Tax basis of the acquired assets in the hands of the transferor.

 

(i)           Since January 14, 2008 up to and including the day of this Agreement, and, except to the extent that any transfer of Seller Common Stock takes place pursuant to a Permitted Pledge as defined in the Shareholders Agreement to Preserve S Corporation Status dated as of October 31, 2007, up to and including the day before the Closing Date, each Seller Subsidiary that otherwise would be taxed as a domestic corporation as that term is defined in Section 7701(a)(3) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, is and always has been, within the meaning of Section 1361(b)(3) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, a properly electing ‘‘qualified subchapter S subsidiary’’ within the meaning of Section 1361(b)(3)(B) of the Code.

 

(j)           None of the Seller Benefit Plans provides for the gross-up or reimbursement of Taxes under Section 4999 of the Code or otherwise.

 

(k)          Each of the Seller Entities is in material compliance with, and its records contain all material information and documents (including properly completed IRS Forms W-9) necessary to comply with in all material respects with all applicable information reporting and Tax withholding requirements under federal, state, and local Tax Laws, and such records identify with specificity all accounts subject to backup withholding under Section 3406 of the Code.

 

(l)           None of the Seller Entities is subject to any private letter ruling of the IRS, or any closing agreement within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code, or any comparable rulings or agreements involving any Governmental Authority.

 

(m)         No property owned by any of the Seller Entities is (i) property required to be treated as being owned by another Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Code and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, (ii) “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h)(1) of the Code or (iii) “tax-exempt bond financed property” within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code, (iv) “limited use property” within the meaning of Rev. Proc. 76-30, (v) subject to Section 168(g)(1)(A) of the Code or (vi) subject to any provision of state, local or foreign Law comparable to any of the provisions listed above.

 

  - 17 -  

 

  

(n)          No Seller Entity has any “corporate acquisition indebtedness” within the meaning of Section 279 of the Code.

 

(o)          No Seller Entity has participated in any reportable transaction, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(1), or a transaction substantially similar to a reportable transaction.

 

5.10 Transactions with Affiliates.

 

There are no agreements, contracts, plans, arrangements or other transactions between a Seller Entity, on the one hand, and any (a) officer or director of a Seller Entity, (b) record owner of five percent (5%) or more of the voting securities of Seller, (c) to the Knowledge of Seller, Affiliate or family member of any such officer, director or record owner or (d) any other Affiliate of Seller, on the other hand, in each case, except those of a type available to non-Affiliates of Seller generally. All agreements between any Seller Entity and any of its respective Affiliates comply, to the extent applicable, with Regulation W of FRB in all material respects.

 

5.11 Loans.

 

(a)          Seller makes the following representations and warranties with respect to each Seller Bank Loan that has an outstanding principal balance exceeding $100,000: (i) such Seller Bank Loan was originated and is administered and serviced in conformity in all material respects with all applicable Laws and First National Bank’s internal loan policies as in effect on the date of such Seller Bank Loan, including with respect to the Seller Loan Documentation related to such Seller Bank Loan; (ii) such Seller Bank Loan is a valid and legally binding obligation of the applicable Seller Entity and, to the Knowledge of Seller, the other party thereto; (iii) each Seller Bank Loan is enforceable against the applicable Seller Entity and, to the Knowledge of Seller, the other party thereto in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D) (or any successor statute) and any bank regulatory powers and subject to general principles of equity); (iv) to the reasonable Knowledge of Seller, with respect to each Seller Bank Loan that is secured, Seller has a valid and enforceable Lien on the collateral described in the Seller Loan Documentation, Seller has properly perfected or caused to be properly perfected all Liens in any collateral securing each Seller Bank Loan and such Liens have the priority described in the Seller Loan Documentation (except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy laws and other laws of similar nature relating to creditors rights and to general principles of equity); (v) to the reasonable Knowledge of Seller, each Seller Bank Loan contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof shall be adequate for the practical realization against any collateral therefor; (vi) to the reasonable Knowledge of Seller, each Seller Bank Loan is evidenced by Seller Loan Documentation that is true, genuine and what it purports to be; (vii) to the reasonable Knowledge of Seller, all Seller Bank Loans are with full recourse to the borrowers and guarantors, if any, and Seller has not taken any action that will result in a waiver or negation of any material rights or remedies available to it against any borrower or guarantor, if any, on any Seller Bank Loan; and (viii) to Seller’s Knowledge, there are no oral modifications or amendments of such Seller Bank Loan that are not reflected in the written records of a Seller Entity, except for such deficiencies or failures in (iv) to (viii) above which do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 18 -  

 

  

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Seller Loan Documentation ” means all Seller Bank Loan files and all documents included in any Seller Entity’s file or imaging system with respect to a Seller Bank Loan.

 

(b)           The information with respect to each Seller Bank Loan set forth in the data storage disk produced by Seller from its management information systems regarding the Seller Bank Loans and delivered to Buyer prior to the date hereof (the “ Seller Loan Tape ” ), and, to the Knowledge of Seller, any third-party information set forth in the Seller Loan Tape are materially true, correct and accurate as of the dates specified therein, or, if no such date is indicated therein, as of March 31, 2017.

 

(c)          To the Knowledge of Seller, the allowance for possible loan, lease, securities or credit losses (the “ Allowance ”) shown on the consolidated balance sheets of Seller included in the most recent Seller Financial Statements dated prior to the date of this Agreement was, and the Allowance shown on the consolidated balance sheets of Seller included in the Seller Financial Statements as of dates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement will be, as of the dates thereof, adequate (within the meaning of GAAP and applicable regulatory requirements or guidelines) in all material respects to provide for all known or reasonably anticipated losses relating to or inherent in the loan and lease portfolios (including accrued interest receivables, letters of credit and commitments to make loans or extend credit), by the Seller Entities as of the dates thereof.

 

(d)          None of the agreements pursuant to which any Seller Entities have sold Seller Bank Loans or pools of Seller Bank Loans or participations in Seller Bank Loans or pools of Seller Bank Loans (each a “ Seller Loan Sale Agreement ”) contains any ongoing obligation to repurchase such Seller Bank Loans or interests therein solely on account of a payment default by the obligor on any such Seller Bank Loan. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, cancellation or termination of any Seller Loan Sale Agreement to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries is a party. There is no breach by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries under any Seller Loan Sale Agreement, and no third party has exercised or, to the Knowledge of Seller, is threatening to exercise its contractual right to require Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase any loan from such third party due to a breach of representation, warranty or covenant by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries under a Seller Loan Sale Agreement.

 

(e)           Section 5.11(e) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum sets forth a listing, as of the most recently available date prior to the date of this Agreement, by account, of: (A) each borrower, customer or other party which has notified in writing Seller or any Seller Entity during the past twelve months of any “lender liability” or similar claim; and (B) all loans exceeding $100,000 (1) that are contractually past due 90 days or more in the payment of principal and/or interest, (2) that are non-accrual status, (3) that are classified as “Other Loans Specially Mentioned”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, “Loss”, “Classified”, “Criticized”, “Watch list” or words of similar import, together with the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on each such Loan and the identity of the obligor thereunder, or (4) where a specific reserve allocation exists in connection therewith; and (C) all other assets classified by Seller or any Seller Entity as real estate acquired through foreclosure, and all other assets currently held that were acquired through foreclosure.

 

  - 19 -  

 

  

(f)           All Seller Bank Loans (and any related guarantees) are owned by the Seller Entities free and clear of any Liens (other than blanket Liens by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago). No claims of defense as to the enforcement of any Seller Bank Loan have been asserted in writing against any Seller Entity for which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination, and no Seller Entity has any Knowledge of any acts or omissions which would give rise to any claim or right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense for which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination to any Seller Entity. No Seller Bank Loans are presently serviced by third parties, and there is no obligation which is reasonably likely to result in any Seller Bank Loan becoming subject to any third party servicing.

 

(g)           Section 5.11(g) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum identifies each asset of First National Bank that as of December 31, 2016 was classified as other real estate owned (“ OREO ”) and the book value thereof as of the date of this Agreement as well as any assets classified as OREO since December 31, 2016 until the date hereof and any sales of OREO between December 31, 2016 and the date hereof, reflecting any gain or loss with respect to any OREO sold.

 

(h)          No Seller Entity is now nor has it ever been since January 1, 2014, subject to any material fine, suspension, settlement or other contract or other administrative agreement or similar sanction by, or any material reduction in any loan purchase commitment from, any Governmental Authority relating to the origination, sale or servicing of Seller Bank Loans.

 

5.12 Assets.

 

(a)          Except as disclosed in the Seller Financial Statements delivered prior to the date of this Agreement (and other than as to Seller Owned Real Property and Seller Real Property Leases), the Seller Entities have valid title, free and clear of all Liens, to all of their respective Assets. All tangible properties used in the businesses of the Seller Entities are in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and are usable in the ordinary course of business consistent with Seller’s past practices.

 

(b)          Other than as to Seller Real Property Leases, all Assets which are material to Seller’s business and which are held under leases or subleases by any of the Seller Entities, are held under Contracts that, to Seller’s Knowledge, are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and each such Contract is in full force and effect.

 

  - 20 -  

 

  

(c)           Section 5.12(c) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum lists (i) all real property owned by Seller or any Subsidiary and the owner and location of the property (the “ Seller Owned Real Property ”); (ii) all leases and subleases pursuant to which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries lease land and/or buildings, including ground leases (the “ Seller Real Property Leases ”) (including identifying which entity is the party to each such agreement, and the location of the applicable property) and (iii) all leases, subleases, licenses or other use agreements between Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, as landlord, sublandlord or licensor, and third parties with respect to Seller Owned Real Property or Seller Leased Premises, as tenant, subtenant or licensee (“ Seller Tenant Leases ”) (including identifying which entity is the party to each such agreement and the location of the applicable property). All such documentation (including all material amendments, modifications, and supplements thereto) has been made available to Buyer on or prior to the date hereof.

 

(d)          Either Seller or one of its Subsidiaries (i) has valid title to all Seller Owned Real Properties, free and clear of all Liens, and (ii) has a valid and binding leasehold interest in all parcels of real property or space leased to Seller or one of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Seller Real Property Leases (the “ Seller Leased Premises ”), free and clear of all Liens on the leasehold estate, and is in sole possession of the properties purported to be leased thereunder, subject and pursuant to the terms of the Seller Real Property Leases and subject to matters of record. To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Seller Leased Premises or Seller Owned Real Property has been taken by eminent domain or is the subject of a pending or contemplated taking which has not been consummated. The Seller Owned Real Properties and Seller Real Property Leases constitute all material interests in real property currently used, occupied or held for use in connection with and material to the business of Seller and the Subsidiaries, as the business is currently conducted.

 

(e)          Subject to the Seller Tenant Leases, if applicable, and easements and other matters of record and matters that would be disclosed by an accurate survey, no Person other than Seller and its Subsidiaries has (or will have, at Closing) (i) any right in any of the Seller Owned Real Property or any right to use or occupy any portion of the Seller Owned Real Property or (ii) any right to use or occupy any portion of the Seller Leased Premises (subject to the terms of the Seller Real Property Leases). To Seller’s Knowledge, the Seller Owned Real Property is in material compliance with all zoning and other governmental requirements and are in good operating condition and not in current or imminent need of capital repairs in excess of $25,000 (reasonably wear and tear excepted) and are sufficient in all material respects for the purposes to which they are used in the conduct of Seller’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as currently conducted. Seller and its Subsidiaries do not use in their businesses any real property other than the Seller Owned Real Property and the Seller Leased Premises.

 

(f)           Each of the Seller Real Property Leases and each of the Seller Tenant Leases is in full force and effect, without amendment and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there exists no default or event of default or event, occurrence, condition or act, with respect to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to the other parties thereto, which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition, would become a default or event of default thereunder, except for defaults that do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 21 -  

 

  

(g)          Seller and its Subsidiaries have operated the Seller Owned Real Property and the Seller Leased Premises, and the continued operation of the Seller Owned Real Property and the Seller Leased Premises prior to the Closing will be, in accordance in all material respects with all applicable Laws. Prior to the date hereof, Seller has provided to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of each Seller Real Property Lease, Seller Tenant Lease, title insurance policy, real property survey or material environmental site assessment related to the Seller Owned Real Property or Seller Leased Premises, in each instance to the extent in the possession of Seller or any Subsidiary as of the date of this Agreement.

 

(h)          Except as would not be material to Seller, (i) subject to any applicable lease under which Seller and its Subsidiaries lease Seller Personal Property (as defined below), Seller and its Subsidiaries have valid title to all of the personal property owned by Seller and its Subsidiaries consisting of the trade fixtures, shelving, furniture, on-premises ATMs, equipment, security systems, safe deposit boxes (exclusive of contents), vaults, sign structures and supplies excluding any items consumed or disposed of, but including new items acquired, used or obtained in the ordinary course of the operation of the business of Seller and its Subsidiaries (“ Seller Personal Property ”) and (ii) each of the leases under which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries lease Seller Personal Property is in full force and effect, without default thereunder by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Seller, the lessor.

 

(i)           None of the Seller Entities has received notice from any insurance carrier, including in relation to its directors and officers and fiduciary liability insurance policy, that (i) any policy of insurance will be canceled or that coverage under any particular policy will be materially reduced or eliminated in its entirety, or (ii) the annual premium cost with respect to any particular policy of insurance will be increased by more than thirty-five percent (35%) above the current annual premium for such policy. With the exception of workers’ compensation and employers liability claims, as of the date of this Agreement, there are presently no unpaid claims for amounts exceeding $100,000 individually or in the aggregate pending under any policy of insurance and no notices of claims in excess of such amounts have been given by any Seller Entity under such policies. To Seller’s Knowledge, all such insurance is valid and enforceable and in full force and effect, and within the last three years Seller and each Seller Entity has received each type of insurance coverage for which it has applied and during such periods has not been denied indemnification for any material claims submitted under any of its insurance policies. Seller has made no claims, and no claims are contemplated to be made, under its errors and omissions insurance or blanket bond.

 

(j)           To Seller’s Knowledge, there is no pending or threatened Litigation against any Seller Entity with respect to the Assets that any Seller Entity owns, uses or occupies or has the right to use or occupy, including without limitation a pending or threatened taking of any of such real property by eminent domain.

 

(k)          The Assets of the Seller Entities include all material Assets used to operate the business of the Seller Entities as presently conducted.

 

  - 22 -  

 

  

5.13 Community Reinvestment Act Compliance.

 

Each of the Seller Entities that is an insured depositary institution is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 and the regulations promulgated thereunder and has received a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory” or better in its most recently completed exam, and Seller has no Knowledge of the existence of any fact or circumstance or set of facts or circumstances which, an Executive Officer in good faith believes, would reasonably be expected to result in any such Seller Entity having its current rating lowered.

 

5.14 Intellectual Property.

 

Each Seller Entity owns or has a license to use all of the Intellectual Property used by such Seller Entity in the course of its business. Each Seller Entity is the owner of or has a license, with the right to sublicense, to any Intellectual Property sold or licensed to a third party by such Seller Entity in connection with such Seller Entity’s business operations, and such Seller Entity has the right to convey by sale or license any Intellectual Property so conveyed. No Seller Entity is in material Default under any of its Intellectual Property licenses. No Litigation is pending or to the Knowledge of Seller threatened, against any Seller Entity which challenges the rights of any Seller Entity with respect to Intellectual Property used, sold or licensed by such Seller Entity in the course of its business. The conduct of the business of the Seller Entities does not infringe any Intellectual Property of any other person in any material respect. No Seller Entity is obligated to pay any recurring royalties to any Person with respect to any such Intellectual Property. Seller has no Contracts with its directors, officers, or employees which requires such officer, director or employee to assign any interest in any Intellectual Property to a Seller Entity or to keep confidential any trade secrets, proprietary data, customer information or other business information of a Seller Entity, and to the reasonable Knowledge of Seller, (1) no such officer, director or employee is party to any Contract with any Person other than a Seller Entity which requires such officer, director or employee to assign any interest in any Intellectual Property to any Person other than a Seller Entity or to keep confidential any trade secrets, proprietary data, customer information or other business information of any Person other than a Seller Entity, and (2) no officer, director or employee of any Seller Entity is party to any Contract which restricts or prohibits such officer, director or employee from engaging in activities competitive with any provider of financial services, including any Seller Entity.

 

5.15 Environmental Matters.

 

(a)          Each Seller Entity (and Seller in respect of its operation of its Participation Facilities and its Operating Properties) is, and for the past five years has been, in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

 

(b)          There is no Litigation pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened before any Governmental Authority in which any Seller Entity (or Seller in respect of such Operating Property or Participation Facility) has been or, with respect to threatened Litigation, is reasonably likely to be named as a defendant (i) for alleged noncompliance (including by any predecessor) with or Liability under any Environmental Law or (ii) relating to the release, discharge, spillage, or disposal into the environment of any Hazardous Material, whether or not occurring at, on, under, adjacent to, or affecting (or potentially affecting) a site currently or formerly owned, leased, or operated by any Seller Entity or any of its Operating Properties or Participation Facilities.

 

  - 23 -  

 

  

(c)          To Seller’s Knowledge, during the period of (i) any Seller Entity’s ownership or operation of any of their respective current properties, (ii) any Seller Entity’s participation in the management of any Participation Facility, or (iii) any Seller Entity’s holding of a security interest in any Operating Property, there have been no releases, discharges, spillages, or disposals of Hazardous Material in, on, under, adjacent to, or affecting (or potentially affecting) such properties, except for releases, discharges, spillages or disposals which do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect. Prior to the period of (i) any Seller Entity’s ownership or operation of any of their respective current properties, (ii) any Seller Entity’s participation in the management of any Participation Facility, or (iii) any Seller Entity’s holding of a security interest in any Operating Property, to Seller’s Knowledge, there were no releases, discharges, spillages, or disposals of Hazardous Material in, on, under, or affecting any such property, Participation Facility or Operating Property, except for releases, discharges, spillages or disposals which do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.16 Compliance with Laws.

 

Seller is a registered bank holding company under the BHC Act. The deposit accounts of each Seller Entity that is a depository institution are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by Law, and all premiums and assessments required to be paid in connection therewith have been paid when due. No proceedings for the revocation or termination of such deposit insurance are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened. None of the deposits of any Seller Entity is a “brokered deposit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.6(a)(2). Each Seller Entity has in effect all Permits necessary for it to own, lease, or operate its Assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except for those Permits the absence of which do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect, and there has occurred no Default under any such Permit, other than Defaults which do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

None of the Seller Entities:

 

(a)          is in Default under any of the provisions of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws;

 

(b)          is in violation any Laws or Orders or Permits applicable to its business or employees conducting its business, other than violations that do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  - 24 -  

 

  

(c)          to Sellers’ Knowledge, has received any notification or communication from any Governmental Authority (i) asserting that any Seller Entity is not, or may not be, in compliance with any Laws or Orders where such noncompliance constitutes a Seller Material Adverse Effect, (ii) threatening to revoke any material Permits, or (iii) requiring or threatening to require any Seller Entity to enter into or consent to the issuance of a cease and desist order, injunction, formal agreement, directive, commitment, or memorandum of understanding, or to adopt any board resolution or similar undertaking, in each case, which restricts materially the conduct of its business or in any manner relates to its employment decisions, its employment or safety policies or practices, its capital adequacy, its credit or reserve policies, its hiring or compensation of management or the payment of dividends.

 

5.17 Labor Relations.

 

(a)          There is no strike, slowdown, lockout or other labor dispute involving any Seller Entity pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened and (ii) to Seller’s Knowledge, there is no pending attempt by any Seller Entity employees or any labor organization or other employee representative to organize or certify a collective bargaining unit or to engage in any other union organization activity with respect to the workforce of any Seller Entity.

 

(b)          No Seller Entity is a party to any consent decree with, or citation by, any Governmental Authority relating to employees or employment practices; and to the Knowledge of Seller, there are no complaints or charges of discrimination which have been asserted against any Seller Entity now pending before any Governmental Authority, including but not limited to the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and United States Department of Labor (“ DOL ”), relating to employees or employment practices that would result in a Seller Material Adverse Effect. To Seller’s Knowledge, each individual who renders services to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries who is classified by Seller or such Subsidiary, as applicable, as having the status of an independent contractor, consultant or other non-employee status for purposes of Taxes and Tax Returns under Seller Benefit Plans is properly so characterized.

 

(c)          To Seller’s Knowledge, all of the employees of each Seller Entity employed in the United States are either United States citizens or are legally entitled to work in the United States under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended, other United States immigration Laws and the Laws related to the employment of non-United States citizens applicable in the state in which the employees are employed .

 

5.18 Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(a)          Seller has disclosed in Section 5.18(a) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum , each Employee Benefit Plan currently adopted, maintained by, sponsored in whole or in part by, or contributed to by any Seller Entity or ERISA Affiliate thereof, or for which any Seller Entity or ERISA Affiliate has or reasonably could have any obligation or Liability (collectively, the “ Seller Benefit Plans ”). Any of the Seller Benefit Plans which is an “employee pension benefit plan,” as that term is defined in ERISA Section 3(2), is referred to herein as a “ Seller ERISA Plan ”.

 

  - 25 -  

 

  

(b)          To the extent applicable, Seller has delivered or otherwise made available via an electronic data room to Buyer prior to the execution of this Agreement true and complete copies of the following documentation and information regarding the Seller Benefit Plans listed on Seller Disclosure Memorandum Section 5.18(a): (i) all plan documents, trust agreements or other funding arrangements for each Seller Benefit Plan (including insurance contracts), and all adopted amendments thereto, (ii) all determination letters, rulings, opinion letters, information letters or advisory opinions issued by the United States Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”), the DOL or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation during this calendar year or any of the preceding three calendar years, (iii) any filing or documentation (whether or not filed with the IRS) with respect to any corrective action taken in connection with the IRS EPCRS program set forth in Revenue Procedure 2013-12 (or its predecessor or successor rulings), (iv) annual reports or returns, audited financial statements (to the extent financial statements are required), actuarial reports and valuations (as applicable and to the extent financial statements are required) prepared for any Employee Benefit Plan for the current plan year and the three preceding plan years, and (v) the most recent summary plan descriptions and any material modifications thereto.

 

(c)          Except as disclosed in Section 5.18(c) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum , each Seller Benefit Plan is in material compliance with the terms of such Seller Benefit Plan and the applicable requirements of the Code, ERISA, and any other applicable Laws. Each Seller ERISA Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (i) has received a current, favorable determination letter from the IRS that is still in effect and applies to the Seller ERISA Plan as amended and as administered or, (ii) within the time permitted under Code Section 401(b), has timely applied for a favorable determination letter which when issued will apply retroactively to the Seller ERISA Plan as amended and as administered, or (iii) is maintained pursuant to a prototype or volume submitter document and is fully entitled to rely upon the opinion or advisory letter issued by the IRS to the sponsor of the prototype or volume submitter plan documents. Seller is not aware of any circumstances that could reasonably result in the revocation of or the inability to rely upon any such favorable determination, opinion, or advisory letter. Seller has not received any communication (written or unwritten) from any government agency questioning or challenging the compliance of any Seller Benefit Plan with applicable Laws. No Seller Benefit Plan is currently being audited by any Governmental Authority for compliance with applicable Laws or has previously been audited by a Governmental Authority resulting in a determination that the Seller Benefit Plan failed to comply with applicable Laws.

 

(d)          There has been no material oral or written representation or communication with respect to any aspect of the Seller Benefit Plans made to employees of the Seller which is not in accordance with the written terms and provisions of such plans. Except as disclosed in Section 5.18(c) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum , neither the Seller nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, any administrator or fiduciary of any Seller Benefit Plan (or any agent of any of the foregoing) has engaged in any transaction, or acted or failed to act in any manner, which could subject the Seller or Buyer to any direct or indirect Liability (by indemnity or otherwise) for breach of any fiduciary, co-fiduciary or other duty under ERISA. To the Knowledge of Seller, (i) there are no unresolved claims or disputes under the terms of, or in connection with, the Seller Benefit Plans other than claims for benefits which are payable in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) Litigation has been commenced with respect to any Seller Benefit Plan.

 

  - 26 -  

 

  

(e)          All Seller Benefit Plan documents and annual reports or returns, audited financial statements, actuarial valuations, summary annual reports, and summary plan descriptions issued with respect to the Seller Benefit Plans are correct and complete and have been timely filed with the IRS or the DOL to the extent filing is required. Summary plan descriptions, any material modifications thereto, and summary annual reports have been distributed to participants of the Seller Benefit Plans (to the extent required by Law), and there have been no changes in the information set forth therein that have not been timely disclosed pursuant to applicable Law.

 

(f)           To Seller’s Knowledge, no “ party in interest ” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or “ disqualified person ” (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2)) of any Seller Benefit Plan has engaged in any nonexempt “ prohibited transaction ” (described in Code Section 4975(c) or ERISA Section 406).

 

(g)          Seller and its ERISA Affiliates do not and have never sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or been obligated under ERISA or otherwise to contribute to (i) a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(35) and Code Section 414(j); (ii) a “multi-employer plan” (as defined in ERISA Sections 3(37) and 4001(a)(3) or (iii) a “multiple employer plan” (meaning a plan sponsored by more than one employer within the meaning of ERISA Sections 4063 or 4064 or Code Section 413(c)). Seller and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred, and there are no circumstances under which they could reasonably incur any liability under Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

(h)          No Seller Entity has any Liability for retiree health and life benefits under any of the Seller Benefit Plans except for required continued coverage to the extent provided under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Code Section 4980B or similar state Law. No Tax under Code Sections 4980B or 5000 has been incurred with respect to any Seller Benefit Plan, and no circumstance exists which could give rise to such Taxes.

 

(i)           Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in conjunction with any other event) will (i) result in any payment or benefit (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, or otherwise) becoming due to any current or former director, employee, officer or consultant of any Seller Entity from any Seller Entity under any Seller Benefit Plan, (ii) increase the amount or value of any payments or benefits payable to any current or former director, employee, officer or consultant of any Seller Entity from any Seller Entity under any Seller Benefit Plan, (iii) result in any acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any payments or benefits payable to any current or former director, employee, officer or consultant of any Seller Entity from any Seller Entity under any Seller Benefit Plan, or (iv) result in any limitation on the right of Seller Entity to amend, merge, terminate or receive a reversion of assets from any Seller Benefit Plan or related trust.

 

  - 27 -  

 

  

(j)           The actuarial present values of all accrued deferred compensation entitlements (including entitlements under any executive compensation, supplemental retirement, or employment agreement) of employees and former employees of any Seller Entity and their respective beneficiaries, other than entitlements accrued pursuant to funded retirement plans subject to the provisions of Code Section 412 or ERISA Section 302, have been fully reflected on the Seller Financial Statements to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP.

 

(k)          All individuals who participate in a Seller Benefit Plan pursuant to the terms of such Seller Benefit Plan are in fact eligible to participate in such Seller Benefit Plan. All individuals participating in (or eligible to participate in) any Seller Benefit Plan are common law employees or former employees of a Seller Entity or directors or former directors of a Seller Entity.

 

(l)           There is no vesting of benefits and no payments or changes in terms due to any insured person as a result of this Agreement, the Merger or the transactions contemplated herein, under any bank-owned life insurance split dollar life insurance or similar arrangement or Contract, and the Surviving Company shall, upon and after the Effective Time, succeed to and have all the rights in, to and under such Contracts as Seller presently holds.

 

(m)         Each Seller Benefit Plan that is in any part a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code (A) complies and, at all times after December 31, 2008 has complied, both in form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and other applicable guidance thereunder and (B) between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2008 was operated in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code, as determined under applicable guidance of the Treasury and the IRS. No compensation payable by any Seller Entity has been reportable as nonqualified deferred compensation in the gross income of any individual or entity and subject to additional Taxes as a result of the operation of Section 409A of the Code. No assets set aside for the payment of benefits under any “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” are held outside of the United States, except to the extent that substantially all of the services to which such benefits are attributable have been performed in the jurisdiction in which such assets are held.

 

  - 28 -  

 

  

5.19 Material Contracts.

 

As of the date hereof, none of the Seller Entities is a party to (i) any employment, severance, termination, consulting, or retirement Contract providing for future aggregate payments to any Person in any calendar year in excess of $100,000, (ii) any Contract relating to the borrowing of money by any Seller Entity or the guarantee by any Seller Entity of any such obligation (for the avoidance of doubt, Contracts relating to the borrowing of money exclude Contracts evidencing deposit liabilities, purchases of federal funds repurchase agreements, fully-secured by the United States government and government agency securities, and Federal Home Loan Bank advances of depository institution Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of Seller’s business, trade payables and Contracts relating to borrowings or guarantees made in the ordinary course of Seller’s business), (iii) any Contract which prohibits, limits or restricts any Seller Entity or any personnel of a Seller Entity from engaging in any business activities in any geographic area, line of business or otherwise in competition with any other Person, (iv) any Contract relating to the purchase or sale of any goods or services involving future payments by any Seller Entity under any individual Contract not in excess of $100,000 (other than Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and), (v) any exchange-traded or over-the-counter swap, forward, future, option, cap, floor, or collar financial Contract, or any other interest rate or foreign currency protection Contract not included on its balance sheet, (vi) to the reasonable Knowledge of Seller, any material Contract that would be terminable other than by a Seller Entity or any Contract under which a material payment obligation of a Seller Entity (or any successor(s) thereto) would arise or be accelerated, in each case as a result of the announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional acts or events) and (vii) any Contract that contains any (A) exclusive dealing obligation on the part of such Seller Entity, (B) “clawback” or similar undertaking requiring the reimbursement or refund of any fees on the part of such Seller Entity, (C) “most favored nation” or similar provision granted by any Seller Entity or (D) provision whereby any Seller Entity grants any right of first refusal or right of first offer or similar right in respect of the Assets ((i)-(vii), together with all Contracts referred to in Section 5.14, the “ Seller Contracts ”). True and correct copies of Contracts referred to in Section 5.19 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum have been made available to Buyer on or before the date hereof. With respect to each Seller Contract: (A) the Contract is valid and binding on the Seller Entity to the extent such Seller Entity is a party thereto; (B) the Contract is in full force and effect; (C) no Seller Entity is in Default thereunder in any material respect; and (D) to Seller’s Knowledge, no other party to any such Contract is in Default in any material respect thereunder.

 

5.20 Privacy of Customer Information.

 

First National Bank’s collection and privacy practices comply in all material respects with First National Bank’s privacy policy, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and all other applicable privacy Laws.

 

5.21 Legal Proceedings.

 

There is no material Litigation instituted or pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against any Seller Entity, or against any director, officer or employee or agent of any Seller Entity in their capacities as such, including with respect to any service to or on behalf of any Employee Benefit plan or any other Person at the request of the Seller Entity or on behalf of a Seller Benefit Plan, nor are there any material Orders outstanding against any Seller Entity (other than Orders of general application).

 

  - 29 -  

 

   

5.22 Reports.

 

Since January 1, 2014, each Seller Entity has timely filed all material reports and statements, together with any material amendments required to be made with respect thereto, that it was required to file with Governmental Authorities, and have paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith. As of their respective dates, each of such reports and documents, including the Seller Financial Statements, exhibits, and schedules thereto, complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws. To Seller’s Knowledge, as of their respective dates, such reports and documents accurately set forth the information contained therein in all material respects. Other than normal examinations conducted by a Governmental Authority in the ordinary course of business of Seller Entities, no Governmental Authority has notified any Seller Entity that it has initiated or has pending any Litigation or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened Litigation to any Seller Entity since January 1, 2014. There is no unresolved violation, criticism, or exception by any Governmental Authority with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations or inspections of any Seller Entity.

 

5.23 Loans to Executive Officers and Directors.

 

Seller has not, since December 31, 2014, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or Executive Officer (or equivalent thereof) of any Seller Entity, except as permitted by FRB Regulation O and that have been made in material compliance with the provisions of Regulation O. Section 5.23 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum identifies any loan or extension of credit maintained by Seller to which Regulation O applies.

 

5.24 Statements True and Correct.

 

(a)          None of the information supplied or to be supplied by any Seller Entity for inclusion in the Proxy Statement to be mailed to Seller’s shareholders in connection with the Seller’s Shareholders’ Meeting will, when first mailed to the Seller’s shareholders, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or, at the time of the Seller’s Shareholders’ Meeting, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact.

 

(b)          All documents that any Seller Entity is responsible for filing with any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby will comply as to form in all material respects with the provisions of applicable Law. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by any Seller Entity to Buyer for inclusion in any documents filed with a Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby will be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

5.25 Regulatory Matters.

 

(a)          To the Knowledge of Seller, no Seller Entity has taken or agreed to take any action or has any Knowledge of any fact or circumstance that is reasonably likely to materially impede or delay receipt of any Consents of Governmental Authorities referred to in Section 10.1(b) or result in the imposition of a condition or restriction of the type referred to in the last sentence of such Section. First National Bank is an “eligible bank” as defined in 12 C.F.R. §5.3(g).

 

  - 30 -  

 

 

(b)          No Seller Entity is subject to any written agreement, memorandum, order or decree with or by any Governmental Authority, nor has any Seller Entity been advised by any Governmental Authority that it is considering issuing or requesting any such written agreement, memorandum, letter, order or decree.

 

5.26 Trust Business.

 

Each Seller Entity has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the applicable governing documents and applicable laws and regulations, except for instances of noncompliance that have not had a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.27 Investment Management and Related Activities.

 

To the Knowledge of Seller, no Seller Entity or any of its respective directors, officers or employees is required to be registered, licensed or authorized under the Laws of any Governmental Authority as an investment adviser, a broker or dealer, an insurance agency or company, a commodity trading adviser, a commodity pool operator, a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a registered representative or associated person, investment adviser, representative or solicitor, a counseling officer, an insurance agent, a sales person or in any similar capacity with a Governmental Authority.

 

5.28 Brokers.

 

Other than the Seller Financial Advisor, the fees and expenses of which will be paid by Seller, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller or any of its Affiliates. True, correct and complete copies of all agreements with Seller Financial Advisor relating to any such fees or commissions have been furnished to Buyer prior to the date hereof.

 

5.29 Opinion of Financial Advisor.

 

Seller has received the opinion of Seller Financial Advisor, dated the date of this Agreement, to the effect that the Per Share Merger Consideration to be received by the holders of Seller Common Stock is fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders, a signed copy of which has been delivered to Buyer. Such opinion has not been amended or rescinded as of the date of this Agreement.

 

5.30 Board Recommendation

 

The Board of Directors of Seller, at a meeting duly called and held, has by a vote of at least a majority of the directors in office (i) determined that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, taken together, are at a price and on terms that are advisable and in the best interests of Seller's shareholders and (ii) resolved, subject to the terms of this Agreement, to recommend that the holders of the shares of Seller Common Stock approve this Agreement and the Merger and to call and hold a special meeting of Seller’s shareholders to consider this Agreement and the Merger.

 

  - 31 -  

 

  

5.31 Investment Securities.

 

(a)          Each of Seller and its Subsidiaries has valid title to all equity securities owned by it (except securities sold under repurchase agreements or held in any fiduciary or agency capacity), free and clear of any Lien, except to the extent that such securities are pledged in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices to secure obligations of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries. Such securities are valued on the books of Seller in accordance with GAAP.

 

(b)          To the Knowledge of Seller, Seller and each of its Subsidiaries employs and have acted in compliance in all material respects with investment, securities risk management and other policies, practices and procedures that Seller believes are prudent and reasonable in the context of such businesses.

 

(c)           Section 5.31(c) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum sets forth as of December 31, 2016, the securities held by Seller and its Subsidiaries, as well as any purchases or sales of securities between December 31, 2016 to and including the date hereof, reflecting with respect to all such securities, whenever purchased or sold, descriptions thereof, designations as securities “available for sale” or securities “held to maturity” (as those terms are used in ASC 320), book values and coupon rates, and any gain or loss with respect to any such securities sold during such time period after December 31, 2016. First National Bank does not own any of the outstanding equity of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company, mortgage or loan broker or any other financial institution.

 

5.32 Derivative Instruments.

 

(a)          All Derivative Transactions, whether entered into for the account of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or for the account of a customer of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries were entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. All of such Derivative Transactions are legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller or one of its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each of the counterparties thereto, and are enforceable against Seller in accordance with their terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D) (or any successor statute) and any bank regulatory powers and subject to general principles of equity), and are in full force and effect. To Seller’s Knowledge, there are no breaches, violations or defaults by any party thereunder which would reasonably be expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 32 -  

 

  

(b)          No Derivative Transaction, were it to be a Seller Bank Loan, would be classified as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” “Doubtful,” “Loss,” “Classified,” “Criticized,” “Credit Risk Assets,” “Concerned Loans,” “Watch List,” as such terms are defined by the FDIC’s uniform loan classification standards.

 

5.33 Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity.

 

Seller has developed and implemented a contingency planning program to evaluate the impact of significant events that may adversely affect Seller’s customers, Assets, or employees. To Seller’s Knowledge, such program complies in all material respects with the requirements of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and the FDIC.

 

5.34 Bank Secrecy Act; PATRIOT Act; Anti-Money Laundering.

 

Seller or the Seller Subsidiaries are not operating in violation in any material respect of the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended and its implementing regulations (31 C.F.R. Part 103), the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ PATRIOT Act “), any order issued with respect to anti-money laundering by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or any other applicable anti-money laundering law. Furthermore, the Board of Directors of Seller has adopted and Seller has implemented an anti-money laundering program that meets the requirements of Sections 326 and 352 of the PATRIOT Act in all material respects.

 

5.35 Transaction Expenses.

 

The expenses payable to the Seller Financial Advisor or legal counsel to Seller incurred or to be incurred by Seller prior to Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not, as of the date of this Agreement, expected to exceed the amount set forth on Section 5.35 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum .

 

5.36 Minute Books and Records.

 

The minute books for each Seller Entity have been made available to Buyer for its review and, to the Knowledge of Seller, are true and complete in all material respects as in effect as of the date of this Agreement and accurately reflect in all material respects all amendments thereto and all proceedings of the Board of Directors (including any committees of the Board of Directors).

 

5.37 Shareholders.

 

As of the date hereof, no single shareholder holds in excess of five percent (5%) of the capital stock of Seller.

 

  - 33 -  

 

 

5.38 No Further Representations.

 

Except for the representations and warranties specifically set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates or Representatives on behalf of Seller, nor any other Person on behalf of Seller, makes or shall be deemed to make any representation or warranty to Buyer, express or implied, at law or in equity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and Seller hereby disclaims any such representation or warranty whether by Seller or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, or representatives on behalf of Seller, or any other person on behalf of Seller.

 

Article 6

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER And Merger Sub

 

Except as disclosed in the applicable section of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum, Buyer and Merger Sub each hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

 

6.1 Organization, Standing and Power.

 

Merger Sub is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Wisconsin, and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own, lease and operate its Assets as now owned, leased and operated. Buyer is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the State of Wisconsin, and has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and to own, lease and operate its Assets as now owned, leased and operated. Merger Sub and Buyer are duly qualified or licensed to transact business as foreign corporations in good standing in the states of the United States where the character of their Assets or the nature or conduct of their business requires them to be so qualified or licensed, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or licensed does not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.2 Authority of Buyer; No Breach By Agreement.

 

(a)          Both Merger Sub and Buyer have the corporate power and authority necessary to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, including the Merger, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action in respect thereof on the part of both Merger Sub and Buyer. This Agreement represents a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Merger Sub and of Buyer (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller), enforceable against Merger Sub and Buyer in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D) (or any successor statute) and any bank regulatory powers and subject to general principles of equity).

 

  - 34 -  

 

  

(b)          Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Merger Sub and Buyer, nor the consummation by Merger Sub and Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Merger Sub and Buyer with any of the provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of Buyer’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any provision of Merger Sub’s Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement, (iii) constitute or result in a Default under any Buyer Contract, except for such Defaults that do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or, (iv) constitute or result in a violation of any Law or Order applicable to any Buyer Entity, except for such violations that do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)          Other than in connection or compliance with the provisions of applicable Law, including corporate and limited liability company Laws and Securities Laws, and other than filings with and Consents required from Governmental Authorities, and other than notices to or filings with the Internal Revenue Service or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation with respect to any employee benefit plans, no notice to, filing with, or Consent of, any Governmental Authority is necessary for the execution and delivery by Merger Sub and Buyer of this Agreement or the consummation by Merger Sub and Buyer of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated in this Agreement, except for such notices, filings or Consents the failure of which to make or obtain does not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.3 Capital Stock.

 

(a)          The authorized capital stock of Buyer consists of (a) 20,000,000 shares of Buyer Common Stock, of which, as of March 31, 2017, 6,714,560 shares were issued and 6,205,479 shares were outstanding and (b) 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Buyer Common Stock have been duly authorized and are duly and validly issued and outstanding and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of any preemptive rights. The shares of Buyer Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will not be subject to preemptive rights granted by Buyer. Buyer has not issued any of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity security of Buyer in violation of any preemptive rights of the current or past shareholders of Buyer. Other than shares of Buyer Common Stock, Buyer has no authorized, issued or outstanding (A) shares of capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests, (B) securities of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) stock appreciation rights, “phantom” stock rights, performance units, interests in or rights to the ownership of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or other equity equivalent or equity-based award or right, (D) subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, commitments, Contracts or other rights to acquire from Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, or obligations of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, register, transfer, or sell, any shares of capital stock, voting securities or equity interests of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or other voting securities or equity interests of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or rights or interests described in clause (C), or (E) except for this Agreement, obligations of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such securities or to issue, grant, deliver, register, transfer or sell, or cause to be issued, granted, delivered, registered, transferred or sold, any such securities. Except for this Agreement, there are no shareholder agreements, voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (or, as of the date of this Agreement, on file with Buyer) with respect to the holding, voting, registration, redemption, repurchase or disposition of, or that restricts the transfer of, any capital stock or other equity interest of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date of this Agreement, there are no outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness having the right to vote on any matters on which shareholders of Buyer may vote. As of the date of this Agreement, neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries has issued any trust capital securities, subordinated debt securities or other similar securities to any Person.

 

  - 35 -  

 

  

(b)           Section 6.3(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum sets forth a true, correct and complete list of the aggregate number of shares of Buyer Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of each Equity Right outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and the holder and exercise price for each such Equity Right.

 

(c)          Except for this Agreement, neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement pursuant to which any Person is entitled to elect, designate or nominate any director of it or its Subsidiaries.

 

6.4 Buyer Subsidiaries.

 

Buyer has disclosed in Section 6.4 of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum each of the Buyer Subsidiaries that is a corporation (identifying its jurisdiction of incorporation, each jurisdiction in which it is qualified and/or licensed to transact business, and the number of shares owned and percentage ownership interest represented by such share ownership) and each of the Buyer Subsidiaries that is a general or limited partnership, limited liability company, or other non-corporate entity (identifying the form of organization and the Law under which such entity is organized, each jurisdiction in which it is qualified and/or licensed to transact business, and the amount and nature of the ownership interest therein). Buyer owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock (or other equity interests) of each Buyer Subsidiary. No capital stock (or other equity interest) of any Buyer Subsidiary is or may become required to be issued (other than to another Buyer Entity) by reason of any Equity Rights, and there are no Contracts by which any Buyer Subsidiary is bound to issue (other than to another Buyer Entity) additional shares of its capital stock (or other equity interests) or Equity Rights or by which any Buyer Entity is or may be bound to transfer any shares of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of any Buyer Subsidiary (other than to another Buyer Entity). There are no Contracts relating to the rights of any Buyer Entity to vote or to dispose of any shares of the capital stock (or other equity interests) of any Buyer Subsidiary. All of the shares of capital stock (or other equity interests) of each Buyer Subsidiary are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are owned directly or indirectly by Buyer free and clear of any Lien. Each Buyer Subsidiary is a bank or a corporation, and each such Subsidiary is duly organized and validly existing under the Laws of the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated, and has the corporate or entity power and authority necessary for it to own, lease, and operate its Assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. Each Buyer Subsidiary is duly qualified or licensed to transact business as a foreign entity in good standing in the States of the United States where the character of its Assets or the nature or conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified or licensed, except for such jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed does not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 36 -  

 

  

6.5 Securities.

 

No Buyer Entity is required to file any Exchange Act Documents or make any reports or filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Except for its interests in Subsidiaries and its ownership of marketable securities, Buyer does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest or other equity interest in any Person. Bank First National is a member in good standing with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago to transact the business of banking.

 

6.6 Financial Statements.

 

(a)          Each of the Buyer Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, as in effect on the date of such Buyer Financial Statements and applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes to such consolidated financial statements), and fairly presented, in all material respects, the financial position of Buyer and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated, except that the unaudited interim financial statements are subject to normal and recurring year-end adjustments and do not provide for footnote disclosures.

 

(b)          The books and records kept by Buyer and its Subsidiaries are in all material respects complete and accurate and have been maintained in accordance with applicable Laws and accounting requirements. The Buyer Financial Statements have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of Buyer and its Subsidiaries.

 

(c)          Since January 1, 2014, (i) to the Knowledge of Buyer, through the date hereof, no Buyer Entitiy or any director, officer, auditor, accountant or Representative of Buyer Entity has received any notice or otherwise had or obtained Knowledge of any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim, whether written or oral, regarding the accounting or auditing practices, procedures, methodologies or methods of the any Buyer Entity or its internal accounting controls, including any material complaint, allegation, assertion or claim that a Buyer Entity has engaged in questionable accounting or auditing practices, and (ii) no attorney(s) representing the Buyer Entities, whether or not employed by the Buyer Entities, have reported evidence of a material violation of securities laws, breach of fiduciary duty or similar violation by a Buyer Entity or any of its respective officers, directors or agents to the Board of Directors of a Buyer Entity or any committee thereof or to any director or officer of a Buyer Entity.

 

  - 37 -  

 

   

6.7 Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.

 

No Buyer Entity has incurred any material Liability since March 31, 2017 that GAAP (as applied by Buyer on a consistent basis) would require to be reflected or reserved against on a balance sheet, except for Liabilities incurred (a) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past business practice or (b) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. No Buyer Entity is directly or indirectly liable, by guarantee, indemnity, or otherwise, upon or with respect to, or obligated, by discount or repurchase agreement or in any other way, to provide funds in respect to, or obligated to guarantee or assume any Liability of any Person for any amount in excess of $50,000.

 

6.8 Absence of Certain Changes or Events.

 

Since December 31, 2016 until the date hereof, there has been no Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Since March 31, 2017 until the date hereof, none of the Buyer Entities has taken any action, or failed to take any action, prior to the date of this Agreement, which action or failure that, if taken after the date of this Agreement, would represent a material breach of any of the covenants and agreements of Buyer provided in Section 7.3.

 

6.9 Tax Matters.

 

(a)          All Buyer Entities have timely filed with the appropriate Governmental Authority all Tax Returns in all jurisdictions in which Tax Returns are required to be filed, and such Tax Returns are correct and complete in all material respects, except with respect to Tax Returns the assessment of the underlying Taxes is barred by the application of the applicable statute of limitations. None of the Buyer Entities is currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. All Taxes of the Buyer Entities that have become due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been fully and timely paid. There are no Liens for any Taxes (other than Permitted Liens) on any of the Assets of any of the Buyer Entities. Since December 31, 2014, no claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where any Buyer Entity does not file a Tax Return that such Buyer Entity may be subject to Taxes by that jurisdiction.

 

(b)          None of the Buyer Entities has received any notice of deficiency, assessment or proposed assessment in connection with any Taxes that remains unresolved, and to the Knowledge of Buyer there are no threatened or pending disputes, claims, audits, examinations or requests for information regarding any Taxes of any Buyer Entity or the assets of any Buyer Entity. No officer or employee responsible for Tax matters of any Buyer Entity reasonably expects any Governmental Authority to assess any additional Taxes for any period for which Tax Returns have been filed. None of the Buyer Entities has (i) waived any statute of limitations in respect of any Taxes that remains in effect as of the date of this Agreement or (ii) agreed to a Tax assessment or deficiency that remains unpaid.

 

(c)          Each Buyer Entity has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws, rules and regulations relating to the withholding of Taxes and the payment thereof to appropriate authorities, including Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee or independent contractor, and Taxes required to be withheld and paid pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1471 and 1472 of the Code or similar provisions under foreign Law.

 

  - 38 -  

 

  

(d)          The unpaid Taxes of each Buyer Entity did not, as of the most recent fiscal month end, exceed the reserve for Tax Liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the face of the most recent balance sheet (rather than in any notes thereto) for such Buyer Entity and was properly determined in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with past practices. Since the date of the most recent balance sheet, no Buyer Entity has incurred any liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term is used in GAAP, outside the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

 

(e)          None of the Buyer Entities is a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement other than agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not primarily relate to Taxes, such as leases, licenses and credit agreements. None of the Buyer Entities has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return, other than a group headed by any Buyer Entity, for which the applicable statute of limitations remains open, None of the Buyer Entities has any Tax Liability of any Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, or as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, other than (i) Tax allocation or sharing agreements solely among the Buyer Entities, and (ii) agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that do not primarily relate to Taxes, such as leases, licenses and credit agreements.

 

(f)           During the five-year period ending on the date hereof, none of the Buyer Entities was a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” as defined in, and in a transaction intended to be governed by Section 355 of the Code.

 

(g)          None of the Buyer Entities has made any payments (whether in cash, property or in the form of benefits), is obligated to make any payments (whether in cash, property or in the form of benefits), or is a party to any contract that could obligate it to make any payments (whether in cash, property or in the form of benefits) that could be disallowed as a deduction under Section 280G or 162(m) of the Code, or which would be subject to withholding under Section 4999 of the Code. Buyer has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) during the applicable five year period ending on the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date. None of the Buyer Entities has been or will be required to include any adjustment in taxable income for any Tax period (or portion thereof) pursuant to Section 481 of the Code or any comparable provision under state or foreign Tax Laws as a result of transactions or events occurring prior to the Closing. There is no taxable income of a Buyer Entity that will be required under applicable Tax Law to be reported by Buyer or any of its Affiliates for a taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date which taxable income was realized prior to the Closing Date.

 

(h)          None of the Buyer Benefit Plans provides for the gross-up or reimbursement of Taxes under Section 4999 of the Code or otherwise.

 

  - 39 -  

 

  

(i)           Each of the Buyer Entities is in material compliance with, and its records contain all material information and documents (including properly completed IRS Forms W-9) necessary to comply with in all material respects with all applicable information reporting and Tax withholding requirements under federal, state, and local Tax Laws, and such records identify with specificity all accounts subject to backup withholding under Section 3406 of the Code.

 

(j)           None of the Buyer Entities is subject to any private letter ruling of the IRS, or any closing agreement within the meaning of Section 7121 of the Code, or any comparable rulings or agreements involving any Governmental Authority.

 

(k)          No property owned by any of the Buyer Entities is (i) property required to be treated as being owned by another Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Code and in effect immediately prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, (ii) “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h)(1) of the Code or (iii) “tax-exempt bond financed property” within the meaning of Section 168(g) of the Code, (iv) “limited use property” within the meaning of Rev. Proc. 76-30, (v) subject to Section 168(g)(1)(A) of the Code or (vi) subject to any provision of state, local or foreign Law comparable to any of the provisions listed above.

 

(l)           No Buyer Entity has any “corporate acquisition indebtedness” within the meaning of Section 279 of the Code.

 

(m)         No Buyer Entity has participated in any reportable transaction, as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(1), or a transaction substantially similar to a reportable transaction.

 

6.10 Transactions with Affiliates.

 

There are no agreements, contracts, plans, arrangements or other transactions between a Buyer Entity, on the one hand, and any (a) officer or director of a Buyer Entity, (b) record owner of five percent (5%) or more of the voting securities of Buyer, (c) to the Knowledge of Buyer, Affiliate or family member of any such officer, director or record owner or (d) any other Affiliate of Buyer, on the other hand, in each case, except those of a type available to non-Affiliates of Buyer generally. All agreements between any Buyer Entity and any of its respective Affiliates comply, to the extent applicable, with Regulation W of FRB in all material respects.

 

  - 40 -  

 

  

6.11 Loans.

 

(a)          Buyer makes the following representations and warranties with respect to each Buyer Bank Loan that has an outstanding principal balance exceeding $100,000: (i) such Buyer Bank Loan was originated and is administered and serviced in conformity in all material respects with all applicable Laws and Bank First National’s internal loan policies as in effect on the date of such Buyer Bank Loan, including with respect to the Buyer Loan Documentation related to such Buyer Bank Loan; (ii) such Buyer Bank Loan is a valid and legally binding obligation of the applicable Buyer Entity and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, the other party thereto; (iii) each Buyer Bank Loan is enforceable against the applicable Buyer Entity and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, the other party thereto in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D) (or any successor statute) and any bank regulatory powers and subject to general principles of equity); (iv) to the reasonable Knowledge of Buyer, with respect to each Buyer Bank Loan that is secured, Buyer has a valid and enforceable Lien on the collateral described in the Buyer Loan Documentation, Buyer has properly perfected or caused to be properly perfected all Liens in any collateral securing each Buyer Bank Loan and such Liens have the priority described in the Buyer Loan Documentation (except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy laws and other laws of similar nature relating to creditors rights and to general principles of equity); (v) to the reasonable Knowledge of Buyer, each Buyer Bank Loan contains customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the holder thereof shall be adequate for the practical realization against any collateral therefor; (vi) to the reasonable Knowledge of Buyer, each Buyer Bank Loan is evidenced by Buyer Loan Documentation that is true, genuine and what it purports to be; (vii) to the reasonable Knowledge of Buyer, all Buyer Bank Loans are with full recourse to the borrowers and guarantors, if any, and Buyer has not taken any action that will result in a waiver or negation of any material rights or remedies available to it against any borrower or guarantor, if any, on any Buyer Bank Loan; and (viii) to Buyer’s Knowledge, there are no oral modifications or amendments of such Buyer Bank Loan that are not reflected in the written records of a Buyer Entity, except for such deficiencies or failures in (iv) to (viii) above which do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Buyer Loan Documentation ” means all Buyer Bank Loan files and all documents included in any Buyer Entity’s file or imaging system with respect to a Buyer Bank Loan.

 

(b)          To the Knowledge of Buyer, the Allowance shown on the consolidated balance sheets of Buyer included in the most recent Buyer Financial Statements dated prior to the date of this Agreement was, and the Allowance shown on the consolidated balance sheets of Buyer included in the Buyer Financial Statements as of dates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement will be, as of the dates thereof, adequate (within the meaning of GAAP and applicable regulatory requirements or guidelines) in all material respects to provide for all known or reasonably anticipated losses relating to or inherent in the loan and lease portfolios (including accrued interest receivables, letters of credit and commitments to make loans or extend credit), by the Buyer Entities as of the dates thereof.

 

(c)          None of the agreements pursuant to which any Buyer Entities have sold Buyer Bank Loans or pools of Buyer Bank Loans or participations in Buyer Bank Loans or pools of Buyer Bank Loans (each a “ Buyer Loan Sale Agreement ”) contains any ongoing obligation to repurchase such Buyer Bank Loans or interests therein solely on account of a payment default by the obligor on any such Buyer Bank Loan. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened, cancellation or termination of any Buyer Loan Sale Agreement to which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party. There is no breach by Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries under any Buyer Loan Sale Agreement, and no third party has exercised or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, is threatening to exercise its contractual right to require Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase any loan from such third party due to a breach of representation, warranty or covenant by Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries under a Buyer Loan Sale Agreement.

 

  - 41 -  

 

  

(d)           Section 6.11(d) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum sets forth a listing, as of the most recently available date prior to the date of this Agreement, by account, of: (A) each borrower, customer or other party which has notified in writing Buyer or any Buyer Entity during the past twelve months of any “lender liability” or similar claim; and (B) all loans exceeding $100,000 (1) that are contractually past due 90 days or more in the payment of principal and/or interest, (2) that are non-accrual status, (3) that are classified as “Other Loans Specially Mentioned”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard”, “Doubtful”, “Loss”, “Classified”, “Criticized”, “Watch list” or words of similar import, together with the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on each such Loan and the identity of the obligor thereunder, or (4) where a specific reserve allocation exists in connection therewith; and (C) all other assets classified by Buyer or any Buyer Entity as real estate acquired through foreclosure, and all other assets currently held that were acquired through foreclosure.

 

(e)          All Buyer Bank Loans (and any related guarantees) are owned by the Buyer Entities free and clear of any Liens (other than blanket Liens by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago). No claims of defense as to the enforcement of any Buyer Bank Loan have been asserted in writing against any Buyer Entity for which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination, and no Buyer Entity has any Knowledge of any acts or omissions which would give rise to any claim or right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense for which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination to any Buyer Entity. No Buyer Bank Loans are presently serviced by third parties, and there is no obligation which is reasonably likely to result in any Buyer Bank Loan becoming subject to any third party servicing.

 

(f)            Section 6.11(f) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum identifies each asset of Bank First National that as of December 31, 2016 was classified as OREO and the book value thereof as of the date of this Agreement as well as any assets classified as OREO since December 31, 2016 until the date hereof and any sales of OREO between December 31, 2016 and the date hereof, reflecting any gain or loss with respect to any OREO sold.

 

(g)          No Buyer Entity is now nor has it ever been since January 1, 2014, subject to any material fine, suspension, settlement or other contract or other administrative agreement or similar sanction by, or any material reduction in any loan purchase commitment from, any Governmental Authority relating to the origination, sale or servicing of Buyer Bank Loans.

 

6.12 Assets.

 

(a)          Except as disclosed in the Buyer Financial Statements prior to the date of this Agreement (and other than as to Buyer Owned Real Property and Buyer Real Property Leases), the Buyer Entities have valid title, free and clear of all Liens, to all of their respective Assets. All tangible properties used in the businesses of the Buyer Entities are in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and are usable in the ordinary course of business consistent with Buyer’s past practices.

 

  - 42 -  

 

  

(b)          Other than as to Buyer Real Property Leases, all Assets which are material to Buyer’s business and which are held under leases or subleases by any of the Buyer Entities, are held under Contracts that, to Buyer’s Knowledge, are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and each such Contract is in full force and effect.

 

(c)           Section 6.12(c) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum lists (i) all real property owned by Buyer or any Subsidiary and the owner and location of the property (the “ Buyer Owned Real Property ”); (ii) all leases and subleases pursuant to which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries lease land and/or buildings, including ground leases (the “ Buyer Real Property Leases ”) (including identifying which entity is the party to each such agreement, and the location of the applicable property) and (iii) all leases, subleases, licenses or other use agreements between Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries, as landlord, sublandlord or licensor, and third parties with respect to Buyer Owned Real Property or Buyer Leased Premises, as tenant, subtenant or licensee (“ Buyer Tenant Leases ”) (including identifying which entity is the party to each such agreement and the location of the applicable property).

 

(d)          Either Buyer or one of its Subsidiaries (i) has valid title to all Buyer Owned Real Properties, free and clear of all Liens, and (ii) has a valid and binding leasehold interest in all parcels of real property or space leased to Buyer or one of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Buyer Real Property Leases (the “ Buyer Leased Premises ”), free and clear of all Liens on the leasehold estate, and is in sole possession of the properties purported to be leased thereunder, subject and pursuant to the terms of the Buyer Real Property Leases and subject to matters of record. To the Knowledge of Buyer, none of the Buyer Leased Premises or Buyer Owned Real Property has been taken by eminent domain or is the subject of a pending or contemplated taking which has not been consummated. The Buyer Owned Real Properties and Buyer Real Property Leases constitute all material interests in real property currently used, occupied or held for use in connection with and material to the business of Buyer and the Subsidiaries, as the business is currently conducted.

 

(e)          Subject to the Buyer Tenant Leases, if applicable, and easements and other matters of record and matters that would be disclosed by an accurate survey, no Person other than Buyer and its Subsidiaries has (or will have, at Closing) (i) any right in any of the Buyer Owned Real Property or any right to use or occupy any portion of the Buyer Owned Real Property or (ii) any right to use or occupy any portion of the Buyer Leased Premises (subject to the terms of the Buyer Real Property Leases). To Buyer’s Knowledge, the Buyer Owned Real Property is in material compliance with all zoning and other governmental requirements and are in good operating condition and not in current or imminent need of capital repairs in excess of $25,000 (reasonably wear and tear excepted) and are sufficient in all material respects for the purposes to which they are used in the conduct of Buyer’s and its Subsidiaries’ business as currently conducted. Buyer and its Subsidiaries do not use in their businesses any real property other than the Buyer Owned Real Property and the Buyer Leased Premises.

 

  - 43 -  

 

  

(f)           Each of the Buyer Real Property Leases and each of the Buyer Tenant Leases is in full force and effect, without amendment and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, there exists no default or event of default or event, occurrence, condition or act, with respect to Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to the other parties thereto, which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition, would become a default or event of default thereunder, except for defaults that do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)          Buyer and its Subsidiaries have operated the Buyer Owned Real Property and the Buyer Leased Premises, and the continued operation of the Buyer Owned Real Property and the Buyer Leased Premises prior to Closing will be, in accordance in all material respects with all applicable Laws.

 

(h)          Except as would not be material to Buyer, (i) subject to any applicable lease under which Buyer and its Subsidiaries lease Buyer Personal Property (as defined below), Buyer and its Subsidiaries have valid title to all of the personal property owned by Buyer and its Subsidiaries consisting of the trade fixtures, shelving, furniture, on-premises ATMs, equipment, security systems, safe deposit boxes (exclusive of contents), vaults, sign structures and supplies excluding any items consumed or disposed of, but including new items acquired, used or obtained in the ordinary course of the operation of the business of Buyer and its Subsidiaries (“ Buyer Personal Property ”) and (ii) each of the leases under which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries lease Buyer Personal Property is in full force and effect, without default thereunder by Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, the lessor.

 

(i)           None of the Buyer Entities has received notice from any insurance carrier, including in relation to its directors and officers and fiduciary liability insurance policy, that (i) any policy of insurance will be canceled or that coverage under any particular policy will be materially reduced or eliminated in its entirety, or (ii) the annual premium cost with respect to any particular policy of insurance will be increased by more than thirty-five percent (35%) above the current annual premium for such policy. With the exception of workers’ compensation and employers liability claims, as of the date of this Agreement, there are presently no unpaid claims for amounts exceeding $100,000 individually or in the aggregate pending under any policy of insurance and no notices of claims in excess of such amounts have been given by any Buyer Entity under such policies. To Buyer’s Knowledge, all such insurance is valid and enforceable and in full force and effect, and within the last three years Buyer and each Buyer Entity has received each type of insurance coverage for which it has applied and during such periods has not been denied indemnification for any material claims submitted under any of its insurance policies. Buyer has made no claims, and no claims are contemplated to be made, under its errors and omissions insurance or blanket bond.

 

(j)           To Buyer’s Knowledge, there is no pending or threatened Litigation against any Buyer Entity with respect to the Assets that any Buyer Entity owns, uses or occupies or has the right to use or occupy, including without limitation a pending or threatened taking of any of such real property by eminent domain.

 

  - 44 -  

 

  

(k)          The Assets of the Buyer Entities include all material Assets used to operate the business of the Buyer Entities as presently conducted.

 

6.13 Community Reinvestment Act Compliance.

 

Each of the Buyer Entities that is an insured depositary institution is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 and the regulations promulgated thereunder and has received a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “satisfactory” or better in its most recently completed exam, and Buyer has no Knowledge of the existence of any fact or circumstance or set of facts or circumstances which, an executive officer of Buyer in good faith believes, would reasonably be expected to result in any such Buyer Entity having its current rating lowered.

 

6.14 Intellectual Property.

 

Each Buyer Entity owns or has a license to use all of the Intellectual Property used by such Buyer Entity in the course of its business, which are all set forth in Section 6.14 of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum . Each Buyer Entity is the owner of or has a license, with the right to sublicense, to any Intellectual Property sold or licensed to a third party by such Buyer Entity in connection with such Buyer Entity’s business operations, and such Buyer Entity has the right to convey by sale or license any Intellectual Property so conveyed. No Buyer Entity is in material Default under any of its Intellectual Property licenses. No Litigation is pending or to the Knowledge of Buyer threatened, against any Buyer Entity which challenges the rights of any Buyer Entity with respect to Intellectual Property used, sold or licensed by such Buyer Entity in the course of its business. The conduct of the business of the Buyer Entities does not infringe any Intellectual Property of any other person in any material respect. No Buyer Entity is obligated to pay any recurring royalties to any Person with respect to any such Intellectual Property. Buyer has no Contracts with its directors, officers, or employees which requires such officer, director or employee to assign any interest in any Intellectual Property to a Buyer Entity or to keep confidential any trade secrets, proprietary data, customer information or other business information of a Buyer Entity, and to the reasonable Knowledge of Buyer, (1) no such officer, director or employee is party to any Contract with any Person other than a Buyer Entity which requires such officer, director or employee to assign any interest in any Intellectual Property to any Person other than a Buyer Entity or to keep confidential any trade secrets, proprietary data, customer information or other business information of any Person other than a Buyer Entity, and (2) no officer, director or employee of any Buyer Entity is party to any Contract which restricts or prohibits such officer, director or employee from engaging in activities competitive with any provider of financial services, including any Buyer Entity.

 

6.15 Environmental Matters.

 

(a)          Each Buyer Entity (and Buyer in respect of its operation of its Participation Facilities and its Operating Properties) is, and for the past five years has been, in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.

 

  - 45 -  

 

  

(b)          There is no Litigation pending or, to Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened before any Governmental Authority in which any Buyer Entity (or Buyer in respect of such Operating Property or Participation Facility) has been or, with respect to threatened Litigation, is reasonably likely to be named as a defendant (i) for alleged noncompliance (including by any predecessor) with or Liability under any Environmental Law or (ii) relating to the release, discharge, spillage, or disposal into the environment of any Hazardous Material, whether or not occurring at, on, under, adjacent to, or affecting (or potentially affecting) a site currently or formerly owned, leased, or operated by any Buyer Entity or any of its Operating Properties or Participation Facilities.

 

(c)          To Buyer’s Knowledge, during the period of (i) any Buyer Entity’s ownership or operation of any of their respective current properties, (ii) any Buyer Entity’s participation in the management of any Participation Facility, or (iii) any Buyer Entity’s holding of a security interest in any Operating Property, there have been no releases, discharges, spillages, or disposals of Hazardous Material in, on, under, adjacent to, or affecting (or potentially affecting) such properties, except for releases, discharges, spillages or disposals which do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Prior to the period of (i) any Buyer Entity’s ownership or operation of any of their respective current properties, (ii) any Buyer Entity’s participation in the management of any Participation Facility, or (iii) any Buyer Entity’s holding of a security interest in any Operating Property, to Buyer’s Knowledge, there were no releases, discharges, spillages, or disposals of Hazardous Material in, on, under, or affecting any such property, Participation Facility or Operating Property, except for releases, discharges, spillages or disposals which do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.16 Compliance with Laws.

 

Buyer is a registered bank holding company under the BHC Act. The deposit accounts of each Buyer Entity that is a depository institution are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund to the fullest extent permitted by Law, and all premiums and assessments required to be paid in connection therewith have been paid when due. No proceedings for the revocation or termination of such deposit insurance are pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened. None of the deposits of any Buyer Entity is a “brokered deposit” as defined in 12 C.F.R. Section 337.6(a)(2). Each Buyer Entity has in effect all Permits necessary for it to own, lease, or operate its Assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, except for those Permits the absence of which do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, and there has occurred no Default under any such Permit, other than Defaults which do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

None of the Buyer Entities:

 

(a)          is in Default under any of the provisions of its Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws;

 

  - 46 -  

 

  

(b)          is in violation any Laws or Orders or Permits applicable to its business or employees conducting its business, other than violations that do not constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(c)          To Buyer’s Knowledge, has received any notification or communication from any Governmental Authority (i) asserting that any Buyer Entity is not, or may not be, in compliance with any Laws or Orders where such noncompliance constitutes a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, (ii) threatening to revoke any material Permits, or (iii) requiring or threatening to require any Buyer Entity to enter into or consent to the issuance of a cease and desist order, injunction, formal agreement, directive, commitment, or memorandum of understanding, or to adopt any board resolution or similar undertaking, in each case, which restricts materially the conduct of its business or in any manner relates to its employment decisions, its employment or safety policies or practices, its capital adequacy, its credit or reserve policies, its hiring or compensation of management or the payment of dividends.

 

6.17 Labor Relations.

 

(a)          There is no strike, slowdown, lockout or other labor dispute involving any Buyer Entity pending or, to Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened and (ii) to Buyer’s Knowledge, there is no pending attempt by any Buyer Entity employees or any labor organization or other employee representative to organize or certify a collective bargaining unit or to engage in any other union organization activity with respect to the workforce of any Buyer Entity.

 

(b)          No Buyer Entity is a party to any consent decree with, or citation by, any Governmental Authority relating to employees or employment practices; and to the Knowledge of Buyer, there are no complaints or charges of discrimination, which have been asserted against any Buyer Entity now pending before any Governmental Authority, including but not limited to the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and DOL, relating to employees or employment practices that would result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. To Buyer’s Knowledge, each individual who renders services to Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries who is classified by Buyer or such Subsidiary, as applicable, as having the status of an independent contractor, consultant or other non-employee status for purposes of Taxes and Tax Returns under Buyer Benefit Plans is properly so characterized.

 

(c)          To Buyer’s Knowledge, all of the employees of each Buyer Entity employed in the United States are either United States citizens or are legally entitled to work in the United States under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended, other United States immigration Laws and the Laws related to the employment of non-United States citizens applicable in the state in which the employees are employed.

 

6.18 Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(a)          Buyer has disclosed in Section 6.18(a) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum , each Employee Benefit Plan currently adopted, maintained by, sponsored in whole or in part by, or contributed to by any Buyer Entity or ERISA Affiliate thereof, or for which any Buyer Entity or ERISA Affiliate has or reasonably could have any obligation or Liability (collectively, the “ Buyer Benefit Plans ”). Any of the Buyer Benefit Plans which is an “employee pension benefit plan,” as that term is defined in ERISA Section 3(2), is referred to herein as a “ Buyer ERISA Plan .”

 

  - 47 -  

 

  

(b)          Except as disclosed in Section 6.18(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum , each Buyer Benefit Plan is in material compliance with the terms of such Buyer Benefit Plan and the applicable requirements of the Code, ERISA, and any other applicable Laws. Each Buyer ERISA Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (i) has received a current, favorable determination letter from the IRS that is still in effect and applies to the Buyer ERISA Plan as amended and as administered or, (ii) within the time permitted under Code Section 401(b), has timely applied for a favorable determination letter which when issued will apply retroactively to the Buyer ERISA Plan as amended and as administered, or (iii) is maintained pursuant to a prototype or volume submitter document and is fully entitled to rely upon the opinion or advisory letter issued by the IRS to the sponsor of the prototype or volume submitter plan documents. Buyer is not aware of any circumstances that could reasonably result in the revocation of or the inability to rely upon any such favorable determination, opinion, or advisory letter. Buyer has not received any communication (written or unwritten) from any government agency questioning or challenging the compliance of any Buyer Benefit Plan with applicable Laws. No Buyer Benefit Plan is currently being audited by any Governmental Authority for compliance with applicable Laws or has previously been audited by a Governmental Authority resulting in a determination that the Buyer Benefit Plan failed to comply with applicable Laws.

 

(c)          There has been no material oral or written representation or communication with respect to any aspect of the Buyer Benefit Plans made to employees of the Buyer which is not in accordance with the written terms and provisions of such plans. Except as disclosed in Section 6.18(c) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum , neither the Buyer nor, to the Knowledge of Buyer, any administrator or fiduciary of any Buyer Benefit Plan (or any agent of any of the foregoing) has engaged in any transaction, or acted or failed to act in any manner, which could subject the Buyer to any direct or indirect Liability (by indemnity or otherwise) for breach of any fiduciary, co-fiduciary or other duty under ERISA. To the Knowledge of Buyer, (i) there are no unresolved claims or disputes under the terms of, or in connection with, the Buyer Benefit Plans other than claims for benefits which are payable in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) no Litigation has been commenced with respect to any Buyer Benefit Plan.

 

(d)          All Buyer Benefit Plan documents and annual reports or returns, audited financial statements, actuarial valuations, summary annual reports, and summary plan descriptions issued with respect to the Buyer Benefit Plans are correct and complete and have been timely filed with the IRS or the DOL to the extent filing is required. Summary plan descriptions, any material modifications thereto, and summary annual reports have been distributed to participants of the Buyer Benefit Plans (to the extent required by Law), and there have been no changes in the information set forth therein that have not been timely disclosed pursuant to applicable Law.

 

  - 48 -  

 

  

(e)          To Buyer’s Knowledge, no “ party in interest ” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(14)) or “ disqualified person ” (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2)) of any Buyer Benefit Plan has engaged in any nonexempt “ prohibited transaction ” (described in Code Section 4975(c) or ERISA Section 406).

 

(f)           Buyer and its ERISA Affiliates do not and have never sponsored, maintained, contributed to, or been obligated under ERISA or otherwise to contribute to (i) a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA Section 3(35) and Code Section 414(j); (ii) a “multi-employer plan” (as defined in ERISA Sections 3(37) and 4001(a)(3) or (iii) a “multiple employer plan” (meaning a plan sponsored by more than one employer within the meaning of ERISA Sections 4063 or 4064 or Code Section 413(c)). Buyer and its ERISA Affiliates have not incurred and there are no circumstances under which they could reasonably incur any liability under Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

(g)          No Buyer Entity has any Liability for retiree health and life benefits under any of the Buyer Benefit Plans except for required continued coverage to the extent provided under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or Code Section 4980B or similar state Law. No Tax under Code Sections 4980B or 5000 has been incurred with respect to any Buyer Benefit Plan, and no circumstance exists which could give rise to such Taxes.

 

(h)          Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (either alone or in conjunction with any other event) will (i) result in any payment or benefit (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, or otherwise) becoming due to any current or former director, employee, officer or consultant of any Buyer Entity from any Buyer Entity under any Buyer Benefit Plan, (ii) increase the amount or value of any payments or benefits payable to any current or former director, employee, officer or consultant of any Buyer Entity from any Buyer Entity under any Buyer Benefit Plan, (iii) result in any acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any payments or benefits payable to any current or former director, employee, officer or consultant of any Buyer Entity from any Buyer Entity under any Buyer Benefit Plan, or (iv) result in any limitation on the right of Buyer Entity to amend, merge, terminate or receive a reversion of assets from any Buyer Benefit Plan or related trust.

 

(i)           The actuarial present values of all accrued deferred compensation entitlements (including entitlements under any executive compensation, supplemental retirement, or employment agreement) of employees and former employees of any Buyer Entity and their respective beneficiaries, other than entitlements accrued pursuant to funded retirement plans subject to the provisions of Code Section 412 or ERISA Section 302, have been fully reflected on the Buyer Financial Statements to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP.

 

(j)           All individuals who participate in a Buyer Benefit Plan pursuant to the terms of such Buyer Benefit Plan are in fact eligible to participate in such Buyer Benefit Plan. All individuals participating in (or eligible to participate in) any Buyer Benefit Plan are common law employees or former employees of a Buyer Entity or directors or former directors of a Buyer Entity.

 

  - 49 -  

 

  

(k)          There is no vesting of benefits and no payments or changes in terms due to any insured person as a result of this Agreement, the Merger or the transactions contemplated herein, under any bank-owned life insurance split dollar life insurance or similar arrangement or Contract, and the Surviving Company shall, upon and after the Effective Time, succeed to and have all the rights in, to and under such Contracts as Buyer presently hold.

 

(l)           Each Buyer Benefit Plan that is in any part a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” subject to Section 409A of the Code (A) complies and, at all times after December 31, 2008 has complied, both in form and operation, with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and other applicable guidance thereunder and (B) between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2008 was operated in good faith compliance with Section 409A of the Code, as determined under applicable guidance of the Treasury and the IRS. No compensation payable by any Buyer Entity has been reportable as nonqualified deferred compensation in the gross income of any individual or entity and subject to additional Taxes as a result of the operation of Section 409A of the Code. No assets set aside for the payment of benefits under any “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” are held outside of the United States, except to the extent that substantially all of the services to which such benefits are attributable have been performed in the jurisdiction in which such assets are held.

 

6.19 Material Contracts.

 

As of the date hereof, none of the Buyer Entities is a party to (i) any employment, severance, termination, consulting, or retirement Contract providing for future aggregate payments to any Person in any calendar year in excess of $100,000, (ii) any Contract relating to the borrowing of money by any Buyer Entity or the guarantee by any Buyer Entity of any such obligation (for the avoidance of doubt, Contracts relating to the borrowing of money exclude Contracts evidencing deposit liabilities, purchases of federal funds repurchase agreements, fully-secured by the United States government and government agency securities, and Federal Home Loan Bank advances of depository institution Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of Buyer’s business, trade payables and Contracts relating to borrowings or guarantees made in the ordinary course of Buyer’s business), (iii) any Contract which prohibits, limits or restricts any Buyer Entity or any personnel of a Buyer Entity from engaging in any business activities in any geographic area, line of business or otherwise in competition with any other Person, (iv) any Contract relating to the purchase or sale of any goods or services involving future payments by any Buyer Entity under any individual Contract not in excess of $100,000 (other than Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and), (v) any exchange-traded or over-the-counter swap, forward, future, option, cap, floor, or collar financial Contract, or any other interest rate or foreign currency protection Contract not included on its balance sheet, (vi) to the reasonable Knowledge of Buyer, any material Contract that would be terminable other than by a Buyer Entity or any Contract under which a material payment obligation of a Buyer Entity (or any successor(s) thereto) would arise or be accelerated, in each case as a result of the announcement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional acts or events) and (vii) any Contract that contains any (A) exclusive dealing obligation on the part of such Buyer Entity, (B) “clawback” or similar undertaking requiring the reimbursement or refund of any fees on the part of such Buyer Entity, (C) “most favored nation” or similar provision granted by any Buyer Entity or (D) provision whereby any Buyer Entity grants any right of first refusal or right of first offer or similar right in respect of the Assets ((i)-(vii), together with all Contracts referred to in Section 6.14, the “ Buyer Contracts ”). With respect to each Buyer Contract: (A) the Contract is valid and binding on the Buyer Entity to the extent such Buyer Entity is a party thereto; (B) the Contract is in full force and effect; (C) no Buyer Entity is in Default thereunder in any material respect; and (D) to Buyer’s Knowledge, no other party to any such Contract is in Default in any material respect thereunder.

 

  - 50 -  

 

   

6.20 Privacy of Customer Information.

 

Bank First National’s collection and privacy practices comply in all material respects with Bank First National’s privacy policy, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and all other applicable privacy Laws.

 

6.21 Legal Proceedings.

 

There is no material Litigation instituted or pending or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, threatened against any Buyer Entity, or against any director, officer, employee or agent of any Buyer Entity in their capacities as such or with respect to any service to or on behalf of any Employee Benefit Plan or any other Person at the request of the Buyer Entity or Employee Benefit Plan of any Buyer Entity, nor are there any material Orders outstanding against any Buyer Entity (other than Orders of general application).

 

6.22 Reports.

 

Since January 1, 2014, each Buyer Entity has timely filed all material reports and statements, together with any material amendments required to be made with respect thereto, that it was required to file with Governmental Authorities, and have paid all fees and assessments due and payable in connection therewith. As of their respective dates, each of such reports and documents, including the Buyer Financial Statements, exhibits, and schedules thereto, complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws. To Buyer’s Knowledge, as of their respective dates, such reports and documents accurately set forth the information contained therein in all material respects, Other than normal examinations conducted by a Governmental Authority in the ordinary course of business of Buyer Entities, no Governmental Authority has notified any Buyer Entity that it has initiated or has pending any Litigation or, to Buyer’s Knowledge, threatened Litigation of any Buyer Entity since January 1, 2014. There is no unresolved violation, criticism, or exception by any Governmental Authority with respect to any report or statement relating to any examinations or inspections of any Buyer Entity.

 

6.23 Loans to Executive Officers and Directors.

 

Buyer has not, since December 31, 2014, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or Executive Officer (or equivalent thereof) of any Buyer Entity, except as permitted by FRB Regulation O and that have been made in material compliance with the provisions of Regulation O. Section 6.23 of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum identifies any loan or extension of credit maintained by Buyer to which Regulation O applies.

 

  - 51 -  

 

  

6.24 Statements True and Correct.

 

(a)          None of the information supplied or to be supplied by any Buyer Entity for inclusion in the Proxy Statement to be mailed to Seller’s shareholders in connection with the Seller’s Shareholders’ Meeting will, when first mailed to the Seller’s shareholders, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or, at the time of the Seller’s Shareholders’ Meeting, be false or misleading with respect to any material fact.

 

(b)          All documents that any Buyer Entity is responsible for filing with any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby will comply as to form in all material respects with the provisions of applicable Law. None of the information supplied or to be supplied by any Buyer Entity to Seller for inclusion in any documents filed with a Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby will be false or misleading with respect to any material fact, or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

6.25 Regulatory Matters.

 

(a)          To the Knowledge of Buyer, no Buyer Entity has taken or agreed to take any action or has any Knowledge of any fact or circumstance that is reasonably likely to materially impede or delay receipt of any Consents of Governmental Authorities referred to in Section 10.1(b) or result in the imposition of a condition or restriction of the type referred to in the last sentence of such Section. Bank First National is an “eligible bank” as defined in 12 C.F.R. §5.3(g).

 

(b)          No Buyer Entity is subject to any written agreement, memorandum, order or decree with or by any Governmental Authority, nor has any Buyer Entity been advised by any Governmental Authority that it is considering issuing or requesting any such written agreement, memorandum, letter, order or decree.

 

6.26 Trust Business.

 

Each Buyer Entity has properly administered all accounts for which it acts as a fiduciary, including accounts for which it serves as trustee, agent, custodian, personal representative, guardian, conservator or investment advisor, in accordance with the terms of the applicable governing documents and applicable laws and regulations, except for instances of noncompliance that have not had a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 52 -  

 

   

6.27 Investment Management and Related Activities.

 

To the Knowledge of Buyer, no Buyer Entity or any of its respective directors, officers or employees is required to be registered, licensed or authorized under the Laws of any Governmental Authority as an investment adviser, a broker or dealer, an insurance agency or company, a commodity trading adviser, a commodity pool operator, a futures commission merchant, an introducing broker, a registered representative or associated person, investment adviser, representative or solicitor, a counseling officer, an insurance agent, a sales person or in any similar capacity with a Governmental Authority.

 

6.28 Investment Securities.

 

(a)          Each of Buyer and its Subsidiaries has valid title to all equity securities owned by it (except securities sold under repurchase agreements or held in any fiduciary or agency capacity), free and clear of any Lien, except to the extent that such securities are pledged in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices to secure obligations of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries. Such securities are valued on the books of Buyer in accordance with GAAP.

 

(b)          To the Knowledge of Buyer, Buyer and each of its Subsidiaries employs and have acted in compliance in all material respects with investment, securities risk management and other policies, practices and procedures that Buyer believes are prudent and reasonable in the context of such businesses.

 

(c)           Section 6.28(c) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum sets forth as of December 31, 2016, the securities held by Buyer and its Subsidiaries, as well as any purchases or sales of securities between December 31, 2016 to and including the date hereof, reflecting with respect to all such securities, whenever purchased or sold, descriptions thereof, CUSIP numbers, designations as securities “available for sale” or securities “held to maturity” (as those terms are used in ASC 320), book values, fair values and coupon rates, and any gain or loss with respect to any such securities sold during such time period after December 31, 2016. Bank First National does not own any of the outstanding equity of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company, mortgage or loan broker or any other financial institution.

 

6.29 Derivative Instruments.

 

(a)          All Derivative Transactions, whether entered into for the account of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or for the account of a customer of Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries were entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. All of such Derivative Transactions are legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer or one of its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, each of the counterparties thereto, and are enforceable against Buyer in accordance with their terms (except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by 12 U.S.C. Section 1818(b)(6)(D) (or any successor statute) and any bank regulatory powers and subject to general principles of equity), and are in full force and effect. To Buyer’s Knowledge, there are no breaches, violations or defaults by any party thereunder which would reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

  - 53 -  

 

  

(b)          No Derivative Transaction, were it to be a Buyer Bank Loan, would be classified as “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” “Doubtful,” “Loss,” “Classified,” “Criticized,” “Credit Risk Assets,” “Concerned Loans,” “Watch List,” as such terms are defined by the FDIC’s uniform loan classification standards.

 

6.30 Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity.

 

Buyer has developed and implemented a contingency planning program to evaluate the impact of significant events that may adversely affect Buyer’s customers, Assets, or employees. To Buyer’s Knowledge, such program complies in all material respects with the requirements of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and the FDIC.

 

6.31 Bank Secrecy Act; PATRIOT Act; Anti-Money Laundering.

 

Buyer or the Buyer Subsidiaries are not operating in violation in any material respect of the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended and its implementing regulations (31 C.F.R. Part 103), the PATRIOT Act, any order issued with respect to anti-money laundering by the United States Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or any other applicable anti-money laundering law. Furthermore, the Board of Directors of Buyer has adopted and Buyer has implemented an anti-money laundering program that meets the requirements of Sections 326 and 352 of the PATRIOT Act in all material respects.

 

6.32 Minute Books and Records.

 

To the Knowledge of Buyer, minute books for each Buyer Entity are true and complete in all material respects as in effect as of the date of this Agreement and accurately reflect in all material respects all amendments thereto and all proceedings of the Board of Directors (including any committees of the Board of Directors).

 

6.33 Shareholders.

 

Except as set forth in Section 6.33 of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum , as of the date hereof, no single shareholder holds in excess of five percent (5%) of the capital stock of the Buyer.

 

6.34 No Further Representations.

 

Except for the representations and warranties specifically set forth in Article 6 of this Agreement, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates or Representatives on behalf of Buyer, nor any other Person on behalf of Buyer, makes or shall be deemed to make any representation or warranty to Seller, express or implied, at law or in equity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and Buyer hereby disclaims any such representation or warranty whether by Buyer or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, or representatives on behalf of Buyer, or any other person on behalf of Buyer.

 

  - 54 -  

 

  

Article 7

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING CONSUMMATION

 

7.1 Affirmative Covenants of Seller.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, unless the prior written consent of Buyer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall have been obtained, and except as otherwise required by applicable Law or expressly contemplated herein, Seller shall, and shall cause each Seller Entity to:

 

(a)          operate its business only in the usual, regular and ordinary course (materially consistent with all requirements of Governmental Authorities) in all material respects (“ Continued Business Operations ”); provided, that (i) Seller may consult with Buyer and its Representatives in order to maintain the continuity of Continued Business Operations, (ii) any such consultations shall be made at the discretion of Seller and (iii) all business decisions with regard to Continued Business Operations shall be made in the sole discretion of Seller; provided further, that it is the intent of the Parties that in no circumstance by reason of this Agreement shall Buyer be deemed to control, directly or indirectly, any Seller Entity, and that Buyer shall not exercise, or be deemed to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of any Seller Entity;

 

(b)          utilize its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business organization and Assets and to maintain its rights and franchises and its customer relationships;

 

(c)          take no action which would materially (i) adversely affect the ability of any Party to obtain any Consents required for the transactions contemplated hereby without imposition of a condition or restriction of the type referred to in Section 10.2(d), or (ii) adversely affect the ability of any Party to perform its covenants and agreements under this Agreement;

 

(d)          reasonably cooperate with Buyer and its Representatives to facilitate the conversion of systems and internal controls and to train Seller and First National Bank employees in the policies, methods and practices utilized by Buyer and Bank First National; provided, however , that, in each case, such cooperation shall not unduly interrupt any Seller Entity’s operation of its normal course of business;

 

(e)          reasonably cooperate with Buyer and its Representatives with respect to any Seller Entity’s actions relative to any offers, sales or transactions involving the OREOs as set forth in Section 5.11(g) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum that are above $100,000, including, but not limited to, providing Buyer with information concerning any and all offers received by any Seller Entity for sales of such OREOs that are above $100,000;

 

  - 55 -  

 

  

(f)           reasonably cooperate and authorize its independent auditors and any firm or firms engaged by Seller or First National Bank to assist with internal controls to reasonably cooperate with Buyer, Bank First National and their Representatives to establish mutually acceptable scope and procedures and work product for their services, and to communicate with Buyer and Bank First National with respect thereto; provided, however , that, in each case, such cooperation shall not unduly interrupt any Seller Entity’s operation of its normal course of business. Seller and First National Bank shall consult with, and receive Buyer’s consent to, any engagement of any consultants and the entry into any consulting agreements relating to internal controls;

 

(g)          reasonably cooperate with Buyer and, subject to Seller’s prior consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), allow Buyer, Bank First National and their Representatives reasonable access to the senior officers and employees of Seller and First National Bank during normal business hours required to effect any of the foregoing; provided, however , that such access shall not unduly interrupt any Seller Entity’s operation of its normal course of business; and

 

(h)          utilize its reasonable best efforts to obtain Consents for all Contracts listed in Section 7.1(h) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum .

 

7.2 Negative Covenants of Seller.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, unless the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall have been obtained, and except as otherwise required by applicable Law or expressly contemplated herein, Seller covenants and agrees that it will not do or agree or commit to do, or permit any Seller Entity to do or agree or commit to do, any of the following:

 

(a)          amend or waive any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of any Seller Entity;

 

(b)          incur any additional obligation for borrowed money except in the ordinary course of the business of any Seller Entity consistent with past practices (for the avoidance of doubt, an obligation for borrowed money shall exclude, for Seller Entities that are depository institutions, creation of deposit liabilities, purchases of federal funds, advances from the Federal Reserve Bank or Federal Home Loan Bank, and entry into repurchase agreements fully secured by United States government or agency securities);

 

(c)          repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire or exchange (other than exchanges in the ordinary course under any Seller Benefit Plan), directly or indirectly, any shares, or any securities convertible into any shares, of the capital stock of any Seller Entity, or declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect of Seller’s capital stock;

 

(d)          change the number of authorized shares of its capital stock, or except for this Agreement, issue, sell, pledge, encumber, authorize the issuance of, enter into any Contract to issue, sell, pledge, encumber, or authorize the issuance of, or otherwise permit to become outstanding, any additional shares of Seller Common Stock, any other capital stock of any Seller Entity, any stock appreciation rights, or any option, warrant, or other Equity Right;

 

  - 56 -  

 

  

(e)          adjust, split, combine or reclassify any capital stock of any Seller Entity;

 

(f)           acquire any portion of the equity securities, or any material portion of the assets, of any entity or other business organization or division thereof (whether directly or indirectly and whether by merger, sale of stock, reorganization, recapitalization, joint venture or otherwise);

 

(g)          make any new loans or extensions of credit or renew, extend or renegotiate any existing loans or extensions of credit (i) to any “insider” or to any of its affiliates as that term is defined in Regulation O, (ii) that are unsecured, in excess of $25,000, or (iii) that are secured, in excess of $300,000, provided , that this restriction shall not apply to the loans that have been approved but not yet funded that are set forth in Section 7.2(g) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum ; provided further, that Buyer shall be deemed to have consented to such extension or renegotiation of credit if Buyer does not object within a review period of two (2) business days following the date of delivery of notice of such transaction by Seller to Buyer, provided further , that such review period shall be extended to three (3) business days if such credit is in an amount in excess of $2,500,000;

 

(h)          (1) purchase or sell (except for sales of single family residential first mortgage loans originated and sold on customary terms in the ordinary course of Seller’s or First National Bank’s business) any whole loans, leases, mortgages or any loan participations or agented credits or other interests therein other than in the ordinary course of business, or (2) renew or renegotiate any loans or credits that are classified or special mentioned or take any similar actions with respect to collateral held with respect to debts previously contracted or other real estate owned, except pursuant to safe and sound banking practices and with prior disclosure to Bank First National; provided, however, that First National Bank may, without the prior notice to or written consent of Bank First National, renew or extend existing credits of less than $100,000 in principal amount on substantially similar terms and conditions as present at the time such credit was made or last extended, renewed or modified, for a period not to exceed the duration of the most recent term of such credit and at rates not less than market rates for comparable credits and transactions and without any release of any collateral, except as First National Bank is presently obligated under existing written agreements kept as part of First National Bank’s official records;

 

(i)           grant any increase in compensation or benefits to the employees or officers of any Seller Entity, except as required by Law, Contract or Seller Benefit Plan and for merit based salary increases not to exceed three percent (3%) of any employee’s previous salary or wages; pay any severance or termination pay or any bonus, except as required by Law, Contract or Seller Benefit Plan; enter into or amend any severance agreements with officers of any Seller Entity; grant any material increase in fees or other increases in compensation or other benefits to directors of any Seller Entity or waive any stock repurchase rights, accelerate, amend or change the period of exercisability of any Equity Rights or restricted stock, or authorize cash payments in exchange for any Equity Rights;

 

  - 57 -  

 

  

(j)           hire any officers or employees with an annual salary that exceeds $75,000;

 

(k)          enter into or amend any employment Contract between any Seller Entity and any Person (unless such amendment is required by Law) that the Seller Entity does not have the unconditional right to terminate without Liability (other than Liability for services already rendered), at any time on or after the Effective Time;

 

(l)           adopt any new Employee Benefit Plan to be sponsored by any Seller Entity or terminate or withdraw from, or make any material change in or to, any existing Seller Benefit Plans other than any such change that is required by Law or that, as described in written advice from Seller's counsel or advisors, is necessary or advisable to maintain the tax qualified status of any such Seller Benefit Plan, or make any distributions from such Seller Benefit Plans, except as required by Law, the terms of such Seller Benefit Plans or consistent with past practice;

 

(m)         except for the branches located in Childress, Texas, make application for the opening or closing of any, or open or close any, branch or automated banking facility;

 

(n)          (i) enter into any new line of business or introduce any new products other than First National Bank’s planned introduction of a mobile banking product; (ii) change in any material respect its lending, investment, underwriting, risk and asset liability management and other banking and operating policies, except as required by applicable Law, regulation or policies imposed by any Governmental Authority; or (iii) make any material changes in its policies with respect to underwriting, pricing, originating, acquiring, selling, servicing, or buying or selling rights to service Seller Bank Loans or hedging practices;

 

(o)          sell or otherwise dispose of any Asset of Seller or of any Seller Entity other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or subject any Asset of Seller or of any Seller Entity to a lien, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(p)          make any capital expenditures, other than (i) expenditures made in the ordinary course of business, (ii) pursuant to binding commitments existing on the date hereof and (iii) expenditures necessary to maintain existing assets in good repair, which capital expenditures in no event shall exceed $50,000;

 

(q)          take any action which would result in any of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement becoming untrue as of any date after the date hereof or in any of the conditions set forth in Article 10 hereof not being satisfied, except where such action does not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect;

 

(r)          make any material change in any Tax or accounting methods or systems of internal accounting controls;

 

  - 58 -  

 

  

(s)          commence any Litigation other than in accordance with past practice or settle any Litigation involving any Liability of any Seller Entity for money damages exceeding $250,000 or material restrictions upon the operations of any Seller Entity;

 

(t)          make any offers, sales or transactions involving the OREOs as set forth in Section 5.11(g) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum that are above $100,000; or

 

(u)          except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and the Seller’s policies, enter into, modify, amend or terminate any material Contract of the type described in Section 6.19 (other than any loan Contract) or waive, release, compromise or assign any material rights or claims under any such material Contract.

 

7.3 Covenants of Buyer.

 

From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement, unless the prior written consent of Seller (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall have been obtained, and except as otherwise required by applicable Law or expressly contemplated herein, Merger Sub and Buyer covenant and agree to:

 

(a)           operate its business only in the usual, regular and ordinary course (materially consistent with all requirements of Governmental Authorities) in all material respects; provided, that the foregoing shall not prevent any Buyer Entity from acquiring any Assets, companies or other businesses or from discontinuing or disposing of any of its Assets or businesses if such action is, in the reasonable judgment of Buyer, desirable in the conduct of the business of the Buyer Entities and if such actions will not delay the Effective Time or hinder consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(b)          take no action which would (i) materially adversely affect the ability of any Party to obtain any Consents required for the transactions contemplated hereby without imposition of a condition or restriction of the type referred to in Section 10.3(d), or (ii) materially adversely affect the ability of any Party to perform its covenants and agreements under this Agreement; and

 

(c)          utilize its reasonable best efforts to obtain Consents for all Contracts listed in Section 7.3 of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum .

 

7.4 Reports.

 

Each Party and its Subsidiaries shall file all reports required to be filed by it with Governmental Authorities between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time and, to the extent permitted by Law, shall deliver to the other Parties copies of all such reports promptly after the same are filed. If financial statements are contained in any such reports filed with any Governmental Authority, such financial statements will have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, as soon as reasonably practicable, each Party shall deliver to the other Parties the unaudited consolidated balance sheet (including related notes and schedules, if any) of such Party for the quarter ended June 30, 2017, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (including related notes and schedules, if any) for the quarter ended June 30, 2017.

 

  - 59 -  

 

  

Article 8

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

8.1 Proxy Statement; Shareholder Approval.

 

(a)          In connection with the Shareholders’ Meeting, Seller shall prepare a Proxy Statement and mail such Proxy Statement to Seller’s shareholders, and the Parties shall each cooperate in the preparation of such document and shall furnish all information as may reasonably be requested by Seller in connection with such action.

 

(b)          Seller shall duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a Shareholders’ Meeting, to be held as soon as reasonably practicable after the date hereof, on a date reasonably acceptable to Buyer, for the purpose of voting upon approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger (“ Seller Shareholder Approval ”) and such other related matters as Seller deems appropriate and shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.4, through its Board of Directors, recommend to its shareholders the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger and use its reasonable efforts to obtain such Seller Shareholder Approval.

 

8.2 Exemption from Securities Registration.

 

Buyer shall cause the issuance of the shares of Buyer Common Stock to the Reg D Holders under Article 3 of this Agreement to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of, and Regulation D promulgated under, the Securities Act, including, but not limited to, by providing all information that must be included in the Proxy Statement under Rule 506 of Regulation D. Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in connection therewith.

 

8.3 Other Offers, Etc.

 

(a)          Seller agrees that no Seller Entity shall, nor shall it authorize or knowingly permit any of its Subsidiaries or their respective officers, directors, employees or Representatives to, directly or indirectly (i) solicit, initiate or knowingly induce the making, submission, negotiation or announcement of any Acquisition Proposal, (ii) participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, or knowingly furnish to any Person any nonpublic information with respect to, or take any other action intended to facilitate the making of any proposal that constitutes or may reasonably be expected to lead to, any Acquisition Proposal, (iii) subject to Section 8.4 effect a Change in Seller Recommendation, or (iv) enter into any Acquisition Agreement contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Transaction.

 

(b)          Seller and its Subsidiaries shall immediately cease any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any Persons conducted heretofore with respect to any Acquisition Proposal and will use commercially reasonable efforts to exercise their respective rights under any confidentiality or similar or related agreement relating to any Acquisition Proposal as such exercise is reasonably prudent in light of the circumstances at the time.

 

  - 60 -  

 

   

8.4 Certain Actions .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding Section 8.3 or any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time following the date of this Agreement and prior to receipt of the Seller Shareholder Approval, (i) Seller or any its Subsidiaries or Representatives receives an unsolicited, bona fide written Acquisition Proposal from any Person, which Acquisition Proposal did not result from any breach of Section 8.3, and (ii) Seller’s Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisor and outside legal counsel, that such Acquisition Proposal constitutes or is reasonably likely to become a Superior Proposal, and Seller’s Board of Directors determines in good faith after consultation with outside legal counsel, that failure to take such action would be inconsistent with the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Law, then Seller’s Board of Directors, directly or indirectly through any Subsidiary or Representative, may, subject to compliance with Section 8.4(c) and prior to receipt of the Seller Shareholder Approval, (1) thereafter furnish to such Person non-public information relating to any Seller Entity pursuant to an executed confidentiality agreement that is no less restrictive than the Confidentiality Agreement, and (2) engage or otherwise participate in negotiations or discussions with such Person that has made (and not withdrawn) such Acquisition Proposal. The Seller Entities shall use their reasonable best efforts to provide any competitively sensitive non-public information to any competitor in connection with the actions permitted by this Section 8.4, only in accordance with “clean room” or other similar procedures, intended to limit any adverse effect of the sharing of such information regarding the Seller Entities.

 

(b)          Seller’s Board of Directors shall not take any of the actions referred to in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 8.4(a) unless Seller shall have delivered to Buyer a prior written notice (no less than twenty-four (24) hours in advance) advising Buyer that Seller intends to take such action. Seller shall notify Buyer promptly (but in no event later than twenty-four (24) hours) after it becomes aware of receipt by it (or any of its Affiliates or Representative) of any Acquisition Proposal. Such notice shall include (i) a written detailed summary of the material terms and conditions of any such Acquisition Proposal, indication or request not made in writing (including any material updates, revisions or supplements thereto) provided to any Seller Entity or any Subsidiary or Representative of Seller (including any financing commitments or similar materials relating thereto) and (ii) the identity of the Person making such Acquisition Proposal. Seller shall keep Buyer reasonably informed, on a prompt basis (and in any event within twenty-four (24) hours of the occurrence thereof), of the status and material terms of any such Acquisition Proposal, indication or request, including any significant developments, discussions or negotiations regarding any Acquisition Proposal. Seller shall simultaneously provide Buyer with a list of any non-public information concerning the Seller Entities’ business, present or future performance, financial condition or results of operations that Seller provided to any third party in connection with discussions concerning an Acquisition Proposal and, to the extent such information has not been previously provided to Buyer, copies of such information. Seller agrees that it will not, and will not permit any Seller Entity to, enter into any confidentiality agreement or other Contract with any Person subsequent to the date hereof which prohibits Seller from complying with its obligations under this Section 8.4.

 

  - 61 -  

 

  

(c)          Notwithstanding anything in Section 8.3, Seller’s Board of Directors may (i) in response to an Acquisition Proposal made after the date hereof and prior to receipt of the Seller Shareholder Approval that did not result from a breach of Section 8.3(a)(i), effect a Change in Seller Recommendation, if Seller’s Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consulting with outside legal counsel and its financial advisor, that (1) failure to take such action would be inconsistent with, or a breach or violation of, the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Laws and (2) such Acquisition Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal; and (ii) in response to an Acquisition Proposal made after the date hereof and prior to receipt of the Seller Shareholder Approval that did not result from a breach of Section 8.3(a)(i), cause or permit Seller to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(e) and, in connection with such termination, authorize, adopt, approve, recommend or declare advisable such Superior Proposal, and cause or permit any Seller Entity to enter into an Acquisition Agreement with respect to such Acquisition Transaction, if Seller’s Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consulting with outside legal counsel and its financial advisor, that (A) failure to take such action would be inconsistent with, or a breach or violation of, the directors’ fiduciary duties under applicable Laws and (B) such Acquisition Proposal constitutes a Superior Proposal; provided , however , that prior to affecting any Change in Seller Recommendation and/or termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(e), (w) Seller has given notice to Buyer, in writing, at least five (5) business days (the “ Notice Period ”) before taking such action, of its intention to take such action with respect to an Acquisition Proposal, which notice shall state expressly that Seller has received an Acquisition Proposal that Seller’s Board of Directors intends to declare a Superior Proposal and that Seller’s Board of Directors intends to make a Change in Seller Recommendation and/or Seller intends to enter into an Acquisition Agreement with respect thereto; (x) Seller attaches to such notice a written detailed summary of the material terms of the Superior Proposal, including any financing commitments relating thereto (which version shall be updated on a prompt basis); (y) after providing such notice and prior to terminating this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(e), Seller shall have, and shall have caused its Subsidiaries and Representatives to, during the Notice Period, negotiate with Buyer in good faith to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement as would permit Seller not to effect a Change in Seller Recommendation or terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.1(e); (z) following the end of such Notice Period, Seller’s Board of Directors shall have considered in good faith any proposed revisions to this Agreement proposed in writing by Buyer, and shall have determined in good faith, after consultation with its financial advisor and outside legal counsel, that the Superior Proposal would continue to constitute a Superior Proposal if such revisions were to be given effect; provided , that, in the event of any material revisions to the Acquisition Proposal that Seller’s Board of Directors has determined to be a Superior Proposal, Seller shall be required to deliver a new written notice to Buyer and to comply with the requirements of this Section 8.4(c)(ii)(B)(w)-(z) de novo.

 

  - 62 -  

 

   

8.5 Consents of Governmental Authorities.

 

The Parties hereto shall cooperate with each other and use their reasonable best efforts to promptly prepare and file all necessary documentation and applications, to effect all applications, notices, petitions and filings and to obtain as promptly as practicable all Consents of all Governmental Authorities and other Persons which are necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including the Merger). The Parties agree that they will consult with each other with respect to the obtaining of all Consents of all Governmental Authorities and other Persons necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Party will keep the other apprised of the status of matters relating to the transactions contemplated herein. Each Party also shall promptly advise the other upon receiving any communication from any Governmental Authority whose Consent is required for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement which causes such Party to believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that any requisite Consent will not be obtained or that the receipt of any such Consent will be materially delayed.

 

8.6 Agreement as to Efforts to Consummate.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Party agrees to use, and to cause its Subsidiaries to use, its reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper, or advisable under applicable Laws to consummate and make effective, as soon as reasonably practicable after the date of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using its reasonable best efforts to lift or rescind any Order adversely affecting its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and to cause to be satisfied the conditions referred to in Article 10; provided , that nothing herein shall preclude either Party from exercising its rights under this Agreement.

 

8.7 Filings with State Offices.

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Seller and Merger Sub shall execute and file the Articles of Merger and such other documents as may be required to give effect to the Merger and other transactions contemplated in this Agreement with the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Wisconsin in connection with the Closing on the Closing Date.

 

8.8 Investigation and Confidentiality.

 

(a)          Prior to the Effective Time, each Party shall keep the other Party advised of all material developments relevant to its business and to consummation of the Merger and shall permit the other Party or its Representative to make or cause to be made such investigation of its business and properties (including that of its Subsidiaries) and of its financial, Tax and legal condition as the other Party reasonably requests, provided , that such investigation shall be reasonably related to the transactions contemplated hereby, shall not interfere unnecessarily with normal operations, and shall be conducted during normal business hours. No investigation by any Party shall affect the ability of the other Parties to rely on the representations and warranties of such Party. Between the date hereof and the Effective Time, subject to the other Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), each Party shall permit the other Party’s senior officers, outside counsel and independent auditors to meet with the senior officers of such Party, including officers responsible for financial statements, internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, to discuss such matters.

 

  - 63 -  

 

  

(b)          In addition to the Parties’ respective obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement, which are hereby reaffirmed and adopted, and incorporated by reference herein, each Party shall, and shall cause its advisers and agents to, maintain the confidentiality of all confidential information furnished to it by the other Party concerning its and its Subsidiaries’ businesses, operations, and financial positions and shall not use such information for any purpose except in furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated prior to the Effective Time, each Party shall promptly destroy or certify the destruction of all documents and copies thereof, and all work papers containing confidential information received from the other Party.

 

(c)          Seller shall use its reasonable efforts to exercise, and to not waive any of, its rights under confidentiality agreements entered into with Persons which were considering an Acquisition Proposal with respect to Seller to preserve the confidentiality of the information relating to the Seller Entities provided to such Persons and their Affiliates and Representatives.

 

(d)          Each Party agrees to give the other Party notice as soon as practicable after any determination by it of any fact or occurrence relating to the other Party which it has discovered through the course of its investigation and which represents, or is reasonably likely to represent, either a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the other Party or which may constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, as applicable.

 

8.9 Press Releases.

 

Prior to the Effective Time, Seller and Buyer shall obtain the other party’s written consent prior to releasing any press release or other public announcement related to this Agreement or any other negotiation or transaction contemplated hereby; provided , that nothing in this Section 8.9 shall be deemed to prohibit any Party from making any disclosure which its counsel deems necessary in order to satisfy such Party’s disclosure obligations imposed by Law.

 

8.10 State Takeover Laws.

 

If any applicable “moratorium,” “fair price,” “business combination,” “control share,” or other anti-takeover Laws shall become applicable to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, then Seller and the Board of Directors of Seller shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to grant such approvals and take such actions as are necessary so that the transactions contemplated hereby may be consummated as promptly as practicable on the terms contemplated hereby and otherwise act to minimize the effects of any such statute or similar Law on the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  - 64 -  

 

   

8.11 Employee Benefits and Contracts; Directors.

 

(a)          Following the Effective Time, Buyer shall provide to officers and employees of the Seller Entities who continue employment with Buyer after the Effective Time employee benefits under employee benefit and welfare plans (other than stock option or other plans involving the potential issuance of Buyer Common Stock), on terms and conditions which when taken as a whole are substantially similar to those currently provided by the Buyer Entities to their similarly situated officers and employees. For purposes of participation, vesting and (except in the case of Buyer retirement plans) benefit accrual under Buyer’s employee benefit plans, the service of the employees of the Seller Entities prior to the Effective Time shall be treated as service with a Buyer Entity for purposes of participating in any similar employee benefit plans sponsored or maintained by Buyer, provided however, that no duplication of benefits shall occur. Subject to Section 8.11(b), Buyer also shall cause the Surviving Subsidiary to honor, in accordance with their terms, all employment, severance, consulting and other compensation Contracts disclosed in Section 8.11(a) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum between any Seller Entity and any current or former director, officer, or employee thereof, and all provisions for vested benefits or other vested amounts earned or accrued through the Effective Time under the Seller Benefit Plans.

 

(b)          Nothing in this Agreement (i) shall require Buyer or any Buyer Entity to continue to employ or make an offer of employment to any particular employee of Seller or any Seller Entity following the Effective Time, except for those officers of Seller listed on Section 8.11(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum , or (ii) subject to Section 8.11(a), shall be construed to prohibit any Buyer Entity from amending or terminating any Seller Benefit Plan. Except as set forth in Section 12.14 hereof, no provisions of this Agreement shall create any third party beneficiary rights in any employee of any Seller Entity, any beneficiary or dependent thereof, or any collective bargaining representative thereof, with respect to the compensation, terms and conditions of employment and benefits that may be provided to any employee of any Seller Entity by Buyer, Buyer Entity, or any of their Affiliates or under any benefit plan which any of them may maintain, or otherwise. No provision of this Agreement shall operate as an amendment to any benefit plan maintained by any Buyer Entity or Seller Entity.

 

(c)          Each Non-Offer Employee shall be paid by Buyer immediately following such Person’s separation from employment by Seller or Buyer, as applicable, as severance, an amount equal to the amount as described in the Buyer Severance Policy, the form and substance of such Policy shall be subject to the review and reasonable approval of Seller before the Closing Date.

 

  - 65 -  

 

  

(d)          If employees of any Seller Entity become eligible to participate in a medical, dental or other health plan of a Buyer Entity upon a date other than the last day of the plan year of the corresponding medical, dental or other health plan of the Seller Entity, the Buyer Entity shall cause each such plan of the Buyer Entity to: (i) waive any preexisting condition limitations to the extent such conditions are covered under the applicable medical, dental or other health plan of the Buyer Entity, (ii) provide full credit under such plan for any deductible, co-payment and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the employees of the Seller Entity and their beneficiaries during the portion of the plan year of the applicable medical, dental or other health plan of the Seller Entity prior to such participation in such plan of the Buyer Entity; and (iii) waive any waiting period limitation or evidence of insurability requirement which would otherwise be applicable to such employee, in each case to the extent such employee had satisfied any similar limitation or requirement under the corresponding plan of the Seller Entity.

 

(e)          Seller shall take all actions necessary (including providing notice to third-party insurers, service providers and participants) to terminate each Seller Benefit Plan (including the First National Bank Salary Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ Seller ESOP Plan”) , subject to Section 8.11(f)) contingent upon Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, with such terminations effective no later than the day preceding the Closing Date. No later than the date immediately prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer with evidence that the Board of Directors of Seller has terminated each such Seller Benefit Plan, as requested by Buyer, pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors of Seller with such terminations being effective as of no later than the day immediately preceding the Closing Date. The form and substance of such resolutions shall be subject to the review and reasonable approval of Buyer.

 

(f)           In connection with Seller’s termination of the Seller ESOP Plan pursuant to Section 8.11(e):

 

(i)          Buyer agrees to pay to the Seller ESOP Plan, in cash and on the Closing Date, the entire amount of the total repayments of the Seller Note allocable to the shares of Seller Common Stock held in the Seller ESOP Plan (rounded to the nearest cent), which shall be $97,037.74 (the “ ESOP Plan Payment ”); and

 

(ii)         In consideration for Buyer making the ESOP Plan Payment on the Closing Date, Seller agrees to assign to Buyer the right to collect from the payments to be received with respect to the Seller Note in an amount equal to the ESOP Plan Payment grossed-up with a five-year annual compound interest rate of twelve percent (12%) (rounded to the nearest cent), which shall be $171,013.65 (the “ Buyer ESOP Payment ”).

 

8.12 D&O Indemnification.

 

(a)          Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the present and former directors, officers and employees of the Seller Entities (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) against all Liabilities arising from any actions, claims or matters first brought or made within six (6) years after the Effective Time (and for so long thereafter as any such actions, claims or matters remain active or in existence) that relate to any actual or alleged actions, errors or omissions arising out of or related to the Indemnified Party’s position, service or services as directors, officers or employees of any Seller Entities or, at Seller’s request, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, occurring at or prior to the Effective Time (including the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) to the fullest extent permitted under the WBCL and by any Seller Entity’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as in effect on the date hereof, including provisions relating to advances of expenses incurred in the defense of any Litigation and whether or not any Buyer Entity is insured against any such matter. Without limiting the foregoing, in any case in which approval by the Surviving Company is required to effectuate any indemnification, the Surviving Company shall direct, at the election of the Indemnified Party that the determination of any such approval shall be made by independent counsel mutually agreed upon between Buyer and the Indemnified Party.

 

  - 66 -  

 

 

(b)          At or prior to the Effective Time, Buyer shall (and Seller shall cooperate prior to the Effective Time in these efforts) purchase a non-rescindable extended reporting period for Seller’s existing primary and excess directors and officers and fiduciary liability insurance coverage with a duration of (6) years after the Effective Time ( provided, that Buyer may, with the written consent of Seller prior to the Effective Time, substitute therefore any other policy or policies) with respect to claims arising from wrongful acts, facts or events which occurred prior to the Effective Time and covering persons who are currently covered by such insurance; provided , that Buyer shall not be obligated to make aggregate annual premium payments for such six-year period in respect of such insurance coverage (or any replacement coverage) which exceed 200% of the annual premium payments on Seller’s current policy in effect as of the date of this Agreement (the “ Maximum Amount ”). If the amount of the premiums necessary to maintain or procure such insurance coverage exceeds the Maximum Amount, Buyer shall use its reasonable efforts to maintain the most advantageous policies of directors and officers and fiduciary liability insurance obtainable for a premium equal to the Maximum Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer shall be responsible for any and all amounts that the applicable Indemnified Party would otherwise incur due to the application of any deductible or retention amount in connection with such directors and officers and fiduciary liability insurance.

 

(c)          Any Indemnified Party wishing to claim indemnification under paragraph (a) of this Section 8.12, upon learning of any such Liability or Litigation, shall promptly notify Buyer thereof; provided, that failure to provide such notice shall not relieve Buyer of its obligations pursuant to this Section except to the extent such failure materially prejudices Buyer. In the event of any such Litigation (whether arising before or after the Effective Time), (i) Buyer shall have the right to assume the defense thereof and Buyer shall not be liable to such Indemnified Parties for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Parties in connection with the defense thereof, except that if Buyer elects not to assume such defense or counsel for the Indemnified Parties advises that there are substantive issues which raise conflicts of interest between Buyer and the Indemnified Parties, the Indemnified Parties may retain counsel satisfactory to them, and Buyer shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel for the Indemnified Parties promptly as statements therefore are received; provided , that Buyer shall be obligated pursuant to this paragraph (c) to pay for only one firm of counsel for all Indemnified Parties in any jurisdiction; (ii) the Indemnified Parties will cooperate in the defense of any such Litigation; and (iii) Buyer shall not be liable for any settlement effected without its prior written consent and which does not provide for a complete and irrevocable release of all Buyer’s Entities and their respective directors, officers and controlling persons, employees, agents and Representatives; and provided further, that Buyer shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Party when and if a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine, and such determination shall have become final, that the indemnification of such Indemnified Party in the manner contemplated hereby is prohibited by applicable Law.

 

  - 67 -  

 

  

(d)          If Buyer or any successors or assigns shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving Person of such consolidation or merger or shall transfer all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, then and in each case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of Buyer shall assume the obligations set forth in this Section 8.12.

 

(e)          The provisions of this Section 8.12 are intended to be for the benefit of and shall be enforceable by, each Indemnified Party and their respective heirs and legal and personal representatives.

 

8.13 Closing Net Worth Calculation.

 

(a)          Beginning on May 31, 2017, within seven (7) business days of the end of each calendar month, Seller shall prepare a sample calculation of the projected Closing Net Worth as of the end of such calendar month and provide such sample calculation to Buyer for the Parties to discuss in good faith. Not less than seven (7) business days prior to the date originally established as the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer with a calculation of the Closing Net Worth (the “ Closing Net Worth Statement ”) with such reasonable detail as shall allow Buyer to evaluate the accuracy of such calculation.

 

(b)          Seller shall afford Buyer and its accountants and attorneys reasonable access and opportunity to review the relevant work papers and documentation used by Seller in calculating the Closing Net Worth and formulating the Closing Net Worth Statement so that the Parties may reach agreement as to the amount of the Closing Net Worth.

 

(c)          If Buyer objects to any information contained in the Closing Net Worth Statement, Buyer shall deliver to Seller not less than three (3) business days prior to the date originally established as the Closing Date, a notice setting forth the basis for such objection and a statement of what Buyer believes is the correct calculation of the Closing Net Worth with such reasonable detail as shall allow Seller to evaluate the accuracy of such calculation (such a notice, a the “ Dispute Notice ”).

 

(d)          If Buyer does not deliver a timely Dispute Notice, or if Buyer notifies the Seller that it agrees with the Closing Net Worth and/or Closing Net Worth Statement, then the Closing Net Worth and Closing Net Worth Statement as delivered to Buyer shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

  - 68 -  

 

  

(e)          If Buyer delivers a timely Dispute Notice, first, the Parties will attempt to promptly resolve the matters raised in good faith within fifteen (15) days of the delivery of the Dispute Notice. If after such fifteen (15) day period the dispute regarding the Closing Net Worth is not resolved, either Buyer or Seller may submit the matter to an independent accounting firm agreed upon by the Parties, which, acting as an expert and not an arbitrator, shall determine all disputed portions of the Closing Net Worth calculation in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement within fifteen (15) days after the submission. Buyer and Seller shall each pay half of the fees and expenses of the independent accounting firm (with any fees of the independent accounting firm payable by Seller constituting part of the transaction expenses for purposes of determining the Closing Net Worth), except that the independent accounting firm may assess the full amount of its fees and expenses against the relevant Party if it determines that such Party negotiated the Closing Net Worth in bad faith. The Closing Net Worth, as agreed upon by the Buyer and the Seller and/or determined by the independent accounting firm under this subsection, shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

 

8.14 Buyer’s and Bank First National’s Board.

 

Buyer and Bank First National shall take all action necessary to appoint, after consultation with Seller and effective immediately following the Effective Time, one member of the Seller’s Board of Directors as chosen by Buyer to serve a as a director on Bank First National’s board of directors (“ Buyer Bank Director ”). In addition, Buyer shall take all action necessary to nominate the Buyer Bank Director to the Buyer’s board of directors at the Buyer’s next annual meeting following the Effective Time, including, but not limited to, including the individual as a person nominated as a member of Buyer’s board of directors in the Buyer’s proxy statement for such annual meeting, and recommending to its shareholders to approve the nomination of the Buyer Bank Director to Buyer’s board of directors.

 

8.15 Delivery of Seller Disclosure Memorandum and Disclosure Supplements.

 

Each party has delivered to the other party a complete Disclosure Memorandum as of this date of this Agreement. Any fact or item disclosed in any Section each party’s Disclosure Memorandum shall be deemed disclosed in each other Section of each party’s Disclosure Memorandum to which such fact or item may apply so long as (a) such other Section is referenced by applicable cross-reference or (b) it is reasonably apparent that such disclosure is applicable such other Section. Each party’s Disclosure Memorandum is qualified in their entirety by reference to specific provisions of this Agreement. Any fact or item disclosed in a Disclosure Memorandum shall not by reason only of such inclusion be deemed to be material, to establish any standard of materiality or to define further the meaning of such terms for purposes of the Agreement. References in a Disclosure Memorandum to any Contract, Benefit Plan, Order, instrument, document or legal proceeding are qualified in their entirety by reference to more detailed information in documents attached thereto or previously delivered or made available to the recipient party and its representatives. From time to time prior to the Effective Time, each party will promptly supplement or amend the Disclosure Memorandum delivered in connection herewith with respect to any matter hereafter arising which, if existing, occurring or known at the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in such Disclosure Memorandum or which is necessary to correct any information in such Disclosure Memorandum which has been rendered materially inaccurate thereby, except for such failures that do not constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. No supplement or amendment to such Disclosure Memorandum shall have any effect for the purpose of determining satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 10.

 

  - 69 -  

 

   

8.16 Additional Actions.

 

If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further deeds, assignments or assurances in law or any other acts are necessary to (i) vest, perfect or confirm, of records or otherwise, in Buyer or Merger Sub their right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, properties or assets of any Seller Entity required in further assurance of this Agreement, or (ii) otherwise required in further assurance to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each Seller Entity shall be deemed to have granted to Buyer or Merger Sub, as applicable, an irrevocable power of attorney to execute and deliver all such deeds, assignments or assurances in law or take any other acts as necessary or desirable to (a) vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in Buyer or Merger Sub their right, title or interest in, to or under any of the rights, properties or assets of any Seller Entity required in further assurance of this Agreement or (b) otherwise required in further assurance to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, and the officers and directors of Buyer or Merger Sub, as applicable, are authorized in the name of any Seller Entity to take any and all such action.

 

Article 9

TAX MATTERS

 

9.1 S Corporation Status.

 

(a)          Except to the extent that any transfer of Seller Common Stock takes place pursuant to a Permitted Pledge as defined in the Shareholders Agreement to Preserve S Corporation Status dated as of October 31, 2007, Seller shall not, on or prior to the Closing Date, permit any of the holders of Seller Common Stock to revoke Seller’s election to be Taxed as an “S corporation,” or take or allow any action or fail to take any action that would result in the termination of Seller’s status as a validly electing “S corporation” within the meaning of Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code, or the termination of any Seller Subsidiary’s status as a ‘‘qualified subchapter S subsidiary’’ within the meaning of Section 1361(b)(3)(B) of the Code.

 

(b)          If any Tax authority determines or proposes to determine that Seller did not have a valid election in effect under Section 1362(a) of the Code to be treated as an S corporation for the period starting on January 1, 2008 and ending as of the date of this Agreement (without regard to the transfer of Seller Common Stock under this Agreement), Seller, on behalf of the holders of Seller Common Stock, shall cooperate with Buyer, and use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain from the IRS a waiver of the termination and reinstatement of such S corporation status for such period pursuant to Section 1362(f) or any similar relief available with respect to state and local income taxation. In the event of such a challenge to the S corporation status of Seller, Seller, on behalf of the holders of Seller Common Stock, shall promptly take all reasonable steps pursuant to Section 1362(f)(3) of the Code, and shall make such adjustments as may be required by the IRS pursuant to Section 1362(f)(4) as a condition of obtaining such waiver and reinstating the S corporation status for the applicable period (and any similar adjustments required under analogous state and local Tax provisions. Any reasonable expense incurred by the Seller on or before the Closing Date related to the procuring the waiver and reinstatement of the S status of the Company described above, including the legal, accounting, and Tax costs of taking such steps and of making such adjustments as may be required shall be treated as a transaction expenses in the calculation of the Closing Net Worth, to the extent not previously paid or reflected in the calculation of Closing Net Worth.

 

  - 70 -  

 

  

(c)          To the extent not filed prior to the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all S Corporation Tax Returns of each of the Seller Entities for any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date in a manner consistent with past practice of the applicable Seller Entity except (i) such S Corporation Tax Returns shall reflect the deduction for any transaction expenses of the type described in Section 5.35 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum to the extent permitted by applicable Law and (ii) as otherwise required by applicable Law. Buyer will use Wipfli LLP as the paid preparer for any such S Corporation Tax Returns. “ S Corporation Tax Return ” means any income or franchise Tax Return filed on IRS Form 1120S (or comparable state or local form) pursuant to which the underlying income, expense, loss, gain or similar characteristic is reported, directly or indirectly, on Schedule K-1 (or comparable state or local form) to the shareholders of Seller for the applicable Tax period.

 

(d)          Buyer will not amend, or permit to be amended, any S Corporation Tax Return of any Seller Entity related to any period ending on or before the Closing Date, except to the extent such amendment is not reasonably expected, after consultation with paid preparer, to adversely impact the shareholders of Seller for the applicable Tax period.

 

(e)          If an audit, investigation or similar proceeding with respect to any Tax matter shall be commenced, or a claim shall be made, by any Tax authority, with respect to any S Corporation Tax Return of any Seller Entity related to any period ending on or before the Closing Date (a “ Tax Proceeding ”), Buyer shall cause such Tax Proceeding to be contested in good faith, and shall not settle or compromise such Tax Proceeding unless Buyer believes, after consultation with the paid preparer, that such settlement or compromise is reasonably prudent taking into account the strength of the merits of the underlying claim, the potential impact on the shareholders of the Seller for the applicable Tax period and the cost of further contesting such Tax Proceeding.

 

(f)           The Merger Consideration (plus other relevant items) shall be allocated among the assets of the Seller Entities for all Tax purposes in a manner consistent with Section 1060 of the Code and in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 9.1(f) and the Buyer shall cause all Tax Returns to be filed in a manner consistent with such allocation, except as required pursuant to a final determination as defined in Section 1313 of the Code. For this purpose, the parties stipulate that the fair market value of the assets of the shall be computed to be consistent with the value of such assets in computing Closing Net Worth (as such may be adjusted to account for the accrual of interest, payments, or for acquisition or disposition of any assets, in each case, for the time period between the date of the calculation of the Closing Net Worth and the Closing Date), with any residual amount allocated to goodwill. By way of example, the amount allocated to fixed assets shall be net of depreciation recognized in the calculation of the Closing Net Worth and the amount allocated to loans shall be net of the loan loss reserve.

 

  - 71 -  

 

  

Article 10

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS TO CONSUMMATE

 

10.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party.

 

The respective obligations of each Party under this Agreement to be performed on or after the Closing Date are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, unless waived by both Parties pursuant to Section 12.6:

 

(a)           Seller Shareholder Approval . The shareholders of Seller Common Stock shall have approved this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, as and to the extent required by Law and by the provisions of Seller’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

 

(b)           Regulatory Approvals . All Consents of, filings and registrations with, and notifications to, all Governmental Authorities required for consummation of the Merger shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect and all waiting periods required by Law shall have expired.

 

(c)           Legal Proceedings . No Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) or taken any other action which prohibits, restricts or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)           Closing Net Worth . The Closing Net Worth shall not be less than $61,200,000.

 

10.2 Conditions to Obligations of Buyer and Merger Sub.

 

The obligations of Buyer and Merger Sub under this Agreement to be performed on or after the Closing Date are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, unless waived by Buyer pursuant to Section 12.6(a):

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties . For purposes of this Section 10.2(a), the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement shall be assessed as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time ( provided that representations and warranties which are confined to a specified date shall speak only as of such date). The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2(a), 5.3 and 5.4 shall be true and correct in all respects (except for inaccuracies which are de minimis in amount or that result from changes contemplated by this Agreement). There shall not exist inaccuracies in the other representations and warranties of Seller set forth in this Agreement such that the aggregate effect of such inaccuracies constitute a Seller Material Adverse Effect, except for inaccuracies resulting from changes contemplated by this Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this sentence only, those representations and warranties which are qualified by references to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be deemed not to include such qualifications.

 

  - 72 -  

 

  

(b)           Performance of Agreements and Covenants . Each and all of the agreements and covenants of Seller to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement prior to the Effective Time shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

 

(c)           Certificates . Seller shall have delivered to Buyer (i) a certificate, dated as of the Effective Time and signed on its behalf by its chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 10.1(a), 10.2(a) and 10.2(b) have been satisfied, and (ii) certified copies of resolutions duly adopted by Seller’s Board of Directors evidencing the authorization of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, all in such reasonable detail as Buyer and its counsel shall request.

 

(d)           Regulatory Consents. No Consent obtained from any Governmental Authority which is necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall contain any conditions, restrictions or requirements that would, after the Effective Time, constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect (after giving effect to the Merger).

 

(e)           Third Party Consents. Seller shall have obtained, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, the Consents listed on Section 7.1(h) of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum except for Consents to the assignment of such agreements that Buyer determines prior to the Effective Time to terminate at or following the Effective Time.

 

(f)            Support Agreements; Director’s Agreements . Upon the execution of this Agreement, (i) each of the directors of Seller that are beneficial owners of any shares of Seller Common Stock as of the date hereof shall have executed and delivered to Buyer the Support Agreements in the form of Exhibit 3 hereto, and (ii) each of the non-officer directors of Seller shall have executed and delivered to Buyer the Director’s Agreements in the form of Exhibit 4 hereto.

 

(g)           Claims Letters . Each of the directors of Seller shall have executed and delivered to Buyer Claims Letters in the form of Exhibit 5 hereto.

 

(h)           Seller Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have been any Seller Material Adverse Effect between the date hereof and the Closing Date, and Buyer shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date, signed by Seller, to such effect.

 

  - 73 -  

 

  

(i)            Approval of 280G Payments . If the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby would entitle any Person who is a “disqualified individual” to a “parachute payment” (as such terms are defined in Section 280G of the Code) absent approval by the Seller’s shareholders, then, at least three (3) business days prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall take all necessary actions (including obtaining any required waivers or consents from each disqualified individual) to submit to a shareholder vote, in a manner that satisfies the shareholder approval requirements for exemption under Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the right of each disqualified individual to receive or retain, as applicable, any payments and benefits to the extent necessary so that no payment or benefit received by such disqualified person shall be deemed a parachute payment. Such vote shall establish the disqualified individual’s right to the payment or benefits. Seller and its shareholders shall be responsible for all liabilities and obligations related to the matters described in this Section 10.2(i), including any claims by disqualified individuals that they are entitled to payment or reimbursement for any related excise taxes. Seller shall provide to Buyer copies of any waivers, consents, and shareholder information statements or disclosures relating to Section 280G and the shareholder vote described in this Section 10.2(i), a reasonable period of time before disseminating such materials to the disqualified individuals and the Seller’s shareholders, and will work with Buyer in good faith regarding any comments provided by Buyer thereto.

 

10.3 Conditions to Obligations of Seller.

 

The obligations of Seller under this Agreement to be performed on or after the Closing Date are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions, unless waived by Seller pursuant to Section 12.6(b):

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties . For purposes of this Section 10.3(a), the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Buyer and Merger Sub set forth in this Agreement shall be assessed as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time with the same effect as though all such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Effective Time ( provided that representations and warranties which are confined to a specified date shall speak only as of such date). The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6.1, 6.2(a), 6.3 and 6.4 shall be true and correct in all respects (except for inaccuracies which are de minimis in amount or that result from changes contemplated by this Agreement). There shall not exist inaccuracies in the other representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement such that the aggregate effect of such inaccuracies constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, except for such inaccuracies resulting from changes contemplated by this Agreement; provided that, for purposes of this sentence only, those representations and warranties which are qualified by references to “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall be deemed not to include such qualifications.

 

(b)           Performance of Agreements and Covenants . Each and all of the agreements and covenants of Buyer and Merger Sub to be performed and complied with pursuant to this Agreement prior to the Effective Time shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects.

 

(c)           Certificates . Buyer shall have delivered to Seller (i) a certificate, dated as of the Effective Time and signed on its behalf and on behalf of Merger Sub, as its sole member, by Buyer’s chief executive officer and its chief financial officer, to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 10.3(a) and 10.3(b) have been satisfied, and (ii) certified copies of resolutions duly adopted by Buyer’s Board of Directors evidencing the authorization of the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, all in such reasonable detail as Seller and its counsel shall request.

 

  - 74 -  

 

  

(d)           Regulatory Consents. No Consent obtained from any Governmental Authority which is necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall contain any conditions, restrictions or requirements that would, after the Effective Time, constitute a Buyer Material Adverse Effect (after giving effect to the Merger).

 

(e)           Third Party Consents. Buyer shall have obtained, in a form reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, the Consents listed on Section 7.3 of the Buyer Disclosure Memorandum .

 

(f)            Buyer Material Adverse Effect . There shall not have been any Buyer Material Adverse Effect between the date hereof and the Closing Date, and Buyer shall have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date, signed by Seller, to such effect.

 

Article 11

TERMINATION

 

11.1 Termination.

 

This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, notwithstanding receipt of the Seller Shareholder Approval (except as otherwise specified in this Section 11.1):

 

(a)          by mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller;

 

(b)          by either Buyer or Seller:

 

(i)          (A) if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before December 31, 2017 or such other date as Buyer and Seller agree in writing (the “ Outside Date ”), or (B) if a vote of the shareholders of Seller is taken and Seller fails to obtain the Seller Shareholder Approval; provided , that, neither Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(b)(i) if the failure of such party to perform or comply in all material respects with the covenants and agreements of such party set forth in this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Merger to be consummated by the Outside Date; or

 

(ii)         if any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or Order prohibiting any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such Law or Order shall have become final and nonappealable; provided , that the party seeking to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(b)(ii) shall have used its reasonable best efforts to contest, appeal and remove such Law or Order in accordance with Sections 8.5 and 8.6.

 

  - 75 -  

 

  

(c)          by Buyer if Seller shall have breached or failed to perform any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform, either individually or in the aggregate, if occurring or continuing at the Effective Time (A) would result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 10.2(a) or (b) (a “ Seller Terminating Breach ”) and (B) cannot be or has not been cured or has not been waived by the earlier of (1) the Outside Date or (2) thirty (30) days after the giving of written notice to Seller of such breach or failure; provided , that Buyer shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(c) if a Buyer Terminating Breach shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(d)          by Seller if Buyer shall have breached or failed to perform any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement, which breach or failure to perform, either individually or in the aggregate, if occurring or continuing at the Effective Time (A) would result in the failure to satisfy any of the conditions set forth in Section 10.3(a) or (b) (a “ Buyer Terminating Breach ”) and (B) cannot be or has not been cured or has not been waived by the earlier of (1) the Outside Date or (2) thirty (30) days after the giving of written notice to Buyer of such breach or failure; provided , that Seller shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(d) if a Seller Terminating Breach shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e)          by Seller, at any time prior to receipt of the Seller Shareholder Approval, for the purpose of entering into an Acquisition Agreement in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 8.4, provided that Seller is not in material breach of any of its obligations under Section 8.3 or Section 8.4 of this Agreement;

 

(f)           by Buyer (on behalf of itself and Merger Sub), if (i) after mailing the Proxy Statement in accordance with Section 8.1, Seller effects a Change in Seller Recommendation; or (ii) (A)(1) Seller breaches its obligations under this Agreement by failing to comply in all material respects with Section 8.1, or (2) Seller’s board of directors has authorized, recommended or publicly announced its intention to authorize or recommend any Acquisition Proposal with any person other than Buyer or Merger Sub or if Seller otherwise breaches, in any material respect, its obligations under Section 8.3 or 8.4 of this Agreement; and (B) Seller has not cured such breach within ten (10) days after Knowledge of such breach; or

 

(g)          by Buyer or Seller if the Closing Net Worth is less than $61,200,000.

 

11.2 Effect of Termination.

 

(a)          In the event of the termination of this Agreement and abandonment of the Merger pursuant to Section 11.1, this Agreement shall become void and have no effect, except that (i) the provisions of Sections 8.8(b), 11.2, 12.2 and 12.3 shall survive any such termination and abandonment, and (ii) no such termination shall relieve the breaching Party from Liability resulting from any willful and material breach by that Party of this Agreement.

 

  - 76 -  

 

  

(b)          In the event that (A) a Pre-Termination Takeover Proposal Event (as defined below) shall occur after the date of this Agreement and thereafter this Agreement is terminated by either Buyer or Seller pursuant to Section 11.1(b)(i)(B) and (B) prior to the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of such termination Seller enters into a definitive agreement with respect to, or consummates, an Acquisition Proposal with the party (or its affiliate) that gave rise to the Pre-Termination Takeover Proposal Event, then Seller shall, on the earlier of the date of such definitive agreement is executed or such Acquisition Proposal is consummated, pay Buyer a fee equal to the sum of $3,000,000 (the “ Termination Fee ”). The Termination Fee shall be paid by wire transfer within ten (10) days of the date of such termination.

 

(c)          In the event that this Agreement is terminated by Buyer pursuant to Section 11.1(f) or by Seller pursuant to Section 11.1(e), then Seller shall pay to Buyer the Termination Fee by wire transfer within ten (10) days of the date of such termination.

 

(d)          For purposes of this Section 11.2, a “Pre-Termination Takeover Proposal Event” (a “ Pre-Termination Takeover Proposal Event ”) shall be deemed to occur if, at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the event giving rise to the right to terminate this Agreement, an Acquisition Proposal shall have been publicly announced or otherwise publicly communicated to the Board of Directors or shareholders of Seller (or in another manner in which all of the shareholders of Seller become aware of the Acquisition Proposal) and such Acquisition Proposal shall not have been irrevocably withdrawn not less than five (5) business days prior to the date of the special meeting of Seller’s shareholders and Seller’s shareholders fail to approve this Agreement at such meeting.

 

(e)          For purposes of this Section 11.2, all references in the definition of Acquisition Proposal to “25%” shall instead refer to “50%”.

 

Article 12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Definitions.

 

(a)          The capitalized terms set forth below have been defined herein in the respective sections or other parts hereof as set forth below:

  

Term   Page   Term   Page
             
Accredited Holder   4   Buyer Benefit Plans   48
Additional Payment   7   Buyer Contracts   51
Additional Payment Date   8   Buyer ERISA Plan   48
Additional Payment Period   7   Buyer ESOP Payment   66
Agreement   1   Buyer Leased Premises   43
Allowance   19   Buyer Loan Documentation   41
Bank Merger   2   Buyer Loan Sale Agreement   42
Buyer   1   Buyer Owned Real Property   43
Buyer Bank Director   69   Buyer Personal Property   44

 

  - 77 -  

 

 

Buyer Real Property Leases   43   Outside Date   75
Buyer Tenant Leases   43   PATRIOT Act   33
Buyer Terminating Breach   76   Per Share Merger Consideration   4
Cash Amount   5   Pre-Termination Takeover Proposal Event   77
Cash Election Shares   5   RCRA   82
CERCLA   82   Reg D Holder   4
Certificates   9   Repayment Amount   7
Closing   1   S Corporation Tax Return   71
Closing Date   2   Seller   1
Closing Net Worth Statemen t   68   Seller Benefit Plans   26
Continued Business Operations   55   Seller Contracts   29
Dispute Notice   69   Seller ERISA Plan   26
Dissenting Shareholder   7   Seller ESOP Plan   66
DOL   25   Seller Leased Premises   21
Effective Time   3   Seller Loan Documentation   19
Election Deadline   5   Seller Loan Sale Agreement   19
Election Form   5   Seller Loan Tape   19
ESOP Plan Payment   66   Seller Owned Real Property   21
Exchange Agent   9   Seller Personal Property   22
FRB   1   Seller Real Property Leases   21
Indemnified Party   67   Seller Restricted Shares   9
IRS   26   Seller Shareholder Approval   60
Letter of Transmittal   9   Seller Tenant Leases   21
Mailing Date   5   Seller Terminating Breach   76
Maximum Amount   67   Surviving Company   1
Merger   1   Surviving Subsidiary   2
Merger 2   2   Tax Proceeding   71
Merger Sub   1   Termination Fee   77
No Election Shares   5   WBCL   1
Notice Period   62   WLLCA   1
OCC   1        
OREO   20        

 

(b)          Except as otherwise provided herein, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

 

Acquisition Agreement means any letter of intent, agreement in principle, definitive agreement, or other similar agreement related to any Acquisition Transaction.

 

Acquisition Proposal means any proposal (whether communicated to Seller or publicly announced to Seller’s shareholders) by any Person (other than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) for an Acquisition Transaction involving Seller or any of its present or future consolidated Subsidiaries, or any combination of such Subsidiaries, the assets of which constitute twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the consolidated assets of Seller as reflected on Seller’s consolidated statement of condition prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding the Seller’s Texas branch).

 

  - 78 -  

 

 

Acquisition Transaction means any transaction or series of related transactions (other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) involving any acquisition or purchase from Seller by any Person or Group (other than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) of twenty-five percent (25%) or more in interest of the total outstanding voting securities of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, or any tender offer or exchange offer that if consummated would result in any Person or Group (other than Buyer or any of its Affiliates) beneficially owning twenty-five percent (25%) or more in interest of the total outstanding voting securities of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries, or any merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction involving Seller pursuant to which the shareholders of Seller immediately preceding such transaction hold less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the equity interests in the surviving or resulting entity (which includes the parent corporation of any constituent corporation to any such transaction) of such transaction; (ii) any sale or lease (other than in the ordinary course of business), or exchange, transfer, license (other than in the ordinary course of business), acquisition or disposition of ten percent (10%) or more of the assets of Seller (excluding the Seller’s Texas branch).

 

Adjusted Total Seller Stock means Total Seller Stock less the Seller ESOP Shares.

 

Affiliate of a Person means any other Person directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

Articles of Merger shall mean the Articles of Merger filed with the Department of Financial Institutions of the State of Wisconsin as contemplated by Section 1.5 of this Agreement.

 

Assets of a Person means all of the assets, properties, businesses and rights of such Person of every kind, nature, character and description, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, accrued or contingent, or otherwise relating to or utilized in such Person’s business, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, whether or not carried on the books and records of such Person and wherever located.

 

BHC Act means the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

 

Buyer Bank Loans means the loans, lines of credit and other extensions of credit, including all legally binding commitments and obligations to extend credit made by Bank First National or Buyer.

 

Buyer Common Stock means the $0.01 par value common stock of Buyer.

 

Buyer Disclosure Memorandum means the written information entitled “Bank First National Disclosure Memorandum” delivered prior to the date of this Agreement to Seller describing in reasonable detail the matters contained therein and, with respect to each disclosure made therein, specifically referencing each Section of this Agreement under which such disclosure is being made.

 

  - 79 -  

 

  

Buyer Entities means, collectively, Buyer and all Buyer Subsidiaries, including Merger Sub.

 

Buyer Financial Advisor means Sandler O’Neill and Partners, L.P.

 

Buyer Financial Statements means (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets (including related notes and schedules, if any) of Buyer as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (including related notes and schedules, if any) for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Seller (including related notes and schedules, if any) of Buyer as of March 31, 2017 and related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows (including related notes and schedules, if any).

 

Buyer Material Adverse Effect means an event, circumstances, development, change, effect or occurrence which, individually or together with any other event, circumstances, development, change, effect or occurrence, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on (i) the financial position, results of operations, business, assets, liabilities, operations or conditions of Buyer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, provided that “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” shall not be deemed to include the effects of (A) changes in banking and other Laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by Governmental Authorities, (B) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting principles generally applicable to banks and their holding companies (including the enforcement, interpretation and implementation thereof), (C) actions and omissions of Buyer (or any of its Subsidiaries) taken with the prior written Consent of Seller, (D) compliance with this Agreement, including expenses incurred by Buyer in consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (E) any public announcement of, and the response or reaction of customers, vendors, licensors, investors, employees or other Persons to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (F) general economic, financial or securities market or political conditions in the United States or any other country or region, (G) any commencement, continuation or escalation of any act of terrorism or war (whether declared or undeclared), (H) any natural disasters, (I) any national or international calamity, (J) any developments or occurrences relating to or affecting the industries or the segments thereof or geographic areas in which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or customers operates or (K) any failure by Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any estimates or expectations of revenue, earnings or other financial performance or results of operations for any period ending on or after the date of this Agreement.

 

Buyer Subsidiaries means the Subsidiaries, if any, of Buyer as of the date hereof (it being understood that the Surviving Subsidiary will be deemed to constitute a Buyer Subsidiary).

 

Change in Seller Recommendation means any (i) withdrawal, qualification, modification, or proposal to withdraw, qualify or modify, in any manner adverse to Buyer by Seller’s Board of Directors that the shareholders of Seller approve this Agreement and the Merger or (ii) approval, endorsement, or recommendation by Seller’s Board of Directors that the shareholders of Seller approve an Acquisition Proposal.

 

  - 80 -  

 

  

Closing Net Worth means the total stockholders’ equity of Seller, calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied by Seller as of the month-end immediately prior to the Closing Date, less the actual amount of the transaction expenses of the type disclosed in Section 5.35 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum that Sellers have incurred but not paid as of the Closing if such expenses are not otherwise reflected in the calculation of the Closing Net Worth. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Closing Net Worth may be adjusted upon the mutual agreement of the Parties, provided such adjustment shall be memorialized in a writing signed by the Parties.

 

Closing Net Worth Shortfall means the positive difference, if any, between $72,000,000 and the Closing Net Worth.

 

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Confidentiality Agreement means that certain Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2017, by and between Buyer and Seller Financial Advisor, on behalf of Seller.

 

Consent means any consent, approval, authorization, clearance, exemption, waiver or similar affirmation by any Person pursuant to any Contract, Law, Order or Permit.

 

Contract means any legally binding agreement, commitment, contract, indenture, lease or license of any kind or character.

 

Default means (i) any breach or violation of, default under, contravention of, or conflict with, any Contract, Law, Order, or Permit, (ii) any occurrence of any event that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute a breach or violation of, default under, contravention of, or conflict with, any Contract, Law, Order, or Permit, or (iii) any occurrence of any event that with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice would give rise to a right of any Person to exercise any remedy or obtain any relief due to a breach under, terminate or revoke, suspend, cancel, or modify or change the current terms of, or renegotiate, or to accelerate the maturity or performance of, any Contract, Law, Order, or Permit.

 

Derivative Transactions means any swap transaction, option, warrant, forward purchase or sale transaction or futures transaction.

 

Employee Benefit Plan means each pension, retirement, profit-sharing, 401(k), savings, deferred compensation, stock option or other equity award, employee stock ownership, share purchase, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock bonus, severance pay, vacation, bonus, retention, change in control or other incentive plan, employment, retention, severance change in control or other agreement, medical, vision, dental or other health plan, any life insurance plan, flexible spending account, cafeteria plan, vacation, holiday, disability or any other employee benefit plan or fringe benefit plan, including any “employee benefit plan,” as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA and any other plan, fund, policy, program, practice, custom understanding or arrangement providing compensation or other benefits for the benefit of any current or former officer, director, employee, retiree, or independent contractor or any spouse, dependent, or beneficiary thereof, whether or not such Employee Benefit Plan is or is intended to be (i) covered or qualified under the Code, ERISA or any other applicable Law, (ii) written or oral, (iii) funded or unfunded, (iv) actual or contingent or (v) arrived at through collective bargaining or otherwise.

 

  - 81 -  

 

  

Environmental Laws shall mean all applicable Laws relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata) and which are administered, interpreted or enforced by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and state and local Governmental Authorities with jurisdiction over, and including common law in respect of, pollution or protection of the environment, including but not limited to: (i) the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq. (“ CERCLA ”),; (ii) the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (“ RCRA ”),; (iii) the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (42 U.S.C. 11001 et seq.); (iv) the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.); (v) the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.); (vi) the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.); (vii) any state, county, municipal or local statues, laws or ordinances similar or analogous to the federal statutes listed in parts (i) - (vi) of this subparagraph; (viii) any amendments to the statues, laws or ordinances listed in parts (i) - (vii) of this subparagraph, (ix) any rules or regulations adopted pursuant to or implementing the statutes, laws, ordinances and amendments listed in parts (i) - (viii) of this subparagraph; (x) any other law, statute, ordinance, amendment, rule or regulation relating to environmental matters; and (xi) other Laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases, or threatened releases of any Hazardous Material, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport, or handling of any Hazardous Material.

 

Equity Rights shall mean all arrangements, calls, commitments, Contracts, options, rights to subscribe to, scrip, warrants, or other binding obligations of any character whatsoever by which a Person is or may be bound to issue additional shares of its capital stock or other securities, securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for, shares of the capital stock or other securities of a Person or by which a Person is or may be bound to issue additional shares of its capital stock or other rights.

 

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, which together with a Seller Entity would be treated as a single employer under Code Section 414 or would be deemed a single employer within the meaning of ERISA Section 4001(b).

 

  - 82 -  

 

  

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Act Documents means all forms, proxy statements, registration statements, reports, schedules, and other documents, including all certifications and statements required by the Exchange Act or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to any report that is an Exchange Act Document, filed, or required to be filed, by a Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Governmental Authority pursuant to the Securities Laws.

 

Executive Officer means each of the following officers of the Seller Entities:

 

James Rothenbach Chief Executive Officer and President of First National Bank
   
Donald Sorenson Chief Executive Officer and President of Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc.
   
Eric Sorenson Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibits means the Exhibits so marked, copies of which are attached to this Agreement. Such Exhibits are hereby incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, and may be referred to in this Agreement and any other related instrument or document without being attached hereto or thereto.

 

FDIC shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

GAAP shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied during the periods involved.

 

Governmental Authority shall mean any federal, state, local or foreign court, board, body, commission, agency, authority or instrumentality having jurisdiction over a Party or its Subsidiaries, including the Internal Revenue Service, FRB, the FDIC, the OCC, the Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions, and any instrumentality or entity designed to act for or on behalf of the foregoing.

 

Group shall mean two or more Persons acting in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an issuer.

 

Hazardous Material shall mean any chemical, substance, waste, material, pollutant, or contaminant defined as or deemed hazardous or toxic or otherwise regulated under any Environmental Law, including but not limited to RCRA hazardous wastes, CERCLA hazardous substances, and Wisconsin Statute Chapter 291 regulated substances, pesticides and other agricultural chemicals, oil and petroleum products or byproducts and any constituents thereof, urea formaldehyde insulation, lead in paint or drinking water, mold, asbestos (including asbestos requiring abatement, removal, or encapsulation pursuant to the requirements of Environmental Law), and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), provided, notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the words “Hazardous Material” shall not mean or include any such Hazardous Material used, generated, manufactured, stored, disposed of or otherwise handled in normal quantities in the ordinary course of any Seller Entity’s business in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, or such that may be naturally occurring in any ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata.

 

  - 83 -  

 

  

Intellectual Property means copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names, domain names, together with all goodwill associated therewith, registrations and applications therefore, technology rights and licenses, computer software (including any source or object codes therefore or documentation relating thereto), trade secrets, franchises, know-how, inventions, and other intellectual property rights.

 

Knowledge as used with respect to a Person (including references to such Person being aware of a particular matter) means those facts that are known by (a) in the case of Seller, each Executive Officer, and (b) in the case of Buyer, Michael Molepske, Kevin LeMahieu or Kelly Dvorak.

 

Law means any code, law (including common law), ordinance, regulation, rule, statute or order applicable to a Person or its Assets, Liabilities or business that is promulgated, interpreted or enforced by any Governmental Authority.

 

Liability means any direct or indirect, primary or secondary, liability, indebtedness, obligation, penalty, cost or expense (including costs of investigation, collection and defense), claim, deficiency, guaranty or endorsement of or by any Person (other than endorsements of notes, bills, checks, and drafts presented for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) of any type, whether accrued, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, or otherwise.

 

Lien means any conditional sale agreement, default of title, easement, encroachment, encumbrance, hypothecation, infringement, lien, mortgage, pledge, reservation, security interest, title retention or similar security arrangement of any nature whatsoever of, on, or with respect to any property or any property interest, other than Permitted Liens.

 

Litigation means any action, arbitration, cause of action, lawsuit, claim, complaint, criminal prosecution, governmental or other examination or investigation, audit (other than regular audits of financial statements by outside auditors), compliance review, inspection, hearing, administrative or other proceeding relating to or affecting a Party, its business, its Assets or Liabilities (including Contracts related to Assets or Liabilities), or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, but shall not include regular, periodic examinations of depository institutions and their Affiliates by Governmental Authorities.

 

Material or material for purposes of this Agreement shall be determined in light of the facts and circumstances of the matter in question; provided that any specific monetary amount stated in this Agreement shall determine materiality in that instance.

 

  - 84 -  

 

  

Merger Consideration means $76,250,000 less the amount of the Closing Net Worth Shortfall, if any.

 

Non-Offer Employee ” means any Person (i) who is an employee of any Seller Entity on the date of this Agreement, (ii) on the date immediately prior to the Effective Time, who is not offered continued employment by a Buyer Entity with (A) salary at least equal to that provided to such Person by the Seller Entities on the date of this Agreement and benefits at least consistent with those provided by the Buyer Entities to their similarly situated employees immediately prior to the Effective Time and (B) no requirement to relocate such Person’s place of employment outside the county of such Person’s place of employment on the date of this Agreement, (iii) who is an employee of any Seller Entity immediately prior to the Effective Time, and (iv) who does not accept an offer of continued employment by a Buyer Entity. Any Person who was employed by a Seller Entity who accepts employment with Buyer but whose employment with Buyer is thereafter terminated as a result of Buyer’s elimination of such Person’s employment with Buyer for any reason other than for “cause” as otherwise reasonably defined by Buyer within six (6) months of the Closing Date shall also be considered a Non-Offer Employee.

 

Operating Property means any property owned, leased, or operated by the Party in question or by any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Order means any administrative decision or award, decree, injunction, judgment, order, directive, ruling, or writ of any Governmental Authority.

 

Participation Facility means any facility or property in which the Party in question or any of its Subsidiaries participates in the management and, where required by the context, means the owner or operator of such facility or property, but only with respect to such facility or property.

 

Party means Seller, Merger Sub and Buyer and Parties means all such Persons.

 

Permit means any federal, state, local, or foreign Governmental Authority approval, authorization, license or permit to which any Person is a party.

 

Permitted Liens shall mean (a) Liens reflected or reserved against or otherwise disclosed in the Seller Financial Statements, (b) mechanics’, materialmen’s, warehousemen’s, carriers’, workers’, or repairmen’s liens or other similar common law or statutory Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (c) liens for Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges not yet due and payable or due but not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (d) Liens affecting a lessor’s or licensor’s interest, (e) blanket Liens by the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and (f) the following with respect to real property, (i) easements, quasi-easements, licenses, covenants, rights-of-way, rights of re-entry or other similar restrictions, including any other agreements, conditions or restrictions that would be shown by a current title report or other similar report or listing, (ii) any conditions that may be shown by a current survey or physical inspection, (iii) zoning, building, subdivision or other similar requirements or restrictions (without, however, limiting any warranties in this Agreement as to compliance with Laws, Orders and Permits) and (iv) Liens that do not materially adversely affect the value or present use of the applicable real property.

 

  - 85 -  

 

  

Per Share Cash Consideration means the cash consideration in the amount of the Per Share Consideration.

 

Per Share Consideration means the amount of the Merger Consideration divided by Total Seller Stock.

 

Per Share Stock Consideration means the number of shares of Buyer Common Stock equal to the Per Share Consideration divided by $35.00.

 

Person means a natural person or any legal entity, such as, but not limited to, a corporation, general partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, business association or Governmental Authority.

 

Proxy Statement means the proxy statement used by Seller to solicit the approval of its shareholders of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Representative means any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant, consultant, or other representative or agent of a Person.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securities Laws means the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, as amended, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of any Governmental Authority promulgated thereunder.

 

Seller Bank Loans means the loans, lines of credit and other extensions of credit, including all legally binding commitments and obligations to extend credit made by First National Bank or Seller.

 

Seller Common Stock means the $10.00 par value common stock of Seller.

 

Seller Disclosure Memorandum means the written information entitled “First National Bank Disclosure Memorandum” delivered prior to the date of this Agreement to Buyer.

 

Seller Entities means, collectively, Seller and all Seller Subsidiaries.

 

  - 86 -  

 

  

Seller ESOP Shares means the 745.5 shares of Seller Common Stock held in the Seller ESOP Plan.

 

Seller Financial Advisor means Hovde Group, LLC.

 

Seller Financial Statements means (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets (including related notes and schedules, if any) of Seller as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (including related notes and schedules, if any) for each of the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 and (ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Seller (including related notes and schedules, if any) of Seller as of March 31, 2017 and related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows (including related notes and schedules, if any).

 

Seller Material Adverse Effect means an event, circumstances, development, change, effect or occurrence which, individually or together with any other event, circumstances, development, change, effect or occurrence, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material adverse effect on (i) the financial position, results of operations, business, assets, liabilities, operations or conditions of Seller and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement, provided that “Seller Material Adverse Effect” shall not be deemed to include the effects of (A) changes in banking and other Laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by Governmental Authorities, (B) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting principles generally applicable to banks and their holding companies (including the enforcement, interpretation and implementation thereof), (C) actions and omissions of Seller (or any of its Subsidiaries) taken with the prior written Consent of Buyer, (D) compliance with this Agreement, including expenses incurred by Seller in consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (E) any public announcement of, and the response or reaction of customers, vendors, licensors, investors, employees or other Persons to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (F) general economic, financial or securities market or political conditions in the United States or any other country or region, (G) any commencement, continuation or escalation of any act of terrorism or war (whether declared or undeclared), (H) any natural disasters, (I) any national or international calamity, (J) any developments or occurrences relating to or affecting the industries or the segments thereof or geographic areas in which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries or customers operates or (K) any failure by Seller or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any estimates or expectations of revenue, earnings or other financial performance or results of operations for any period ending on or after the date of this Agreement.

 

Seller Note means the $1.6 million note held by Mr. Archie Overby due to Seller.

 

Seller Subsidiaries means the Subsidiaries, if any, of Seller, as of the date of this Agreement.

 

Shareholders’ Meeting means the meeting of Seller’s shareholders to be held pursuant to Section 8.1, including any adjournment or adjournments thereof.

 

  - 87 -  

 

  

Subsidiaries means all those corporations, banks, associations, or other entities of which the entity in question either (i) owns or controls 50% or more of the outstanding equity securities either directly or through an unbroken chain of entities as to each of which 50% or more of the outstanding equity securities is owned directly or indirectly by its parent ( provided , there shall not be included any such entity the equity securities of which are owned or controlled in a fiduciary capacity), (ii) in the case of partnerships, serves as a general partner, (iii) in the case of a limited liability company, serves as a managing member, or (iv) otherwise has the ability to elect a majority of the directors, trustees or managing members thereof.

 

Superior Proposal means any unsolicited, bona fide written Acquisition Proposal that, if consummated, would be more favorable, from a financial point of view, to the shareholders of Seller than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (as it may be proposed to be amended by Buyer) and would be reasonably capable of being consummated on the terms proposed, taking into account all other legal, financial, regulatory and other aspects of the Acquisition Proposal and the Person making the proposal.

 

Surviving Subsidiary means Bank First National, pursuant to Section 1.3, as the surviving bank resulting from the Bank Merger.

 

Tax or Taxes means all taxes, charges, fees, levies, imposts, duties, or assessments, including income, gross receipts, excise, employment, sales, use, transfer, recording license, payroll, franchise, severance, documentary, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, environmental, federal highway use, commercial rent, customs duties, capital stock, paid-up capital, profits, withholding, Social Security, single business and unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, registration, ad valorem , value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other taxes, fees, assessments or charges in the nature of taxes imposed or required to be withheld by any Government Authority (domestic or foreign), or any obligations or liabilities to remit to any Government Authority (domestic or foreign) with respect to unclaimed property or escheat, including any interest, penalties, and additions imposed thereon or with respect thereto, whether or not disputed, and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liabilities of any other Person.

 

Tax Return means any report, return, information return, or other information required to be supplied to a Governmental Authority in connection with Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and any amendment thereof, and including any Tax Return of an affiliated or combined or unitary group that includes a Party or its Subsidiaries.

 

Total Seller Stock means 12,292.125 shares of Seller Common Stock, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3.1(e).

 

(c)          Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation”, and such terms shall not be limited by enumeration or example.

 

  - 88 -  

 

 

12.2 Expenses.

 

Buyer and Seller shall bear and pay all direct costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder, including application fees, printing fees, and fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants, and counsel, except that Buyer and Seller shall bear and pay one-half of the printing costs incurred in connection with the printing of the Proxy Statement.

 

12.3 Brokers and Finders.

 

Except for Seller Financial Advisor as to Seller and Buyer Financial Advisor as to Buyer, each of Buyer and Seller represents and warrants that neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees, or Affiliates has employed any broker or finder or incurred any Liability for any financial advisory fees, investment bankers’ fees, brokerage fees, commissions, or finders’ fees in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. In the event of a claim by any broker or finder based upon such broker’s representing or being retained by or allegedly representing or being retained by Seller or by Buyer, each of Seller and Buyer, as the case may be, agrees to indemnify and hold the other Party harmless of and from any Liability in respect of any such claim.

 

12.4 Entire Agreement.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement (including the documents and instruments referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereunder and supersedes all prior arrangements or understandings with respect thereto, written or oral (except, as to Section 8.8(b), for the Confidentiality Agreement). Nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person, other than the Parties or their respective successors, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, other than as provided in Section 8.11 and Section 8.12.

 

12.5 Amendments.

 

To the extent permitted by Law, and subject to Section 1.4, this Agreement may be amended by a subsequent writing signed by each of the Parties upon the approval of each of the Parties, whether before or after shareholder approval of this Agreement has been obtained (but in all cases prior to the Effective Time); provided , that after any such approval by the holders of Seller Common Stock, there shall be made no amendment that reduces or modifies in any material respect the consideration to be received by holders of Seller Common Stock.

 

12.6 Waivers.

 

(a)          Prior to or at the Effective Time, Buyer, acting through its Board of Directors, chief executive officer or other authorized officer (on behalf of Buyer or on behalf of Merger Sub) shall have the right to waive any Default in the performance of any term of this Agreement by Seller, to waive or extend the time for the compliance or fulfillment by Seller of any and all of its obligations under this Agreement, and to waive any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of Buyer and Merger Sub under this Agreement, except any condition which, if not satisfied, would result in the violation of any Law. No such waiver shall be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized officer of Buyer and/or Merger Sub, as applicable.

 

  - 89 -  

 

  

(b)          Subject to Section 1.4, prior to or at the Effective Time, Seller, acting through its Board of Directors, chief executive officer or other authorized officer, shall have the right to waive any Default in the performance of any term of this Agreement by Buyer and/or Merger Sub, to waive or extend the time for the compliance or fulfillment by Buyer and/or Merger Sub of any and all of its obligations under this Agreement, and to waive any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of Seller under this Agreement, except any condition which, if not satisfied, would result in the violation of any Law. No such waiver shall be effective unless in writing signed by a duly authorized officer of Seller.

 

(c)          The failure of any Party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right of such Party at a later time to enforce the same or any other provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any condition or of the breach of any term contained in this Agreement in one or more instances shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of such condition or breach or a waiver of any other condition or of the breach of any other term of this Agreement.

 

12.7 Assignment.

 

Except as expressly contemplated hereby, neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any Party hereto (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other Party. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

12.8 Notices.

 

All notices or other communications which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and sufficient if delivered by hand, by email, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, or by courier or overnight carrier, to the persons at the addresses set forth below (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered as of the date so delivered (with sender bearing the proof of delivery):

 

Seller: Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc.
  111 Jefferson Street
  Waupaca, WI 54981
  Email Address:  jrothenbach@fnbwaupaca.com
  Attention:  James Rothenbach

 

  - 90 -  

 

  

Copy to Counsel: Foley & Lardner LLP
  777 East Wisconsin Avenue
  Milwaukee, WI 53202
  Email Address: tvoigtman@foley.com
  Attention:  Timothy Voigtman
   
Buyer or Merger Sub: Bank First National Corporation
  402 North Eighth Street
  Manitowoc, WI 54220
  Email Address:  mmolepske@bankfirstnational.com
  Attention:  Michael B. Molepske
   
Copy to Counsel: Alston & Bird LLP
  One Atlantic Center
  1201 W. Peachtree Street, NE
  Atlanta, GA  30309-3424
  Email Address:  
  mark.kanaly@alston.com
  Attention:  Mark C. Kanaly

 

12.9 Governing Law; Venue.

 

Excluding of any conflict of law or choice of law principles that might otherwise apply, the Parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin. The Parties all expressly agree and acknowledge that the State of Wisconsin has a reasonable relationship to the Parties and/or this Agreement. Each Party agrees that any action to enforce this Agreement, as well as any action relating to or arising out of this Agreement, shall be filed only in the state courts of Wisconsin. Each Party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, (a) any objection that it may now or hereafter have to laying venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court, (b) any claim that any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, and (c) any defense that it may now or hereafter have based on lack of personal jurisdiction in such forum.

 

12.10 Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

12.11 Captions; Articles and Sections.

 

The captions contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to particular Articles or Sections shall mean and refer to the referenced Articles and Sections of this Agreement.

 

  - 91 -  

 

  

12.12 Interpretations.

 

Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed or resolved against any Party, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. No Party to this Agreement shall be considered the draftsman. The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has been reviewed, negotiated, and accepted by all Parties and their attorneys and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as fairly to accomplish the purposes and intentions of all Parties hereto.

 

12.13 Enforcement of Agreement.

 

The Parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

12.14 Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

From and after the Effective Time, (a) the employees of the Seller Entities immediately prior to the Effective Time, and their beneficiaries and dependents, shall be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of Section 8.11 of this Agreement and (b) each Indemnified Party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary of Section 8.12 of this Agreement. Except as set forth in the foregoing sentence, nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person other than the Parties or their respective successors, any right, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

12.15 Severability.

 

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

  - 92 -  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
  (BUYER)

 

  By: /s/ Michael B. Molepske
    Name: Michael B. Molepske
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  BFNC MERGER SUB, LLC
  (MERGER SUB)

 

  By: Bank First National Corporation, Sole Member

 

  By: /s/ Michael B. Molepske
    Name: Michael B. Molepske
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  WAUPACA BANCORPORATION, INC.
  (Seller)

 

  By: /s/ Donald Sorenson
    Name:  Donald Sorenson
    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

     

  

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ First Amendment ”) is effective as of July 20, 2017 among Bank First National Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (“ Buyer ”), BFNC Merger Sub, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company of which Buyer is the sole member (“ Merger Sub ”), and Waupaca Bancorporation, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (“ Seller ”).

 

WHEREAS, Buyer, Merger Sub and Seller are party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 11, 2017 (the “ Merger Agreement ”); and

 

WHEREAS, none of the parties is aware of any material breach of the Merger Agreement by any other party, and the parties wish to proceed with efforts to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with those efforts, the parties wish to amend the Merger Agreement as set forth in this First Amendment pursuant to Section 12.5 of the Merger Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants set forth in this First Amendment, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.            Amendments .

 

(a)           Section 1.2 of the Merger Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 11.1 , the closing for the Merger (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Alston & Bird LLP, 1201 West Peachtree Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30309, at 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) on the later of (i) the tenth (10th) business day following the satisfaction or waiver in accordance with this Agreement of all of the conditions set forth in Article 10 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions), (ii) October 27, 2017, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Article 10 (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions) are satisfied or waived in accordance with this Agreement as of such date, or (iii) at such other time and date as may be mutually agreed upon by Buyer and Seller. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to as the “ Closing Date .””

 

(b)          As used in the Merger Agreement, the Seller Note shall be deemed to refer to the $1.6 million note issued by Mr. Archie Overby with amounts due to (i) First National Bank prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and (ii) the Surviving Subsidiary (as successor in interest) after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. When used in the context of amounts collected, or sought to be collected, under the Seller Note, references in the Merger Agreement to Buyer shall be deemed to refer to Buyer and the Surviving Subsidiary collectively.

 

     

 

 

(c)          Buyer and Merger Sub agree that, if the aggregate payment for the extended reporting period for Seller’s primary and excess directors and officers and fiduciary liability insurance coverage described in Section 8.12(b) of the Merger Agreement will exceed the Maximum Amount (as defined therein), Seller shall have the right (but not the obligation) to pay the excess amount in order to secure (when coupled with Buyer’s payment) the described insurance coverage without an adjustment adverse to Seller. If Seller has incurred but not paid such excess amount as of the Closing, then such excess amount shall be included in the calculation of transaction expenses used to determine the Closing Net Worth if such excess amount is not otherwise reflected in the calculation of the Closing Net Worth.

 

(d)           Section 8.2 of the Merger Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Buyer shall cause the issuance of the shares of Buyer Common Stock to the Reg D Holders under Article 3 of this Agreement to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, including, but not limited to, by providing all information in the Proxy Statement that Buyer in its good-faith believes, after discussions with Seller, is necessary to qualify for such an exemption. Seller shall cooperate with Buyer in connection therewith.”

 

(e)           Section 8.13(a) of the Merger Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Beginning on May 31, 2017 and ending on July 31, 2017, within seven (7) business days of the end of each calendar month, Seller shall prepare a sample calculation of the projected Closing Net Worth as of the end of such calendar month and provide such sample calculation to Buyer for the Parties to discuss in good faith. Not less than seven (7) business days prior to the date originally established as the Closing Date, Seller shall provide Buyer with a calculation of the Closing Net Worth (the “ Closing Net Worth Statement ”) with such reasonable detail as shall allow Buyer to evaluate the accuracy of such calculation..

 

(f)            Section 8.14 of the Merger Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Buyer and Bank First National shall take all action necessary to appoint, after consultation with Seller and effective immediately following the Effective Time, one member of the Seller’s Board of Directors as chosen by Buyer, or such other individual as Buyer and Seller mutually agree in writing, to serve as a director on Bank First National’s board of directors (“ Buyer Bank Director ”). In addition, Buyer shall take all action necessary to nominate the Buyer Bank Director to Buyer’s board of directors at Buyer’s next annual meeting following the Effective Time, including, but not limited to, including the individual as a person nominated as a member of Buyer’s board of directors in Buyer’s proxy statement for such annual meeting and recommending to Buyer’s shareholders that they approve the nomination of the Buyer Bank Director to Buyer’s board of directors.”

 

(g)          The definition of “ Closing Net Worth ” in Section 12.1(b) of the Merger Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

  2  

 

 

Closing Net Worth means the total stockholders’ equity of Seller, calculated in accordance with GAAP consistently applied by Seller as of August 31, 2017, less the actual amount of the transaction expenses of the type disclosed in Section 5.35 of the Seller Disclosure Memorandum that Seller has incurred but not paid as of the Closing if such expenses are not otherwise reflected in the calculation of the Closing Net Worth. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Closing Net Worth may be adjusted upon the mutual agreement of the Parties, provided such adjustment shall be memorialized in a writing signed by the Parties.”

 

2.            Conflicting Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this First Amendment or the Merger Agreement, if any provision of this First Amendment contradicts or otherwise conflicts with any provision of the Merger Agreement, then the provisions of this First Amendment shall control.

 

3.            Entire Agreement . This First Amendment supersedes all prior agreements, and constitutes a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement, among the parties with respect to its subject matter. There are no agreements, representations or warranties among the parties relating to the subject matter of this First Amendment other than those set forth or provided for in this First Amendment. Except as otherwise contemplated by this First Amendment, the Merger Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

[signature page follows]

 

  3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger effective as of the day and year first written above.

 

  BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION
  (BUYER)

 

  By: /s/ Michael B. Molepske
    Name:  Michael B. Molepske
    Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  BFNC MERGER SUB, LLC
  (MERGER SUB)

 

  By: Bank First National Corporation, Sole Member

 

  By: /s/ Michael B. Molepske
    Name:  Michael B. Molepske
    Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  WAUPACA BANCORPORATION, INC.
  (Seller)

 

  By: /s/ Donald Sorenson
    Name:  Donald Sorenson
    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

  4  

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

NUMBER SHARES1955 BankFirstNATIONAL CORPORATIONINCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WISCONSIN SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS CUSIP 06211J 10 0THIS CERTIFIES THATSPECIMENis the owner ofFULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES, $.01 PAR VALUE, OF BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by Attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered, by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed by facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:EQUINITI TRUST COMPANYBYTRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRARAUTHORIZED SIGNATUREDated:GENERAL COUNSEL/CORPORATE SECRETARYPRESIDENTAMERICAN FINANCIAL PRINTING INCORPORATED – MINNEAPOLIS

     

 

 

 

THE BOARD OF THIS CORPORATION HAS THE AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK OTHER THAN COMMON STOCK. THIS CORPORATION WILL FURNISH TO ANY SHAREHOLDER UPON WRITTEN REQUEST SENT TO ITS PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES, AND WITHOUT CHARGE, A FULL STATEMENT OF THE BOARD'S AUTHORITY TO CREATE AND DETERMINE THE RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF CLASSES OR SERIES OF SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK AS WELL AS THE DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND RELATIVE RIGHTS OF THE SHARES OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES THEN OUTSTANDING OR AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED.The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:TEN COM- as tenants in common UTMA - ___________Custodian(cust) (Minor)TEN ENT - as tenants by entireties under Uniform Transfers to MinorsJT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship Act and not as tenants in common (State)Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in above list.for value received hereby sell, assign, and transfer untoPLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE) sharesof the capital stock represented by the within Certificate,and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorneyto transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.Dated X X NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.SIGNATURE GUARANTEEDALL GUARANTEES MUST BE MADE BY A FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (SUCH AS A BANK OR BROKER) WHICH IS A PARTICIPANT IN THE SECURITIES TRANSFER AGENTS MEDALLION PROGRAM ("STAMP"). THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE, INC. MEDALLION SIGNATURE PROGRAM ("MSP"), OR THE STOCK EXCHANGES MEDALLION PROGRAM ("SEMP") AND MUST NOT BE DATED. GUARANTEES BY A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.

     

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

BANK FIRST NATIONAL CORPORATION

 

2011 EQUITY PLAN

 

THIS PLAN is made this 18th day of January, 2011, by Bank First National Corporation (the “Company”).

 

ARTICLE I

 

PURPOSE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

1.1           Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide financial incentives for selected Employees and for the non-employee Directors of the Company, thereby promoting the long-term growth and financial success of the Company by (1) attracting and retaining Employees, and Directors of outstanding ability, (2) strengthening the Company’s capability to develop, maintain, and direct a competent management team, (3) providing an effective means for selected Employees and non-employee Directors to acquire and maintain ownership of Company stock, (4) motivating Employees to achieve long-range Performance Goals and objectives, and (5) providing incentive compensation opportunities competitive with those of other major corporations.

 

1.2           Effective Date and Expiration of Plan. The Plan is effective when adopted by the Board. Unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board pursuant to Section 12.3, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of its Effective Date. No Award shall be made pursuant to the Plan after its termination date, but Awards made prior to the termination date may extend beyond that date.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following words and phrases, as used in the Plan, shall have these meanings:

 

Award means, individually or collectively, any SAR, Restricted Stock, unrestricted Company Stock or Performance Unit Award.

 

Award Statement means a written confirmation of an Award under the Plan furnished to the Participant.

 

Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Company means Bank First National Corporation and all of its Subsidiaries on and after the Effective Date.

 

Company Stock means Capital Stock of the Company.

 

  Page 1  

 

 

Cause with respect to any Participant, means (i) the definition of Cause as set forth in any individual employment agreement applicable to such Participant, or (ii) in the case of a Participant who does not have an individual employment agreement that defines Cause, then Cause means the termination of a Participant’s employment by reason of his or her (1) engaging in gross misconduct, (2) misappropriation of funds, (3) willful misrepresentation to a representative of the Company, (4) gross negligence in the performance of the Participant’s duties, (5) conviction of a crime. The determination of whether a Participant’s employment was terminated for Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee means the Compensation and Retirement Plan Committee of the Board or a subcommittee thereof.

 

Director means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Effective Date means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, as provided in Section 1.2.

 

Employee means an employee of the Company selected to participate in the Plan.

 

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value means, as of any specified date, an amount equal to the mean between the reported high and low prices of Company Stock on the OTCBB on the specified date or, if no shares of Company Stock have been traded on any such dates, the mean between the reported high and low prices of Company Stock on the OTCBB as reported on the first day prior thereto on which shares of Company Stock were so traded. If shares of Company Stock are no longer traded on the OTCBB, Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee using other reasonable means. The definition of “Fair Market Value” shall be determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A, where necessary to avoid the application of Section 409A to any Award granted hereunder.

 

Fiscal Year means the fiscal year of the Company ending on December 31.

 

Participant means an Employee or a non-employee Director of the Company or Subsidiary to whom an Award has been made under the Plan or a Transferee.

 

Performance Goals means goals approved by the Committee pursuant to Section 4.5.

 

Performance Period means a period of time over which performance is measured.

 

Performance Unit means the unit of measure determined under Article IX by which is expressed the value of a Performance Unit Award.

 

Performance Unit Award means an Award granted under Article IX.

 

Personal Representative means the person or persons who, upon the death, disability, or incompetency of a Participant, shall have acquired, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or by other legal proceedings, the right to manage Participant’s property and affairs.

 

Plan means this Company 2011 Equity Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

  Page 2  

 

 

Restricted Stock means Company Stock subject to the terms and conditions provided in Article VI.

 

Restricted Stock Award means an Award granted under Article VI.

 

Restriction Period means a period of time determined under Section 6.2 during which Restricted Stock is subject to the terms and conditions provided in Section 6.3.

 

Retirement means any normal or early retirement by a Participant pursuant to the terms of any or policy of the Company or any Subsidiary that is applicable to such Participant at the Time of the Participant’s Termination.

 

SAR means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

 

Section 409A means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance of general applicability issued hereunder.

 

Shareholders mean the Shareholders of the Company.

 

Subsidiary means a corporation or other entity the majority of the voting stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

 

Transferee means a person to whom a Participant has transferred his or her rights to an Award under the Plan in accordance with Section 12.1 and procedures and guidelines adopted by the Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

3.1           Committee to Administer. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

 

3.2           Powers of Committee.

 

(a)          The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan and to establish and amend rules and regulations for its administration. The Committee’s decisions shall be final and conclusive with respect to the interpretation of the Plan and any Award made under it.

 

(b)          Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority, in its discretion, to determine those Participants who shall receive an Award, the time or times when such Award shall be made, the vesting schedule, if any, for the Award and the type of Award to be granted, the number of shares to be subject to each Restricted Stock Award, and the value of each Performance Unit.

 

(c)          The Committee shall determine and set forth in an Award Statement the terms of each Award. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Statement, in such manner and to the extent the Committee shall determine in order to carry out the purposes of the Plan. The Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate (i) the date on which any SAR may be exercised, (ii) the date of termination of the restrictions applicable to a Restricted Stock Award, or (iii) the end of a Performance Period under a Performance Unit Award, if the Committee determines that to do so will be in the best interests of the Company.

 

  Page 3  

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

AWARDS

 

4.1           Awards. Awards under the Plan may consist of SARs, Restricted Stock, unrestricted Company Stock and Performance Units. All Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and to such other terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Committee deems appropriate. Awards under a particular section of the Plan need not be uniform and Awards under two or more sections may be combined in one Award Statement. Any combination of Awards may be granted at one time and on more than one occasion to the same Participant. Awards of Performance Units shall be earned upon attainment of Performance Goals and the Committee shall have no discretion to increase such Awards. Except with regard to a Change of Control pursuant to Article X below, all Awards shall be granted in such manner, and subject to such terms and conditions, as is necessary to avoid the application of Section 409A.

 

4.2           Eligibility for Awards. An Award may be made to any Participant; the Committee gives sole discretion to the bank’s Chief Executive Officer, to select participating employees. In making this selection and in determining the form and amount of the Award, the Chief Executive Officer may give consideration to the functions and responsibilities of the respective Participant, his or her present and potential contributions to the success of the Company, Participant’s contribution to Company risk management, the value of his or her services to the Company, and other factors deemed relevant.

 

4.3           Shares Available Under the Plan.

 

(a)          The Company Stock to be offered under the Plan pursuant to SARs, Performance Unit Awards, and Restricted Stock and unrestricted Company Stock Awards must be Company Stock previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by the Company. Subject to adjustment under Section 12.2, the number of shares of Company Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan (the Section 4.3 Limit ) shall not exceed, in the aggregate:

 

(i)          659,250 shares

 

(b)          Any shares of Company Stock subject to SARs shall be counted against the Section 4.3 Limit as one share for every one share subject thereto.

 

(c)          The Section 4.3 Limit shall be increased by shares of Company Stock that are (i) tendered in the exercise price of other Awards; (ii) subject to an Award which for any reason is cancelled or terminated without having been exercised or paid; or (iii) withheld from any Award to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations. Anything to the contrary in this Section 4.3(c) notwithstanding, if a SAR is settled in whole or in part in shares of Company Stock, the Section 4.3 Limit shall be increased by the excess, if any, of the number of shares of Company Stock subject to the SAR over the number of shares of Company Stock delivered to the Participant.

 

  Page 4  

 

 

4.4           Limitation on Awards. The maximum aggregate dollar value of Restricted Stock and Performance Units awarded to any Employee with respect to a Performance Period or Restriction Period may not exceed $1 million for each fiscal year included in such Performance Period or Restriction Period.

 

4.5           General Performance Goals. At the beginning of a Performance Period, or as early in the Period as is reasonably possible, the Company will establish in writing Performance Goals for the Company and its various operating units and the Committee will approve. The goals will be comprised of specified levels of the performance criteria as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

In addition, for any Awards not intended to meet the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may establish goals based on other performance criteria as it deems appropriate. The Committee may disregard or offset the effect of any special charges or gains or cumulative effect of a change in accounting in determining the attainment of Performance Goals. Awards may also be payable when Company performance meets or exceeds the criteria established by the Committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

5.1           Award of SARs.

 

(a)          The Committee may award to the Participant a SAR.

 

(b)          The SAR shall represent the right to receive payment of an amount equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock on the date of SAR payout exceeds the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock on the date the SAR was granted to the Participant multiplied by the number of shares covered by the SAR.

 

(c)          The number of Shares covered by the SAR, the payout date of the SAR and the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock on the date of grant for SARs awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Statement.

 

(d)          The Committee may prescribe conditions and limitations on the exercise or transferability of any SAR.

 

(e)          At grant, the Committee shall set a payout date for the SAR. If the FMV of the Company Stock on the payout date is equal to or less than the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock on the date of grant, the SAR shall expire without any payment to the Participant

 

(f)           Payment of the amount to which a Participant is entitled upon the exercise of a SAR shall be made in cash, Company Stock, or partly in cash and partly in Company Stock at the discretion of the Committee.

 

  Page 5  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

RESTRICTED STOCK

 

6.1           Award of Restricted Stock. The Committee may make a Restricted Stock Award to a Participant subject to this Article VI and to such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe.

 

6.2           Restriction Period. At the time of making a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall establish the Restriction Period applicable to such Award. The Committee may establish different Restriction Periods from time to time and each Restricted Stock Award may have a different Restriction Period, in the discretion of the Committee. Restriction Periods, when established for a Restricted Stock Award, shall not be changed except as permitted by Section 6.3.

 

6.3           Other Terms and Conditions. Company Stock, when awarded pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, will be represented in a book entry account in the name of the Participant who receives the Restricted Stock Award. The Participant shall be entitled to receive dividends during the Restriction Period and shall have the right to vote such Restricted Stock and shall have all other Shareowners rights, with the exception that (i) the Participant will not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate during the Restriction Period, (ii) the Company will retain custody of the Restricted Stock during the Restriction Period, (iii) a breach of a restriction or a breach of the terms and conditions established by the Committee pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award will cause a forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Award. The Participant may satisfy any amounts required to be withheld by the Company under applicable federal, state and local tax laws in effect from time to time, by electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the Restricted Stock Award to be delivered for the payment of such taxes. The Committee may, in addition, prescribe additional restrictions, terms, or conditions upon or to the Restricted Stock Award including the attainment of Performance Goals in accordance with Section 4.5.

 

6.4           Restricted Stock Award Statement or Agreement. Each Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by an Award Statement or an agreement which shall contain the number of shares awarded, the Fair Market Value of the Restricted Stock on the date of grant and the vesting terms and conditions.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AWARDS FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

 

7.1           Award to Non-Employee Directors. The Board will approve the compensation of non-employee Directors and such compensation may consist of Awards under the Plan. The Board retains the discretionary authority to make Awards to non-employee Directors. All such Awards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and to such other terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Board deems appropriate.

 

7.2           No Right to Continuance as a Director. None of the actions of the Company in establishing the Plan, the actions taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee under the Plan, or the granting of any Award under the Plan shall be deemed (i) to create any obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Director for reelection by the Company's Shareholders or (ii) to be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Director has a right to continue as a Director for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.

 

  Page 6  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

UNRESTRICTED COMPANY STOCK AWARDS FOR PARTICIPANTS

 

8.1          The Committee in its discretion may make awards of unrestricted Company Stock to Participants. Such awards shall be paid to Participants no later than the last date that causes the payment to constitute a short-term deferral that is not subject to Section 409A (i.e., generally, no later than 2½ months after the end of the year in which a Participant obtains a legally binding right to such award).

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AWARD OF PERFORMANCE UNITS

 

9.1           Award of Performance Units. The Committee may award Performance Units to any Participant. Each Performance Unit shall represent the right of a Participant to receive an amount equal to the value of the Performance Unit, determined in the manner established by the Committee at the time of Award.

 

9.2           Performance Period. At the time of each Performance Unit Award, the Committee shall establish, with respect to each such Award, a Performance Period during which performance shall be measured. There may be more than one Performance Unit Award in existence at any one time, and Performance Periods may differ.

 

9.3           Performance Measures. Performance Units shall be awarded to a Participant and earned contingent upon the attainment of Performance Goals in accordance with Section 4.5.

 

9.4           Performance Unit Value. Each Performance Unit shall have a maximum dollar value established by the Committee at the time of the Award. Performance Units earned will be determined by the Committee in respect of a Performance Period in relation to the degree of attainment of Performance Goals. The measure of a Performance Unit may, in the discretion of the Committee, be equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Company Stock.

 

9.5           Award Criteria. In determining the number of Performance Units to be granted to any Participant, the Committee shall take into account the Participant’s responsibility level, performance, potential, cash compensation level, other incentive awards, and such other considerations as it deems appropriate.

 

9.6           Payment.

 

(a)          Following the end of Performance Period, a Participant holding Performance Units will be entitled to receive payment of an amount, not exceeding the maximum value of the Performance Units, based on the achievement of the Performance Goals for such Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.

 

  Page 7  

 

 

(b)          Payment of Performance Units shall be made in cash except that Performance Units which are measured using Company Stock shall be paid in Company Stock. Payment may be made in a lump sum or in installments and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. Participants shall be paid their Performance

 

Units no later than the last date that causes the payment to constitute a short-term deferral that is not subject to Section 409 (i.e., generally, no later than 2½ months after the end of the year in which a Participant obtains a legally binding right to the Performance Units).

 

9.7           Performance Unit Award Statements or Agreements. Each Performance Unit Award shall be evidenced by an Award Statement or agreement.

 

ARTICLE X

 

VESTING AND PAYOUT OF AWARDS

 

The Committee shall have discretion to determine vesting provisions for SARs, Restricted Stock, or Performance Units on a individual Participant basis. However, if the Participant’s employment or relationship (Non-Employee Director) with the Company is terminated for Cause or the Participant voluntarily terminates employment prior to that Participant’s Retirement, such vesting provisions shall provide that the rights expire without payment. If a Non-Employee Director leaves the Board, for reasons other than Cause, prior to their vesting provision, the Participant’s rights to an Award granted hereunder shall be immediately vested and paid to the Participant. Further, except for Changes of Control under Article XI below, if a Participant’s right to a payment under this Plan vests, the Participant shall receive his or her benefit under the Plan no later than the last date that causes the payment to constitute a short-term deferral that is not subject to Section 409A (i.e., generally, no later than 2½ months after the end of the year in which an Executive obtains a legally binding right to such award).

 

ARTICLE XI

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY

 

Upon the Company’s Change of Control, as defined in the Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (“Change of Control”) a Participant’s rights to an Award granted hereunder shall be immediately vested and paid to the Participant.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

12.1         Limits as to Transferability.

 

(a)          Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, no SAR, share of Restricted Stock, or Performance Unit under the Plan shall be transferable by the Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

(b)          Any transfer contrary to this Section 12.1 will cause the SAR, Performance Unit, or share of Restricted Stock to immediately expire.

 

  Page 8  

 

 

12.2         Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock. In case of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, distribution, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, rights offering, or any other changes in the corporate structure or shares of the Company, appropriate adjustments may be made by the Committee (or if the Company is not the surviving corporation in any such transaction, the board of directors of the surviving corporation) in Deferred Accounts and in the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to the Plan, and the number and kind of shares and the price per share which may be issued under outstanding Restricted Stock Awards or pursuant to unrestricted Company Stock Awards. Appropriate adjustments may also be made by the Committee in the terms of any Awards under the Plan, subject to Article XI, to reflect such changes and to modify any other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications of Performance Goals and changes in the length of Performance Periods. Any such adjustments made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 12.2 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes under the Plan.

 

12.3         Amendment, Suspension, and Termination of Plan.

 

(a)          The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time, and may amend the Plan from time to time in such respects as the Board may deem advisable in order that any Awards thereunder shall conform to any change in applicable laws or regulations or in any other respect the Board may deem to be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no such amendment shall, without Shareowner approval, (i) except as provided in Section 12.2, increase the number of shares of Company Stock which may be issued under the Plan, (ii) expand the types of awards available to Participants under the Plan, (ii) materially expand the class of Participants eligible to participate in the Plan, or (iii) extend the termination date of the Plan. No such amendment, suspension, or termination shall materially adversely alter or impair any outstanding SARs, shares of Restricted Stock, or Performance Units without the consent of the Participant affected thereby.

 

(b)          The Committee may amend or modify any outstanding SARs, Restricted Stock Awards, or Performance Unit Awards in any manner to the extent that the Committee would have had the authority under the Plan initially to award such SARs, Restricted Stock Awards, or Performance Unit Awards as so modified or amended, including without limitation, to change the date or dates as of which such SARs may be exercised, to remove the restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock, or to modify the manner in which Performance Units are determined and paid.

 

12.4         Nonuniform Determinations. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan, including without limitation, (i) the determination of the Participants to receive Awards, (ii) the form, amount, and timing of such Awards, (iii) the terms and provisions of such Awards and (iv) the Award Statements evidencing the same, need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Participants who receive, or who are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.

 

12.5         General Restriction. Each Award under the Plan shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (i) the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares of Company Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law (ii) the consent or approval of any government or regulatory body, or (iii) an agreement by the Participant with respect thereto, is necessary or desirable, then such Award shall not become exercisable in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval, or agreement shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

 

  Page 9  

 

 

12.6         No Right To Employment. None of the actions of the Company in establishing the Plan, the action taken by the Company, the Board, or the Committee under the Plan, or the granting of any Award under the Plan shall be deemed (i) to create any obligation on the part of the Company to retain any person in the employ of the Company, or (ii) to be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the person has a right to continue as an employee for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.

 

12.7         Governing Law. The provisions of the Plan shall take precedence over any conflicting provision contained in an Award Statement. All matters relating to the Plan or to Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin without regard to the principles of conflict of laws.

 

12.8         Trust Arrangement. All benefits under the Plan represent an unsecured promise to pay by the Company. The Plan shall be unfunded and the benefits hereunder shall be paid only from the general assets of the Company resulting in the Participants having no greater rights than the Company's general creditors; provided, however, nothing herein shall prevent or prohibit the Company from establishing a trust or other arrangement for the purpose of providing for the payment of the benefits payable under the Plan.

 

12.9         Indemnification of Board and Committee . Indemnification shall be in accordance with the Code of Regulations as amended by the Shareholders from time to time.

 

12.10       Global 409A Limitation . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except for Changes in Control under Article XI, no Award shall be granted under the Plan that would be subject to Section 409A, and the Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be administered and interpreted consistent with that intent.

 

*****************

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on January 18, 2011, with additional changes adopted on August 23, 2016

 

  Page 10  

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

BANK FIRST NATIONAL

 


“AMENDED AND RESTATED

 


NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN”

 


MASTER PLAN DOCUMENT

 

 

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

1
“Account(s)” 1
“Adopting Employer(s)” 2
“Adoption Agreement” 2
“Base Salary” 2
“Beneficiary or Beneficiaries” 2
“Bonus” 2
“Cause” 2
“Change in Control” 2
“Claimant” 3
“Code” 3
“Compensation” 3
“Deemed Investment Election” 3
“Deemed Investment Options” 3
“Deferral Account” 3
“Deferral Amount” 3
“Deferral Election” 4
“Disability or Disabled” 4
“Earnings” 4
“Effective Date” 4
“Election Form” 4
“Eligibility Date” 4
“Eligible Individual” 4
“Employee” 4
“Employer” 4
“Employer Discretionary Contribution” 4
“Employer Discretionary Contribution Account” 5
“Employer Matching Contribution” 5
“Employer Matching Contribution Account” 5
“ERISA” 5
“Event Based Accounts” 5
“Independent Contractor” 5
“Independent Contractor Compensation” 5
“Participant” 5
“Participation Agreement” 5
“Performance-Based Compensation” 5
“Performance Period” 5
“Permissible Payment Events” 5
“Plan” 6
“Plan Administrator” 6
“Plan Sponsor” 6
“Sales Commission” 6
“Scheduled Withdrawal Account” 6
“Section 409A” 6
“Separation from Service” 6
“Specified Employee” 7
“Specified Time” 7
“Taxable Year” 7
“Trust” 7
“Trustee” 7
“Unforeseeable Emergency” 7
“Valuation Date” 8

 

i

 

  

 

ARTICLE 2

Eligibility and Participation

8
2.1 Selection 8
2.2 Enrollment Requirements 8
2.3 Reemployment 8
2.4 Termination of Active Participation 8
 

ARTICLE 3

Deferral Elections and Employer Contributions

8
3.1 Minimum and Maximum Deferral Limits 8
3.2 Initial Deferral Elections 9
3.3 Annual Deferral Elections 9
3.4 Duration and Cancellation of Deferral Elections 10
3.5 Elections as to Time and Form of Payment 11
3.6 Subsequent Deferral Elections 12
3.7 Withholding and Crediting of Deferral Amounts 13
3.8 Employer Discretionary Contributions 13
3.9 Employer Matching Contributions 13
 

ARTICLE 4

Earnings on Account(s)

14
4.1 Deemed Investment Options 14
4.2 Allocation of Deemed Investment Options 14
4.3 Valuation of Accounts 15
 

ARTICLE 5

Vesting of Accounts

15
5.1 Participant Account(s) 15
5.2 Employer Account(s) 15
5.3 Accelerated Vesting on Specified Events 15
5.4 Forfeiture 15
 

ARTICLE 6

Taxes and Withholdings

16
6.1 Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA) 16
6.2 Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) 16
6.3 Self-Employment Contributions Act (SECA) 16
6.4 Income Tax Withholding 16
 

ARTICLE 7

Payment of Benefits

16
7.1 Payments in General 16
7.2 Permissible Payment Events 17
7.3 Accelerations 18
7.4 Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant 18
7.5 Facility of Payment 19
7.6 Discharge of Obligations 19
7.7 Excise Tax Limitation 19
7.8 Delay in Payment 19
 

ARTICLE 8

Beneficiary Designation

21
8.1 Designation of Beneficiaries 21
8.2 Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries 21
 

ARTICLE 9

Plan Amendment

21
9.1 Right to Amend 21
9.2 Amendment to Insure Proper Characterization of the Plan 21
 

ARTICLE 10

Plan Termination

22
10.1 Employer’s Right to Suspend or Terminate Plan 22
10.2 Suspension of Deferrals and Employer Contributions 22
10.3 Plan Termination 22
 

ARTICLE 11

Administration

23
11.1 Plan Administrator Duties 23
11.2 Plan Administrator Authority 23
11.3 Binding Effect of Decision 24
11.4 Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity 24

 

ii

 

  

11.5 Employer Information 24
11.6 Periodic Statements 24
11.7 Compliance with Section 409A 24
 

ARTICLE 12

Claims Procedures

24
12.1 Claims Procedure 24
12.2 Arbitration of Claims 26
 

ARTICLE 13

The Trust

26
13.1 Establishment of Trust 26
13.2 Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust 27
13.3 Contribution to the Trust 27
 

ARTICLE 14

Miscellaneous

27
14.1 Validity 27
14.2 Nonassignability 27
14.3 Not a Contract of Employment 27
14.4 Unclaimed Benefits 27
14.5 Governing Law 28
14.6 Notice 28
14.7 Coordination with Other Benefits 28
14.8 Aggregation of Employers 28
14.9 Aggregation of Plan 28
14.10 USERRA 28

 

iii

 

  

“AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN”

 

MASTER PLAN DOCUMENT

 

By execution of the Adoption Agreement attached hereto, Bank First National (formerly known as First National Bank in Manitowoc) (the “Plan Sponsor”), and such affiliates as may be identified as Adopting Employers under the Plan, hereby establishes this Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) as of the date designated in the Adoption Agreement. This Agreement hereby amends and restates all prior agreements between the Plan Sponsor and the Participant(s) and also serves as a new Plan Agreement for newly eligible Participants.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

WHEREAS the Plan Sponsor and the Participant may have entered into “Prior Agreements”, which provided certain benefits to the Participant upon his retirement, to encourage the Participant to remain in the employ of the Plan Sponsor; and

 

WHEREAS this Plan is hereby established primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for certain Employees or Independent Contractors, hereinafter referred to as the “Participants”, that the Employer designates pursuant to the terms set forth herein. The Plan Sponsor intends that the Plan shall at all times be administered and interpreted in such a manner as to constitute an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA and may be: (i) a plan maintained “primarily for the purposes of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”); and/or (ii) a plan for Independent Contractors; and

 

WHEREAS it is the intention of the Plan Sponsor that each and every provision of this Plan has been and will continue to be construed and interpreted for all purposes as being in compliance with all of the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder; if there is any conflict between any of the provisions of this Plan and any of the requirements set forth in Section 409A and/or the Treasury regulations issued thereunder, the requirements set forth in Section 409A and/or the Treasury regulations issued thereunder, as the case may be, shall be controlling.

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

 

The following Article provides definitions of terms used throughout this Plan, and whenever used herein in a capitalized form, except as otherwise expressly provided, the terms shall be deemed to have the following meanings:

 

“Account(s)” shall mean the bookkeeping records established and maintained by the Employer on behalf of the Participants under the Plan, including a Deferral Account, Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts, Employer Matching Contribution Account, and Employer Discretionary Contribution Account. To the extent that it is considered necessary or appropriate, the Plan Administrator shall maintain separate sub-accounts under this Plan. References to a Scheduled Withdrawal Account will include all sub-accounts established by the Participant. The Account and each and every sub-account shall be used solely as a device to measure and determine the amounts, if any, to be paid to a Participant or a Beneficiary under the Plan.

 

Page 1 of 28

 

  

“Adopting Employee(s)” shall mean any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Plan Sponsor, and with whom the Plan Sponsor would be considered a single employer under Sections 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code. Such term shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “service recipient” contained in Section 409A.

 

“Adoption Agreement” shall mean the written agreement executed by the Plan Sponsor to establish the Plan. The Adoption Agreement is also part of the Plan for any Adopting Employer.

 

“Base Salary” shall mean the annual base rate of cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year payable to a Participant as an Employee for services rendered to an Employer, but excluding any: bonuses; commissions; overtime pay; incentive payments; non-monetary awards; relocation expenses; retainers; directors fees and other fees; severance allowances; pay in lieu of vacations; employer-provided pensions, retirement, deferred compensation, welfare, or fringe benefits; insurance premiums paid by the employer, insurance benefits paid to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary; stock options and grants; car allowances; and expense reimbursements. Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or nonqualified plans of the Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code pursuant to plans established by the Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in Compensation only to the extent that, had there been no such Plan, the amounts would have been payable in cash to the Participant.

 

“Beneficiary or Beneficiaries” shall mean the person or persons, natural or otherwise, designated by a Participant in accordance with the Plan to receive applicable payments in the event of the death of the Participant prior to the Participant’s receipt of the entire amount credited to his or her Account.

 

“Bonus” shall mean any incentive compensation, in addition to Base Salary, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor Compensation relating to services performed during any Performance Period, whether or not paid in such Performance Period or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such Taxable Year, payable to a Participant as an Employee under the Employer’s bonus plans, excluding stock options. The amount of a Participant’s Bonus shall be determined before any required or voluntary withholdings or deductions and before any of the Bonus is deferred under this Plan.

 

“Cause” shall mean any of the following acts or circumstances: (i) willful destruction by the Participant of property of the Employer having a material value to the Employer; (ii) fraud, embezzlement, theft, or comparable dishonest activity committed by the Participant (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Employer); (iii) the Participant’s conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony or any misdemeanor involving fraud, dishonesty, or moral turpitude (excluding acts involving a de minimis dollar value and not related to the Employer); (iv) the Participant’s breach, neglect, refusal, or failure to materially discharge the Participant’s duties (other than due to physical or mental illness) commensurate with the Participant’s title and function or the Participant’s failure to comply with the lawful directions of a senior managing officer of the Employer in any such case that is not cured within fifteen (15) days after the Participant has received written notice thereof from such senior managing officer; or (v) any willful misconduct by the Participant which may cause substantial economic or reputation injury to the Employer, including, but not limited to, sexual harassment.

 

“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of a Change in Control event, within the meaning of Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5) and described in any of subparagraphs (a), (b), or (c), (collectively referred to as “Change in Control Events”), or any combination of the Change in Control Events. The Plan Sponsor in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether a Change in Control includes any or all the events described below. To constitute a Change in Control Event with respect to the Participant or Beneficiary, the Change in Control Event must relate to: (i) the corporation for whom the Participant is performing services at the time of the Change in Control Event; (ii) the corporation that is liable for the payment of the deferred compensation (or all corporations liable for the payment if more than one corporation is liable); or (iii) a corporation that is a majority shareholder of a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii), or any corporation in a chain of corporations in which each corporation is a majority shareholder of another corporation in the chain, ending in a corporation identified in clause (i) or (ii).

 

Page 2 of 28

 

  

(a)           Change in Ownership. A change in ownership occurs if a person, or a group of persons acting together, acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock of the corporation, measured by voting power or value. Incremental increases in ownership by a person or group that already owns fifty percent (50%) of the corporation do not result in a change of ownership, as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v).

 

(b)           Change in Effective Control. A change in effective control occurs if, over a twelve (12) month period: (i) a person or group acquires stock representing thirty percent (30%) of the voting power of the corporation; or (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation is replaced by directors not endorsed by the majority of the persons who were members of the board of directors before the new directors’ appointment, as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi).

 

(c)           Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of Corporate Assets. A Change in Control based on the sale of assets occurs if a person or group acquires forty percent (40%) or more of the gross fair market value of the assets of a corporation over a twelve (12) month period. No Change in Control results pursuant to this subparagraph (c) if the assets are transferred to certain entities controlled by the shareholders of the transferring corporation, as defined in Treasury regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).

 

“Claimant” shall mean a person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled hereunder.

 

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

“Compensation” shall mean the total cash remuneration, including regular Base Salary, Sales Commission, Bonus, or Independent Contractor Compensation (to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement) paid by the Employer to an Eligible Individual with respect to his or her services performed for the Employer.

 

“Deemed Investment Election” shall mean the elections made by a Participant specifying the manner in which the Participant Account(s) will be hypothetically invested in the Deemed Investment Options in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

“Deemed Investment Options” shall mean the hypothetical investment options offered by the Plan Sponsor, from time to time, that are used to determine the Earnings on the Participant Account.

 

“Deferral Account” shall mean: (i) the sum of the Participant’s Deferral Amount that may be allocated, in whole or in part, by a Participant pursuant to his or her Deferral Election, plus (ii) Earnings thereon, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, and tax withholding amounts deducted from the Participant’s Deferral Account.

 

“Deferral Amount” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Compensation or Independent Contractor Compensation that a Participant elects to defer for any calendar year or Performance Period.

 

Page 3 of 28

 

  

“Deferral Election” shall mean the Participant’s election on a form approved by the Plan Administrator (in a paper or electronic format) to defer a portion of his or her Compensation in accordance with the provisions of Article 3.

 

“Disability or Disabled” shall mean a condition of the Participant whereby he or she either: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer. Such term shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “disability” contained in Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4). The Plan Administrator will determine whether a Participant has incurred a Disability based on its own good faith determination and may require a Participant to submit to reasonable physical and mental examinations for this purpose. A Participant will also be deemed to have incurred a Disability if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration, Railroad Retirement Board, or in accordance with a disability insurance program, provided that the definition of disability applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(4).

 

“Earnings” shall mean the actual or notional gains or losses (realized or unrealized) credited or debited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with Article 4 hereof.

 

“Effective Date” shall mean be the date the Plan is effective as set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

 

“Election Form” shall mean the form or forms established from time to time by the Plan Administrator (in a paper or electronic format) on which the Participant makes certain designations as required under the terms of this Plan.

 

“Eligibility Date” shall mean the date designated by the Plan Administrator at which an Eligible Individual shall become eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

“Eligible Individual” shall mean for any calendar year (or applicable portion of a calendar year): (i) an Employee of the Employer who is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employer and who is designated by the Plan Administrator to be an eligible Employee under the Plan or (ii) an Independent Contractor who is determined and designated by the Plan Administrator, to be an eligible Independent Contractor under the Plan. If the Plan Administrator determines that an individual first becomes an Eligible Individual during a calendar year, the Plan Administrator shall notify such individual of its determination and the date such Eligible Individual shall become eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

“Employee” shall mean a person or entity (in accordance with Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(f)(1)) which is on the cash basis method of accounting for Federal income tax purposes and is providing services to the Employer.

 

“Employer” shall mean the Plan Sponsor and any affiliate of the Plan Sponsor as is identified as an Adopting Employer under the Plan by consent of the Plan Sponsor and its board of directors (or similar governing body), or any successors.

 

“Employer Discretionary Contribution” shall mean the deferred compensation amount credited to the Employer Discretionary Contribution Account with respect to a Participant at the Employer’s sole and absolute discretion, in accordance with Section 3.8 hereof.

 

Page 4 of 28

 

  

“Employer Discretionary Contribution Account” shall mean: (i) the sum of the Employer Discretionary Contribution amounts (if any), plus (ii) Earnings thereon, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary that relate to the Participant’s Employer Discretionary Contribution Account, and tax withholding amounts deducted (if any) from said Account.

 

“Employer Matching Contribution” shall mean the deferred compensation amount credited to the Employer Matching Contribution Account with respect to a Participant at the Employer’s sole and absolute discretion, in accordance with Section 3.9 hereof.

 

“Employer Matching Contribution Account” shall mean: (i) the sum of the Employer Matching Contribution amounts, plus (ii) Earnings thereon, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary that relate to the Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account, and tax withholding amounts deducted (if any) from said Account.

 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Event Based Accounts” shall mean the Deferral Account, Employer Discretionary Contribution Account, and Employer Matching Contribution Account.

 

“Independent Contractor” shall mean an individual in the service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is not the legal relationship of Employer and Employee. The term “service” shall mean the period during which the contractual relationship exists between the Employer and the Participant. An Independent Contractor shall include a director of the Employer who is not an Employee. Such term shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “independent contractor” as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(f)(2).

 

“Independent Contractor Compensation” shall mean the fees or other compensation, reportable on Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) Form 1099, which an Independent Contractor elects to defer under the terms of the Plan.

 

“Participant” shall mean each Eligible Individual who has met the requirements of participation under Article 2 and who participates in the Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

“Participation Agreement” shall mean the agreement executed by the Eligible Individual whereby the Eligible Individual agrees to participate in the Plan.

 

“Performance-Based Compensation” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Bonus the amount of which, or the entitlement to which, is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a Performance Period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months and which qualifies as “performance-based compensation” under Section 409A. Performance criteria shall be established in writing not later than ninety (90) days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relate; provided that the outcome is substantially uncertain at the time the criteria are established. Performance-Based Compensation shall not include any amount or portion of any amount that will be paid regardless of performance or is based upon a level of performance that is substantially certain to be met at the time the criteria are established.

 

“Performance Period” shall mean, with respect to any Bonus, the period of time over which such Bonus is earned.

 

“Permissible Payment Events” shall mean: (i) the Participant’s Separation from Service, (ii) the Participant’s death, (iii) the Participant’s Disability, (iv) a Change in Control, (v) the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, or (vi) a Specified Time elected by the Participant for a Scheduled Withdrawal Account.

 

Page 5 of 28

 

  

“Plan” shall mean this Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan established by and including the Master Plan Document, the Adoption Agreement, the Participation Agreement, all Election Form(s), and the Trust, (if any). For purposes of applying Section 409A requirements, this Plan is an account balance plan under Treasury regulation §1.409A-l(c)(2)(i)(A).

 

“Plan Administrator” shall mean the board of directors, or any committee of the board duly authorized to act as Plan Administrator of the Plan, or any individual or entity duly authorized by the Plan Administrator to act on its behalf with respect to the Plan. If a Participant is part of a group of persons designated as a committee or Plan Administrator, then the Participant may not participate in any activity or decision relating solely to his or her individual benefits under this Plan.

 

“Plan Sponsor” shall mean the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, its successors or assigns unless otherwise herein provided.

 

“Sales Commission” shall mean compensation or portions of compensation earned by the Participant if: (i) a substantial portion of the services provided by the Participant to the Employer consists of the direct sale of a product or service to an unrelated customer; (ii) the compensation paid by the Employer to the Participant consists of either a portion of the purchase price for the product or service or an amount calculated solely by reference to the volume of sales; and (iii) payment of the compensation is contingent upon the Employer receiving payment for the product or services from a customer who is unrelated to the Employer or to the Participant. Such term shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the definition of “sales commission” as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-2(a)(12)(i).

 

“Scheduled Withdrawal Account” shall mean: (i) the sum of the Participant’s Compensation deferred for any calendar year that may be allocated, in whole or in part, by a Participant pursuant to his or her Deferral Election to a Scheduled Withdrawal Account, plus (ii) Earnings thereon, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary, and tax withholding amounts which may have been deducted (if any) from the Participant’s Scheduled Withdrawal Account.

 

“Section 409A” shall mean Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations or other authoritative guidance issued thereunder.

 

“Separation from Service”

 

(a)           Employee Participants. The occurrence of a Participant’s death, retirement, or “other termination of employment”, as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-l(h)(l).

 

(i)           Effect of Leave. A Participant does not incur a Separation from Service if the Participant is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, the period for which a statute or contract provides the Participant with the right to reemployment with the Employer. If a Participant’s leave exceeds six (6) months but the Participant is not entitled to reemployment under a statute or contract, the Participant incurs a Separation from Service on the next day following the expiration of such six (6) month period.

 

(ii)          Termination of Employment. A Participant will have incurred a Separation from Service where the Employer and the Participant reasonably anticipated that no further services would be performed after a certain date. Notwithstanding the above, a Participant is presumed to have Separated from Service (whether as an Employee or an Independent Contractor), when the level of bona fide services performed decreases to a level equal to or less than twenty percent (20%) of the services performed by the Participant during the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Employer for less than thirty-six (36) months). The Plan Sponsor may specify in the Adoption Agreement a percentage between twenty percent (20%) and fifty percent (50%) upon which a Participant will be deemed to incur a Separation from Service with the Employer. A Participant will be presumed not to have Separated from Service where the level of bona fide services performed continues at a level that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average level of service performed by the Participant during the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period of services to the employer if the Participant has been providing services to the Employer for less than thirty-six (36) months).

 

Page 6 of 28

 

  

(b)           Independent Contractor Participants. A Separation from Service will occur upon the expiration of the contract (or in the case of more than one contract, all contracts) under which services are performed for the Employer, as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(h)(2)), if the expiration constitutes a good-faith and complete termination of the contractual relationship. The Plan is considered to satisfy the requirement with respect to an amount payable to an Independent Contractor upon a Separation from Service if: (i) no amount will be paid to the Participant before a date at least twelve (12) months after the day on which the contract expires under which the Participant performs services for the Employer (or, in the case of more than one contract, all such contracts expire); and (ii) no amount payable to the Participant on that date will be paid to the Participant if, after the expiration of the contract (or contracts) and before that date, the Participant performs services for the Employer as an Independent Contractor or an Employee.

 

Upon a sale or other disposition of the assets of the Employer to an unrelated purchaser, the Plan Administrator reserves the right to the extent permitted by Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(h)(4) to determine whether Participants providing services to the purchaser after and in connection with the purchase transaction have experienced a Separation from Service. The Plan Administrator in determining whether a Participant incurs a Separation of Service shall take into account, among other things, the definition of “service recipient” and “employer” set forth in Treasury regulation §1.409A-l(h)(3). The Plan Administrator shall have full and final authority, to determine conclusively whether a Participant has had a Separation from Service, and the date of such Separation from Service.

 

“Specified Employee” shall mean, with respect to a corporation any stock of which is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, a Participant who, at any time during the twelve (12) month period ending on the December 31 of a calendar year, is a key employee of the Employer, as currently defined in Code section 416(i) (without regard to paragraph (5) thereof).

 

“Specified Time” shall mean, with respect to a Scheduled Withdrawal Account, the date on which the Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall be paid or commence to be paid to the Participant pursuant to Section 7.2(f) hereof.

 

“Taxable Year” shall mean the twelve (12) consecutive month period ending each December 31.

 

“Trust” shall mean one or more trusts that may be established in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

 

“Trustee” shall mean the party or parties so designated from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Trust agreement, if any.

 

“Unforeseeable Emergency” shall mean: (i) a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or the Participant’s dependents (as defined in Code §152 (without regard to Code §§152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(b)); (ii) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (iii) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The Plan Administrator will determine whether a Participant incurs an Unforeseeable Emergency based on the relevant facts and circumstances and in accordance with Treasury regulation §I.409A-3(i)(3).

 

Page 7 of 28

 

  

“Valuation Date” shall mean the date through which Earnings are credited/debited to a Participant Account. The Valuation Date shall be as close to the payout or other event triggering valuation as is administratively feasible. The Valuation Date shall mean the close of each business day, as established and amended from time to time by guidelines and procedures of the Plan Administrator at its sole and absolute discretion.

 

ARTICLE 2

Eligibility and Participation

 

2.1            Selection. Participation in this Plan shall be limited to those Eligible Individuals of the Plan Sponsor or Adopting Employer, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion. Eligible Individuals shall become eligible to participate in the Plan on their Eligibility Date as specified in their Participation Agreement.

 

2.2            Enrollment Requirements. As a condition of participation in this Plan, each Eligible Individual shall complete, execute, and return to the Plan Administrator a Participation Agreement and any applicable Election Form(s) within the time specified by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall establish such other enrollment requirements as it determines necessary or advisable.

 

2.3            Reemployment. The reemployment of a former Participant by the Employer shall not entitle such individual to become a Participant hereunder. Such individual shall not become a Participant until the individual is again designated as an Eligible Individual in accordance with Section 2.1. If a Participant who has experienced a Separation from Service is receiving installment distributions pursuant to Section 7.2(a) and is re-employed by the Employer, distributions due to the Participant shall not be suspended.

 

2.4            Termination of Active Participation. The Plan Administrator may remove an Eligible Individual from further active participation in the Plan at its discretion. If this occurs, the Participant shall not have additional amounts credited to the Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Discretionary Contribution Account and shall be prevented from making Deferral Elections in subsequent Taxable Years. Any existing Deferral Election shall continue in effect for the remainder of the calendar year or Performance Period and may only be canceled in accordance with Section 3.4(b) hereof. Such individual shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan until the amounts credited to the Participant’s Accounts are distributed or forfeited.

 

ARTICLE 3

Deferral Elections and Employer Contributions

 

3.1            Minimum and Maximum Deferral Limits. For each calendar year, a Participant may make separate elections with regard to Deferral Amounts from Base Salary, Bonus, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor Compensation and shall specify the percentage or flat dollar amount of each applicable type of Compensation subject to the minimums or maximums (if any) established by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Participant. The Plan Administrator may at any time establish an aggregate limit on the amount of Compensation that any Participant may elect to defer under the Plan, provided that such limit shall not reduce a Participant’s Deferral Amount for the calendar year (or Performance Period) under any Deferral Election Form in effect at the time the limit is established. Once such a limit is in effect, the Deferral Amount specified by each of the Participant’s shall be limited so that the aggregate of the Participant’s Deferral Amount does not exceed the maximum.

 

Page 8 of 28

 

  

 

3.2             Initial Deferral Elections.

 

(a)           Application. This Section 3.2 applies to each Eligible Individual who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall determine (in accordance with Treasury regulation §1.409A-2(a)(7)(ii)) the date upon which a Participant who ceased being eligible to participant in the Plan, can again become eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

(b)           Deferral Election. An Eligible Individual described in Section 3.2(a) may elect to defer Base Salary, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor Compensation earned during such calendar year or his or her Bonus earned during a Performance Period that commences in such calendar year by filing a Deferral Election with the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following rules:

 

(i)           Timing; Irrevocability. The Deferral Election must be filed with the Plan Administrator by, and shall become irrevocable as of, the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the Participant’s Eligibility Date (or such earlier date as specified by the Plan Administrator on the Deferral Election).

 

(ii)          Base Salary. The Deferral Election shall only apply to Base Salary earned during such calendar year beginning with the first payroll period that begins immediately after the date the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable. Base Salary payable after the last day of a calendar year solely for services performed during the final payroll period described in Section 3401(b) of the Code containing December 31 of such year shall be treated as earned during the subsequent calendar year.

 

(iii)         Bonus. Where a Deferral Election is made in the first year of eligibility but after the commencement of the Performance Period, then, except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3 below, the Deferral Election shall only apply to that portion of Bonus earned for such Performance Period equal to the total amount of the Bonus earned during such Performance Period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days beginning on the day immediately after the date that the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable and ending on the last day of the Performance Period, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Performance Period.

 

(iv)         Sales Commission. The Deferral Election shall only apply to Sales Commission earned immediately after the date the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable and only with respect to the Taxable Year in which (i) the customer remits payment to the Employer, or (ii) the Taxable Year in which the sale occurs, if applied consistently to all similarly situated Participants.

 

(v)          Independent Contractor Compensation. The Deferral Election shall only apply to Independent Contractor Compensation for services to be performed after the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable.

 

3.3            Annual Deferral Elections. Unless Section 3.2 applies, each Eligible Individual may elect to defer Base Salary, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor Compensation for a calendar year or his or her Bonus for a Performance Period, by filing a Deferral Election with the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)           Base Salary, Sales Commission, and Independent Contractor Compensation. The Deferral Election with respect to Base Salary, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor compensation must be filed with the Plan Administrator by, and shall become irrevocable following, December 31 (or such earlier date as specified by the Plan Administrator on the Deferral Election) of the calender year next preceding the calender year for which such amounts would otherwise be earned.

 

Page 9 of 28

 

  

(b)           Bonus. The Deferral Election with respect to Bonus must be filed with the Plan Administrator by, and shall become irrevocable following, December 31 (or such earlier date as specified by the Plan Administrator on the Deferral Election) of the calendar year next preceding the first day of the Performance Period for which such Bonus would otherwise be earned. If the Employer has a fiscal year other than the calendar year, Bonus relating to services in the fiscal year of the Employer, of which no amount is paid or payable during the fiscal year, may be deferred at the Participant’s election if the Deferral Election is made not later than the close of the Employer’s fiscal year next preceding the first fiscal year in which the Participant performs any services for which such Bonus is payable.

 

(c)           Bonus Qualifying as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

(i)          Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 3.3 to the contrary, and only to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, the Deferral Election with respect to Bonus that constitutes “Performance-Based Compensation”, must be filed with the Plan Administrator by, and shall become irrevocable as of, the date that is six (6) months before the end of the applicable Performance Period (or such earlier date as specified by the Plan Administrator on the Deferral Election), provided that in no event may such Deferral Election be made after such Bonus has become “readily ascertainable” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

(ii)         In order to make a Deferral Election under this Section 3.3(c), the Participant must perform services continuously from the later of the beginning of the Performance Period or the date the performance criteria are established through the date a Deferral Election becomes irrevocable under this Section 3.3(c).

 

(iii)        A Deferral Election made under this Section 3.3(c) shall not apply to any portion of the Performance-Based Compensation that is actually earned by a Participant regardless of satisfaction of the performance criteria.

 

(iv)        To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, an Eligible Individual described in Section 3.2(a) hereof shall be permitted to make a Deferral Election with respect to Performance-Based Compensation in accordance with this Section 3.3(c) provided that the Eligible Individual satisfies all of the other requirements of this Section 3.3(c).

 

3.4            Duration and Cancellation of Deferral Elections.

 

(a)           Duration . Once irrevocable, a Deferral Election shall only be effective for the calendar year or Performance Period with respect to which such election was timely filed with the Plan Administrator. Except as provided in Section 3.4(b) hereof, a Deferral Election, once irrevocable, cannot be cancelled or altered during a calendar year or Performance Period.

 

(b)           Cancellation.

 

(i)         The Plan Administrator may cancel a Participant’s Deferral Election where such cancellation occurs by the later of: (a) the end of the Participant’s Taxable Year, or (b) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the date the Participant incurs a “disability”, in accordance with Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4)(xii). For purposes of this Section 3.4(b)(i), a disability refers to any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six (6) months, in accordance with Treasury regulation § 1.409 A- 3(i)(3).

 

Page 10 of 28

 

  

(ii)         Upon the request of the Participant, the Plan Administrator may, cancel a Participant’s Deferral Election if the Participant: (1) demonstrates to the Plan Administrator that he or she has incurred an Unforeseeable Emergency, (2) receives an accelerated distribution of benefits due to an Unforeseeable Emergency pursuant to Section 7.2(e), or (3) receives a hardship distribution (as described in Treasury regulation §1.401 (k)-l(d)(3)).

 

(iii)        If a Participant’s Deferral Election is cancelled with respect to a particular calendar year or Performance Period in accordance with this Section 3.4(b), he or she may complete a new Deferral Election for a subsequent calendar year or Performance Period, only in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof.

 

3.5            Elections as to Time and Form of Payment.

 

(a)           Time of Payment Elections.

 

(i)           In General. Concurrent with any election to defer Compensation under Sections 3.2 and 3.3, a Participant may make an irrevocable election to allocate all or a portion of his or her elected Deferral Amount (plus Earnings credited thereon) to the Deferral Account and/or, to the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator in the Adoption Agreement, one or more Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts. To the extent that a Participant does not designate the Account to which Deferral Amounts will be allocated as provided in this Section 3.5(a), such Deferral Amounts shall be allocated and credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account. The Plan Sponsor shall indicate in the Adoption Agreement the maximum number of Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts that a Participant may establish and a Participant may not establish an additional Scheduled Withdrawal Account until all of the funds in one of the first Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts have been paid out. The Participant may elect to allocate additional deferrals to an existing Scheduled Withdrawal Account in subsequent Participant Election Forms but may only change a scheduled distribution date for an existing Account in accordance with the provision of Section 3.6

 

(ii)          Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts. A Participant may designate, on any Deferral Election that he or she delivers to the Plan Administrator in which deferrals of Base Salary, Sales Commission, Bonus, and/or Independent Contractor Compensation are credited to a Scheduled Withdrawal Account (or sub-accounts), the year in which payments will commence to be paid from that Scheduled Withdrawal Account. The Participant may elect to receive a scheduled distribution on January 1 of any calendar year after the second (2nd) calendar year beginning after the date the Deferral Election becomes irrevocable. (For example: The earliest scheduled distribution date that may be selected for Base Salary under which such Deferral Election becomes irrevocable as of December 31, 2009, would be January 1, 2012.) The scheduled distribution date designated by the Participant will apply to all amounts credited to that Scheduled Withdrawal Account unless changed in accordance with the rules of Section 3.6. To the extent that the elected scheduled distribution date does not comply with the terms of this Section 3.5(a)(ii) (or the Participant does not designate the time of payment on a Election Form), then that Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall be paid at the earliest permissible date in accordance with this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should an event occur that triggers a payment under Separation from Service, death, Disability, or a Change in Control, any Account balances subject to Scheduled Withdrawal Account(s) that have not yet been paid shall not be paid under the election as to time and form of the Account(s), but instead shall be paid, in time and form, in accordance with the event that triggers the distribution, as permitted under Section 409A.

 

Page 11 of 28

 

 

 

(iii)         Event Based Accounts. A Participant’s Deferral Account (if any), Employer Discretionary Contribution Account (if any), and Employer Matching Contribution Account (if any) shall be paid to the Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to a Permissible Payment Event, at the time described in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

(b)           Form of Payment Elections.

 

(i)           Scheduled Withdrawal Account. Concurrent with any Deferral Election a Participant delivers to the Plan Administrator in which he or she establishes a Scheduled Withdrawal Account, he or she must make an election as to the form of payment and shall elect to receive the Scheduled Withdrawal Account in a single lump sum or in a number of approximately equal annual installments over a specified period not exceeding five (5) years. The form of payment designated on such Election Form will apply to all amounts credited to that Scheduled Withdrawal Account under the Plan (including with respect to all subsequent calendar years) unless changed in accordance with the rules of Section 3.6. A Participant may choose different forms of payment for each separate Scheduled Withdrawal Account in accordance with this Section 3.5(b)(i). To the extent that a Participant does not designate the form of payment on a Election Form as provided in this Section 3.5(b)(i) (or such designation does not comply with the terms of the Plan) for a Scheduled Withdrawal Account, that Scheduled Withdrawal Account shall be paid in a single lump sum.

 

(ii)          Event Based Accounts. The Plan Sponsor shall designate in the Adoption Agreement (and/or a separate Participant Election Form) the form of payment options which may be elected by the Participant pursuant to Event Based Accounts. A Participant shall elect, on the first Election Form that he or she delivers to the Plan Administrator pursuant to his or her Eligibility Date, to receive payment of the Deferral Account, Employer Discretionary Contribution Account, and Employer Matching Contribution Account upon the occurrence of a Separation from Service, and if permitted by the Plan Sponsor, in the event of death, Disability, or a Change in Control. If permitted by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall have the option to elect a separate form of payment with respect to a Separation from Service prior to a specified age and on or after a specified age and elect a separate form for different events. The form of payment designated on that first Election Form will apply to all amounts credited to the Event Based Accounts under the Plan unless changed in accordance with the rules of Section 3.6. To the extent that a Participant does not designate the form of payment on the first Election Form as provided in this Section (or such designation does not comply with the terms of the Plan) the Event Based Accounts shall be paid in a single lump sum.

 

3.6            Subsequent Deferral Elections. A Participant may change the time of a payment election (as described in Section 3.5(a)(ii) hereof) or change the form of payment election (as described in Section 3.5(b) hereof) as expressly provided under this Section 3.6 and Section 409A (hereinafter, a “Subsequent Deferral Election”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Subsequent Deferral Election cannot accelerate any payment. A Subsequent Deferral Election which delays payment or changes the form of payment is permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

 

Page 12 of 28

 

 

(a)          The Subsequent Deferral Election does not take effect until at least twelve (12) months after the date on which the Subsequent Deferral Election is made and approved by the Plan Administrator;

 

(b)          If the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment based on Separation from Service, Change in Control, or at a Specified Time, the Subsequent Deferral Election must result in payment being deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid (or in the case of installment payments treated as a single payment, five (5) years from the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid);

 

(c)          If the Subsequent Deferral Election relates to a payment at a Specified Time, the Participant must make the Subsequent Deferral Election not less than twelve (12) months before the date such payment was scheduled to be paid (or in the case of installment payments treated as a single payment, twelve (12) months before the date the first amount was scheduled to be paid).

 

For purposes of applying this Section 3.6, the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement will elect to treat previously elected installment payments as a “single payment” or a “series of separate payments”. Any election made pursuant to this Section shall be made on such Election Forms or electronic media as is required by the Plan Administrator, in accordance with the rules established by the Plan Administrator and shall comply with all requirements of Section 409A.

 

3.7        Withholding and Crediting of Deferral Amounts. For each calendar year, the Base Salary portion of the Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled payroll in approximately equal amounts, (or as otherwise specified by the Plan Administrator), as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Salary (if the Deferral Amount with respect to Base Salary is expressed as a percentage). The Bonus, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor Compensation portion of the Deferral Amount shall be withheld as soon as administratively feasible following the time the Bonus, Sales Commission, or Independent Contractor Compensation otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year or Performance Period as the case may be. Deferral Amounts shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account and/or to the extent permitted one or more Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts as soon as administratively feasible following the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to a Participant.

 

3.8        Employer Discretionary Contributions. The Plan Sponsor will specify in the Adoption Agreement whether the Employer will or may make Employer Discretionary Contributions under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall direct that any such Employer Discretionary Contributions be allocated to those Participants that it may select in its sole and absolute discretion. The amount so credited on behalf of a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a calendar year may be zero. No Participant shall have a right to compel the Employer to make an Employer Discretionary Contribution and no Participant shall have the right to share in any such contribution for any year unless selected by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion. An Employer Discretionary Contribution for any given year under this Section shall be credited to the applicable Participant’s Employer Discretionary Contribution Account at such time or times established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

3.9        Employer Matching Contributions. The Plan Sponsor will specify in the Adoption Agreement whether the Employer will or may make Employer Matching Contributions under the Plan. The level of Employer Matching Contribution amounts for a calendar year shall be based upon a percentage of the Participant’s elected Deferral Amount for that year. Such percentage level shall be determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion and may vary from year-to-year and Participant-to-Participant. An Employer Matching Contribution for any year shall be credited to the applicable Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account at such time or times established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

Page 13 of 28

 

ARTICLE 4

Earnings on Account(s)

 

4.1          Deemed Investment Options. The Plan Administrator shall select from time to time certain mutual funds, insurance company separate accounts, indexed rates, or other methods (the “Deemed Investment Options”) for purposes of crediting Earnings to each Participant’s Account(s). The Plan Administrator may discontinue, substitute, or add Deemed Investment Options in its sole discretion. Any discontinuance, substitution, or addition of a Deemed Investment Option will take effect as soon as administratively practicable. The Deemed Investment Options are to be used for measurement purposes only, and the Plan Administrator’s or Participant’s election of any such Deemed Investment Option, the allocation of such Deemed Investment Options to the Participant’s Account, the calculation of additional amounts, and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of the Participant’s Account. The Participant Accounts shall reflect all gains or losses (realized or unrealized), reduced by any expenses as determined by the Plan Administrator. In the event that the Plan Administrator or the trustee of the Trust (if any), in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investments on which any of the Deemed Investment Options are based, no Participant (or Beneficiary) shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Plan Administrator or the Trust (if any). The Participant (or Beneficiary) shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Employer. Any liability or obligation of the Employer to any Participant, former Participant, or Beneficiary with respect to a right to payment shall be based solely upon contractual obligations created by this Plan.

 

4.2          Allocation of Deemed Investment Options. The Plan Sponsor will specify in the Adoption Agreement whether the Employer or Participant shall have the right to allocate Deemed Investment Options among the Participant’s Account(s) in accordance with the following guidelines:

 

(a)           Employer Allocation of Deemed Investment Options. If permitted by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may elect to index the value of the Participant’s Account by allocating all Accounts to one Deemed Investment Option or by allocating percentages of the Deemed Investment Option to all Accounts, with the total amount allocated equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall be under no obligation to invest Employer assets pursuant to the Employer’s allocation. All deemed investment decisions shall be made by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(b)           Participant’s Allocation of Deemed Investment Options. If permitted by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant shall have the right to direct the Plan Administrator as to how the Participant’s Deferral Amounts, and/or Employer Discretionary Contributions, and/or Employer Matching Contributions shall be deemed to be invested, subject to any operating rules and procedures imposed by the Plan Administrator. As of each Valuation Date, the Participant’s Account(s) will be credited or debited to reflect the performance of the Deemed Investment Options elected by the Participant. A Participant’s Deemed Investment Elections for his or her Account(s) shall be subject to the following rules:

 

(i)          Any initial or subsequent Deemed Investment Election shall be in writing or electronic format, supplied by and filed with the Plan Administrator (or made in any other manner specified by the Plan Administrator), and shall be effective on such date as specified by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator is not required to provide multiple methods of making Deemed Investment Elections.

 

(ii)         All Deemed Investment Elections shall continue indefinitely until changed by the Participant in the manner permitted by the Plan Administrator.

 

Page 14 of 28

 

 

(iii)       If the Plan Administrator receives an initial or revised Deemed Investment Election which it determines to be incomplete, unclear, or improper, the Participant’s Deemed Investment Election then in effect shall remain in effect (or, in the case of a deficiency in an initial Deemed Investment Election, the Participant shall be deemed to have filed no Deemed Investment Election) until a date so designated by the Plan Administrator, unless the Plan Administrator provides for, and permits the application of, corrective action prior to that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s election must total one hundred percent (100%). If the Plan Administrator possesses (or is deemed to possess, as provided above) at any time Deemed Investment Elections of less than one hundred percent (100%) of a Participant’s Account(s), the Participant shall be deemed to have directed that the undesignated portion of the said Account(s) be deemed to be invested in a money market or similar fund made available under this Plan as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

(iv)      Each Participant, as a condition of his or her participation in the Plan, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and the Plan Administrator from any losses or damages of any kind relating to the Deemed Investment Election of the Participant’s Account(s).

 

4.3        Valuation of Accounts. Each Participant’s Account as of each Valuation Date shall consist of the balance of the Participant’s Account as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus the Participant’s Deferral Amounts and Employer Matching Contributions (if any) or Employer Discretionary Contributions (if any) that have been credited, plus Earnings, minus the amount of any distributions made and any applicable tax withheld since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The Account shall be deemed to be credited with Earnings from the date the deferred compensation is credited to the Account through the Valuation Date.

 

ARTICLE 5

Vesting of Accounts

 

5.1        Participant Account(s). A Participant shall at all times be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her Deferral Amounts and all Earnings attributable thereto.

 

5.2        Employer Account(s). The Plan Sponsor will specify in the Participation Agreement of the Participant any vesting schedule applicable to a Participant’s Employer Matching Contributions or Employer Discretionary Contributions and all applicable Earnings attributable thereto.

 

5.3        Accelerated Vesting on Specified Events. The Plan Sponsor will specify in the Participation Agreement of the Participant the extent to which vesting will be accelerated for a Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account (if any) and Employer Discretionary Contribution Account (if any) upon any of the following events while an Eligible Individual: (i) the Participant’s attainment of a specified age; (ii); the Participant’s death; (iii) the Participant’s Disability; (iv) Plan termination and liquidation or (v) upon a Change in Control.

 

5.4        Forfeiture. In the event the Participant’s employment is terminated for Cause, no benefits of any kind will be due or payable by the Employer under the terms of this Plan from the Participant’s Employer Matching Contribution Account and Employer Discretionary Contribution Account and all rights of the Participant, his or her designated Beneficiary, executors, or administrators, or any other person, to receive payments thereof shall be forfeited. A Participant will forfeit any portion of an Account that is non-vested upon Separation from Service.

 

Page 15 of 28

 

 

Article 6

Taxes and Withholdings

 

6.1        Federal Insurance Contribution Act (FICA). Deferred Compensation amounts, in accordance with Code §3121(v)(2), are taken into account as wages for FICA tax purposes as of the later of: (i) when the services are performed; or (ii) when there is no substantial risk of forfeiture with respect to the Employee’s right to receive the deferred amounts in a later calendar year. Amounts are subject to FICA taxes at the time of the deferral, unless the Employee is required to perform substantial future services in order for the Employee to have a legal right to the future Compensation. If the Employee is required to perform future services in order to have a vested right to the future Payment, the deferred amounts (plus Earnings up to the date of vesting) are subject to FICA taxes when all the required services have been performed. FICA taxes only apply up to the annual wage base for Social Security taxes and without withholding limitations for Medicare taxes.

 

6.2        Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA). Deferred Compensation amounts are taken into account for FUTA purposes at the later of: (i) when services are performed; or (ii) when there is no substantial risk of forfeiture with respect to the Employee’s right to receive the deferred amounts up to the FUTA wage base.

 

6.3        Self-Employment Contributions Act (SECA). For non-employees such as Independent Contractors and directors, SECA taxes apply up to the amount of the Social Security wage base.

 

6.4        Income Tax Withholding. All distributions under the Plan are subject to any applicable tax withholding, as determined by the Employer in its discretion. The Employer shall have the right to deduct from a Participant’s compensation that is not being deferred under this Plan any Federal, state, local or employment taxes which it deems are required by law to be withheld with respect to any Deferral Amounts, vested Employer Matching Contributions and vested Employer Discretionary Contribution or Plan distributions. Subject to Section 409A, if necessary, the Employer may reduce the Participant’s Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section.

 

ARTICLE 7

Payment of Benefits

 

7.1          Payments in General.

 

(a)           Source of Payments. All payments made under the Plan shall be made in cash or in kind as determined by the Plan Administrator.

 

(b)           Calculation of Installment Payments. If the Participant elects to receive installment payments upon a Permissible Payment Event, the payment of each installment shall be made on the modal anniversary of the date of the event which triggered such payment until all required installments have been paid. The amount of each payment shall be determined by dividing the value of the Participant’s Account(s) as of the date of the event (or on the anniversary date of the event for subsequent installments) by the number of payments remaining to be paid. (By way of example, if the Participant elects to receive payments in equal annual installments over a period of five (5) years, the first payment shall equal 1/5 of the Account balance. The following year, the payment shall be 1/4 of the Account balance. The final installment payment shall be equal to the balance of the Account(s), calculated as of the applicable Anniversary Date.) Any unpaid Account balance shall continue to be deemed to be invested pursuant to Article 4, in which case any deemed income, gains, losses, or expenses shall be reflected in the actual payments. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, if a Participant or Beneficiary is to receive payment in the form of installments, and if the vested Account balance (excluding any Scheduled Withdrawal Account balances) at the due date of the first installment is equal to or less than the stated amount specified by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement, payment of said Accounts shall be made instead in a lump sum, and no installment payments shall be available hereunder.

 

Page 16 of 28

 

 

7.2          Permissible Payment Events. The Plan Sponsor will make payments to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary on the first to occur of the following Permissible Payment Events designated by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement:

 

(a)           Payment Following Separation from Service. If the Participant Separates from Service with the Employer, the Plan will pay the vested balance of the Participant’s Account(s) as elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.5(b)(ii) hereof. Amounts shall be paid in accordance with Section 3.5(b)(ii), with payment or payments being made or commencing within the first sixty (60) days following the Plan Year in which the Separation from Service event occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and when the Employer becomes a corporation whose stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, any Participant who is a “Specified Employee” (as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-l(i)) as of the date of his or her Separation from Service, then the payment of such Accounts shall not commence in the case of installments or be paid in the case of a lump sum payment until six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. In the event that the Participant elected installments, then on the day that is six (6) months and one (1) day following his or her Separation from Service, such Participant will be entitled to a lump sum payment of the installments that would have been made during the six (6) months and one (1) day deferral period and the remainder of such installment payments will be made pursuant to their terms for the remainder of the installment period.

 

(b)           Payment Following Death. If the Plan Sponsor designates in the Adoption Agreement that payments are permitted under the Plan when a Participant dies while in service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, equal to the vested balance of the Participant’s Account(s). Payment or payments following a Participant’s death will be made or commence within the first sixty (60) days following the Plan Year in which the Participant’s death occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if death occurs after installment payments have commenced under any Permissible Payment Event, the remaining vested balance of the Participant’s Account(s) will be paid under the payment option, as stated in the Adoption Agreement..

 

(c)           Payment Following Disability. If the Plan Sponsor designates in the Adoption Agreement that payments are permitted under the Plan when a Participant becomes Disabled and the Participant becomes Disabled while in service, the Employer shall pay a disability benefit to the Participant, equal to the vested balance of the Participant’s Account(s). Payment shall be made or commence to be paid within the first sixty (60) days following the Plan Year in which occurs the determination of Disability.

 

(d)           Payment Following Change in Control. If the Plan Sponsor designates in the Adoption Agreement that payments are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of a Change in Control event, the Employer shall pay a Change in Control benefit to the Participant, equal to the vested balance of the Participant’s Accounts). Payment shall be made or commence to be paid within ninety (90) days following the Change in Control event date.

 

(e)           Withdrawal due to an Unforeseeable Emergency. If the Plan Sponsor designates in the Adoption Agreement that payments are permitted under the Plan upon the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, a Participant shall have the right to request, on a form provided by the Plan Administrator, a payment of all or a portion of his or her vested Account(s) in a lump sum. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole discretion to determine, in accordance with the standards under Section 409A, whether to grant such a request and the amount to be paid pursuant to such request.

 

Page 17 of 28

 

 

(i)         Determination of Unforseeable Emergency. Whether a Participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency permitting a payment is to be determined based on the relevant facts and circumstances of each case, but, in any case, a payment on account of an Unforeseeable Emergency may not be made to the extent that such emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation from insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not cause severe financial hardship, or by cessation of deferrals under the Plan. Payments because of an Unforeseeable Emergency must be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (which may include amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the payment).

 

(ii)           Payment of Account . Payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the determination by the Plan Administrator that a withdrawal will be permitted under this Section 7.2(e).

 

(f)              Payment at a Specified Time. If the Plan Sponsor designates in the Adoption Agreement that payments are permitted at a Specified Time, with respect to an established Scheduled Withdrawal Account(s) by the Participant, a Participant shall be paid the balance of the Account within sixty (60) days of the scheduled distribution date designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.5(a)(ii) hereof

 

7.3        Accelerations. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion (without any direct or indirect election on the part of any Participant), may accelerate the date of distribution or commencement of distributions hereunder, or accelerate installment payments hereunder, to the extent permitted under Section 409A (for example, as provided in Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4), to comply with domestic relations orders or certain conflict of interest rules, to pay employment taxes, to make a lump sum cashout of certain de minimis amounts that are less than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), or to make payments upon income inclusion under Section 409A).

 

7.4        Unsecured General Creditor Status of Participant.

 

(a)          Payment to the Participant or any Beneficiary hereunder shall be made from assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general, unrestricted assets of the Employer and no person shall have any interest in any such asset by virtue of any provision of this Plan. The Employer’s obligation hereunder shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Employer under the provisions hereof, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer and no such person shall have or acquire any legal or equitable right, interest, or claim in or to any property or assets of the Employer.

 

(b)          In the event that the Employer purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of a Participant or employee, to allow the Employer to recover or meet the cost of providing benefits, in whole or in part, hereunder, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever in said policy or the proceeds therefrom. The Employer or the Trustee of the Trust (if any) shall be the primary owner and beneficiary of any such insurance policy or property and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein. No insurance policy with regard to any director, “highly compensated employee”, or “highly compensated individual” as defined in IRS Section 101(j) shall be acquired before satisfying the Section 101(j) “Notice and Consent” requirements.

 

Page 18 of 28

 

 

(c)          In the event that the Employer purchases an insurance policy or policies on the life of a Participant as provided for above, then all of such policies shall be subject to the claims of the creditors of the Employer.

 

(d)          If the Employer chooses to obtain insurance on the life of a Participant in connection with its obligations under this Plan, the Participant hereby agrees to take such physical examinations and to truthfully and completely supply such information as may be required by the Employer or the insurance company designated by the Employer.

 

7.5        Facility of Payment. If a distribution is to be made to a minor, or to a person who is otherwise incompetent, then the Plan Administrator may make such distribution: (i) to the legal guardian, or if none, to a parent of a minor payee with whom the payee maintains his or her residence; or (ii) to the conservator or administrator or, if none, to the person having custody of an incompetent payee. Any such distribution shall fully discharge the Employer and the Plan Administrator from further liability on account thereof.

 

7.6        Discharge of Obligations. The payment to a Participant or his or her Beneficiary of an Account in a single lump sum or the number of installments elected by the Participant pursuant to this Article 7 shall discharge all obligations of the Employer to such Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan with respect to that Account.

 

7.7        Excise Tax Limitation. In the event that any Payment or benefit (within the meaning of Code §280G(b)(2) of the Code) to the Participant or for the Participant’s benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable (including, but not limited to, the acceleration of the time for the vesting or Payment of such benefit or Payment) pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, the Participant’s employment with the Employer or a Change in Control within the meaning of Code §280G of the Code (a “Payment” or “Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Code §4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) but only to the extent necessary so that no portion thereof shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by Code § 4999 (the “Section 4999 Limit”). Unless the Participant shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Employer to effectuate the limitations described in the preceding sentence, the Employer shall reduce or eliminate the Payments by first reducing or eliminating those Payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash Payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with Payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time. Any notice given by the Participant pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement, or agreement governing the Participant’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.

 

7.8        Delay in Payment.

 

(a)          A payment may be delayed to a date after the designated payment date under any of the circumstances described below, and the provision will not fail to meet the requirements of establishing a Permissible Payment Event, in accordance with Treasury regulation §1.409A-2(b)(7). The delay in the payment will not constitute a subsequent deferral election, so long as the Employer treats all payments to similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis:

 

(i) Payments subject to Section 162(m). A payment may be delayed to the extent that the Employer reasonably anticipates that if the payment were made as scheduled, the Employer’s deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Code §162(m). If a payment is delayed, such payment must be made either:

 

Page 19 of 28

 

 

(1)         during the Participant’s first Taxable Year in which the Employer reasonably anticipates, or should reasonably anticipate, that if the payment is made during such year, the deduction of such payment will not be barred by application of Code § 162(m) or,

 

(2)         during the period beginning with the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service and ending on the later of the last day of the Taxable Year of the Employer in which the Participant separates from service or the fifteenth (15 lh ) day of the third (3 rd ) month following the Participant’s Separation from Service. Where any scheduled payment to a specific Participant in an Employer’s taxable year is delayed in accordance with this Section, the delay in payment will be treated as a subsequent deferral election unless all scheduled payments to that Participant that could be delayed in accordance with this Section are also delayed. Where a payment is delayed to a date on or after the Participant’s Separation from Service, the payment will be considered a payment made on account of a Separation from Service for purposes of the rules under Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(2) (regarding payments to Specified Employees upon a Separation from Service) and, in the case of a “Specified Employee” (as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-l(i)), the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the Participant’s Separation from Service will be substituted for any reference to the Participant’s Separation from Service in the first sentence of this paragraph.

 

(ii)          Payments that would violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law. A payment may be delayed where the Employer reasonably anticipates that making the payment will violate Federal securities laws or other applicable law provided that the payment is made at the earliest date at which the Employer reasonably anticipates that the making of the payment will not cause such violation. Making of a payment that would cause inclusion in gross income or the application of any penalty provision or other provision of the Code is not treated as a violation of applicable law.

 

(iii)         Other events and conditions. An Employer may delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the Commissioner of the IRS may prescribe.

 

(iv)         Continued Validity of the Employer. Notwithstanding the above, a payment may be delayed where the payment would jeopardize the ability of the Employer to continue as a going concern, as provided in Treasury regulation §I.409A-3(d).

 

(b)          Treatment of Payment as Made on Designated Payment Date. Each payment under this Plan is deemed made on the required payment date even if the payment is made after such date, provided the payment is made by the latest of: (i) the end of the calendar year in which the payment is due; (ii) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) calendar month following the payment due date; (iii) in the case that the Employer cannot calculate the payment amount on account of administrative impracticality which is beyond the Participant’s control (or the control of the Participant’s estate), in the first calendar year in which payment is practicable; (iv) in the case that the Employer does not have sufficient funds to make the payment without jeopardizing the Employer’s solvency, in the first calendar year in which the Employer’s funds are sufficient to make the payment.

 

Page 20 of 28

 

 

ARTICLE 8

Beneficiary Designation

 

8.1          Designation of Beneficiaries.

 

(a)          Each Participant may designate any person or persons (who may be named contingently or successively) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the Participant’s death, and the designation may be changed from time to time by the Participant by filing a new designation. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, and shall be effective only when filed with the Plan Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

(b)          In the absence of a valid Beneficiary designation, or if, at the time any benefit payment is due to a Beneficiary, there is no living Beneficiary validly named by the Participant, the Employer shall pay the benefit payment to the Participant’s spouse, if then living, and if the spouse is not then living to the Participant’s then living descendants, if any, per stirpes, and if there are no living descendants, to the Participant’s estate. In determining the existence or identity of anyone entitled to a benefit payment, the Employer may rely conclusively upon information supplied by the Participant’s personal representative, executor, or administrator.

 

(c)          If a question arises as to the existence or identity of anyone entitled to receive a death benefit payment under the Plan, or if a dispute arises with respect to any death benefit payment under the Plan, the Employer may distribute the payment to the Participant’s estate without liability for any tax or other consequences, or may take any other action which the Employer deems to be appropriate.

 

8.2          Information to be Furnished by Participants and Beneficiaries; Inability to Locate Participants or Beneficiaries. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a Participant or to a Beneficiary at his or her last post office address as shown on the Employer’s records shall be binding on the Participant or Beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. The Employer shall not be obliged to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to such last known address.

 

ARTICLE 9

Plan Amendment

 

9.1        Right to Amend. Subject to Section 409A, the Plan Sponsor, by action of its board of directors or similar governing body, shall have the right to amend the Plan, at any time and with respect to any provisions hereof, and all parties hereto or claiming any interest hereunder shall be bound by such amendment; provided, however, that no such amendment shall deprive a Participant or a Beneficiary of a benefit amount accrued hereunder prior to the date of the amendment. Any such amendment is binding on all Adopting Employers

 

9.2        Amendment to Insure Proper Characterization of the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1, the Plan may be amended by the Plan Sponsor at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary, in the opinion of the Plan Sponsor, in order to ensure that the Plan is characterized as “top-hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees as described under ERISA sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1), to conform the Plan to the provisions of Section 409A and to conform the Plan to the requirements of any other applicable law (including ERISA and the Code). No such amendment shall be considered prejudicial to any interest of a Participant or a Beneficiary hereunder.

 

Page 21 of 28

 

 

ARTICLE 10

Plan Termination

 

10.1        Employer’s Right to Suspend or Terminate Plan. Although each Employer anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee it will do so. Each Employer reserves the right to suspend the operation of the Plan or to terminate the Plan at any time in the future as provided for in Sections 10.2 and 10.3.

 

10.2        Suspension of Deferrals and Employer Contributions. In the event of a suspension of the Plan, the Employer shall continue all aspects of the Plan, other than contributions to the Plan. During the period of suspension, payments hereunder will continue to be made in accordance with Article 7.

 

10.3        Plan Termination. Upon the termination of the Plan with respect to any Employer, the participation of the affected Participants shall terminate. However, after the Plan termination the Account balances of such Participants shall continue to be credited with Participant Deferral Amounts attributable to a Deferral Election that was in effect prior to the Plan termination to the extent deemed necessary to comply with Section 409A, and any Earnings pursuant to Article 4. Following a Plan termination, Participant Account balances shall remain in the Plan and shall not be distributed until such amounts become eligible for payment in accordance with the other applicable provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Employer shall have the authority, to terminate and liquidate the Plan and pay each Participant’s entire Account balance to the Participant or, if applicable, his or her Beneficiary in accordance with the requirements, restrictions and limitations of Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) as follows:

 

(a)           Corporate Dissolution or Bankruptcy. This Plan may be terminated and liquidated within twelve (12) months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code § 331, or with the approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U .S .C. §503(b)(1)(A), and distributions may then be made to Participants provided that the amounts deferred under this Plan are included in the Participants’ gross income in the latest of:

 

(i)          The calendar year in which the Plan termination occurs;

 

(ii)         The calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or

 

(iii)        The first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.

 

(b)           Change in Control. This Plan may be terminated within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Treasury regulation §1.409A-3(i)(5)). This Plan will then be treated as terminated only if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Plan Sponsor and all related employers which are treated as deferred under a single plan under Treasury regulation §1.409A-1(c)(2) are terminated and liquidated with respect to each Participant who experienced the Change in Control Event so that Participants in all such similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date of termination of the arrangements.

 

(c)           Discretionary Termination. The Plan Sponsor may also terminate and liquidate this Plan and make distributions provided that:

 

Page 22 of 28

 

 

(i)          All plans sponsored by the Plan Sponsor and related employers that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangements under Treasury regulation §1.409A-l(c) are terminated;

 

(ii)         No payments, other than payments that would be payable under the terms of this plan if the termination had not occurred, are made within twelve (12) months of this plan termination;

 

(iii)        All payments are made widthin twenty-four (24) months of this plan termination; and

 

(iv)        Neither the Plan Sponsor nor any of its affiliates adopts a new plan that would be aggregated with any terminated plan if the same Participant participated in both arrangements at any time within three (3) years following the date of termination of this Plan.

 

(v)         The termination does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Plan Sponsor.

 

The Plan Sponsor may, in its absolute discretion, terminate an affiliate’s participation in this Plan at any time, without the consent of any affiliate, Participant or Beneficiary.

 

ARTICLE 11

Administration

 

11.1        Plan Administrator Duties. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the management, operation, and administration of the Plan. When making a determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by any Employer, Participant, or Beneficiary. No provision of this Plan shall be construed as imposing on the Plan Administrator any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law, or any duty similar to any fiduciary duty under ERISA or other law.

 

11.2        Plan Administrator Authority. The Plan Administrator shall enforce this Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of this Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

 

(a)          To select the Deemed Investment Options available from time to time;

 

(b)          To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, in its sole and absolute discretion;

 

(c)          To compute and certify the amount and kind of benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries; to determine the time and manner in which such benefits are paid; and to determine the amount of any withholding taxes to be deducted;

 

(d)          To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of this Plan;

 

(e)          To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to Participants, Beneficiaries, and governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

 

(f)          To make and publish such rules for the regulation of this Plan and procedures for the administration of this Plan so long as no such rules or procedures are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

 

Page 23 of 28

 

 

(g)          To administer this Plan’s claims procedures;

 

(h)          To approve Election Forms and procedures for use under this Plan; and

 

(i)          To appoint a plan recordkeeper or any other agent, and to delegate to them such powers and duties in connection with the administration of this Plan as the Plan Administrator may from time to time prescribe.

 

11.3        Binding Effect of Decision. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of this Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Plan.

 

11.4        Compensation, Expenses, and Indemnity. The Plan Administrator shall serve without compensation for services rendered hereunder. The Plan Administrator is authorized at the expense of the Employer to employ such legal counsel and/or Plan recordkeeper as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expense and fees in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Employer.

 

11.5        Employer Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Plan Sponsor and or Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator, on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Disability, death, or Separation from Service of its Employees or Independent Contractors who are Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

 

11.6        Periodic Statements. Under procedures established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant shall be provided a statement of account on an annual basis (or more frequently as the Plan Administrator shall determine) with respect to such Participant’s Accounts.

 

11.7        Compliance with Section 409A.

 

(a)          It is intended that the Plan comply with the provisions of Section 409A, so as to prevent the inclusion in gross income of any amounts deferred hereunder in a taxable year that is prior to the taxable year or years in which such amounts would otherwise actually be paid or made available to Participants or Beneficiaries. This Plan shall be construed, administered, and governed in a manner that effects such intent, and the Plan Administrator shall not take any action that would be inconsistent with such intent.

 

(b)          Any reference in this Plan to Section 409A will also include any final regulations, or any other guidance, promulgated with respect to such Section 409A by the U.S. Department of Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service. For purposes of the Plan, the phrase “permitted by Section 409A of the Code,” or words or phrases of similar import, shall mean that the event or circumstance shall only be permitted to the extent it would not cause an amount deferred or payable under the Plan to be includible in the gross income of a Participant or Beneficiary under Section 409A(a)(l) of the Code.

 

ARTICLE 12

Claims Procedures

 

12.1        Claims Procedure. This Section is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified in Section 2560.503-1 of the Department of Labor Regulations. If any provision of this Section conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

 

Page 24 of 28

 

 

(a)          Claim. A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any Plan benefit under this Plan may file a claim with the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall review the claim itself or appoint an individual or entity to review the claim.

 

(b)           Claim Decision. The Claimant shall be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed (forty-five (45) days for a Disability claim), whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the claimant receives written notice from the Plan Administrator or appointee of the Plan Administrator prior to the end of the ninety (90) day period (forty-five (45) days for a Disability claim) stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision. For a claim other than for Disability, such extension is not to extend beyond the day which is one- hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed as long as the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension, and the date as of which a decision is expected to be rendered. For a Disability claim, a thirty (30) day extension is permitted, with an additional thirty (30) days permitted, provided that the Plan Administrator notifies the claimant prior to expiration of the first thirty (30) day extension, of the circumstances requiring the extension, and the date as of which a decision is expected to be rendered. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

(i)          The specific reasons for such denial;

 

(ii)         Specific reference to pertinent provisions of this Plan on which such denial is based;

 

(iii)        A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, by providing such material to the Plan Administrator within forty-five (45) days, and an explanation why such material or such information is necessary; and

 

(iv)        A description of the Plan’s appeal procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, including a statement of the Claimant’s right to bring civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial of the appeal of the denial of the benefits claim.

 

(c)           Review Procedures. A request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days (forty-five (45) days for a Disability claim) after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of a request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant (which will include the expected date of rendering a decision) prior to the termination of the initial period, but in no event will the extension exceed sixty (60) days (forty-five (45) days for a Disability claim). The reviewer shall afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information, and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Plan Administrator. The reviewer shall take into account all comments, documents, records, and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the benefit determination. Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Plan Sponsor will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

(i)          Its decision;

 

(ii)         The specific reasons for the decision;

 

Page 25 of 28

 

 

(iii)        The relevant plan provisions on which its decision is based;

 

(iv)        A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan’s files which is relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefit;

 

(v)         A statement describing the Claimant’s right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA Section 502(a); and

 

(vi)        If an internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

(d)           Calculation of Time Periods. For purposes of the time periods specified in this Section 12.1, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with this Plan’s procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant’s failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

(e)           Failure of Plan to Follow Procedures. If the Plan Administrator fails to follow the claims procedure required by this Section 12.1, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under this Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under Section 502(a) of ERISA on the basis that this Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim.

 

(f)           Failure of Claimant to Follow Procedures. A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section is a mandatory prerequisite to the Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under the Plan.

 

12.2       Arbitration of Claims. All claims or controversies arising out of or in connection with this Plan, other than Disability claims, shall, subject to the initial review provided for in the foregoing provisions of this Article, shall be resolved through arbitration. Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties, any arbitration shall be administered under and by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”), in accordance with the JAMS procedures then in effect. The arbitration shall be held in the JAMS office nearest to where the Claimant is or was last employed by the Employer or at a mutually agreeable location. The prevailing party in the arbitration shall have the right to recover its reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements, and costs of the arbitration (including enforcement of the arbitration decision), subject to any contrary determination by the arbitrator.

 

ARTICLE 13

The Trust

 

13.1        Establishment of Trust. The Plan Sponsor may establish a grantor trust (the “Trust”), of which the Plan Sponsor is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, subtitle A of the Code, to pay benefits under this Plan. To the extent such benefits are not paid from the Trust, the benefits shall be paid from the general assets of the Plan Sponsor. The Trust (if any) shall be a grantor trust which conforms to the terms of the model trust as described in IRS Revenue Procedure 92-64, I.R.B. 1992-33, as same may be amended or modified from time to time. If the Plan Sponsor establishes a Trust, the assets of the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Plan Sponsor’s creditors in the event of its insolvency. Except as may otherwise be provided under the Trust, the Plan Sponsor shall not be obligated to set aside, earmark, or escrow any funds or other assets to satisfy its obligations under this Plan, and the Participant and/or his or her designated Beneficiaries shall not have any property interest in any specific assets of the Plan Sponsor other than the unsecured right to receive payments from the Plan Sponsor, as provided in this Plan.

 

Page 26 of 28

 

 

13.2        Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust. The provisions of this Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to this Plan. The provisions of the Trust (if established) shall govern the rights of the Participant and the creditors of the Plan Sponsor to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Plan Sponsor and each Participant shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under this Plan. The Plan Sponsor’s obligations under this Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust.

 

13.3        Contribution to the Trust. Amounts may be contributed by the Plan Sponsor to the Trust at the sole discretion of the Plan Sponsor.

 

ARTICLE 14

Miscellaneous

 

14.1        Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein. To the extent any provision of this Plan is determined by the Plan Administrator (acting in good faith), the IRS, the United States Department of the Treasury, or a court of competent jurisdiction to fail to comply with Section 409A with respect to any Participant or Participants, such provision shall have no force or effect with respect to such Participant or Participants.

 

14.2        Nonassignability. Neither any Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part hereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment (except to the extent the Employer may be required to garnish amounts from payments due under this Plan pursuant to applicable law), or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency, or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. If any Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber transfer, hypothecate, alienate, or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amount, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary, or successor in interest in such manner as the Plan Administrator shall direct.

 

14.3        Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer as an Employee or otherwise or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

14.4        Unclaimed Benefits. In the case of a benefit payable on behalf of such Participant, if the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or Beneficiary to whom such benefit is payable, such Plan benefit may be forfeited to the Plan Sponsor upon the Plan Administrator’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, subsequent to any such forfeiture, the Participant or Beneficiary to whom such Plan benefit is payable makes a valid claim for such Plan benefit, such forfeited Plan benefit shall be paid by the Plan Administrator to the Participant or Beneficiary, without interest, from the date it would have otherwise been paid.

 

Page 27 of 28

 

 

14.5        Governing Law. Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State indicated in the Adoption Agreement, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

14.6        Notice. Any notice, consent, or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Plan shall be in writing and shall be signed by the party giving or making the same. If such notice, consent, or demand is mailed, it shall be sent by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the addressee’s last known address as shown on the records of the Employer. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of notice consent, or demand. Any person may change the address to which notice is to be sent by giving notice of the change of address in the manner aforesaid.

 

14.7        Coordination with Other Benefits. The benefits provided for a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary under this Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Plan Sponsor. This Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify, or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein.

 

14.8        Aggregation of Employers . If the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a group of trades or businesses under common control (as described in Code sections 414(b) or (c)), but substituting a fifty percent (50%) ownership level for the eighty percent (80%) level set forth in those Code sections), all members of the group shall be treated as a single employer for purposes of determining whether there has occurred a Separation from Service and for any other purposes under the Plan as Code section 409A shall require. For purposes of Section 10.3(b), in the case of a Change in Control event, the entities to be treated as a single Employer shall be determined immediately following the Change in Control event.

 

14.9        Aggregation of Plan . If the Employer offers other account balance deferred compensation plans in addition to this Plan, those plans together with this Plan shall be treated as a single plan to the extent required under Section 409A for purposes of determining whether an Eligible Individual may make a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.2 and 3.3 within thirty (30) days of the Eligible Individual’s Eligibility Date and for any other purposes under the Plan as Section 409A shall require.

 

14.10        USERRA . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any deferral or distribution election provided to a Participant as necessary to satisfy the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended, shall be permissible hereunder.

 

SEE ADOPTION AGREEMENT ATTACHED HERETO

 

Page 28 of 28

 

 

BANK FIRST NATIONAL

 

“AMENDED AND RESTATED
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN”

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS ADOPTION AGREEMENT is made and effective as of the ____ day of _________, 2009 , by Bank First National, a commercial bank organized and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, hereinafter referred to as the “Plan Sponsor”.

 

WHEREAS, the undersigned, by execution of this Adoption Agreement, hereby establishes this Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) consisting of the Master Plan Document, this Adoption Agreement, the Participation Agreement, Election Forms, and all other documents to which they refer; and

 

WHEREAS, the Plan Sponsor desires to adopt the Plan as an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan; and

 

WHEREAS, as of the Effective Date of the Plan, the Plan Sponsor identifies the following “Adopting Employer(s)” to also be a party to this Plan;

 

Name of Adopting Employer   Address
     
     
     

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan Sponsor and Adopting Employer(s) hereby adopt the Plan in accordance with the Master Plan Document and the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement.

 

(All capitalized terms in this Adoption Agreement shall have the same meaning given in the Master Plan Document, unless some other meaning is expressly herein set forth. By the execution of this Adoption Agreement, the Plan Sponsor hereby represents and warrants that the Plan has been adopted upon proper authorization of this Adoption Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan. This Adoption Agreement may only be used in connection with this Plan. The Plan Sponsor hereby makes the following elections for the purpose of this Plan.)

 

 

 

1. Permissible Payment Events: The Plan will provide payment of benefits upon a Participant’s Separation from Service and the following Permissible Payment Events.

 

x Payment following death.

 

x Payment following Disability.

 

¨ Payment at a Specified Time.

 

¨ Payment following a Change in Control.

 

¨ Payment in the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency.

 

 

 

2. The definition of Change in Control shall include:

 

x All Change in Control Events identified under Section 409A

 

¨ Limited to the Following Change in Control Events identified under Section 409A:

 

¨ Change in Ownership; and/or

 

¨ Change in Effective Control; and/or

 

¨ Change in the Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Corporate Assets.

 

Page 1 of 3

 

 

 

 

3. The definition of Separation from Service shall include:

 

x The Plan shall treat an 80% reduction in the level of bona fide services as a Separation from Service.

 

 

 

4. Participant Elective Deferrals:

 

¨ Participant Elective Deferrals are not allowed under the Plan.

 

x Elective Deferrals Permitted from the Following Sources:

 

x Base Salary

 

x Bonus

 

¨ Sales Commissions

 

x Compensation received as an Independent Contractor reportable on Form 1099.

 

¨ Other (specify):                                                                                                                                                                    

 

 

 

5. Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts: The Plan will allow a Participant to establish up to a maximum of (    ) Scheduled Withdrawal Accounts.

 

 

 

6. Employer Matching Contributions:

 

x Employer Matching Contributions are not allowed under the Plan.

 

¨ Employer Matching Contributions will be made in the following manner:

 

           % of Participant Deferral Amount for a given year.

 

            % of Participant Base Salary deferred for a given year.

 

            % of Participant Bonus deferred for a given year.

 

¨ An amount determined each year by the Employer.

 

 

 

7. Employer Discretionary Contributions:

 

x Employer Discretionary Contributions are not allowed under the Plan.

 

¨ Discretionary Amount. An amount determined each year by the Employer, including zero.

 

 

 

8. Earnings on Account(s):

 

¨ Earnings Based on Deemed Investment Options:

 

¨ Participant Direction. As a result of the Participant’s selection of Deemed Investment Options for his or her Account(s).

 

¨ Plan Sponsor Direction. As a result of the Plan Administrator’s selection of Deemed Investment Options for the Account(s).

 

x Earnings Based upon a Declared Interest Rate/Index:

 

x Discretionary Interest. Interest Rate declared by the Employer, from time to time, compounded daily on all Account(s).

 

¨ Index. (Please describe):                                                                                                                                             

 

¨ Fixed Interest. Interest at the rate of ______% per annum compounded daily on all Account(s).

 

Page 2 of 3

 

 

 

 

9. Form of Payments: The Plan will make periodic payments based on elections made by the Participant in appropriate forms supplied by the Plan Administrator. For Participants in the Plan on or before the effective date of this Amended and Restated Plan prior elections regarding time and form of distributions shall apply. Any changes made to a prior election shall be subject to the restrictions of Article 3.6 “Subsequent Deferral Elections.”

 

 

 

10. Treatment of Installment Payments following Death:

 

x Continue remaining installment payments (if any) to named Beneficiaries.

 

¨ Commute remaining installment payments (if any) and pay Beneficiaries a lump sum.

 

 

 

11. Installment Payments. In the event the Plan allows for installment payments (for purposes of applying Subsequent Deferral Election rules pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Master Plan Document), such installment payments will be treated as:

 

x A Single Payment.

 

¨ A Series of Separate Payments.

 

 

 

12. Lump Sum Payment of Minimum Account Balance. If benefit payments are in the form of installments they shall be paid instead in a lump sum if the Participant’s vested Account balance (excluding Scheduled Withdrawal Account balances) at the time of the first installment is below $25,000.

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Plan Sponsor agrees to the provisions of this Plan, and has executed this Adoption Agreement on the date first written above.

 

WITNESS   For: Bank First National
     
/s/ Lisa Taddy   /s/ David J. Diedrich
(Signature)   (Signature)
     
Lisa Taddy   David J. Diedrich
(Print Name)   (Print Name)
     
    President:
    (Title)

 

Page 3 of 3

 

Exhibit 16.1

 

 

September 24, 2018

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read Bank First National Corporation’s statements included under Item 14 of its Form 10 filed on September 24, 2018 and we agree with such statements concerning our firm.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Porter Keadle Moore, LLC
   
  Porter Keadle Moore, LLC

 

235 Peachtree Street, NE | Suite 1800 | Atlanta, GA 30303 | Phone 404.588.4200 | 404.588.4222

A member of Allianial Global

 

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

  Ownership Percentage     Name Incorporation          
  100%   Bank First National National
    100%    Bank First Investments, Inc. Wisconsin
           49.8%    UFS, LLC Wisconsin
      100%    TVG Holdings, Inc. Wisconsin
        30% Ansay & Associates, LLC Wisconsin
  100%   Veritas Asset Holdings, LLC Wisconsin